ata25NAMMAIJA 000016

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 11 Aug 01/09
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 25
__________
L.E.P. 1-14 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 3,
11- 12,
18- 38
25-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
854- 856, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
866, 871- REF. TO FIGURE DELETED
B800
25-21-34 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

406- 408
25-21-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

401- 410 CONSIDERATION OF THE UPDATED ILLU HHE0-02

403- 415 MATERIAL NUMBER CORRECTED.

602 TEXT CHANGE ACCORDING TO THE LR

413- 416, COTTER PIN REFERENCE CHANGED
428

405- 406 TOLERANCE VALUE CORRECTED-RFI
25-30-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

301- 310 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
25-31-42 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

402, 418,
424
25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
AIJ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-33-45 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

402, 421,
428
25-35-34 MOD.37065K11325 REMOVED ALL

402, 405- EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-
406 INSTALL A SINGLE CLASS LAYOUT FOR 61X01
(AIJ01) VERSION
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

403, 413- MINOR CHANGE
414, 421,
423- 424,
426, 428

401- 402, CML MAT. CODE ADDED, WARNING RELOCATED
405- 406

605- 606, AIRTIGHTNESS PROCEDURE INCORPORATED.
608- 609

401- 402, AIRTIGHTNESS PROCEDURE INCORPORATED.
406- 409,
412- 424

401, 406- AIRTIGHTNESS PROCEDURE INCORPORATED.
427

401, 404- AIRTIGHTNESS PROCEDURE INCORPORATED.
423
25-62-00 MOD.20019K0008 INCORPORATED ALL

301- 308 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS- DEFINE STANDARD
CABIN INTERIOR-
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

415- 422 TEXT UPDATED - NEW REF.ADDED

601- 606 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS- DEFINE STANDARD
CABIN INTERIOR-
AIJ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MOD.24850K3999 INCORPORATED ALL

EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-EMERGENCY-
ESCAPE FACILITIES CABIN-INTRODUCE
MODIFIED PACKED OFFWING SLIDES
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-
INTRODUCE MODIFIED OFF-WING-SLIDES-
E/F-EMERGENCY-INTRODUCE OFFWING SLIDE
ENCLOSURE AND OFFWING SLIDES WITH LIGHT
EMITTING DIODE TECHNOLOGY
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

412- 448 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

410, 416- TEXT UPDATED - STEP REMOVED.
417, 419-
420

503, 508, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
511- 514, TEXT UPDATED - DONGLE ADDED
518

405- 408 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MISC. EMERGENCY
EQUIPMENT-INSTALL ELT(406AF) WITH PROG.
DONGLE AND RCP IN COCKPIT - THALES
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
25-65-52 MOD.25351P4084 INCORPORATED ALL

401, 403- EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-COCKPIT
405 INTRODUCE FLASH LIGHTS MAZERES
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD T. of C. R 38 Aug01/09 25-00-00 839 Feb01/09

OF TEMP. 25-00-00 840 May01/09
REVISION 25-00-00 1 Feb01/07 25-00-00 841 Feb01/09
25-00-00 2 Feb01/07 25-00-00 842 Feb01/09
L.E.P. R 1-14 Aug01/09 25-00-00 801 May01/07 25-00-00 843 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 1 Aug01/09 25-00-00 802 May01/07 25-00-00 844 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 2 Aug01/09 25-00-00 803 Feb01/09 25-00-00 845 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 3 Aug01/09 25-00-00 804 May01/09 25-00-00 846 Feb01/09
T. of C. 4 Feb01/09 25-00-00 805 Feb01/09 25-00-00 847 Feb01/09
T. of C. 5 Feb01/09 25-00-00 806 Feb01/09 25-00-00 848 Feb01/09
T. of C. 6 Feb01/09 25-00-00 807 May01/09 25-00-00 849 May01/09
T. of C. 7 Feb01/09 25-00-00 808 May01/09 25-00-00 850 Feb01/09
T. of C. 8 Feb01/09 25-00-00 809 Feb01/09 25-00-00 851 Feb01/09
T. of C. 9 Feb01/09 25-00-00 810 Feb01/09 25-00-00 852 May01/09
T. of C. 10 May01/09 25-00-00 811 Feb01/09 25-00-00 853 May01/09
T. of C. R 11 Aug01/09 25-00-00 812 Feb01/09 25-00-00 R 854 Aug01/09
T. of C. 13 May01/09 25-00-00 814 Feb01/09 25-00-00 R 856 Aug01/09
T. of C. 14 May01/09 25-00-00 815 Feb01/09 25-00-00 857 Feb01/09
T. of C. 15 May01/09 25-00-00 816 Feb01/09 25-00-00 858 May01/09
T. of C. 16 May01/09 25-00-00 817 Feb01/09 25-00-00 859 Feb01/09
T. of C. 17 May01/09 25-00-00 818 May01/09 25-00-00 860 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 18 Aug01/09 25-00-00 819 Feb01/09 25-00-00 861 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 19 Aug01/09 25-00-00 820 Feb01/09 25-00-00 862 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 20 Aug01/09 25-00-00 821 Feb01/09 25-00-00 863 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 21 Aug01/09 25-00-00 822 Feb01/09 25-00-00 864 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 22 Aug01/09 25-00-00 823 Feb01/09 25-00-00 865 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 24 Aug01/09 25-00-00 825 Feb01/09 25-00-00 867 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 25 Aug01/09 25-00-00 826 Feb01/09 25-00-00 868 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 26 Aug01/09 25-00-00 827 Feb01/09 25-00-00 869 Feb01/09
T. of C. R 27 Aug01/09 25-00-00 828 Feb01/09 25-00-00 870 Feb01/09
25-L.E.P. Page 1
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-00-00 R 881 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A832 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A883 Aug01/09

25-00-00 R 882 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A833 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A884 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 883 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A834 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A885 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 884 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A835 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A886 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 885 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A836 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A887 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 886 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A837 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A888 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 887 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A838 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A889 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 888 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A839 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A890 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 889 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A840 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A891 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 890 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A841 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A892 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 891 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A842 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A893 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 892 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A843 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A894 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 893 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A844 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A895 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 894 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A845 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A896 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 895 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A846 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A897 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 896 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A847 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A898 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 897 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A848 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A899 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 898 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A849 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R B800 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R 899 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A850 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R A800 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A851 Aug01/09 25-10-00 1 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A801 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A852 Aug01/09 25-10-00 801 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A802 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A853 Aug01/09 25-10-00 802 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A803 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A854 Aug01/09 25-10-00 803 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A804 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A855 Aug01/09 25-10-00 804 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A805 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A856 Aug01/09 25-10-00 805 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A806 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A857 Aug01/09 25-10-00 806 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A807 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A858 Aug01/09 25-10-00 807 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A808 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A859 Aug01/09 25-10-00 808 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A809 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A860 Aug01/09 25-10-00 809 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A810 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A861 Aug01/09 25-10-00 810 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A811 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A862 Aug01/09 25-10-00 811 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A812 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A863 Aug01/09 25-10-00 812 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A813 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A864 Aug01/09
25-00-00 R A814 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A865 Aug01/09 25-11-00 1 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A815 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A866 Aug01/09 25-11-00 2 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A816 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A867 Aug01/09 25-11-00 3 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A817 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A868 Aug01/09 25-11-00 4 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A818 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A869 Aug01/09 25-11-00 5 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A819 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A870 Aug01/09 25-11-00 6 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A820 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A871 Aug01/09 25-11-00 7 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A821 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A872 Aug01/09 25-11-00 8 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A822 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A873 Aug01/09 25-11-00 9 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A823 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A874 Aug01/09 25-11-00 10 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A824 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A875 Aug01/09 25-11-00 11 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A825 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A876 Aug01/09 25-11-00 12 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A826 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A877 Aug01/09 25-11-00 13 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A827 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A878 Aug01/09 25-11-00 14 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A828 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A879 Aug01/09 25-11-00 15 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A829 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A880 Aug01/09 25-11-00 16 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A830 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A881 Aug01/09 25-11-00 17 Feb01/07
25-00-00 R A831 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A882 Aug01/09 25-11-00 18 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 2
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-11-00 401 Nov01/07 25-11-63 401 Feb01/07 25-13-00 1 Feb01/07

25-11-00 402 Feb01/07 25-11-63 402 Feb01/08 25-13-00 2 Feb01/07
25-11-00 403 Feb01/07 25-11-63 403 Feb01/07 25-13-00 3 Feb01/07
25-11-00 404 Feb01/07 25-11-63 404 Feb01/07 25-13-00 401 Feb01/07
25-11-00 405 Nov01/07 25-11-63 405 Feb01/07 25-13-00 402 Feb01/07
25-11-00 406 Feb01/07 25-11-63 406 Feb01/07 25-13-00 403 Feb01/07
25-11-00 407 Feb01/07 25-11-63 407 Feb01/08 25-13-00 404 Feb01/07
25-11-00 408 Feb01/07 25-11-63 408 Feb01/08 25-13-00 701 Feb01/07
25-11-00 409 Feb01/07 25-11-64 401 Feb01/07 25-13-00 702 Feb01/07
25-11-00 410 Feb01/07 25-11-64 402 Feb01/07 25-13-00 703 Feb01/07
25-11-00 411 Feb01/07 25-11-64 403 Feb01/07 25-13-00 704 Feb01/07
25-11-00 412 Feb01/07 25-11-64 404 Feb01/07 25-13-00 705 Feb01/07
25-11-00 501 Feb01/07 25-11-64 405 Feb01/07 25-13-11 401 Feb01/07
25-11-00 502 Feb01/07 25-11-65 401 Feb01/07 25-13-11 402 Feb01/08
25-11-00 503 Feb01/07 25-11-65 402 Feb01/07 25-13-11 403 Feb01/08
25-11-00 504 Feb01/07 25-11-65 403 Feb01/07 25-13-11 404 Feb01/07
25-11-00 505 Feb01/07 25-11-65 404 Feb01/07 25-13-14 201 Aug01/08
25-11-00 601 Feb01/07 25-11-65 405 Feb01/07 25-13-14 202 Aug01/08
25-11-00 602 Nov01/07 25-11-65 406 Feb01/07 25-13-14 203 Aug01/08
25-11-00 603 Nov01/07 25-11-65 407 Feb01/07 25-13-14 204 Aug01/08
25-11-41 401 Feb01/07 25-11-65 408 Feb01/07 25-13-14 401 Feb01/09
25-11-41 402 Feb01/07 25-11-65 409 Feb01/07 25-13-14 402 Feb01/07
25-11-41 403 Nov01/08 25-11-65 410 Feb01/07 25-13-14 403 Feb01/07
25-11-41 601 Feb01/07 25-11-65 501 Feb01/07 25-13-14 404 Feb01/07
25-11-41 602 Nov01/08 25-11-65 502 Feb01/07 25-13-14 405 Feb01/07
25-11-51 401 Feb01/07 25-11-66 401 Feb01/07 25-13-14 406 Feb01/07
25-11-51 402 Feb01/07 25-11-66 402 Feb01/07 25-13-14 407 Feb01/07
25-11-51 403 Feb01/07 25-11-66 403 Feb01/07 25-13-14 408 Feb01/07
25-11-51 404 Feb01/07 25-11-66 404 Feb01/07 25-13-14 409 Feb01/07
25-11-51 405 Feb01/07 25-11-66 405 Feb01/07 25-13-14 410 Feb01/07
25-11-51 406 Feb01/07 25-11-66 406 Feb01/07 25-13-14 411 Feb01/07
25-11-51 407 Feb01/07 25-11-66 501 Feb01/07 25-13-14 412 Feb01/09
25-11-51 408 Feb01/07 25-11-66 502 Feb01/07 25-13-14 413 Feb01/09
25-11-51 409 Feb01/07 25-11-67 401 Feb01/07 25-13-14 414 Feb01/09
25-11-51 601 Feb01/07 25-11-67 402 Feb01/07 25-13-14 415 Feb01/09
25-11-51 602 Feb01/07 25-11-67 403 Feb01/07 25-13-14 601 Feb01/07
25-11-51 603 Nov01/08 25-11-67 404 Feb01/07 25-13-14 602 Feb01/07
25-11-51 604 Nov01/08 25-11-67 405 Feb01/07 25-13-14 603 Feb01/07
25-11-51 605 Feb01/07 25-11-68 401 Feb01/07 25-13-41 401 May01/07
25-11-51 606 Nov01/08 25-11-68 402 Feb01/07 25-13-41 402 Feb01/07
25-11-51 607 Feb01/07 25-11-68 403 Feb01/07 25-13-41 403 Feb01/07
25-11-61 401 Feb01/07 25-11-68 404 Feb01/07 25-13-41 404 May01/07
25-11-61 402 Feb01/07 25-11-68 405 Feb01/07 25-13-41 405 Nov01/07
25-11-61 403 Feb01/07 25-11-69 401 Feb01/07 25-13-41 406 Feb01/07
25-11-61 404 Feb01/07 25-11-69 402 Feb01/07 25-13-41 407 Feb01/07
25-11-62 401 Feb01/07 25-11-69 403 Feb01/07 25-13-41 408 Feb01/07
25-11-62 402 Feb01/07 25-11-69 404 Feb01/07 25-13-41 409 Feb01/07
25-11-62 403 Feb01/07 25-11-69 405 Nov01/08 25-13-41 410 Feb01/07
25-11-62 404 Feb01/07 25-11-69 406 Feb01/07 25-13-41 411 Feb01/07
25-11-62 405 Feb01/07 25-11-69 407 Feb01/07 25-13-41 412 Feb01/07
25-11-62 406 Feb01/07 25-13-41 413 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 3
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-13-41 414 Feb01/07 25-20-00 2 Feb01/07 25-21-00 5 May01/08

25-13-41 415 Feb01/07 25-20-00 401 Feb01/07 25-21-00 6 May01/08
25-13-41 416 Feb01/07 25-20-00 402 Feb01/07 25-21-00 7 May01/08
25-13-41 417 Feb01/07 25-20-00 403 Feb01/07 25-21-00 8 May01/08
25-13-42 401 Feb01/07 25-20-00 404 Feb01/07 25-21-00 9 May01/08
25-13-42 402 Feb01/07 25-20-00 701 Aug01/08 25-21-00 10 May01/08
25-13-42 403 Feb01/07 25-20-00 702 Aug01/08 25-21-00 501 May01/09
25-13-42 404 Feb01/07 25-20-00 703 Feb01/09 25-21-00 502 May01/09
25-13-43 401 Feb01/07 25-20-00 704 Aug01/08 25-21-00 503 May01/09
25-13-43 402 Feb01/07 25-20-00 705 Aug01/08 25-21-00 504 May01/09
25-13-43 403 Feb01/07 25-20-00 706 Aug01/08 25-21-00 601 May01/09
25-13-44 401 Feb01/07 25-20-00 707 Aug01/08 25-21-00 602 May01/09
25-13-44 402 Feb01/07 25-20-00 708 Aug01/08 25-21-00 603 Feb01/07
25-13-44 403 Feb01/07 25-20-00 709 Aug01/08 25-21-00 604 Feb01/07
25-13-44 404 Feb01/07 25-20-00 710 Nov01/08 25-21-34 401 May01/08
25-13-44 405 Feb01/07 25-20-00 711 Aug01/08 25-21-34 402 May01/09
25-13-44 406 Feb01/07 25-20-00 712 Aug01/08 25-21-34 403 May01/09
25-13-45 401 Nov01/07 25-20-00 713 Aug01/08 25-21-34 404 May01/09
25-13-45 402 Nov01/07 25-20-00 714 Aug01/08 25-21-34 405 May01/09
25-13-45 403 Nov01/07 25-20-00 715 Aug01/08 25-21-34 R 406 Aug01/09
25-13-45 404 Nov01/07 25-20-00 716 Aug01/08 25-21-34 R 407 Aug01/09
25-13-45 405 Nov01/07 25-20-00 717 Aug01/08 25-21-34 R 408 Aug01/09
25-13-45 406 Nov01/07 25-20-00 718 Aug01/08 25-21-34 409 May01/09
25-13-45 407 Nov01/07 25-20-00 719 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 401 Aug01/09
25-13-45 408 Nov01/07 25-20-00 720 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 402 Aug01/09
25-13-45 409 Nov01/07 25-20-00 721 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 403 Aug01/09
25-13-46 401 May01/08 25-20-00 722 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 404 Aug01/09
25-13-46 402 May01/08 25-20-00 723 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 405 Aug01/09
25-13-46 403 May01/08 25-20-00 724 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 406 Aug01/09
25-13-46 404 May01/08 25-20-00 725 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 407 Aug01/09
25-13-46 405 May01/08 25-20-00 726 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 408 Aug01/09
25-13-46 406 May01/08 25-20-00 727 Aug01/08 25-21-41 R 409 Aug01/09
25-13-46 407 May01/08 25-20-00 728 Nov01/08 25-21-41 R 410 Aug01/09
25-20-00 729 Aug01/08 25-21-41 D 411
25-14-00 1 Feb01/07 25-20-00 730 Aug01/08 25-21-41 D 412
25-14-00 2 Feb01/07 25-20-00 731 Aug01/08 25-21-41 D 413
25-14-00 3 Feb01/07 25-20-00 732 Aug01/08 25-21-41 D 414
25-14-00 4 Feb01/07 25-20-00 733 Aug01/08 25-21-61 401 Feb01/09
25-20-00 734 Nov01/08 25-21-61 402 Feb01/09
25-18-00 1 Feb01/07 25-20-00 735 Aug01/08 25-21-61 403 Feb01/07
25-18-00 2 Feb01/07 25-20-00 736 Aug01/08 25-21-61 404 Feb01/07
25-18-00 3 Feb01/07 25-20-00 737 Aug01/08 25-21-61 405 Nov01/07
25-18-51 401 Feb01/07 25-20-00 738 Aug01/08 25-21-61 406 Feb01/09
25-18-51 402 Feb01/07 25-20-00 739 Aug01/08 25-21-61 407 Feb01/07
25-18-51 403 Feb01/07 25-20-00 740 Aug01/08 25-21-61 408 Feb01/07
25-18-51 404 Feb01/07 25-20-00 741 Aug01/08 25-21-61 409 Feb01/09
25-18-51 405 Feb01/07
25-18-51 406 Feb01/07 25-21-00 1 Nov01/08 25-22-00 1 May01/07
25-18-51 407 Feb01/07 25-21-00 2 May01/08 25-22-00 2 May01/07
25-21-00 3 May01/08 25-22-00 3 May01/07
25-20-00 1 Feb01/07 25-21-00 4 May01/08 25-22-00 4 May01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 4
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-22-00 5 May01/07 25-22-43 405 May01/07 25-23-42 409 Feb01/07

25-22-00 6 May01/07 25-22-43 406 May01/07 25-23-42 410 Feb01/07
25-22-00 7 Feb01/07 25-22-43 407 May01/07 25-23-42 411 Aug01/07
25-22-00 8 Feb01/07 25-22-43 408 May01/07 25-23-42 412 Aug01/07
25-22-00 9 Feb01/07 25-22-43 409 May01/07 25-23-42 413 Feb01/07
25-22-00 10 May01/07 25-22-43 410 May01/07 25-23-42 414 Aug01/07
25-22-00 401 Feb01/07 25-22-43 411 May01/07 25-23-42 415 Aug01/07
25-22-00 402 Feb01/07 25-22-43 412 May01/07 25-23-42 416 Aug01/07
25-22-00 403 Feb01/07 25-22-43 413 Feb01/07 25-23-43 401 Feb01/09
25-22-00 404 Feb01/07 25-22-43 414 Feb01/07 25-23-43 402 Feb01/09
25-22-00 601 Feb01/07 25-22-43 415 Feb01/07 25-23-43 403 Feb01/07
25-22-00 602 Feb01/07 25-22-43 416 Feb01/07 25-23-43 404 Feb01/09
25-22-00 603 Feb01/07 25-22-43 417 May01/07 25-23-43 405 Feb01/09
25-22-00 604 Aug01/07 25-22-43 418 May01/07 25-23-43 406 Feb01/09
25-22-00 605 Aug01/07 25-22-43 419 May01/07 25-23-43 407 Feb01/09
25-22-00 606 Feb01/07 25-23-43 408 Feb01/09
25-22-00 607 Feb01/07 25-23-00 1 Feb01/07 25-23-43 409 Feb01/09
25-22-00 608 Feb01/07 25-23-00 2 Feb01/07 25-23-43 410 Feb01/09
25-22-41 401 Feb01/07 25-23-00 3 Feb01/07 25-23-43 411 Feb01/09
25-22-41 402 Nov01/07 25-23-00 4 Feb01/07 25-23-43 412 Feb01/09
25-22-41 403 Feb01/07 25-23-00 5 Feb01/07 25-23-43 413 Feb01/09
25-22-41 404 Feb01/07 25-23-00 6 Feb01/07 25-23-43 414 Feb01/09
25-22-41 405 Nov01/07 25-23-00 7 Feb01/07 25-23-43 415 Feb01/09
25-22-41 406 Nov01/07 25-23-00 8 Feb01/07 25-23-43 416 Feb01/09
25-22-41 407 Feb01/07 25-23-00 9 Feb01/07 25-23-43 417 Feb01/09
25-22-41 408 Feb01/07 25-23-00 10 Feb01/07 25-23-43 418 Feb01/09
25-22-41 409 Feb01/07 25-23-00 11 Aug01/07 25-23-43 419 May01/09
25-22-41 410 Feb01/07 25-23-00 12 Feb01/07 25-23-43 420 Nov01/08
25-22-41 411 Feb01/07 25-23-00 13 Feb01/07 25-23-43 421 Feb01/09
25-22-41 412 Feb01/07 25-23-00 14 Feb01/07 25-23-43 422 Feb01/09
25-22-41 413 Feb01/07 25-23-00 15 Feb01/07 25-23-43 423 Feb01/09
25-22-41 414 Feb01/07 25-23-00 16 Feb01/07 25-23-43 424 Feb01/09
25-22-42 401 Feb01/07 25-23-00 17 Feb01/07 25-23-43 425 Feb01/09
25-22-42 402 Feb01/07 25-23-00 18 Feb01/07 25-23-43 426 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 403 Aug01/09 25-23-00 19 Feb01/07 25-23-43 427 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 404 Aug01/09 25-23-00 20 Feb01/07 25-23-43 428 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 405 Aug01/09 25-23-41 401 Aug01/08 25-23-43 429 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 406 Aug01/09 25-23-41 402 Aug01/08 25-23-43 430 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 407 Aug01/09 25-23-41 403 Aug01/07 25-23-43 431 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 408 Aug01/09 25-23-41 404 Aug01/07 25-23-43 432 Feb01/09
25-22-42 R 409 Aug01/09 25-23-41 405 Aug01/07 25-23-44 401 Feb01/07
25-22-42 R 410 Aug01/09 25-23-41 406 Aug01/07 25-23-44 402 Feb01/07
25-22-42 R 411 Aug01/09 25-23-41 407 Aug01/07 25-23-44 403 Feb01/07
25-22-42 R 412 Aug01/09 25-23-42 401 Aug01/07 25-23-44 404 Feb01/07
25-22-42 R 413 Aug01/09 25-23-42 402 Feb01/07 25-23-44 405 Feb01/07
25-22-42 R 414 Aug01/09 25-23-42 403 Feb01/07 25-23-44 601 May01/09
25-22-42 N 415 Aug01/09 25-23-42 404 Feb01/07 25-23-44 R 602 Aug01/09
25-22-43 401 Feb01/07 25-23-42 405 Aug01/07 25-23-44 603 Feb01/07
25-22-43 402 May01/07 25-23-42 406 Feb01/07 25-23-45 401 May01/07
25-22-43 403 Feb01/07 25-23-42 407 Feb01/07 25-23-45 402 May01/07
25-22-43 404 May01/07 25-23-42 408 Feb01/07 25-23-45 403 May01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 5
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-23-45 404 Feb01/07 25-23-46 411 Feb01/07 25-24-00 503 Feb01/07

25-23-45 405 Feb01/07 25-23-46 412 Feb01/07 25-24-00 504 Feb01/07
25-23-45 406 Feb01/07 25-23-46 R 413 Aug01/09 25-24-00 505 Feb01/08
25-23-45 407 May01/07 25-23-46 R 414 Aug01/09 25-24-00 506 Feb01/08
25-23-45 408 May01/07 25-23-46 R 415 Aug01/09 25-24-00 507 Feb01/08
25-23-45 409 Feb01/07 25-23-46 R 416 Aug01/09 25-24-41 401 Aug01/08
25-23-45 410 May01/07 25-23-46 417 Feb01/07 25-24-41 402 Aug01/08
25-23-45 411 May01/07 25-23-46 418 Feb01/07 25-24-41 403 Feb01/08
25-23-45 412 May01/07 25-23-46 419 May01/07 25-24-41 404 Feb01/08
25-23-45 413 Feb01/07 25-23-46 420 Feb01/07 25-24-41 405 Feb01/08
25-23-45 414 May01/07 25-23-46 421 Feb01/07 25-24-41 406 Feb01/08
25-23-45 415 May01/07 25-23-46 422 Feb01/07 25-24-41 407 Feb01/08
25-23-45 416 Feb01/07 25-23-46 423 May01/07 25-24-41 408 Feb01/08
25-23-45 417 Feb01/07 25-23-46 424 May01/07 25-24-41 409 Feb01/08
25-23-45 418 May01/07 25-23-46 425 Nov01/08 25-24-41 410 Feb01/08
25-23-45 419 May01/07 25-23-46 426 May01/07 25-24-41 411 Feb01/08
25-23-45 420 May01/07 25-23-46 427 May01/07 25-24-41 412 Aug01/08
25-23-45 421 May01/07 25-23-46 R 428 Aug01/09 25-24-41 413 Feb01/08
25-23-45 422 May01/07 25-23-46 429 May01/07 25-24-41 414 Feb01/08
25-23-45 423 May01/07 25-23-47 401 Feb01/07 25-24-41 415 Aug01/08
25-23-45 424 Feb01/07 25-23-47 402 Feb01/07 25-24-41 416 Aug01/08
25-23-45 425 May01/07 25-23-47 403 Feb01/07 25-24-41 417 Feb01/08
25-23-45 426 Feb01/07 25-23-47 404 Feb01/07 25-24-41 418 Feb01/08
25-23-45 427 Feb01/07 25-23-47 405 Feb01/07 25-24-41 419 Feb01/07
25-23-45 428 Feb01/07 25-23-47 406 Feb01/07 25-24-41 420 Feb01/07
25-23-45 429 Feb01/07 25-23-47 407 Feb01/07 25-24-41 421 Feb01/07
25-23-45 430 Feb01/07 25-23-47 408 Feb01/07 25-24-41 422 Feb01/07
25-23-45 431 May01/07 25-23-47 409 Feb01/07 25-24-41 423 Feb01/07
25-23-45 432 Feb01/07 25-23-47 410 Feb01/07 25-24-41 424 Feb01/07
25-23-45 433 Feb01/07 25-23-47 411 Feb01/07 25-24-41 425 Feb01/07
25-23-45 434 Feb01/07 25-23-47 412 Feb01/07 25-24-41 426 Feb01/07
25-23-45 435 Feb01/07 25-23-47 413 Feb01/07 25-24-41 427 Feb01/07
25-23-45 436 Feb01/07 25-23-47 414 Feb01/07 25-24-41 428 Aug01/08
25-23-45 437 Feb01/07 25-23-47 415 Feb01/07 25-24-41 429 Aug01/08
25-23-45 438 Feb01/07 25-23-47 416 Feb01/07 25-24-41 430 Aug01/08
25-23-45 439 Feb01/07 25-23-47 417 Feb01/07 25-24-41 431 Aug01/08
25-23-45 440 Feb01/07 25-23-48 401 Aug01/07
25-23-45 441 Feb01/07 25-23-48 402 Aug01/07 25-25-00 1 May01/07
25-23-45 442 Feb01/07 25-23-48 403 Aug01/07 25-25-00 2 May01/07
25-23-45 443 Feb01/07 25-23-48 404 Aug01/07 25-25-00 3 May01/07
25-23-45 444 Feb01/07 25-23-48 405 Aug01/07 25-25-00 4 May01/07
25-23-46 401 Feb01/07 25-23-48 406 May01/09 25-25-00 5 May01/07
25-23-46 402 Feb01/07 25-23-48 407 Feb01/07 25-25-00 6 May01/07
25-23-46 403 May01/07 25-23-48 408 Feb01/07 25-25-00 7 May01/07
25-23-46 404 May01/09 25-23-48 409 Feb01/07 25-25-11 401 Feb01/07
25-23-46 405 May01/09 25-25-11 402 Feb01/07
25-23-46 406 May01/09 25-24-00 1 Feb01/07 25-25-11 403 Feb01/07
25-23-46 407 May01/07 25-24-00 2 Feb01/07 25-25-11 404 Feb01/07
25-23-46 408 May01/07 25-24-00 3 Feb01/08 25-25-11 R 405 Aug01/09
25-23-46 409 May01/07 25-24-00 501 Feb01/07 25-25-11 R 406 Aug01/09
25-23-46 410 May01/07 25-24-00 502 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 6
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-26-00 1 Nov01/07 25-28-00 2 Feb01/07 25-28-42 434 May01/09

25-26-00 2 Nov01/07 25-28-00 3 Feb01/07 25-28-42 435 May01/09
25-26-00 3 Nov01/07 25-28-00 4 Feb01/07 25-28-42 436 Feb01/07
25-26-41 401 May01/07 25-28-00 5 Feb01/07 25-28-42 437 Feb01/07
25-26-41 402 May01/07 25-28-41 401 May01/07 25-28-42 438 Feb01/07
25-26-41 403 May01/07 25-28-41 402 May01/07 25-28-42 439 Feb01/07
25-26-41 404 May01/07 25-28-41 403 May01/07 25-28-42 440 Feb01/07
25-26-41 405 May01/07 25-28-41 404 Nov01/08 25-28-42 441 Feb01/07
25-26-41 406 May01/07 25-28-41 405 May01/07 25-28-42 442 Feb01/07
25-26-41 407 May01/07 25-28-41 406 Nov01/07 25-28-42 443 Feb01/07
25-26-41 408 May01/07 25-28-41 407 Nov01/07 25-28-42 444 Aug01/07
25-26-41 409 May01/07 25-28-41 408 Aug01/08 25-28-42 445 May01/09
25-26-41 410 May01/07 25-28-41 409 Aug01/08 25-28-42 446 May01/09
25-26-41 411 May01/07 25-28-41 410 Nov01/07 25-28-42 447 Feb01/07
25-26-41 412 May01/07 25-28-41 411 Nov01/07 25-28-42 448 May01/07
25-26-41 413 May01/07 25-28-41 412 Nov01/07 25-28-42 449 Feb01/07
25-26-41 414 May01/07 25-28-41 413 Nov01/07 25-28-42 450 Feb01/07
25-26-41 415 May01/07 25-28-41 414 Nov01/07 25-28-42 451 Nov01/08
25-26-41 416 May01/07 25-28-42 401 Feb01/07 25-28-42 452 Nov01/07
25-26-42 401 May01/07 25-28-42 402 Feb01/07 25-28-42 453 Nov01/07
25-26-42 402 May01/07 25-28-42 403 Feb01/07 25-28-42 454 Nov01/07
25-26-42 403 May01/07 25-28-42 404 Nov01/08 25-28-42 455 Nov01/07
25-26-42 404 May01/07 25-28-42 405 Nov01/08 25-28-43 401 Feb01/07
25-26-42 405 May01/07 25-28-42 406 Nov01/08 25-28-43 402 Feb01/07
25-26-42 406 May01/07 25-28-42 407 Feb01/07 25-28-43 403 Feb01/07
25-28-42 408 Nov01/08 25-28-43 404 Feb01/07
25-27-00 1 May01/07 25-28-42 409 Nov01/08 25-28-43 405 Feb01/07
25-27-00 2 May01/07 25-28-42 410 Nov01/08 25-28-43 406 Nov01/08
25-27-15 401 Feb01/07 25-28-42 411 Nov01/08 25-28-43 407 Feb01/07
25-27-15 402 Feb01/07 25-28-42 412 May01/09 25-28-43 408 Feb01/07
25-27-15 403 Feb01/07 25-28-42 413 Nov01/08 25-28-43 409 Feb01/07
25-27-15 404 Feb01/07 25-28-42 414 Nov01/08 25-28-43 410 Feb01/07
25-27-15 405 Feb01/07 25-28-42 415 Nov01/08
25-27-44 401 Nov01/07 25-28-42 416 Nov01/08 25-29-00 1 Feb01/09
25-27-44 402 Nov01/07 25-28-42 417 Nov01/08 25-29-00 2 Feb01/07
25-27-44 403 Nov01/07 25-28-42 418 Feb01/08 25-29-00 3 Feb01/09
25-27-44 404 Nov01/07 25-28-42 419 Feb01/08 25-29-00 4 Feb01/09
25-27-44 405 Nov01/08 25-28-42 420 Feb01/07
25-27-44 406 Nov01/07 25-28-42 421 Feb01/07 25-30-00 1 Feb01/07
25-27-44 407 Nov01/07 25-28-42 422 Feb01/07 25-30-00 2 Feb01/07
25-27-44 408 Nov01/07 25-28-42 423 Feb01/07 25-30-00 R 301 Aug01/09
25-27-44 409 Nov01/07 25-28-42 424 Feb01/07 25-30-00 R 302 Aug01/09
25-27-44 410 Nov01/07 25-28-42 425 Feb01/07 25-30-00 R 303 Aug01/09
25-27-46 401 Nov01/07 25-28-42 426 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 304 Aug01/09
25-27-46 402 Nov01/07 25-28-42 427 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 305 Aug01/09
25-27-46 403 Nov01/07 25-28-42 428 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 306 Aug01/09
25-27-46 404 Nov01/07 25-28-42 429 Feb01/07 25-30-00 R 307 Aug01/09
25-27-46 405 Nov01/07 25-28-42 430 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 308 Aug01/09
25-27-46 406 Nov01/07 25-28-42 431 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 309 Aug01/09
25-28-42 432 Nov01/08 25-30-00 R 310 Aug01/09
25-28-00 1 Feb01/07 25-28-42 433 Feb01/07 25-30-00 D 311
25-L.E.P. Page 7
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-30-00 601 Feb01/07 25-33-45 408 May01/09 25-35-19 407 Feb01/07

25-30-00 602 Feb01/07 25-33-45 409 May01/09 25-35-34 401 Feb01/07
25-30-00 603 Feb01/07 25-33-45 410 Nov01/07 25-35-34 R 402 Aug01/09
25-30-00 604 Feb01/07 25-33-45 411 Nov01/07 25-35-34 403 Feb01/07
25-30-00 605 Feb01/07 25-33-45 412 May01/09 25-35-34 404 Feb01/07
25-33-45 413 May01/09 25-35-34 R 405 Aug01/09
25-31-00 1 Nov01/07 25-33-45 414 May01/09 25-35-34 R 406 Aug01/09
25-31-00 2 Feb01/07 25-33-45 415 May01/09 25-35-34 407 Feb01/07
25-31-00 3 Nov01/07 25-33-45 416 May01/09
25-31-00 4 Nov01/07 25-33-45 417 May01/09 25-40-00 1 Feb01/07
25-31-00 5 Nov01/07 25-33-45 418 May01/09 25-40-00 2 Feb01/07
25-31-42 401 May01/09 25-33-45 419 Nov01/07 25-40-00 3 Feb01/07
25-31-42 R 402 Aug01/09 25-33-45 420 Nov01/07 25-40-00 201 Nov01/08
25-31-42 403 May01/09 25-33-45 R 421 Aug01/09 25-40-00 202 Nov01/08
25-31-42 404 Nov01/07 25-33-45 422 Nov01/07 25-40-00 203 Feb01/07
25-31-42 405 Nov01/07 25-33-45 423 Nov01/07 25-40-00 204 Feb01/07
25-31-42 406 Nov01/07 25-33-45 424 Nov01/07 25-40-00 205 Feb01/08
25-31-42 407 Nov01/07 25-33-45 425 Nov01/07 25-40-00 206 Nov01/07
25-31-42 408 Nov01/07 25-33-45 426 Nov01/07 25-40-00 207 Nov01/07
25-31-42 409 Nov01/07 25-33-45 427 Nov01/07 25-40-00 208 Nov01/07
25-31-42 410 Nov01/07 25-33-45 R 428 Aug01/09 25-40-00 209 Nov01/08
25-31-42 411 Nov01/07 25-33-45 429 Nov01/07 25-40-00 210 Nov01/07
25-31-42 412 Nov01/07 25-33-45 430 Nov01/07 25-40-00 211 Nov01/07
25-31-42 413 Nov01/07 25-40-00 212 Nov01/07
25-31-42 414 Nov01/07 25-35-00 1 Feb01/07 25-40-00 213 Nov01/07
25-31-42 415 Nov01/07 25-35-00 2 Feb01/07 25-40-00 214 Nov01/07
25-31-42 416 Nov01/07 25-35-00 3 Feb01/07 25-40-00 401 Feb01/08
25-31-42 417 Nov01/07 25-35-00 401 Feb01/08 25-40-00 402 Feb01/08
25-31-42 R 418 Aug01/09 25-35-00 402 Feb01/08 25-40-00 403 May01/07
25-31-42 419 May01/09 25-35-00 403 Feb01/08 25-40-00 404 Feb01/08
25-31-42 420 Nov01/07 25-35-00 404 Feb01/08 25-40-00 405 Feb01/08
25-31-42 421 Nov01/07 25-35-00 405 Feb01/08 25-40-00 501 Nov01/08
25-31-42 422 Nov01/07 25-35-00 501 Feb01/07 25-40-00 502 Nov01/08
25-31-42 423 Nov01/07 25-35-00 502 Feb01/07 25-40-00 503 May01/08
25-31-42 R 424 Aug01/09 25-35-00 503 Feb01/07 25-40-00 504 Feb01/08
25-31-42 425 Nov01/07 25-35-00 504 Feb01/07 25-40-00 505 Feb01/08
25-31-42 426 Nov01/07 25-35-00 505 Feb01/07 25-40-00 506 Feb01/08
25-31-42 427 Nov01/07 25-35-00 506 Feb01/07 25-40-00 507 Feb01/08
25-35-00 507 Feb01/07 25-40-00 508 Feb01/08
25-33-00 1 Nov01/07 25-35-15 401 Aug01/08 25-40-00 601 Feb01/07
25-33-00 2 Feb01/07 25-35-15 402 Feb01/07 25-40-00 602 Feb01/07
25-33-00 3 Nov01/07 25-35-15 403 Feb01/07 25-40-00 603 Feb01/07
25-33-00 4 Nov01/07 25-35-15 404 Aug01/08 25-40-00 604 Feb01/07
25-33-00 5 Nov01/07 25-35-15 405 Feb01/07 25-40-00 605 Feb01/07
25-33-45 401 May01/09 25-35-15 406 Aug01/08 25-40-00 606 Feb01/07
25-33-45 R 402 Aug01/09 25-35-19 401 Feb01/07 25-40-00 607 Feb01/07
25-33-45 403 May01/09 25-35-19 402 Feb01/07 25-40-00 608 Feb01/07
25-33-45 404 May01/09 25-35-19 403 Feb01/07 25-40-00 609 Nov01/08
25-33-45 405 May01/09 25-35-19 404 Feb01/07 25-40-00 610 Nov01/08
25-33-45 406 May01/09 25-35-19 405 Feb01/07 25-40-00 611 Nov01/08
25-33-45 407 May01/09 25-35-19 406 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 8
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-41-00 1 Feb01/07 25-43-41 411 May01/08 25-44-00 2 Feb01/07

25-41-00 2 May01/07 25-43-41 412 May01/08 25-44-00 3 Feb01/07
25-41-00 3 Feb01/07 25-43-41 R 413 Aug01/09 25-44-00 4 Nov01/07
25-41-41 401 May01/09 25-43-41 R 414 Aug01/09 25-44-00 501 Aug01/07
25-41-41 402 May01/07 25-43-41 415 May01/08 25-44-00 502 Aug01/07
25-41-41 403 May01/09 25-43-41 416 May01/08 25-44-41 401 Aug01/07
25-41-41 404 May01/09 25-43-41 417 May01/08 25-44-41 402 Aug01/07
25-41-41 405 May01/09 25-43-41 418 May01/08 25-44-41 403 Feb01/07
25-41-41 406 Feb01/07 25-43-41 419 May01/08 25-44-41 404 Feb01/07
25-41-41 407 Feb01/07 25-43-41 420 May01/08 25-44-41 405 Aug01/07
25-41-41 408 Feb01/07 25-43-41 R 421 Aug01/09 25-44-41 406 Aug01/07
25-41-41 409 Feb01/07 25-43-41 422 May01/08
25-41-41 410 May01/09 25-43-41 R 423 Aug01/09 25-45-00 1 May01/07
25-41-41 411 Feb01/07 25-43-41 R 424 Aug01/09 25-45-00 2 Feb01/07
25-41-41 412 Feb01/07 25-43-41 425 May01/08 25-45-00 3 Feb01/07
25-41-41 413 Feb01/07 25-43-41 R 426 Aug01/09 25-45-00 4 Feb01/07
25-41-41 414 May01/07 25-43-41 427 May01/08 25-45-00 5 May01/07
25-41-41 415 May01/07 25-43-41 R 428 Aug01/09 25-45-00 6 May01/07
25-41-41 416 May01/09 25-43-41 429 May01/08 25-45-00 7 Feb01/07
25-41-41 417 May01/09 25-43-41 430 May01/08 25-45-00 8 Feb01/07
25-41-41 418 May01/07 25-43-41 431 May01/08 25-45-00 9 Feb01/07
25-41-41 419 May01/07 25-43-41 432 May01/08 25-45-12 401 Feb01/07
25-41-41 420 May01/09 25-43-42 401 Nov01/07 25-45-12 402 Feb01/07
25-41-41 421 May01/08 25-43-42 402 Nov01/07 25-45-12 403 Feb01/07
25-41-41 422 May01/08 25-43-42 403 Feb01/08 25-45-12 404 Feb01/09
25-41-41 423 May01/07 25-43-42 404 Nov01/07 25-45-12 405 Feb01/07
25-41-41 424 May01/09 25-43-42 405 Nov01/07 25-45-12 406 Feb01/09
25-41-41 425 May01/07 25-43-42 406 Nov01/07 25-45-13 401 Feb01/07
25-41-41 426 May01/09 25-43-42 407 Nov01/07 25-45-13 402 Feb01/07
25-41-41 427 May01/07 25-43-42 408 Nov01/07 25-45-13 403 Feb01/07
25-41-41 428 May01/07 25-43-42 409 Nov01/07 25-45-13 404 Feb01/07
25-41-41 429 Nov01/07 25-43-42 410 Nov01/07 25-45-14 401 Feb01/07
25-41-41 430 May01/07 25-43-42 411 Nov01/07 25-45-14 402 Feb01/07
25-41-41 431 May01/08 25-43-42 412 Nov01/07 25-45-14 403 Feb01/07
25-41-41 432 May01/08 25-43-42 413 Nov01/07 25-45-14 404 Feb01/07
25-41-41 433 May01/08 25-43-42 414 Nov01/07 25-45-14 405 Feb01/07
25-43-42 415 Aug01/08 25-45-14 406 Feb01/07
25-43-00 1 Feb01/07 25-43-42 416 Nov01/07 25-45-14 407 Feb01/07
25-43-00 2 Feb01/07 25-43-42 417 Feb01/08 25-45-15 401 Feb01/07
25-43-00 3 Feb01/07 25-43-42 418 Feb01/08 25-45-15 402 Feb01/07
25-43-00 4 Nov01/07 25-43-42 419 Nov01/07 25-45-15 403 Feb01/07
25-43-41 401 May01/08 25-43-42 420 Nov01/07 25-45-15 404 Feb01/07
25-43-41 402 May01/08 25-43-42 421 Nov01/07 25-45-16 401 Feb01/07
25-43-41 R 403 Aug01/09 25-43-42 422 Nov01/07 25-45-16 402 Feb01/07
25-43-41 404 May01/08 25-43-42 423 Nov01/07 25-45-16 403 Feb01/07
25-43-41 405 May01/08 25-43-42 424 Nov01/07 25-45-16 404 Feb01/07
25-43-41 406 May01/08 25-43-42 425 Feb01/08 25-45-17 401 May01/09
25-43-41 407 May01/08 25-43-42 426 Nov01/07 25-45-17 402 Feb01/07
25-43-41 408 May01/08 25-43-42 427 Nov01/07 25-45-17 403 May01/09
25-43-41 409 May01/08 25-45-17 404 May01/09
25-43-41 410 May01/08 25-44-00 1 Nov01/07 25-45-17 405 May01/09
25-L.E.P. Page 9
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-45-18 401 Feb01/07 25-45-25 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 804 Feb01/07

25-45-18 402 Feb01/07 25-45-25 405 Feb01/07 25-50-00 805 Feb01/07
25-45-18 403 Feb01/07 25-45-25 406 Feb01/07 25-50-00 806 Aug01/08
25-45-18 404 Feb01/07 25-45-25 407 Feb01/07 25-50-00 807 Aug01/08
25-45-18 405 Feb01/07 25-45-26 401 Feb01/07 25-50-00 808 Aug01/08
25-45-18 406 Feb01/07 25-45-26 402 Feb01/07 25-50-00 809 Feb01/07
25-45-18 407 Feb01/07 25-45-26 403 Feb01/07 25-50-00 810 Feb01/07
25-45-18 408 Feb01/07 25-45-26 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 811 Feb01/07
25-45-19 401 May01/08 25-45-26 405 Feb01/07 25-50-00 812 Aug01/08
25-45-19 402 May01/08 25-45-33 401 Feb01/07
25-45-19 403 Feb01/08 25-45-33 402 Aug01/07 25-52-00 1 Feb01/07
25-45-19 404 May01/08 25-45-33 403 Feb01/07 25-52-00 2 Feb01/07
25-45-19 405 Nov01/08 25-45-33 404 Feb01/07 25-52-00 3 Feb01/07
25-45-19 406 Nov01/08 25-45-33 405 Aug01/07 25-52-00 4 Feb01/07
25-45-19 407 Nov01/08 25-45-33 406 Aug01/07 25-52-00 5 Feb01/07
25-45-19 408 Feb01/08 25-45-38 401 Aug01/07 25-52-00 6 Feb01/07
25-45-19 409 Nov01/08 25-45-38 402 Aug01/07 25-52-00 7 Feb01/07
25-45-19 410 Feb01/08 25-45-38 403 Aug01/07 25-52-00 8 Feb01/07
25-45-19 411 Feb01/07 25-45-38 404 Aug01/07 25-52-00 9 Feb01/07
25-45-19 412 Feb01/07 25-45-38 405 Aug01/07 25-52-00 10 Feb01/07
25-45-19 413 Feb01/07 25-45-38 406 Aug01/07 25-52-00 11 Feb01/07
25-45-21 401 Feb01/07 25-45-38 407 Aug01/07 25-52-00 12 Feb01/07
25-45-21 402 Feb01/08 25-45-38 408 Aug01/07 25-52-00 13 Feb01/07
25-45-21 403 May01/07 25-45-38 409 Aug01/07 25-52-00 14 Feb01/07
25-45-21 404 Feb01/07 25-45-38 410 Aug01/07
25-45-21 405 Feb01/07 25-54-00 1 Feb01/08
25-45-21 406 Feb01/07 25-50-00 1 Feb01/07 25-54-00 2 Feb01/07
25-45-21 407 May01/07 25-50-00 2 Feb01/07 25-54-00 3 Feb01/07
25-45-21 408 May01/07 25-50-00 3 Feb01/07 25-54-00 4 Feb01/07
25-45-21 409 May01/07 25-50-00 4 Feb01/07 25-54-00 5 Feb01/07
25-45-21 410 May01/07 25-50-00 5 Feb01/07 25-54-11 401 May01/07
25-45-21 411 May01/07 25-50-00 6 Feb01/07 25-54-11 402 May01/07
25-45-21 412 May01/07 25-50-00 7 Feb01/07 25-54-11 403 Feb01/07
25-45-21 413 May01/07 25-50-00 8 Feb01/07 25-54-11 404 May01/09
25-45-22 R 401 Aug01/09 25-50-00 9 Feb01/07 25-54-11 405 May01/07
25-45-22 R 402 Aug01/09 25-50-00 10 Feb01/07 25-54-11 406 May01/07
25-45-22 403 Feb01/07 25-50-00 11 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 401 Aug01/09
25-45-22 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 12 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 402 Aug01/09
25-45-22 R 405 Aug01/09 25-50-00 13 Feb01/07 25-54-12 403 Feb01/07
25-45-22 R 406 Aug01/09 25-50-00 601 May01/07 25-54-12 404 Feb01/07
25-45-23 401 Feb01/07 25-50-00 602 Feb01/07 25-54-12 405 Feb01/07
25-45-23 402 Feb01/07 25-50-00 603 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 406 Aug01/09
25-45-23 403 Feb01/07 25-50-00 604 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 407 Aug01/09
25-45-23 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 R 605 Aug01/09 25-54-12 R 408 Aug01/09
25-45-24 401 Feb01/07 25-50-00 R 606 Aug01/09 25-54-12 R 409 Aug01/09
25-45-24 402 Feb01/07 25-50-00 607 Feb01/08 25-54-12 410 Feb01/07
25-45-24 403 Feb01/07 25-50-00 R 608 Aug01/09 25-54-12 411 Feb01/07
25-45-24 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 N 609 Aug01/09 25-54-12 R 412 Aug01/09
25-45-25 401 Feb01/07 25-50-00 801 Aug01/08 25-54-12 R 413 Aug01/09
25-45-25 402 Feb01/07 25-50-00 802 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 414 Aug01/09
25-45-25 403 Feb01/07 25-50-00 803 Feb01/07 25-54-12 R 415 Aug01/09
25-L.E.P. Page 10
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-54-12 R 416 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 409 Aug01/09 25-55-12 803 Feb01/07

25-54-12 R 417 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 410 Aug01/09 25-55-12 804 Feb01/07
25-54-12 R 418 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 411 Aug01/09 25-55-12 805 Feb01/07
25-54-12 R 419 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 412 Aug01/09 25-55-12 806 Feb01/07
25-54-12 R 420 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 413 Aug01/09 25-55-12 807 Feb01/07
25-54-12 N 421 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 414 Aug01/09 25-55-17 401 Feb01/07
25-54-12 N 422 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 415 Aug01/09 25-55-17 402 Feb01/07
25-54-12 N 423 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 416 Aug01/09 25-55-17 403 Feb01/07
25-54-12 N 424 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 417 Aug01/09 25-55-17 404 Feb01/07
25-54-12 801 Feb01/07 25-55-11 R 418 Aug01/09 25-55-17 405 Feb01/07
25-54-12 802 Feb01/07 25-55-11 R 419 Aug01/09 25-55-17 406 Feb01/07
25-54-12 803 Feb01/07 25-55-11 R 420 Aug01/09 25-55-17 407 Feb01/07
25-54-12 804 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 421 Aug01/09 25-55-41 401 Feb01/07
25-54-12 805 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 422 Aug01/09 25-55-41 402 Feb01/07
25-54-12 806 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 423 Aug01/09 25-55-41 403 Feb01/07
25-54-12 807 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 424 Aug01/09 25-55-41 404 Feb01/07
25-54-17 401 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 425 Aug01/09 25-55-41 405 Feb01/07
25-54-17 402 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 426 Aug01/09 25-55-41 406 Feb01/07
25-54-17 403 Feb01/07 25-55-11 N 427 Aug01/09 25-55-41 407 Feb01/07
25-54-17 404 Feb01/07 25-55-11 801 Feb01/07 25-55-41 408 Feb01/07
25-54-17 405 Feb01/07 25-55-11 802 Feb01/07 25-55-41 409 Feb01/07
25-54-17 406 Feb01/07 25-55-11 803 Feb01/07 25-55-41 410 Feb01/07
25-54-41 401 Feb01/07 25-55-11 804 Feb01/07 25-55-41 411 Feb01/07
25-54-41 402 Aug01/07 25-55-11 805 Feb01/07 25-55-41 412 Feb01/07
25-54-41 403 Feb01/07 25-55-11 806 Feb01/07 25-55-41 413 Feb01/07
25-54-41 404 Feb01/07 25-55-11 807 Feb01/07 25-55-41 414 Feb01/07
25-54-41 405 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 401 Aug01/09 25-55-41 415 Feb01/07
25-54-41 406 Feb01/07 25-55-12 402 Feb01/07 25-55-41 416 Feb01/08
25-54-41 407 Feb01/08 25-55-12 403 Feb01/07 25-55-41 417 Feb01/07
25-54-41 408 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 404 Aug01/09 25-55-41 418 Feb01/07
25-54-41 409 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 405 Aug01/09 25-55-41 419 Feb01/07
25-54-41 410 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 406 Aug01/09 25-55-41 420 Feb01/07
25-54-41 411 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 407 Aug01/09 25-55-41 421 Feb01/07
25-54-41 412 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 408 Aug01/09 25-55-41 422 Feb01/07
25-54-41 413 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 409 Aug01/09 25-55-41 423 Feb01/07
25-54-41 414 Feb01/07 25-55-12 R 410 Aug01/09 25-55-41 424 Feb01/07
25-55-12 R 411 Aug01/09 25-55-41 425 Feb01/07
25-55-00 1 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 412 Aug01/09 25-55-41 426 Feb01/07
25-55-00 2 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 413 Aug01/09 25-55-41 427 Feb01/07
25-55-00 3 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 414 Aug01/09
25-55-00 4 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 415 Aug01/09 25-60-00 1 Feb01/07
25-55-00 5 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 416 Aug01/09
25-55-00 6 Feb01/08 25-55-12 R 417 Aug01/09 25-61-00 1 Feb01/07
25-55-11 R 401 Aug01/09 25-55-12 N 418 Aug01/09 25-61-00 2 Feb01/07
25-55-11 402 Feb01/07 25-55-12 N 419 Aug01/09 25-61-00 3 Feb01/07
25-55-11 403 Feb01/07 25-55-12 N 420 Aug01/09 25-61-00 4 Feb01/07
25-55-11 404 Feb01/07 25-55-12 N 421 Aug01/09 25-61-41 401 Feb01/07
25-55-11 405 Feb01/07 25-55-12 N 422 Aug01/09 25-61-41 402 Feb01/07
25-55-11 R 406 Aug01/09 25-55-12 N 423 Aug01/09 25-61-41 403 Feb01/07
25-55-11 R 407 Aug01/09 25-55-12 801 Feb01/07 25-61-41 404 Feb01/07
25-55-11 R 408 Aug01/09 25-55-12 802 Feb01/07 25-61-41 601 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 11
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-61-41 602 Feb01/07 25-62-00 415 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 602 Aug01/09

25-61-41 603 Feb01/07 25-62-00 501 Feb01/07 25-62-42 N 603 Aug01/09
25-62-00 502 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 604 Aug01/09
25-62-00 1 Feb01/07 25-62-00 503 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 605 Aug01/09
25-62-00 2 May01/07 25-62-00 504 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 606 Aug01/09
25-62-00 3 Feb01/07 25-62-00 505 Aug01/08 25-62-43 401 Feb01/07
25-62-00 4 Feb01/07 25-62-00 506 Aug01/08 25-62-43 402 Feb01/07
25-62-00 5 Feb01/07 25-62-00 507 Aug01/08 25-62-43 403 Feb01/07
25-62-00 6 Feb01/07 25-62-00 508 Aug01/08 25-62-43 404 Feb01/07
25-62-00 7 Feb01/07 25-62-00 509 Aug01/08 25-62-43 405 Feb01/07
25-62-00 8 Feb01/07 25-62-00 510 Aug01/08 25-62-43 406 Feb01/07
25-62-00 9 Feb01/07 25-62-00 511 Aug01/08 25-62-43 407 Nov01/08
25-62-00 10 Feb01/07 25-62-00 512 Aug01/08 25-62-43 408 May01/07
25-62-00 11 Feb01/07 25-62-00 513 Aug01/08 25-62-43 409 May01/07
25-62-00 12 Feb01/07 25-62-00 514 Aug01/08 25-62-43 410 May01/07
25-62-00 13 Feb01/07 25-62-00 515 Aug01/08 25-62-43 411 May01/08
25-62-00 14 Feb01/07 25-62-00 516 Aug01/08 25-62-43 412 May01/07
25-62-00 201 Feb01/07 25-62-00 517 Aug01/08 25-62-43 413 May01/07
25-62-00 202 Feb01/07 25-62-00 518 Aug01/08 25-62-43 414 May01/07
25-62-00 203 Feb01/07 25-62-00 519 Aug01/08 25-62-43 415 Feb01/07
25-62-00 204 Feb01/07 25-62-00 601 Feb01/07 25-62-43 416 Feb01/07
25-62-00 205 Feb01/07 25-62-00 602 Aug01/08 25-62-43 417 Feb01/07
25-62-00 206 Feb01/07 25-62-00 603 Aug01/08 25-62-43 418 Nov01/08
25-62-00 207 Feb01/08 25-62-00 604 Aug01/08 25-62-43 419 May01/07
25-62-00 208 Feb01/08 25-62-00 605 Aug01/08 25-62-43 420 May01/07
25-62-00 209 Feb01/08 25-62-00 606 Aug01/08 25-62-43 421 May01/07
25-62-00 210 Feb01/07 25-62-00 607 Aug01/08 25-62-43 422 May01/07
25-62-00 211 Feb01/07 25-62-00 608 Aug01/08 25-62-43 423 May01/07
25-62-00 212 Feb01/08 25-62-42 401 Aug01/07 25-62-43 424 May01/07
25-62-00 N 301 Aug01/09 25-62-42 402 Aug01/07 25-62-43 425 May01/07
25-62-00 N 302 Aug01/09 25-62-42 403 Aug01/07 25-62-43 426 May01/07
25-62-00 N 303 Aug01/09 25-62-42 404 Feb01/07 25-62-43 427 May01/07
25-62-00 N 304 Aug01/09 25-62-42 405 Feb01/07 25-62-43 428 May01/07
25-62-00 N 305 Aug01/09 25-62-42 406 Nov01/07 25-62-43 429 May01/07
25-62-00 N 306 Aug01/09 25-62-42 407 Nov01/07 25-62-43 430 May01/07
25-62-00 N 307 Aug01/09 25-62-42 408 Feb01/08 25-62-43 431 May01/07
25-62-00 N 308 Aug01/09 25-62-42 409 Feb01/08 25-62-43 432 May01/07
25-62-00 401 Nov01/08 25-62-42 410 Feb01/08 25-62-43 433 May01/07
25-62-00 402 Aug01/08 25-62-42 411 Nov01/07 25-62-43 434 May01/07
25-62-00 403 Aug01/08 25-62-42 412 Feb01/07 25-62-43 435 May01/07
25-62-00 404 Aug01/08 25-62-42 413 Nov01/07 25-62-43 436 May01/07
25-62-00 405 Aug01/08 25-62-42 414 Nov01/07 25-62-43 437 May01/07
25-62-00 406 Nov01/08 25-62-42 R 415 Aug01/09 25-62-43 438 May01/07
25-62-00 407 Aug01/08 25-62-42 R 416 Aug01/09 25-62-43 439 May01/07
25-62-00 408 Aug01/08 25-62-42 R 417 Aug01/09 25-62-43 440 Nov01/08
25-62-00 409 Nov01/08 25-62-42 R 418 Aug01/09 25-62-43 441 May01/07
25-62-00 410 Aug01/08 25-62-42 R 419 Aug01/09 25-62-43 442 May01/07
25-62-00 411 Aug01/08 25-62-42 R 420 Aug01/09 25-62-43 443 May01/07
25-62-00 412 Aug01/08 25-62-42 R 421 Aug01/09 25-62-43 444 May01/07
25-62-00 413 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 422 Aug01/09 25-62-43 445 May01/07
25-62-00 414 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 601 Aug01/09 25-62-43 446 May01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 12
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-62-43 447 May01/07 25-62-44 R 435 Aug01/09 25-64-00 602 Nov01/08

25-62-43 448 May01/07 25-62-44 R 436 Aug01/09
25-62-43 449 May01/07 25-62-44 R 437 Aug01/09 25-65-00 1 May01/07
25-62-43 450 May01/07 25-62-44 R 438 Aug01/09 25-65-00 2 May01/07
25-62-43 451 May01/07 25-62-44 R 439 Aug01/09 25-65-00 3 May01/07
25-62-43 452 May01/07 25-62-44 R 440 Aug01/09 25-65-00 4 May01/07
25-62-43 453 May01/07 25-62-44 R 441 Aug01/09 25-65-00 5 Nov01/08
25-62-43 454 May01/07 25-62-44 R 442 Aug01/09 25-65-00 6 May01/07
25-62-43 455 May01/07 25-62-44 R 443 Aug01/09 25-65-00 7 May01/07
25-62-43 456 May01/07 25-62-44 R 444 Aug01/09 25-65-00 8 May01/07
25-62-43 457 May01/07 25-62-44 R 445 Aug01/09 25-65-00 9 May01/07
25-62-43 458 May01/07 25-62-44 R 446 Aug01/09 25-65-00 10 May01/07
25-62-43 459 May01/07 25-62-44 R 447 Aug01/09 25-65-00 11 May01/07
25-62-43 460 May01/07 25-62-44 N 448 Aug01/09 25-65-00 12 May01/07
25-62-43 461 Aug01/08 25-62-46 401 May01/09 25-65-00 13 May01/07
25-62-43 462 May01/07 25-62-46 402 Feb01/07 25-65-00 14 May01/07
25-62-43 463 May01/07 25-62-46 403 Feb01/07 25-65-00 15 May01/07
25-62-44 401 Feb01/07 25-62-46 404 Nov01/08 25-65-00 16 May01/07
25-62-44 402 Feb01/07 25-62-46 405 Nov01/08 25-65-00 17 May01/07
25-62-44 403 Feb01/07 25-62-46 406 Nov01/08 25-65-00 18 May01/07
25-62-44 404 Feb01/07 25-62-46 407 Feb01/07 25-65-00 201 Feb01/07
25-62-44 405 Feb01/07 25-62-46 408 Feb01/07 25-65-00 202 Feb01/07
25-62-44 406 Feb01/07 25-62-46 409 Feb01/07 25-65-00 501 Feb01/07
25-62-44 407 Feb01/07 25-62-46 R 410 Aug01/09 25-65-00 502 Feb01/07
25-62-44 408 Feb01/07 25-62-46 411 Feb01/09 25-65-00 R 503 Aug01/09
25-62-44 409 Feb01/07 25-62-46 412 Feb01/09 25-65-00 504 Feb01/07
25-62-44 410 Feb01/07 25-62-46 413 Feb01/09 25-65-00 505 Feb01/07
25-62-44 411 Feb01/07 25-62-46 414 Feb01/09 25-65-00 506 Feb01/07
25-62-44 R 412 Aug01/09 25-62-46 415 Feb01/09 25-65-00 507 Feb01/07
25-62-44 R 413 Aug01/09 25-62-46 R 416 Aug01/09 25-65-00 R 508 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 414 Aug01/09 25-62-46 R 417 Aug01/09 25-65-00 509 Feb01/08
25-62-44 R 415 Aug01/09 25-62-46 418 Feb01/09 25-65-00 510 Feb01/08
25-62-44 R 416 Aug01/09 25-62-46 R 419 Aug01/09 25-65-00 R 511 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 417 Aug01/09 25-62-46 R 420 Aug01/09 25-65-00 R 512 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 418 Aug01/09 25-62-46 D 421 25-65-00 R 513 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 419 Aug01/09 25-65-00 R 514 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 420 Aug01/09 25-63-00 1 Feb01/07 25-65-00 515 Aug01/08
25-62-44 R 421 Aug01/09 25-63-00 2 Feb01/07 25-65-00 516 Feb01/09
25-62-44 R 422 Aug01/09 25-63-00 3 Feb01/08 25-65-00 517 May01/09
25-62-44 R 423 Aug01/09 25-63-00 4 Feb01/07 25-65-00 R 518 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 424 Aug01/09 25-63-00 5 Feb01/07 25-65-00 519 May01/09
25-62-44 R 425 Aug01/09 25-63-00 6 Feb01/07 25-65-00 520 May01/09
25-62-44 R 426 Aug01/09 25-63-00 7 Feb01/07 25-65-14 401 Feb01/07
25-62-44 R 427 Aug01/09 25-63-00 8 Feb01/07 25-65-14 402 Feb01/07
25-62-44 R 428 Aug01/09 25-63-00 9 Feb01/07 25-65-14 403 Feb01/07
25-62-44 R 429 Aug01/09 25-63-00 501 May01/07 25-65-14 404 Feb01/09
25-62-44 R 430 Aug01/09 25-65-14 R 405 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 431 Aug01/09 25-64-00 1 Nov01/08 25-65-14 R 406 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 432 Aug01/09 25-64-00 2 Nov01/08 25-65-14 R 407 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 433 Aug01/09 25-64-00 3 Nov01/08 25-65-14 R 408 Aug01/09
25-62-44 R 434 Aug01/09 25-64-00 601 Nov01/08 25-65-14 409 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 13
Aug 01/09
AIJ
25-65-18 401 Feb01/07 25-68-00 1 Feb01/07 25-71-00 6 Feb01/07

25-65-18 402 Feb01/07 25-68-00 2 Feb01/07 25-71-00 7 Feb01/07
25-65-18 403 Feb01/07 25-68-00 3 Feb01/07 25-71-00 8 Feb01/07
25-65-18 404 Feb01/07 25-68-00 4 Feb01/07 25-71-00 9 Feb01/07
25-65-18 405 Feb01/07 25-68-00 5 Feb01/07 25-71-00 601 May01/09
25-65-35 401 Feb01/07 25-68-00 6 Feb01/07 25-71-00 602 May01/09
25-65-35 402 Feb01/07 25-68-00 7 Feb01/07 25-71-00 603 May01/09
25-65-35 403 Feb01/07 25-68-00 8 Feb01/07 25-71-00 604 May01/09
25-65-35 404 Feb01/07 25-68-00 9 Feb01/07 25-71-00 605 May01/09
25-65-35 405 Feb01/07 25-68-00 10 Feb01/07 25-71-00 606 May01/09
25-65-35 406 Feb01/07 25-68-00 11 Feb01/07 25-71-00 607 May01/09
25-65-35 407 Feb01/07 25-68-00 12 Feb01/07 25-71-00 608 May01/09
25-65-35 408 Feb01/07 25-68-00 13 Feb01/07 25-71-00 609 May01/09
25-65-35 409 Nov01/08 25-68-00 14 Feb01/07 25-71-00 610 May01/09
25-65-35 410 Nov01/08 25-68-00 15 Feb01/07 25-71-00 611 May01/09
25-65-35 411 Nov01/08 25-68-00 201 Feb01/07 25-71-00 612 May01/09
25-65-35 412 Nov01/08 25-68-00 202 Feb01/07 25-71-00 613 May01/09
25-65-35 413 Nov01/08 25-68-00 203 Feb01/07 25-71-00 614 May01/09
25-65-35 414 Nov01/08 25-68-00 204 Feb01/07 25-71-00 615 May01/09
25-65-41 401 Feb01/07 25-68-00 205 Feb01/07
25-65-41 402 Aug01/07 25-68-00 206 Feb01/07 25-80-00 1 Feb01/07
25-65-41 403 Feb01/07 25-68-00 207 Feb01/07 25-80-00 2 Feb01/07
25-65-41 404 Aug01/07 25-68-41 401 Nov01/08 25-80-00 3 Feb01/07
25-65-41 405 Aug01/07 25-68-41 402 Nov01/08 25-80-00 4 Feb01/07
25-65-41 406 Feb01/07 25-68-41 403 Nov01/08 25-80-00 5 Feb01/07
25-65-51 201 May01/07 25-68-41 404 Nov01/08 25-80-00 6 Feb01/07
25-65-51 202 May01/07 25-68-41 405 Nov01/08 25-80-00 201 Feb01/07
25-65-51 203 May01/07 25-68-41 406 Nov01/08 25-80-00 202 Feb01/07
25-65-51 204 Feb01/07 25-68-41 407 Nov01/08 25-80-00 203 Feb01/07
25-65-51 205 May01/07 25-68-41 408 Nov01/08 25-80-00 204 Feb01/07
25-65-51 206 May01/07 25-68-41 409 Nov01/08 25-80-00 205 Feb01/07
25-65-51 207 Feb01/07 25-68-41 410 Nov01/08 25-80-00 206 Feb01/07
25-65-52 R 401 Aug01/09 25-68-41 411 Nov01/08 25-80-00 207 Feb01/07
25-65-52 402 May01/07 25-68-41 412 Nov01/08 25-80-00 801 Nov01/08
25-65-52 R 403 Aug01/09 25-68-41 413 Nov01/08 25-80-00 802 Nov01/08
25-65-52 R 404 Aug01/09 25-68-41 414 Nov01/08 25-80-00 803 Feb01/07
25-65-52 R 405 Aug01/09 25-68-41 415 Nov01/08 25-80-00 804 Feb01/07
25-68-41 416 Nov01/08 25-80-00 805 May01/09
25-66-00 1 May01/07 25-80-00 806 Nov01/08
25-66-00 2 May01/07 25-70-00 1 Feb01/07 25-80-00 807 Feb01/07
25-66-00 3 May01/07 25-70-00 2 Feb01/07 25-80-00 808 Feb01/07
25-66-00 4 May01/07 25-70-00 3 Feb01/07 25-80-00 809 May01/09
25-66-00 5 May01/07 25-70-00 4 Feb01/07 25-80-00 810 Nov01/08
25-66-00 6 May01/07 25-70-00 5 Feb01/07 25-80-00 811 Feb01/07
25-66-00 7 May01/07 25-70-00 6 Feb01/07 25-80-00 812 Aug01/07
25-66-00 601 Feb01/08 25-80-00 813 Aug01/07
25-66-00 602 Aug01/07 25-71-00 1 Feb01/07 25-80-00 814 Aug01/07
25-66-00 603 Feb01/07 25-71-00 2 Feb01/07
25-66-52 401 Feb01/07 25-71-00 3 Feb01/07
25-66-52 402 Feb01/07 25-71-00 4 Feb01/07
25-71-00 5 Feb01/07
25-L.E.P. Page 14
Aug 01/09
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL
_______________________________ 25-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
________________________________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL 25-00-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Removal of Air Bubbles under 801 ALL
Decorative Foil
Replacement of the Decor Foil 804 ALL
Attached with Heat Activated
Adhesive
Replacement of Decor Foil Attached 808 ALL
with Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
Repairs to Polycarbonate (PC) 812 ALL
Sheet Components
Repairs to Cabin Polycarbonate 818 ALL
(PC) Composite Components with
Honeycomb Core
Repairs to Nonstructural 825 ALL
Components (not in the Cargo
Compartments)
Repairs to Surface Damage of 833 ALL
Composite Components (not in the
Cargo Compartments)
Repair to the Moisture Barrier 838 ALL
Foil (Mylar)
Repair to the Nontextile Floor 840 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Replacement of the Aluminum 853 ALL
Profile on the Lower
Sidewall-Panel
Repair of Insert Nut Connections 858 ALL
Installed in Components with
Honeycomb Core
Repair of an Overhead Stowage 865 ALL
Compartment (OHSC)
Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin 878 ALL
in a Lavatory
Repair of Painted Components 889 ALL
Toilet Shroud - Repair 896 ALL
Toilet Seat - Repair A800 ALL
Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan A804 ALL
Cargo Compartment Linings with A814 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 1
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Honeycomb Core - General
Repair/Protection Information
Repair to the Flanges of the A828 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Decompression
Panels
Filler Repair Method (Damage not A835 ALL
Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
Patch and Filler Repair Method A839 ALL
(Damage not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) A844 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches (on View Side) A848 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
Replacement of Cargo Compartment A853 ALL
Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and
Partition Panel
Patches and Filler Repair Method A857 ALL
(Damage Through) - All Cargo
Core
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage A862 ALL
not Through) - All Cargo
Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair A867 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair A872 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair A877 ALL
Method (Damage not Through) - All
Honeycomb Core
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair A881 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 2
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Method (Damage not Through) - All
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge A886 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Not Through
from the Edge) - All Cargo
Core
Protection of Cargo Compartment A890 ALL
Linings with S-Glass Patch - All
Honeycomb Core
_______
COCKPIT 25-10-00
General Description 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
________
COCKPIT 25-10-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 801 ALL
Ceiling Panels
Side Panels
Rear Panels
COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

General 1 ALL
Captain and First Officer Seats 1 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 8 ALL

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Deactivation of the Defective 401 ALL
Recline System of the CAPT (F/O)
Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
25-11-01-A)c)
Reactivation of the Defective 405 ALL
Recline System of the CAPT (F/O)
Seat
25-11-01-A)c)
Deactivation of the Inoperative 406 ALL
Adjustment System of the CAPT
(F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
25-11-01-B)
Reactivation of the Inoperative 408 ALL
Adjustment System of the CAPT
(F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
25-11-01-B)
Deactivation of the Third Occupant 409 ALL
Seat
25-11-06-A)b)
Reactivation of the Third Occupant 411 ALL
Seat
25-11-06-A)b)

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Cockpit 601 ALL
Seats
Inspection/Check of the Shoulder 602 ALL
Harness and Seat Belt
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT 25-11-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Third Occupant Seat 401 ALL
Installation of the Third Occupant 403 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Seat
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT 25-11-41
Inspection/Check of the Third 601 ALL
Occupant Seat
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-51
Removal of the Captain/First 401 ALL
Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
Installation of the Captain/First 406 ALL
Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-51
Inspection/Check of the 601 ALL
Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,
4MS)
Check of Adjustment of Seat 603 ALL
Control Cables
CUSHIONS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-61
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
Installation of the Captain (First 403 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-62
OFFICER
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-63
OFFICER
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-64
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
25-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
(First Officer) Seat Inboard
Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
(First Officer) Seat Side Stick
Armrest-Assy
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ 25-11-67
FIRST OFFICER
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-68
OFFICER
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-69
SEAT PAN AND BASE
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
Accessories
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
25-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Accessories
LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Linings 1 ALL
Floor covering 1 ALL

Deactivation of the Captain and/or 401 ALL
First Officer Sliding-Tables
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01 401 ALL
b)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 402 ALL
First Officer Sliding-Tables
b)
Deactivation of the Captain and/or 403 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
b)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 404 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
b)

CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of Foam Plastic 701 ALL
(Polyurethane) Parts
Painting of the Internal Cockpit 704 ALL
Surfaces
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD 25-13-11
Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor 401 ALL
(9MM, 10MM)
Installation of the Windshield 403 ALL
Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY 25-13-14
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Adjustment of the Cockpit Table 201 ALL
Removal of the Foot Rest and 401 ALL
Sliding Table Assembly
Installation of the Foot Rest and 403 ALL
Sliding Table Assembly
Removal of the Sliding Table 404 ALL
Installation of the Sliding Table 406 ALL
Removal of the Actuator on the 407 ALL
Foot Rest Assembly
Installation of the Actuator on 410 ALL
the Foot Rest Assembly
Removal of the Captain and 412 ALL
First-Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Installation of the Captain and 414 ALL
First-Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest 601 ALL
Actuator
LINING PANELS 25-13-41
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 404 ALL
Removal of the Sidewall Panels 406 ALL
Installation of the Sidewall 414 ALL
Panels
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW 25-13-42
Removal of the Sliding Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Sliding Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW 25-13-43
Removal of the Fixed Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Fixed Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
CARPET - COCKPIT 25-13-44
Removal of the Cockpit Textile 401 ALL
Floor Covering (Carpet)
25-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Cockpit 404 ALL
Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS 25-13-45
Removal of the Foam Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Foam Panels 406 ALL
COAT STOWAGE 25-13-46
Removal of the Coat Stowage 401 ALL
Installation of the Coat Stowage 406 ALL
COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS 25-14-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Rack Lower Section 1 ALL
Rack Center Section 1 ALL
Rack Upper Section 4 ALL
Access to the various components 4 ALL
COCKPIT ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 25-18-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
STATIC INVERTER 25-18-51
Removal of the Static Inverter 401 ALL
Installation of the Static 404 ALL
Inverter
_____________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
General 1 ALL
The cabin is divided into 1 ALL
utility areas and seating areas.
The passenger/crew doors and
emergency exits are also
included in the cabin
______________________
25-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage 401 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage 403 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
______________________
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Refurbishment of the Grip Rail, 701 ALL
Interiors and the Doors of the
Overhead Stowage Compartments
Refurbishment of the Cabin 710 ALL
Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling
Panel, Cove Light Panel and the
Passenger Service Unit Panel
Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall 722 ALL
and Lavatory Interior Parts
Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling 728 ALL
and the Overwing Emergency
Exit/Hatch Cover
Refurbishment of the Partition and 734 ALL
the Door/Doorframe Panel
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

General 1 ALL
Seat Layout 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Passenger Seats 1 ALL
Passenger Seats 1 ALL

BITE Test of the Master Control 501 ALL
Unit (MCU)
25-CONTENTS Page 10
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Inspection of Seat to 601 ALL
Floor Attachment and General
Visual Inspection of Seats
Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat 603 ALL
Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and
Locks Check of Locks
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER 25-21-34
SUPPLY
Removal of the Master Control Unit 401 ALL
(MCU)
Installation of the Master Control 406 ALL
Unit (MCU)
SEAT - PASSENGER 25-21-41
Removal of the Passenger Seats 401 ALL
Installation of the Passenger 406 ALL
Seats
CABLE - SEAT TO SEAT 25-21-61
Removal of the Cable - Seat to 401 ALL
Seat
Installation of the Cable - Seat 405 ALL
to Seat
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
The cabin-attendant seats have: 1 ALL

Deactivation of a Defective Cabin 401 ALL
Attendant Seat
Reactivation of a Defective Cabin 403 ALL
Attendant Seat
25-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

Detailed Visual Inspection of 601 ALL
Cabin Attendant Seats Attachment
General Visual Inspection of Seats
Structure
Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt 603 ALL
Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock.
Check of Lock
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED 25-22-41
Removal of the Wall-Mounted 401 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seats
Installation of the Wall-Mounted 404 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seats
Removal of the Restraint System 407 ALL
Installation of the Restraint 411 ALL
System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING 25-22-42
Removal of the Free-Standing 401 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
Installation of the Free-Standing 405 ALL
Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL 25-22-43
Removal of the Cabin Attendant 401 ALL
Swivel-Seat
Installation of the Cabin 404 ALL
Attendant Swivel-Seat
System
Replacement of the Wall Mounted 417 ALL
Head Padding
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS 25-23-00

General 1 ALL
Ceiling Panels 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Sidewall Panels 5 ALL
Door and Door Frame Linings 13 ALL
PANELS - CEILING 25-23-41
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA 25-23-42
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 401 ALL
Forward Utility Area
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 405 ALL
Aft Utility Area
- Forward Utility Area
- Aft Utility Area
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL 25-23-43
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 401 ALL
Panel(s)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 416 ALL
Panel(s)
Removal of the Blinds on the 428 ALL
Sidewall Panel(s)
Installation of the Blinds on the 431 ALL
Sidewall Panel(s)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
Removal of the Lower 401 ALL
Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
Installation of the Lower 404 ALL
Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Lower Sidewall Panel and of the
Area Behind the Lower Sidewall
Panel for Foreign Material
Accumulation.
LINING - DOOR FRAME 25-23-45
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 401 ALL
at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 408 ALL
Linings at the Left FWD
25-CONTENTS Page 13
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Passenger/Crew Door
at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
LINING - DOOR 25-23-46
Removal of the Door Linings at the 401 ALL
FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Blinds on the 409 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Blinds on the 411 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 413 ALL
at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Door Linings at the 417 ALL
AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 425 ALL
at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT 25-23-47
Removal of the Lining from the 401 ALL
Emergency Exit Hatches
Installation of the Lining on the 403 ALL
Emergency Exit Hatches
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 408 ALL
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 413 ALL
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
PANEL - COVE LIGHT 25-23-48
25-CONTENTS Page 14
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Cove Light Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Cove Light 404 ALL
Panels
Replacement of the Light Screen 406 ALL
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

General 1 ALL
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

Adjustment of the Overhead 501 ALL
Stowage-Compartment Doors
Adjustment of the Overhead 505 ALL
Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD 25-24-41
STOWAGE
Removal of the Overhead Stowage 401 ALL
Compartments
Installation of the Overhead 412 ALL
Stowage Compartments
Removal of the Door of the 418 ALL
Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Installation of the Door of the 420 ALL
Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Removal of the Latch Assembly of 422 ALL
the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Door
Installation of the Latch Assembly 426 ALL
of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment Door
Replacement of the Handrail 428 ALL
PASSENGER SERVICE INFORMATION UNITS 25-25-00

(PSIU)
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 15
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Passenger Service Units (PSUs) 6 ALL
Passenger Information Units 6 ALL
(PIUs) (Ref. 23-73-00)
Operation/Control and Indication 7 ALL
Attendant Call 7 ALL
Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers 7 ALL
Fresh Air Outlets 7 ALL
Reading Lights 7 ALL
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT 25-25-11
(PSIU)
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of 401 ALL
the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU)
Installation of the Filler 404 ALL
Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS 25-26-00

General 1 ALL
Curtains 1 ALL
Partitions (if installed) 1 ALL
Movable Class Divider (if 1 ALL
installed)
CURTAINS 25-26-41
Removal of the Forward Curtain 401 ALL
Rail
Installation of the Forward 404 ALL
Curtain Rail
Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail 407 ALL
Installation of the Aft Curtain 410 ALL
Rail
Removal of the Curtains 412 ALL
Installation of the Curtains 415 ALL
PARTITIONS 25-26-42
Removal of a Partition 401 ALL
Installation of a Partition 404 ALL
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT 25-27-00

25-CONTENTS Page 16
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
Stowages 1 ALL
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R 25-27-15
Removal of an Emergency Equipment 401 ALL
Stowage
Installation of an Emergency 404 ALL
Equipment Stowage
STOWAGE 25-27-44
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 401 ALL
232)
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH 405 ALL
(Zone 232)
DOG HOUSE 25-27-46
Removal of a Doghouse 401 ALL
Installation of a Doghouse 404 ALL
FLOOR COVERING 25-28-00

General 1 ALL
The floor covering gives 1 ALL
passenger-comfort, soundproofing
and is the protection for the
floor panels and the floor
structure. The floor
Passenger Area 1 ALL
Utility (Wet) Area 4 ALL
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE 25-28-41
Removal of the Textile 401 ALL
Floor-Covering
Installation of the Textile 404 ALL
Floor-Covering
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE 25-28-42
Removal of the Non-Textile Floor 401 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Installation of the Non-Textile 411 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 17
May 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Floor Covering (NTF)
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure) 424 ALL
Installation of NTF (Welding 434 ALL
Procedure)
Replacement of the Non-Textile 451 ALL
Floor Covering (NTF) in the
Lavatories
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER 25-28-43
FOIL
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil 401 ALL
(MYLAR)
Installation of Moisture Barrier 406 ALL
Foil (MYLAR)
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY 25-29-00

General 1 ALL
The FWD Cabin System 1 ALL
The AFT Cabin System 1 ALL
Power Supply 3 ALL
_________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
General 1 ALL
Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00) 1 ALL
Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00) 1 ALL
Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00) 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
__________________
SERVICING 301 ALL
Discard the Galley Air-Extraction 301 ALL
Filter Elements
Replacement of the Galley 305 ALL
Water-Filter Elements (if
installed)
__________________
25-CONTENTS Page 18
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Galley Attachment Points
FORWARD GALLEY 25-31-00

General 1 ALL
Wet Unit Galley 1 ALL
Dry Unit Galley 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Galley 4 ALL
Pelmet 4 ALL
GALLEY 25-31-42
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit 401 ALL
(6475MM)
Installation of the Forward Galley 415 ALL
Unit (6475MM)
AFT GALLEY 25-33-00

General 1 ALL
Wet Unit Galley 1 ALL
Dry Unit Galley 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Galley 4 ALL
Pelmet 4 ALL
GALLEY 25-33-45
Removal of the Aft Galley (6483MM) 401 ALL
Installation of the Aft Galley 417 ALL
(6483MM)
GALLEY EQUIPMENT 25-35-00

General 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 19
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Storage Galleys 1 ALL
Preparation Galleys 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Oven 3 ALL
Water Heater 3 ALL
Hot Jug 3 ALL
Hot Cup 3 ALL
Coffee Maker 3 ALL
Trolley 3 ALL
Waste Trolley 3 ALL
Container 3 ALL

Deactivation of the 401 ALL
Galley-Waste-Compartment
Flapper-Door
Reactivation of the 404 ALL
Galley-Waste-Compartment
Flapper-Door

Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Coffee-Maker
Operational Test of the Oven 505 ALL
COFFEE MAKER 25-35-15
Removal of the Coffee Maker 401 ALL
Installation of the Coffee Maker 404 ALL
OVEN 25-35-19
Removal of the Oven 401 ALL
Installation of the Oven 404 ALL
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY 25-35-34
Removal of the Galley 401 ALL
Control-Panel
Installation of the Galley 404 ALL
Control-Panel
25-CONTENTS Page 20
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
__________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
General 1 ALL
Lavatory Identification 1 ALL
Quantity of Lavatories 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Each lavatory is assembled as a 1 ALL
modular unit with a ceiling,
rearwall, sidewalls and
floorpan. The floorpan has a
slip-resistant floor covering.
Lavatory Installation 3 ALL
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors 201 ALL
Opening/Closing of the Movable 206 ALL
Wall Section of the Lavatory D to
Move a Stretcher
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory 209 ALL
Installation
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
Deactivation of the Toilet 401 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Reactivation of the Toilet 404 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Lavatory 505 ALL
Door
25-CONTENTS Page 21
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
Detailed Inspection of the Waste 601 ALL
Compartment Including Waste Flap
and Operational Check of Waste
Flap
Detailed Inspection of the 604 ALL
Lavatory Attachment Points
Detailed Visual Inspection of 609 ALL
Lavatory Floor Pan
FORWARD LAVATORIES 25-41-00

General 1 ALL
General Characteristics 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Lavatory Doors 1 ALL
LAVATORY A 25-41-41
Removal of the Lavatory A 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory A 420 ALL
AFT LAVATORIES 25-43-00

General 1 ALL
General Characteristics 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Foldable Wall Section 4 ALL
LAVATORY D 25-43-41
Removal of the Lavatory D 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory D 413 ALL
LAVATORY E 25-43-42
Removal of the Lavatory E 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory E 415 ALL
RAZOR SUPPLY 25-44-00

25-CONTENTS Page 22
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Mini Inverter 1 ALL
RAZOR SUPPLY 25-44-00

Operational Test of the Razor 501 ALL
Supply System
STATIC INVERTER 25-44-41
Removal af the Static Inverter - 401 ALL
Razor Supply
Installation af the Static 404 ALL
Inverter - Razor Supply
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT 25-45-00

General 1 ALL
Lavatory Interior Equipment 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Toilet Unit Shroud 3 ALL
Mirror 3 ALL
Washbasin Cabinet 3 ALL
Auxiliary Light Unit. 3 ALL
Light Unit. 3 ALL
Handgrip 3 ALL
Coat Hook 3 ALL
Ashtrays 3 ALL
Service Cabinet 4 ALL
Baby Nursing Table 4 ALL
Lavatory Doors - Emergency 7 ALL
Opening (from the outside of the
lavatory)
CABINET - SERVICE 25-45-12
Removal of the Service Cabinet 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 23
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Service 404 ALL
Cabinet
MIRROR 25-45-13
Removal of the Lavatory Mirror 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory 403 ALL
Mirror
DISPENSER - SOAP 25-45-14
Removal of the Soap Dispenser 401 ALL
Installation of the Soap Dispenser 403 ALL
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE 25-45-15
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Chute 403 ALL
Flap
ASH TRAY 25-45-16
Removal of the Ash Tray 401 ALL
Installation of the Ash Tray 403 ALL
WASTE BOX 25-45-17
Removal of the Waste Box 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Box 404 ALL
ACCESS DOOR 25-45-18
Removal of the Access Door on the 401 ALL
Lavatory Front Wall
Installation of the Access Door on 403 ALL
the Lavatory Front Wall
Removal of the Access Door Inside 405 ALL
the Lavatory
Installation of the Access Door 407 ALL
Inside the Lavatory
DOOR - LAVATORY 25-45-19
Removal of the Lavatory Door 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Door 405 ALL
Replacement of a Lavatory Door 411 ALL
Damper
LOCK - DOOR 25-45-21
Removal of the Door Lock 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Lock 405 ALL
Removal of the Door Latch 407 ALL
Installation of the Door Latch 411 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 24
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SHROUD - TOILET 25-45-22
Removal of the Toilet Shroud and 401 ALL
the Seat
Installation of the Toilet Shroud 404 ALL
and the Seat
HAND GRIP 25-45-23
Removal of the Hand Grip 401 ALL
Installation of the Hand Grip 403 ALL
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER 25-45-24
Removal of the Seat Cover 401 ALL
Dispenser
Installation of the Seat Cover 403 ALL
Dispenser
TABLE - BABY NURSING 25-45-25
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table 401 ALL
Installation of the Baby Nursing 405 ALL
Table
LINING 25-45-26
Removal of the Lining 401 ALL
Installation of the Lining 404 ALL
MICROSWITCH - DOOR 25-45-33
Removal of the Door Microswitch 401 ALL
Installation of the Door 404 ALL
Microswitch
WASH BASIN 25-45-38
Removal of the Wash Basin 401 ALL
Installation of the Wash Basin 406 ALL
__________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
General 1 ALL
FWD and AFT Lower Holds 1 ALL
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 6 ALL
Bulk Loading 6 ALL
Bulk Cargo Compartment 12 ALL
Linings and Floor Panels 12 ALL
Cargo Compartment Lighting 12 ALL
Loading Area Lights 12 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 25
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
___________________
Visual Inspection of the Cargo 601 ALL
Compartment and the Components of
the Cargo Loading System
General Visual Inspection of Cargo 605 ALL
Compartment Decompression, Lining
and Floor Panels
___________________
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Door Nets and the 801 ALL
Divider Nets
CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT 25-52-00

General 1 ALL
FWD Cargo Compartment 1 ALL
AFT Cargo Compartment 4 ALL
BULK Cargo Compartment 4 ALL
FWD Cargo Compartment 4 ALL
AFT Cargo Compartment 7 ALL
Components to restrain the BULK 8 ALL
Cargo in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
Description of the Components of 8 ALL
the Bulk Restraint System in the
FWD Cargo Compartment
Components to restrain the BULK 10 ALL
Cargo in the AFT Cargo
Compartment.
AFT Cargo Compartment
BULK Cargo Compartment
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO 25-54-00

COMPARTMENT
25-CONTENTS Page 26
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 ALL
Panels
Bulk Loading Placards 4 ALL
Smoke Detector Panel 4 ALL
Rapid Decompression Panels 4 ALL
Divider Net and Door Net 5 ALL
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 5 ALL
Points
Loading Area Light 5 ALL
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-11
COMPARTMENT FR24
Removal of the FWD 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
Installation of the FWD 404 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
COMPARTMENT FR34
Removal of the FWD Cargo 401 ALL
Compartment Partition FR34
Installation of the FWD Cargo 406 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 409 ALL
the FWD Cargo Compartment
in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 417 ALL
Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
COMPARTMENT FR34
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the FWD Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-54-17
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 27
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Net Stanchions 404 ALL
in the FWD Cargo Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD 25-54-41
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net 401 ALL
Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
Installation of the Tie-Down and 407 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO 25-55-00

COMPARTMENT
General 1 ALL
Description and Operation 4 ALL
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 ALL
Panels
Air Conditioning Inlets and 5 ALL
Outlets
Bulk Loading Placards 5 ALL
Smoke Detector Panels 5 ALL
Access Panels 5 ALL
Rapid Decompression Panels 5 ALL
Divider Net and Door Net 6 ALL
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 6 ALL
Points
Loading Area Light 6 ALL
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-11
COMPARTMENT FR47
Removal of the AFT Cargo 401 ALL
Installation of the AFT Cargo 406 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR47/FR59
in the AFT Cargo Compartment
-FR47/FR59
25-CONTENTS Page 28
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FR47/FR59
Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
COMPARTMENT FR47
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Panels of the AFT Cargo
Compartment
COMPARTMENT FR65
Removal of the AFT Cargo 401 ALL
Installation of the AFT Cargo 405 ALL
FR59/FR65
in the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
FR59/FR65
Panels in the AFT Cargo
COMPARTMENT FR65
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Panels of the BULK Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-55-17
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions 405 ALL
in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT 25-55-41
Removal of the Tie Down and Net 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 29
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Attachment Fittings of the AFT and
BULK Cargo- Compartments
Installation of the Tie Down and 416 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT
and BULK Cargo-Compartments
_________
EMERGENCY 25-60-00
General 1 ALL
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT 25-61-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY 25-61-41
Removal of the Captain/First 401 ALL
Officer Emergency Descent Device
Installation of the Captain/First 403 ALL
Officer Emergency Descent Device
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY 25-61-41
Inspection/Check of the 601 ALL
Captain/First Officer Emergency
Descent Device
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN 25-62-00

General 1 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 1 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 1 ALL
Warning Systems 1 ALL
Directional Guidance Lights 3 ALL
Inflation Reservoir - Low 3 ALL
Pressure Indication (Optional)
Interface 3 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 30
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

Special Precautions before Work on 201 ALL
the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
Special Precautions after Work on 204 ALL
the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
Adjustment Procedure to Install 207 ALL
the Lock pin in the Regulator
Valve Assembly of the Inflation
Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide

SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Flexible 301 ALL
Control Assembly

Emergency Exit Slide Bottle 401 ALL
Pressure Indication (on PTP) -
Pressure Check
25-60-05-A)b)
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle 406 ALL
Pressure Indication (on FAP) -
Pressure Check
25-60-05-B)b)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication 409 ALL
(on FAP) - Pressure Check
25-60-05-B)a)
Pre-Flight Installation of the 411 ALL
Enclosure Door, when the
Escape-Slide is Removed
25-60-02-B)
Reactivation of the Enclosure 415 ALL
25-60-02-B)
25-CONTENTS Page 31
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Operational Test of the Offwing 510 ALL
Escape-Slide Deployment
Gage System Test 519 ALL

Check Pressure at Door 601 ALL
Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Pressure
Gage (if not connected to CIDS)
Hydrostatic Test of the 607 ALL
Escape-Slide/Slide Raft
Inflation-Reservoir
Hydrostatic Test of the Offwing 608 ALL
Escape-Slide Inflation Reservoir
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING 25-62-42
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 401 ALL
after Inflation
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 411 ALL
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for 415 ALL
Restoration
Offwing Escape-Slide - 417 ALL
Installation
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING 25-62-42
Detailed Inspection of Offwing 601 ALL
Escape Slide Container for Cracks
and Delamination (from Outside)
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-43
SLIDE
Removal of the Flexible Control 401 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Flexible 407 ALL
Control Assembly
Removal of the Rigid Control 415 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Rigid Control 418 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Emergency 423 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 32
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
Installation of the Emergency 440 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT 25-62-44
Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft 401 ALL
Pack-Assembly
Installation of the Escape-Slide 412 ALL
Pack-Assembly
Removal of the Inflated 415 ALL
Escape-Slide Raft
Installation of the Escape-Slide 425 ALL
Raft Pack-Assembly
Remove the Pack-Assembly for 448 ALL
Restoration
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-46
SLIDE
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 401 ALL
Escape-Slide - Removal
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 410 ALL
Escape-Slide - Installation
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT 25-63-00

General 1 ALL
Evacuation Signaling Components 1 ALL
- Cockpit
- FWD Utility Area
- AFT Utility Area
CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components 6 ALL
- Avionics Compartment
Interface 7 ALL
Evacuation Signaling Equipment 7 ALL
Control
Cockpit Controls and Indications 7 ALL
Controls and Indications in the 9 ALL
Cabin
25-CONTENTS Page 33
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT 25-63-00

Operational Check of EVAC 501 ALL
Function. NOTE: If installed.
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 25-64-00

General 1 ALL
First Aid Kit 3 001-006,
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 25-64-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-006,
Visual Inspection of the First Aid 601 001-006,
Equipment (7600MM/7602MM)
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-65-00

General 1 ALL
Emergency Locator Transmitter 1 ALL
(ELT) System
Interface 1 ALL
Megaphone (7570MM) 5 ALL
Flashlight (7640MM) 5 ALL
Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), 5 ALL
(Cabin - 7620MM)
ELT (7559MM, 7560MM)
Protective Gloves (Cockpit - 9 ALL
32MM), (Cabin - 7700MM)
Safety On Board Card 9 ALL
ELT System 9 ALL
Antenna (112MX) 12 ALL
ELT System 16 ALL

Procedure after a Change of 201 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 34
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Aircraft Registration Number

(ELT) System - BITE Test
Operational Check of Emergency 508 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) System
by Manual Activation
Remove the Emergency Locator 511 ALL
Transmitter for Workshop Test
(Battery Check and Functional
Check)
Remove ELT for Battery Replacement 515 ALL
and a subsequent BITE Test
including Automatic Activation in
Shop then Reinstall ELT and do the
BITE Test Again
Functional Test of the Emergency 517 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) Antenna
(112MX)
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT 25-65-14
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 401 ALL
Transmitter) - Removal
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 404 ALL
Transmitter) - Installation
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT 25-65-18
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 401 ALL
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -
Removal
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 404 ALL
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -
Installation
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, 25-65-35
AIRCRAFT
Removal of the Emergency Locator 401 ALL
Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Installation of the Emergency 405 ALL
Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Removal of the Programming Dongle 409 ALL
141MX
25-CONTENTS Page 35
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Programming 412 ALL
Dongle 141MX
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER 25-65-41
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal 401 ALL
Safety Barrier Strap - 404 ALL
Installation
MEGAPHONE 25-65-51
Replacement of the Megaphone 201 ALL
Batteries
Operational Test of the Megaphone 205 ALL
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT 25-65-52
Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight 401 ALL
Installation of the Cockpit 404 ALL
Flashlight
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 25-66-00

General 1 ALL
Slide Raft Installation 1 ALL
Survival Kit 1 ALL
Life Vest 5 ALL
Life Lines 6 ALL
Survival kits 6 ALL
Life Vests 6 ALL
Life Lines 7 ALL
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 25-66-00

Inspection/Check of the Floatation 601 ALL
and Survival Equipment
LIFE VEST 25-66-52
Remove Life Vests for Restoration 401 ALL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM 25-68-00

General 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 36
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Rapid-Decompression Panels 1 ALL
Dado Panels 8 ALL
Air Grills 8 ALL
Cockpit Door 8 ALL
Rapid-Decompression Panels 9 ALL
Dado Panels 9 ALL
Air Grills 13 ALL
Cockpit Door 13 ALL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM 25-68-00

Installation of a Rapid 201 ALL
Decompression Panel in the Cargo
Compartment
DECOMPRESSION PANEL 25-68-41
Replacement of the Decompression 401 ALL
Panels
______________________
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS 25-70-00
General 1 ALL
Avionics Compartments 1 ALL
Landing Gear 4 ALL
Equipment Compartments 4 ALL
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT 25-71-00

General 1 ALL
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH 1 ALL
MISSING
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH 2 ALL
MISSING
Description 4 ALL
Avionics Compartment - Forward 4 ALL
Part
Avionics Compartment - Lateral 4 ALL
Right Part
Avionics Compartment - Lateral 4 ALL
Left Part.
Avionics Compartment - Aft Part. 8 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 37
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
CHAPTER 25
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT 25-71-00

Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack 601 ALL
Lower Lateral Fittings
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack 610 ALL
Lower Central Fittings
___________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
General 1 ALL
Fuselage Primary Insulation 1 ALL
Cabin Secondary Insulation 1 ALL
____________________________________
Removal of the Insulation Blankets 201 ALL
Installation of the Insulation 204 ALL
Blankets
Visual inspection of the 206 ALL
Insulation Blankets or the
Insulation and the Junction Panel
____________________________________
REPAIRS 801 ALL
General Repair Information 801 ALL
Repair of the Wrapper 805 ALL
Repair with Blanket Insert 809 ALL
Replacement/Local Manufacturing 812 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 38
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the aircraft give
comfort to passengers and crew.
The equipment and furnishings are installed in the cargo compartments for
handling and safety of the cargo.
The emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft for the safety of the
passengers and the crew.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
The different areas of the equipment and furnishings are:
- The cockpit (Ref. 25-10-00),
- The passenger compartment (Ref. 25-20-00),
- The buffet and galleys (Ref. 25-30-00),
- The lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00),
- The cargo compartments (Ref. 25-50-00),
- The emergency equipment (Ref. 25-60-00),
- The accessory compartments (Ref. 25-70-00),
- The thermal and acoustic insulation (Ref. 25-80-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Compartments - Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS
_________________________________________
TASK 25-00-00-340-018
Removal of Air Bubbles under Decorative Foil
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 MARKER - CHALK, STICK

No specific 1 NEEDLE
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SYRINGE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean water

R
No specific liquid soap
No specific HENKEL SICOMET 85
R Material No. 08-001 USA DOD-A-82720
R GENERAL PURPOSE ADHESIVE HONEYCOMB FILLER
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-010 D DA-4-653-3E4
R TWO COMPONENT EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
R EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-038
R FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 801
May 01/07

AIJ
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-077
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-087
A. Removal of Air Bubbles under Decorative Foil
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1) Examine the decorative foil and use a MARKER - CHALK, STICK to put
circular marks around the bubbles (repair area).
(2) Use a NEEDLE to make a hole in the bubble and remove the air.
(3) Wait some minutes for the decorative foil to get its initial shape.
R (4) Use a SYRINGE to put the bonding and adhesive compounds:

R - HENKEL SICOMET 85
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
R
R into the repair area of the decorative foil.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 802
May 01/07

AIJ
NOTE : Start from the center of the repair area.
____
(5) If necessary apply more injections around the circumference of the

repair area.
(6) Let the bonding and adhesive compound cure for approx. 20 sec.
(7) Carefully apply pressure to the decorative foil with a lint-free

cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : Start at the center of the repair area.

____
(8) Let the air and the redundant adhesive compound flow out of the
hole(s).
(9) Immediately remove the redundant adhesive compound with a SCRAPER -

NON METALLIC.
R (10) If necessary remove remaining cured adhesive compound:
(a) Put a BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-038) on the
repair area.
(b) Soak the tape with a mixture of liquid soap and clean water.
(c) Remove the tape after 4-6 h.
(d) Remove the remaining adhesive compound with a moist lint-free

(11) Make the surface smooth with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE : Start at the center of the repair area.

____
(12) Clean the component with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-077
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 803
Feb 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-001
Replacement of the Decor Foil Attached with Heat Activated Adhesive
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 ELECTRIC IRON
No specific 1 GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
No specific 1 GLOVES - INSULATED
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth, 320-400 grade

Material No. 05-074 D DAN 1274 (PART 1)
DECORFOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 804
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-065

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-062
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-055
R A. Replacement of the Damaged Decor Foil
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R (1) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00
R deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F) at a relative humidity of 35-75%.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 805
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R (2) Remove the damaged decor foil:
R WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.

_______
R -HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.
R (a) Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.
R (b) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with the
R HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to 100 deg.C
R (212.00 deg.F) max. until you can lift the edge of the foil.
R (c) Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately
R 150 mm (6.0 in.) wide strips, while the hot air 100 deg.C (212.00
R deg.F) max. is applied.
R (d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (e) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (3) Install the new decor foil:
R (a) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.
R (b) Mix 2 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 006B) and 1 part of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and
R apply the adhesive to the area of the repair and the decor foil
R with a BRUSH - NON METALLIC.
R (c) Let the adhesive dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room

R temperature or 45 minutes at 70 DEG.C (158.00 DEG.F).
R (d) Cut the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) to the
R correct dimension.
R (e) Put the decor foil on the repair area.
R (f) Bond the decor foil to the repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0
R TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI) at a temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F)
R and a pressure of 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) for 5 minutes.
R (g) Let the temperature decrease to approximately 40 DEG.C (104.00

DEG.F).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 806
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(h) Remove the vacuum equipment.
R NOTE : To apply the decor foil to smaller areas you can use a
____
R ELECTRIC IRON at a temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F),
with a medium hand pressure.
(i) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(j) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-420-063
B. Installation of the removed Component
(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-070
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-066
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 807
May 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-002
Replacement of Decor Foil Attached with Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BRUSH - NON METALLIC

No specific 1 GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
No specific 1 GLOVES - INSULATED
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-074 D DAN 1274 (PART 1)
DECORFOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006A USA MMM-A-1617
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 808
May 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-066

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-064
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-064
R A. Replacement of the Damaged Decor Foil

R

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R (1) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00
R deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F) at a relative humidity of 35-75%.
R (2) Remove the damaged decor foil.
R WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.

_______
R -HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 809
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R (a) Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.
R (b) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with the
R HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to 100 deg.C
R (212.00 deg.F) maximum until you can Lift the edge of the decor
R foil.
R (c) Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately
R 150 mm (6.0 in.) wide strips, while the hot air 100 deg.C (212.00
R deg.F) maximum is applied.
R (d) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (e) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (3) Install the new decor foil.
R (a) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.
R (b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006A)
R to the repair area with a BRUSH - NON METALLIC.
R (c) Cut the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) to the
R correct dimension.
R (d) Remove the protective layer from the decor foil and put the decor
R foil on the repair area.
R (e) Push the decor foil on the repair area with a ROLLER - RUBBER
R from the middle towards the edges to prevent formation of
R wrinkles or air pockets.
R (f) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-420-064

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 810
Feb 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-071
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-067

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 811
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-002
Repairs to Polycarbonate (PC) Sheet Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CUTTER - THIN BLADE

No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific separating foil
Material No. 05-033 USA MIL-C-9084/ TYPE III
GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-025 D DA-4-653-3P2
TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 812
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-370-001 Repair of Painted Components
25-00-00-991-001 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-063
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-00-00-991-001)
Subtask 25-00-00-340-052
A. Do the Repair

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 813
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Repairs to a Single Sheet of PC
Figure 801/TASK 25-00-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 814
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
crack.
(2) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
THIN BLADE.
(3) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Repair damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter.
NOTE : Only do this repair when the distance from the damaged area to
____
a support or attachment point is more than 40 times the
component thickness.
(a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(3).
(b) Put the component (3), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025) (4).
(d) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) cure
for 1 hour.
(e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (3).
(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 815
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(g) If necessary, smooth the repair with a emery cloth, 320-400
grade.
(5) Repair to a damaged area that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in

diameter.
(a) Make an insert from the applicable PC material.
(b) Chamfer the edges of the component (5) to 45 degrees.
(c) Chamfer the edges of the insert (7) to 45 degrees.
(d) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
(e) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(f) Make the repair smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(g) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(h) Bond the insert (7) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
(i) Make a stiffener from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033)

(6).
(j) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
the repair area.
(k) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033), (6) to the
repair area.
NOTE : The thickness of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) (6) must equal 0.5 times the component thickness. The
minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener to the
insert must equal 20 times the component thickness.
NOTE : With flat components, a polycarbonate sheet equal to the

____
component thickness is bonded to the component as an
alternative to the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
033).
(l) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 816
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(m) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
(n) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with emery
cloth, 320-400 grade.
NOTE : Allow the bonding and adhesive compounds to harden before

____
you use the emery cloth.
(6) If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-370-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-065
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-072
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 817
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-007
Repairs to Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Composite Components with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN)
No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific separating foil
R Material No. 05-075 F ASNA 4335 ASNA 5072
POLYMETHACRYLIMID RIGID FOAM (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 818
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-991-012 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-065
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-060
A. Repair of the PC Component

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 819
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-00-00-991-012)
NOTE : The clearance to edges must be more than 300 times of SPECIAL
____
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 100 times of damaged
PC surface layer thickness.
The distance from the adjacent attach or support point of the
component, or from the connection to another component:
- must be more than 800 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-033) thickness,
- must be more than 250 times of damaged PC surface layer
thickness.
The distance between two repairs must be more than 500 times of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 150 times
of damaged PC surface layer thickness.
(1) Make the crack in the PC surface layer larger.
NOTE : The maximum width of the crack must be equal to the component
____
thickness.
R (2) Stop-drill the ends of the crack with a DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN).
(3) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
THIN BLADE.
(4) Make the repair area smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 820
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Repair of Polycarbonate Composite Components
Figure 802/TASK 25-00-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 821
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(6) Repair damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter at upper
surface and at core material on flat and rounded components:
(a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
(b) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).
(d) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.
(e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).
(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
(g) If necessary, make the repair smooth with the emery cloth, 320-
400 grade.

____
(7) Repair damage that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in diameter at upper

surface and at core material on flat components:
NOTE : The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener (7) to the
____
damaged area must equal 20 times component thickness.
(a) Make a repair plug (3) from the applicable PC material.
(b) Make a stiffener (7) from the applicable PC material.
NOTE : Use stiffeners from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) if the component is rounded.
(c) Make a stiffener (9) from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
033).
NOTE : If the rear side of the component is made of PC material

____
use a stiffener from the same material.
Chamfer the edges of the PC stiffener to 45 degrees.
(d) Make an insert from rigid foam SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-075) or alternative from NOMEX comb (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 822
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(e) Chamfer the edges of the PC surface layer (4) to 45 degrees.
(f) Chamfer the edges of the repair plug (3) to 45 degrees.
(g) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
(h) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(i) Bond the repair plug (3) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
(j) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.
(k) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
stiffener (7), the insert (8) and the honeycomb.
(l) Bond the stiffener (7) and the insert (8) with BONDING AND
(m) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.
(n) Make the repair smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(o) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
(p) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.
(q) Apply the stiffener (9) to the repair area.
NOTE : The total thickness of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
033) (9) must equal the initial PC layer (6).The minimum
distance from the edge of the stiffener (9) to the insert
(8) must equal 40 times the thickness of the PC layer (6).
(r) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).
(s) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 823
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(t) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with the emery
cloth, 320-400 grade .

____
(8) If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-370-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-062
B. If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the component
in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-068
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 824
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-330-002
Repairs to Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo Compartments)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific honeycomb core
Material No. 05-035 D LN29898C60
RIGID FOAM SHEET (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-057 C Z-18.903
MICROBALLOONS (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-001 USA DOD-A-82720
GENERAL PURPOSE ADHESIVE HONEYCOMB FILLER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-001C D DAN 1193-01
LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER (Ref. 20-31-00)
ARAMID PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB CORES 1/8-3.0
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 825
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-991-004 Fig. 803
25-00-00-991-005 Fig. 804
25-00-00-991-006 Fig. 805
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-066
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-330-053
A. Repair of the Component

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 826
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) For damage deeper than 1 mm (0.04 in.) and less than 50 mm (2.0 in.)
diameter.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-004)
(a) Cut out the damaged skin.
(b) Cut out the damaged core up to a maximum of 50 mm (2.0 in.)

diameter.
(c) Make the repair rough with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(d) Make an external doubler of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

033) to overlap the damage by 50 mm (2.0 in.).
(e) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(f) Fill the repair area:

- With a mixture of 85 parts BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-001C) and 15 parts SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No. 05-057) by volume.
or
- Cut a plug of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-035) to fit
the repair.
1
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) to
the repair area and the plug (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 827
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Repair with Filler and a Patch
Figure 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 828
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
2
_ Put the plug (2) in the repair.
(g) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair.
(h) Apply the external doubler (1) to the repair.
(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
external doubler (1).
(2) For damage larger than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) diameter.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 25-00-00-991-005)
(a) Cut out the damaged skin and core.
(b) Make an external doubler of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

033) to overlap the damage by 50 mm (2.0 in.).
(c) Make a plug of REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

(Material No. 20-003) to fit in the repair.
(d) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a lint-free cloth.
(e) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) to

the repair and the honeycomb core.
(f) Fill the gap around the plug (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) (3).
(g) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
area of the repair.
(h) Apply the external doubler (1) to the repair.
doubler.
(3) For areas where the honeycomb has become debonded:

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-006)
NOTE : The maximum area that can be repaired is 30 mm (1.2 in.)

____
diameter. If the damage is larger than this you will have to
repair the damage with a patch.
(a) Drill holes in the area that is damaged.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 829
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Repair with a Honeycomb Core
Figure 804/TASK 25-00-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 830
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Repair to a Debonded Area
Figure 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 831
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(b) Make a compound of 85 parts BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-001C) and 15 parts SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No. 05-057) by volume.
(c) Use a SYRINGE to fill the damaged area with the compound.
(4) Make the repair area smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(6) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(7) If necessary, make the repair area smoot with the emery cloth, 320-
400 grade.
(8) If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-066
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-073
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 832
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-330-003
Repairs to Surface Damage of Composite Components (not in the Cargo

Compartments)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth, grade 320-400

Material No. 08-010A D DAN 1199-01
EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-036 D DAN 1090
POLYESTER FILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 833
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-991-003 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-067
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-054
A. Repair of the Surface Damage

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 834
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(1) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
(2) For damage of 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) and less.
(a) Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-036).
NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the correct

____
repair procedure.
(b) Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC.
(3) For damage deeper than 1 mm (0.04 in.) and less than 50 mm (2.0 in.)
diameter:
(a) Mix the volume of 90 parts BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-010A) (Araldite AW134) with 10 parts of SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057).
(b) Mix the weight of 100 parts of the compound and 40 parts of the
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) (hardener).
(c) Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC.
(4) For damage deeper than 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) and more than 50 mm (2.0
in.) diameter:
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-003)
(a) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
cracks.
(b) Make the edges of the damage smooth with emery cloth, 320-400
grade.
(c) Make 3 patches of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033).
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair.
(e) Apply the patch (3) to the repair.
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
(g) Apply the patch (2) to the repair.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 835
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Repair with Three Patches
Figure 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 836
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(h) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
(i) Apply the patch (1) to the repair.
(j) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
(5) When the repair is dry, make the repair area smooth with emery cloth,
320-400 grade.
(6) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-010A).
(7) Make the area smooth with emery cloth, grade 320-400.
(8) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-067
A. Installation of the removed Component
(1) If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the

related AMM chapter).
Subtask 25-00-00-942-074
B. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-056
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 837
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-003
Repair to the Moisture Barrier Foil (Mylar)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-104 F ABS5093B485

MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-28-43-000-001 Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
25-28-43-400-001 Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-067

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 838
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-060
A. Repair of the Mylar Sheets
(1) Carefully cut and remove the damaged area of the mylar sheet
(Ref. TASK 25-28-43-000-001).
NOTE : Cut out a rectangle to make the repair easier.

____
(2) Cut a patch of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104)
to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patch must have an overlap of 25 mm (1.0 in.) at

____
all edges.
(3) Install the repair patch (Ref. TASK 25-28-43-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-075
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 839
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-004
Repair to the Nontextile Floor Covering (NTF)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific 2 CHISEL - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 GUN - SEALANT
R No specific 1 KNIFE - PUTTY
No specific 1 MARKER - FELT TIP
No specific 1 RULER - STEEL
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
No specific 1 SPATULA - TOOTHED
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
R No specific 1 TRIMMING PLANE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING

No specific PVC FLOOR COVERING
Material No. 05-128
PVC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057
PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 840
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-054 D DA4-653-3 SF
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-991-030 Fig. 807
25-00-00-991-028 Fig. 808
25-00-00-991-053 Fig. 809
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-068

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-061
A. Repair of the Top Layer of the Silicone (AIRFLOOR) NTF

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 25-00-00-991-030)

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 841
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Example of Silicone NTF Repair
Figure 807/TASK 25-00-00-991-030

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 842
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Cut out the damaged top layer:
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR).

_______
CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.
(a) Clean the area of the damage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
19-003).
(b) Carefully cut out and remove the damaged top layer of the
R silicone NTF with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and a CHISEL - NON
R METALLIC.
(2) Install the repair patch:
(a) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 18 deg.C (64
deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86 deg.F).
(b) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
(c) Cut a repair patch of AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING to align with the
repair dimensions and surface structure.
NOTE : Make sure that there is a clearance of 2 +0.5 -0.5 mm

____
(0.08 +0.02 -0.02 in.) between the edge of the repair
patch and the edge of the repair.
(d) Clean the mating surface of the repair area and the repair patch
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 843
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(e) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-004) to the mating surface of the repair area and the
repair patch with a SPATULA - TOOTHED.
NOTE : Make sure that there is a clearance of 2 mm (0.08 in.)

____
between the adhesive sealant and the edge of the repair
area.
(f) Install the patch to the middle of the repair.
(g) Push the patch down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(h) Let the repair cure, obey the manufactures instructions.
(3) Seal the repaired area:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around
the edges of the repair.
(b) Seal the space between the edge of the patch and the edge of the
repair with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054), use a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC or a GUN - SEALANT.
NOTE : Obey the manufactures instructions.

____
(c) Remove the masking tape.
(d) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-350-068
B. Repair of the PVC floor covering

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 25-00-00-991-028)

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 844
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Preparation for Installation:
(a) Cut a round (damage less than 160 mm (6.3 in.) dia.) or a square
patch of the new PVC FLOOR COVERING top layer as necessary to
cover the area to be repaired.
(b) Clean the area of the damage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
19-003).
(c) Put the repair patch in position and align the surface structure.
(d) Transfer the contour of the repair patch to the NTF with a MARKER
- FELT TIP.
(2) Cut the Damaged NTF:

_______

_______
(a) Carefully cut through the top layer of the floor covering with a
CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
R (b) Carefully remove the top layer with a CHISEL - NON METALLIC from
the laminate.
(c) Remove the unwanted adhesive from the laminate with a SPATULA -
NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 845
Feb 01/09

AIJ
NTF Information
Figure 808/TASK 25-00-00-991-028- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 846
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
NTF Information

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 847
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(3) Install the Repair Patch:
(a) Clean the repair area and the smooth side of the patch with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
(b) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material

No. 08-004) to the laminate with a BRUSH - BRISTLED.
(c) Carefully put the patch in position and push it down with a
ROLLER - RUBBER.
(d) Remove the redundant adhesive with a lint-free cotton cloth

(e) If necessary clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Seal the repaired area:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around
the edges of the repair where the primer will be applied.
(b) Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
057) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL to the clearance around the
patch.
(c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) to the

clearance around the patch.
(d) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC

immediately.
(e) Remove the masking tape.
Subtask 25-00-00-310-050
C. Repair of a Hot Welded Joint

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 25-00-00-991-053)

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 848
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the damaged material on the welded joint:

_______
(a) Chamfer the edges of the NTF-covering at the joints with a

R SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE.
(b) Make sure that the maximum depth of the groove is not more than
2.5 mm (0.10 in.).
(c) Remove loose particles from the groove, use a VACUUM CLEANER if
necessary.
(2) Welding procedure:
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS NOT TOO HIGH
- THE BLOWER DOES NOT MOVE TOO SLOWLY ALONG THE WELD.
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER
CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 849
May 01/09

AIJ
Welded Joint Repair

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 850
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Welded Joint Repair

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 851
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
R (a) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
R centimeters/inches longer than the necessary length.
(b) Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) into
the inlet of the speed welding nozzle.
(c) Set the working temperature between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and
200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F) on the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370
DEG C (700 DEG F).
NOTE : Obey the manufactures instructions when you use the hot
____
air blower.
(d) Move the speed welding nozzle along the grove with light pressure
and constant speed.
(e) Let the welded joint cool for at least 10 min and remove the
R unwanted material with a KNIFE - PUTTY or a TRIMMING PLANE.
NOTE : The surface must be smooth.

____
(3) Do an inspection of the welded joint:
(a) Make sure that the welded joint is clean and in the correct
condition.
(b) Use a RULER - STEEL with pressure to make sure that there is no
separation between the welding material and the NTF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-068

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 852
May 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-010
Replacement of the Aluminum Profile on the Lower Sidewall-Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GUN - SEALANT

No specific 1 WEDGE - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific PROFILE ABS5310-01

Material No. 08-074
Material No. 09-002D USA AMS 3281
LOW DENSITY FUEL TANK SEALANT. (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 853
May 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
AIPC 252344
25-00-00-991-052 Fig. 810
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-090

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-087
B. Remove the lower sidewall-panel you will repair from the aircraft
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-073
A. Preparation for the Installation
(1) If necessary remove the damaged profile with a WEDGE - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the remaining sealant from the lower sidewall-panel with a
SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(3) Transfer the length of the damaged profile to the new semi-finished
material PROFILE ABS5310-01, (Ref. AIPC 252344).
(4) Cut the semi-finished material ABS5310-01 to the correct lenght and
identify the new profile with the part number of the removed profile.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 854
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-350-074
B. Installation of the New Profile

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R (1) Clean the mating surface of the sidewall panel and the new profile
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002D) with a GUN - SEALANT to seal
the new profile along the radius and the edge.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 25-00-00-991-052)
NOTE : It is necessary to obey the manufacturers instructions for

____
the sealant gun.
(3) Put two cords MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) in the sealant, one
along the radius and one along the edge.
(4) Install the new profile on the lower sidewall-panel.
(5) Hold the new profile in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(6) Let the sealant cure for a minimum of 10 hours.
(7) Remove the masking tape.
Subtask 25-00-00-420-085
C. Install the lower sidewall-panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-087

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 855
Aug 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-00-00

Page 856
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Lower Sidewall Panel Aluminum Profile
Figure 810/TASK 25-00-00-991-052

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 857
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-350-009
Repair of Insert Nut Connections Installed in Components with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 08-115 AIB AIMS 08-08-001
CORE FILLER AMBIENTTEMPERATURE CURING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-115A AIB AIMS 08-08-001
Material No. 08-115B AIB AIMS 08-08-001
R Material No. 16-053 D DAN 1282-01
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 858
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-00-00-350-001 Replacement of the Decor Foil Attached with Heat
R Activated Adhesive
25-00-00-991-029 Fig. 811
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-085

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-069
A. Repair of Standard Insert Nut Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 25-00-00-991-029)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Preparation for Installation
(a) Carefully remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material
from the component.
(b) Deburr the edges with an emery cloth, grade 80-120.
(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 859
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 860
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 861
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(d) Fill the
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
into the prepared area.
NOTE : Obey the manufacturers instructions.

____
(e) When the adhesive is cured, use an emery cloth, grade 80-120 to
make e repair area smooth.
(f) Drill a hole into the filler:

- +0.5 mm (+0.02 in) longer than the length,
- +0.5 mm (+0.02 in) wider than the flange diameter
of the insert you want to install.
(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(2) Install the insert.
(a) Install the new insert and hold it in position with the
positioning washer (part of the new insert).
(b) If necessary put BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) on the opposite side of the positioning washer (for insert
through).
(c) Use a SYRINGE and fill the area around the insert through the
injection hole with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-001) until the adhesive flows out of the overflow hole.

____
(d) When the adhesive is cured, remove the positioning washer and if
necessary the masking tape.
(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(3) If necessary do the repair of the decor-foil (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-350-

001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 862
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-350-070
B. Repair of Special Insert Nut Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 25-00-00-991-029)
(1) Preparation for Installation
(a) Remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material from the
panel.
(b) Deburr the edges with an emery cloth, grade 80-120.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER

_______
SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANT.
(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(d) Apply the filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053) to the
prepared area.

____
(e) When the adhesive is cured, use an emery cloth, grade 80-120 to
make the repair area smooth.
(f) Drill a hole into the filler +0.5 mm (+0.02 in) wider than the
flange diameter of the insert you want to install.
(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(2) Install the insert.
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
mating surface of the new insert and put it in position.
(b) Make sure that the insert is smooth and level with the surface of
the component.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 863
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(c) If necessary hold the insert in position with BONDING AND
(d) When the adhesive is cured, remove the masking tape.

____
(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(3) If necessary do the repair of the decor-foil (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-350-

001).
(4) Install the new screw (refer to the related IPC of the component).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-083

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 864
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-011
Repair of an Overhead Stowage Compartment (OHSC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 CHISEL - NON METALLIC

No specific 1 SPATULA - PLASTIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

No specific emery cloth, 200-300 grade.
Material No. 05-050 USA MIL-C-9084 TYPE V
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-110 USA BMS 8-223
LAMINATE,CARGO LINER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-008 D DA4-653-83
POLYESTER FILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017A USA DOD-A-82720
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 865
Feb 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

LAMINATING RESIN, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CURING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-006 USA OM-232-GR-A AMS-3004
METHYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-045
SEALANT POREFILLER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R
25-00-00-991-047 Fig. 812
25-00-00-991-032 Fig. 813
R 25-00-00-991-050 Fig. 814
R 25-00-00-991-054 Fig. 815
R 25-00-00-991-055 Fig. 816
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-069

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 866
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-067
A. Attachment of the Seal of the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 25-00-00-991-047)

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Open the related door (1)
(2) If necessary, remove the seal (2).
(3) Clean the repair area and the seal with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010).
(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to the
bonding area.
NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers instruction for the correct

____
procedure.
(5) Put the seal (2) in position and carefully push it on to the
structure of the OHSC.
items.
(7) Close the door (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 867
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Seal - OHSC
Figure 812/TASK 25-00-00-991-047

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 868
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-340-107
B. Repair of the Bottom Panel of the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 25-00-00-991-032)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(1) Remove the equipment and the brackets/supports from the related OHSC
as necessary.
(2) Cut the sheet of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-110) to the
dimensions of the related bottom panel as necessary.
(3) Transfer-drill the access holes to the existing inserts of the bottom
panel to the repair sheet (1) as necessary.
(4) Clean the surface of the damaged bottom panel and the lower surface
of the repair sheet with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(a) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-017A)
to the mating surfaces with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(b) Carefully put the repair sheet (1) in position and apply pressure
to the repair area.
(c) Apply a bed of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) around the repair sheet (1).
(5) Install the brackets/supports and the equipment of the related OHSC
as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 869
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Overhead Stowage Compartment - Bottom Panel
Figure 813/TASK 25-00-00-991-032

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 870
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-340-108
C. Repair of the Handrail Assembly

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 25-00-00-991-050)
(1) Open the door of the OHSC.
(2) Remove the handrail assembly.
(3) Rub the damaged area with emery cloth, 200-300 grade.
NOTE : Rub the two sides, if the damage goes through the handrail
____
assembly
(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and a
(5) If necessary apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) to cover the damaged area of the rear side.
NOTE : Only if the damage goes through the handrail assembly, use
____
masking tape (Material No. 08-074)
(6) Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC when you fill the damaged area.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
(a) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017A) if the damage goes through the handrail
assembly.
(b) Fill the damaged area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
045).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 871
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Handrail - OHSC
R Figure 814/TASK 25-00-00-991-050

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 872
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(c) Make the filled area smooth with emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(d) If you applied masking tape to the rear side, remove it.
(e) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and
(7) Paint the repaired area (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-370-001).
(8) Install the handrail assembly.
items.
(10) Close the door of the OHSC.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-109
D. Repair of the OHSC Handrail Attachment

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 815/TASK 25-00-00-991-054)
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material as necessary.
(2) Cut a repair patch of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) as

large as possible to cover the damaged area.
(3) Make the mating surfaces smooth with an emery cloth, grade 320-400.
(4) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) or
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth
(5) Immediately dry the repair area with a lint-free cotton cloth

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 873
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Handrail Attachment
R Figure 815/TASK 25-00-00-991-054

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 874
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) to the
mating surfaces and put the repair patch in position on the hand
rail.
(7) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(8) Hold the repair patch in position with masking tape BONDING AND
(9) When the repair has cured, remove the masking tape.
(10) Transfer and drill the new attachment hole(s) from the OHSC to the
hand rail.
(11) Drill the large hole(s) 15.0 mm (0.60 in.) dia. in the distance A of
23.0 mm (0.91 in.) in accordance to the existing hole configuration.
(12) Deburr the holes and install the clip nut.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-110
E. Repair of an OHSC Partition or a Stiffener

R (Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 25-00-00-991-055)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Carefully remove the damaged edge profile of the partition or the
stiffener with a CHISEL - NON METALLIC.
(2) To remove the unwanted material, abrade the surface with an emery
cloth, 200-300 grade..
(3) Fill the damaged area of the partition or the stiffener with:
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B).
(4) Mix the filler with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) until it
is sufficiently thick for application.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 875
Aug 01/09

AIJ
OHSC Partition/Stiffener.
R Figure 816/TASK 25-00-00-991-055

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 876
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Let the filler cure and remove unwanted material with an emery cloth,
200-300 grade..
(6) Use an emery cloth, 200-300 grade. to make the mating surfaces along
the edges of the partition or
stiffener sides rough (20 mm (0.8 in.)) from the edge.
(7) Use the laminate BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-116)
or SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-050) to give protection to the
filled surface and edges of the
partition or the stiffener.
(8) Put the laminate on the surface around the edges (not more than 20 mm
(0.8 in.) from the edge) of the partition or stiffener.
(9) Let the laminate cure.
(10) Paint the repaired area (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-370-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-069

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 877
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-012
Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin in a Lavatory
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)

No specific 1 CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific 1 PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific wooden block

No specific DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit
No specific Emery Cloth, 320-400 grade
Material No. 08-051 USA MMM-A-132 TYPE I
EPOXY RESIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A
POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-103
REPAIR KIT FOR WASHBASIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-006 USA OM-232-GR-A AMS-3004
METHYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 878
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-011

SCOTCH BRITE PADS (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-009 Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories

Power
the External Power
25-45-15-000-001 Removal of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-15-400-001 Installation of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-17-400-001 Installation of the Waste Box
R 25-00-00-991-019 Fig. 817
R 25-00-00-991-031 Fig. 818
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-070

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-330-059
A. Removal of Scratches

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 879
Aug 01/09

AIJ
NOTE : Scratches deeper than 0.3 mm (0,012 in.) have to be repaired as
____
convenient to the customer:
- in the customers work shop with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-103)
- in the manufacturers work shop.
(1) Remove the scratches up to a depth of 0.3mm (0.012 in.) with a

abrasive/emery cloth.
NOTE : The grade of grain of the abrasive/emery cloth depends on the

____
depth of the scratches.
(a) Make the repair area smooth with:

- CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
- CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)
- CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
- or
use the SCOTCH BRITE PADS MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-011).
(2) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).
Subtask 25-00-00-340-070
B. Repair of the Waste-Chute Flap

R (Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-019)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the waste-chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-000-001).
(2) Use a Emery Cloth, 320-400 grade to remove the old bonding material
from the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4) (Step 1).
(3) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) to clean the bonding
surfaces of the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4).
(4) Install the screws (3) on the hinge (1) and put the hinge (1) to the
loaded position (Step 2).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 880
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Waste Chute Flap - Repair
R Figure 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-019

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 881
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-084) (2) 10
mm (0.4 in.) wide around the hinge (1) until the tape holds it in the
loaded position.
(6) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) to the
surface of the hinge (1) to be bonded.
(7) Put the hinge (1) in position and tighten the screws (3).
(8) Put the waste-chute flap (4) in position from under the wash basin
and hold it.
(9) Cut the tape (2) and allow the hinge (1) to come against the
waste-chute flap (4) (Step 3).
NOTE : Part of the tape will stay with the hinge.

____
NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.
(10) Visually examine the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it is engaged
correctly.
(11) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.
(12) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
waste-chute flap for 2 hours.
(13) Install the waste box (Ref. TASK 25-45-17-400-001).
(14) Install the damper as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001).
(15) Push and release the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it operates
correctly.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 882
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-340-106
C. Repair of the Waste Flap Area

R (Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 25-00-00-991-031)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Prepare the repair area.
(a) Push the waste flap (1) and set it in the open position.
(b) Transfer the contour of the replacement part (3), item of the
DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit to the damaged area of the wash basin
(2).
(c) Carefully remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN

BLADE.
NOTE : The material thickness of the replacement part (3) is 4.0

____
mm (0.16 in.).
(d) Chamfer the lower contoured edge of the replacement part (3).
(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position on the wash basin (2)
and make sure that it has the correct dimensions.
(2) Install the Replacement Part
(a) Make sure that the ambient temperature of the repair area is not
less than 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F).
(b) Clean the mating surfaces of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS
(c) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) in
position on the lower surface of the wash basin (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 883
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Wash Basin Waste-Flap Area
R Figure 818/TASK 25-00-00-991-031- 14 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 884
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 885
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 886
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 887
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(d) Apply the prepared adhesive, item of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair
kit to the repair area of the wash basin.

____
(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position with a light pressure
and set it with a PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG or a wooden block.
(f) Let the repair cure at a temperature of:

20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) for 6 hours,
25 deg.C (77.00 deg.F) for 4 hours,
30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F) for 3 hours

____
(g) Remove the pliers or the wooden block and the masking tape.
(3) Make the repair area smooth with:

- the abrasive paper, grain 180,
- the abrasive paper, grain 220,
- the abrasive paper, grain 320
and
- the abrasive fleece
of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit.
(4) Release the flap (1) and make sure that it closes correctly.
(5) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-076
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-070

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 888
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-370-001
Repair of Painted Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT

No specific 2 NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16 IN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking paper
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 889
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-13-00-370-001 Painting of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-089

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-097
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-370-052
A. Repair of the Paint Coating of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces
(1) For the repair of the cockpit internal paint-coatings refer to

(Ref. TASK 25-13-00-370-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 890
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-370-053
B. Repair of the Paint Coating of GRP Cabin Components
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR. 25.853 heat
____
release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
compartment.
NOTE : The procedure is approved for the repair of surfaces smaller than
____
24 in.2 (154.83 cm2).
(1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(2) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
(3) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a

_______
(a) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
046) to smooth the surface.
(b) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
(c) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
to cure.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 891
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(d) Make the painted surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(e) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(5) Prepare a mixture for a smooth finish.

_______
(a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
hardener and thinner.
NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
the mixture.
(b) The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30

DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75% .
(c) For a smooth finish apply the mixture in 1-2 cross coats with a
GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
IN).
(d) The coat thickness of a smooth finish must be between 0.05 mm

(0.0019 in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
(e) The smooth finish is dust dry after 15 minutes, transport dry
after 25 minutes, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(6) Prepare a mixture for a textured finish.

_______
____
the mixture.

DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75%.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 892
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
IN).
(d) The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm

(0.0011 in.) and 0.09 mm (0.0035 in.).
(e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
after 8 hours, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(f) If necessary you can make the cure faster. Add heat 60 DEG.C
(140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.
(g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
fully dry after 12 hours.
(7) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
components or areas.
Subtask 25-00-00-370-054
C. Repair of the Paint Coating of Thermoplastic Components and Aluminum

Parts in the Cabin
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR 25.853 heat
____
release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
compartment.
NOTE : The procedure is approved for repair of surfaces smaller than 24

____
in.2 (154.83 cm2).
NOTE : The procedure is approved for repair of surfaces larger than 24

____
in.2 (154.83 cm2) , but only for parts of the component.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 893
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
(2) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
(3) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

_______
(a) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
046) to smooth the surface.
(b) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
(c) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
to cure.
(d) Make the painted surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(e) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(5) Prepare a mixture for a textured finish.

_______
____
the mixture.

DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75%.
(c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
IN).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 894
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(d) The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm
(0.0011 in.) and 0.09 mm (0.0035 in.).
(e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
after 8 hours and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(f) If necessary you can make the cure faster. Add heat 60 DEG.C
(140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.
(g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
fully dry after 12 hours.
(6) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
components or areas.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-091
A. Close Access
(1) If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the

related AMM chapter).
Subtask 25-00-00-862-086

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 895
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-013
Toilet Shroud - Repair
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-051 USA MMM-A-132 TYPE I
EPOXY RESIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-22-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
R 25-00-00-991-021 Fig. 819
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-071

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 896
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-010-077
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-074
A. Repair the Toilet Shroud

R (Ref. Fig. 819/TASK 25-00-00-991-021)

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Use a emery cloth, 320-400 grade to remove old bonding material from
the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2).
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the surfaces on
the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2) to be bonded.
surfaces on the spacer (2) to be bonded.
(4) Put the spacer (2) in position on the toilet shroud (1).
NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 897
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Toilet Shroud
R Figure 819/TASK 25-00-00-991-021

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 898
Aug 01/09

AIJ
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.
Subtask 25-00-00-410-072
B. Close Access
(1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-077
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-071

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page 899
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-014
Toilet Seat - Repair
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Buffer PN 11593
No specific Sicomet 85
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-00-00-991-022 Fig. 820

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A800
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-072

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-075
A. Repair of the Toilet Seat (Buffer Replacement)

R (Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 25-00-00-991-022)
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Lift the toilet seat cover (1) and the toilet seat (2).
(2) Use a emery cloth, grade 320-400 to remove old adhesive from the area
to be repaired on the toilet seat (2).
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the area to be
repaired on the toilet seat (2).
(4) Apply the Sicomet 85 to the surface of the new Buffer PN 11593 (3) to
be bonded.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A801
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Toilet Seat
R Figure 820/TASK 25-00-00-991-022

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A802
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Install the new buffer (3) on the toilet seat (2).
NOTE : The minimum time for the adhesive to bond is 1 minute at 23 +3

____
-3 deg.C (73.40 +5.40 -5.40 deg.F).
(6) Use the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) to remove any unwanted
adhesive.
(7) Lower the toilet seat (2) and make sure the fit between the seat (2)
and the toilet shroud (4) is correct.
(8) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the
toilet seat for approximately 1 hour.
(9) Carefully lower the toilet seat cover (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-078
A. Close-up
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-072

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A803
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-016
Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved drill

No specific drill
No specific lint free cloth
No specific milling cutter
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific polycarbonat DAN 197/198
No specific 1 DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific a lint-free cloth

Material No. 05-056 D WLB-8-4548.60
LACQUER OBSOLETE,REPLACE BY 16-047 (Ref. 20-31-00)
LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017A USA DOD-A-82720
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A804
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-026

ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-18-000-001 Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
25-45-18-400-001 Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front
Wall
25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door
25-45-22-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
25-45-26-000-001 Removal of the Lining
25-45-26-400-001 Installation of the Lining
R 25-00-00-991-023 Fig. 821
R 25-00-00-991-024 Fig. 822
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-075

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A805
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-010-079
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary, remove the lavatory items that follow:

- the access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-001),
- the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001),
- the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001),
- the lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-081
A. Repair the Cracks or Damage on the Lavatory Floorpan (Nontextile Floor

Cover, behind the Toilet Shroud and below the Washbasin)
R (Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 25-00-00-991-023)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Preparation for the repair:
(a) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
(b) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the

adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A806
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Lavatory Floor Pan - Repair
R Figure 821/TASK 25-00-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A807
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(c) If the cracks are longer than 710 mm (28 in.),
or 2 cracks at less than 51 mm (2 in.) from each other are
present, replace the floor pan.
(2) Do the repair:
(a) Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185
IN)
(b) Remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(c) Make the repair area smooth with an emery cloth 320-400 grade
(d) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
(e) Fill the repair area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(f) Remove any unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER-
NON METALLIC
(g) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) cure
for 1 hour.
(h) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-056)

sufficient in size to cover the repair area.
(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) on

the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-056) and install the patch
on the repair area.
(j) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C)
to cure for 1 hour.
(k) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with an emery cloth
320-400 grade.
(l) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
(3) If necessary, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) to the

repair area.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A808
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-340-082
B. Repair the Cracks or Damage on the Vertical Panel of the Floorpan

R (Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 25-00-00-991-023)

_______
IF YOU DO:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
(1) Clean the damaged area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and the lint free cloth.
(2) Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with the drill.
(3) Remove the damage with the milling cutter and/or the drill.
(4) Smooth the damaged area with the emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(6) Fill the damaged area with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(7) Remove any unwanted compound from the repair area with a nonmetallic
scraper.
(8) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
cure for 1 hour.
(9) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) sufficient
in size to cover the damaged area.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A809
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(10) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) on the
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) and install the patch on the
damaged area.
cure for 1 hour.
(12) If necessary, smooth the repair with the emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(13) Clean the repair area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
(14) If necessary, apply the PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-012) to the repair area.
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-083
C. Replace Damaged Sealant around the Nontextile Floor Covering (NTF)

R (Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 25-00-00-991-023)

_______
IF YOU DO:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
(1) Carefully remove damaged sealant with the nonmetallic scraper.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A810
Aug 01/09

AIJ
damaged area around the NTF covering.
(4) Remove any unwanted compound from the repair area with the
nonmetallic scraper.
cure for 1 hour.
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-086
D. Repair of the Lavatory Floorpan (Preventive Pad Solution)

R (Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 25-00-00-991-024)

_______
IF YOU DO:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
(1) If necessary remove the floorpan (refer to the related AMM chapter).
(2) Use an approved drill to stop the crack(s) at the end.
(3) Make pads 2 in. x 2 in. (50 x 50 mm) from laminate SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-109) or polycarbonat DAN 197/198
or similar.
lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A811
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Repair of the Lavatory Floorpan (Preventive Pad Solution).
R Figure 822/TASK 25-00-00-991-024

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A812
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Bond the pads to the floorpan with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017A) and let the adhesive harden.
lint-free cloth.
(7) Paint the pads with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047).
(8) If necessary install the lavatory floorpan.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-074
A. Close Access
(1) If necessary, install the lavatory items that follow:

- the access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-400-001),
- the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001),
- the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001),
- the lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-400-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-862-075

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A813
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-200-001
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General Repair/Protection

Information
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives general information for the repairs/protection of the

cargo-compartment lining and guidelines to select the appropriate method, in
relation to the damage type and dimensions.
It is applicable to:
- sidewall panels
- ceiling panels
- partition panels
- decompression panels (but not flange repair)
- frame 24 protective panels
NOTE : To prevent damage to the above listed parts it is possible to install

____
protection patches, Ref. para 4.A.(2) of this task.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-340-003 Repair to the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment
Decompression Panels
25-00-00-340-004 Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-005 Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A814
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-00-00-340-008 Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage

Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-015 Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
25-00-00-340-019 Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side
Wall Panel and Partition Panel
25-00-00-340-020 Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-021 Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-022 Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
25-00-00-340-023 Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage
Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-025 Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not
Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-026 Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage not
Honeycomb Core
25-00-00-340-028 Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method
(Damage Not Through from the Edge) - All Cargo
25-00-00-340-029 Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass
Patch - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
25-54-11-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
25-54-11-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR24
25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR34
25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-54-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition
FR34
25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A815
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-54-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo

Compartment
25-55-11-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47
25-55-11-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
25-55-11-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo
25-55-11-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition
FR47
25-55-11-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment -FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo
FR65
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
53-43-11-000-001 Removal of the Support Struts
53-43-11-400-001 Installation of the Support Struts
ASRM 53-02-00-201
ASRM 532300
ASRM 534300
AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
R 25-00-00-991-048 Fig. 823
R 25-00-00-991-027 Fig. 824
R 25-00-00-991-033 Fig. 825
R 25-00-00-991-034 Fig. 826
R 25-00-00-991-035 Fig. 827

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A816
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-082

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-083
B. Get Access
(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-910-052
A. General Information
NOTE : The repair of decompression panel flanges and floor panel are not
____
includet in this procedure.
(1) For the repair of the decompression panel flange:

- (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-003)
(2) For the protection procedure of the cargo compartment linings

(S-glass protection patch on the view side):
R (Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 25-00-00-991-048)

and
- (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-029).
(3) For the repair of floor panel:

- (Ref. ASRM 53-02-00-201).
Subtask 25-00-00-210-056
B. General Procedure
NOTE : Dents that have crushed honeycomb and delamination, but no cracks
____
in the skin of the lining panel are not considered as a damage.
But, if these dents are located at the panel edge filler area,
they should then be considered as a damage to the edge.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A817
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General Information
R Figure 823/TASK 25-00-00-991-048

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A818
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(1) Identify the damage type.
R (Ref. Fig. 824/TASK 25-00-00-991-027)
(a) Damage to the edge(s).

R (Ref. Fig. 825/TASK 25-00-00-991-033)
(b) Damage through the panel.

R (Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 25-00-00-991-034)
(c) Damage not through the panel.

R (Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 25-00-00-991-035)
(2) Measure the damaged area.

L: Length of the damage (biggest dimension)
W: Width of the damage
D: Diameter of the damage
(3) Select the appropriate repair method.

R (Ref. Fig. 824/TASK 25-00-00-991-027)
(a) Do the repair within 100 flight hours if the damage not through
has:
- a maximum diameter of 30 mm (1.18 in.)
or
- a maximum length of 200 mm (7.87 in.) and a maximum width of 25
mm (0.98 in.).
(b) Do the repair immediately if:

- the damage goes through the panel.
- the edge(s) is damaged.
- the dimension(s) are more than the limits for the repair within
100 flight hours.
NOTE : Repair of dents (without cracks) in the skin of the view

____
side of the lining panel is not required, except in .
If the area of the edge filler is damaged it is classified
as a damage to the edge.
(c) The total damaged area of a lining panel must be less than 25% of
its surface.
(d) If the damage is more than the permitted limits, replace the
panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-019).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A819
Aug 01/09

AIJ
General Damage Limits and Repair Identification Chart
R Figure 824/TASK 25-00-00-991-027

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A820
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Edge Damage
R Figure 825/TASK 25-00-00-991-033

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A821
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through
R Figure 826/TASK 25-00-00-991-034

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A822
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through
R Figure 827/TASK 25-00-00-991-035

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A823
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-020-085
C. Removal of the Damaged Lining(s)
(1) Remove the damaged linings if necessary for the selected repair
procedure.
(a) FWD cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003)
(b) AFT cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003)
Subtask 25-00-00-210-064
D. Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(1) Examine the support struts behind the removed linings and replace
them if necessary:
(a) FWD cargo compartment

- (Ref. ASRM 532300)
(b) AFT cargo compartment

- (Ref. TASK 53-43-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 53-43-11-400-001)
- (Ref. ASRM 534300)
(2) Make sure that all the equipment components are not damaged and in
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A824
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-340-097
E. Repair of the Damaged Lining(s)
(1) Do the repair of the damaged lining(s) as described in the tasks that
follow:
- Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment

(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-004)
- Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-005)
- Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-008)
- Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-015)
- Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo

(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-020)
- Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo

Compartment Lining with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-021)
- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-022)
- Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All

(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-023)
- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-025)
- Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All

(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-026)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A825
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
- Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not
Through from the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-028)
Subtask 25-00-00-420-083
F. Installation of the Repaired Lining(s) if they are removed to do the

Repair Procedure.
(1) Install the repaired linings
(a) FWD cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003)
(b) AFT cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003)
Subtask 25-00-00-918-050
G. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) If necessary, install new placards on the repaired linings (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and
- FWD cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- AFT cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-077
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Close the cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A826
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-862-080

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A827
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-003
Repair to the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment Decompression Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 PLATE - PRESSURE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific prefabricated molding block
No specific waxed paper
Material No. 05-007 USA MIL-C-9084 TYPE VIII B CLASS 2,
GLASSCLOTH, EPOXY LAMINATES (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
(Ref. 20-31-00)
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A828
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Compartment
25-68-41-960-001 Replacement of the Decompression Panels
R 25-00-00-991-007 Fig. 828
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-057
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door. (3)
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the control panel of the FWD cargo loading
system to tell persons not to use it.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A829
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-020-069
C. Remove the applicable Panels in the Cargo Compartments
(1) Remove the FWD cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-
11-000-001).
(2) Remove the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
54-12-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-063
A. Do the Repair
R (Ref. Fig. 828/TASK 25-00-00-991-007)

_______
MATERIAL/S.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) from
the back of the flange that is damaged.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A830
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Repair to a Decompression Panel
R Figure 828/TASK 25-00-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A831
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Remove the unwanted material from the flange that is damaged.
(3) Chamfer the edges of the damage with a emery cloth, grade 80-120 .
(4) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010).
(5) Cut 3 layers of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007) to the

correct size.
(6) Put a prefabricated molding block in position, to support the repair.
(7) Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001).
NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the correct

____
procedure.
(8) Put a sheet of waxed paper on the molding block.
(9) Do the repair:
(a) Put the first layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007) on
the repair.
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
glass cloth.
(c) Put the second layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007)
on the repair.
glass cloth.
(e) Put the third layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007) on
the repair.
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
glass cloth.
(g) Put a sheet of waxed paper over the repair.
(h) Put a PLATE - PRESSURE on the repair
NOTE : If available you can use vacuum equipment 22 in.Hg

____
(745.0058 hPa) instead of a pressure plate.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A832
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(i) Remove the unwanted resin.
NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the curing

____
times.
(10) Make sure the thickness of the repair is not more than 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).
(11) If necessary, correct the thickness with a emery cloth, grade 80-120
.
(12) If necessary, cut the repair to the correct shape (ref. detail A).
rear side of the repair.
rear side of the repair.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-058
A. Install the applicable Panels in the cargo compartments
(1) Install the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).
(2) Install the FWD cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-
11-000-001).
(3) Install the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Install the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-002).
Subtask 25-00-00-410-054
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A833
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-862-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A834
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-004
Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the AMM task 25-00-00-200-001
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-00-00-200-001 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -

General Repair/Protection Information
R 25-00-00-991-038 Fig. 829
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-058
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A835
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-063
A. Identify the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
(1) If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

- the minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in
the same panel is 50 mm (1.97 in.)
- If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97
in.), both damaged areas should be considered as a single damage.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-055
B. Repair of the Core and/or Edge of the Cargo Compartment Lining with
Filler
R (Ref. Fig. 829/TASK 25-00-00-991-038)
(1) Remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2) Deburr the edges with emery cloth, grade 80-120

_______
_______
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A836
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through
R Figure 829/TASK 25-00-00-991-038

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A837
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(4) Fill the
or
or
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)

____
(5) Make the cured repaired area smooth with emery cloth, grade 80-120
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A838
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-005
Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-075 D WA-10016
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-036 Fig. 830

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A839
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-060
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-062

(2) Select the appropriate repair kit.

or
or
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| Mat.-No.: | Damage length: | Damage width: |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)| 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-00-00-340-057
B. Repair of Cargo Compartment Lining(s) with Patch and Filler.
R (Ref. Fig. 830/TASK 25-00-00-991-036)

Use
or

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A840
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not Through
R Figure 830/TASK 25-00-00-991-036

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A841
Aug 01/09

AIJ
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077).
NOTE : If the damage exceeds the dimension of the biggest repair patch,
____
it is allowed to overlap patches in one direction only.
Make sure that the minimum overlap width is 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of Tedlar film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patch(es).
NOTE : The lining panel has a Tedlar film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.
(3) Smooth the repair area with emery cloth, grade 80-120 and make sure
that all the gloss finish is
removed.
(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).

_______
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A842
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(6) Fill the
or
or
or
it into the prepared area.
(7) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

according to the manufacturers instructions delivered with the
repair kit(s).
(8) Make sure that:

- the repair patch(es) overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
minimum in all directions
- the reinforcement scrim(s) overlap the repair patch(es) 25.4 mm
(1.00 in.) minimum in all directions.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-056
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A843
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-008
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth grade 80-120.

No specific GILLPATCH III
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-039 Fig. 831
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-061
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A844
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-061
(1) Type of repair patch:

- GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-00-00-340-061
B. Do the Repair

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 831/TASK 25-00-00-991-039)
(1) Remove the damaged material from the lining.
(2) Rework the contour of the damaged area in order to get a regular
shape.
NOTE : This will let you to cut and install the inlay patch
____
correctly.
(3) Remove the rough edges with emery cloth, grade 80-120.
(4) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(5) Cut two repair patches (1) and (3) to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A845
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Three Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 831/TASK 25-00-00-991-039

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A846
Aug 01/09

AIJ
NOTE : If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet
____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel
should not overlap the cover sheet.
(6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with emery cloth grade 80-
120..
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).
(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area on the rear side of the panel
and push it in position.
(9) Cut an inlay patch (2) to the dimension of the damaged area.
(10) Remove the protective backing from the inlay patch (2).
(11) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:
(a) Bond the inlay patch (2) onto the adhesive side of the rear side
patch (1)
(b) Make sure that patch (2) fully covers the adhesive side of the
rear side patch (1).
(13) Put the repair patch (3) over the damaged area on the view side of
the panel and push it in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-057
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A847
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-015
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GUN - RIVET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AKRO FIREGUARD (AF 800 SERIES) <<CNSM 08114>>
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A848
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-043 Fig. 832
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-078
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-220-064
B. Identify the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

or
- AKRO FIREGUARD (AF 800 SERIES) CNSM 08114
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-076
A. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114A)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 832/TASK 25-00-00-991-043)
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A849
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Two Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 832/TASK 25-00-00-991-043

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A850
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Remove the rough edges with an emery cloth, grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that all components behind the lining you will
____
repair are not damaged.
(5) Cut two repair patches to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patch (1) must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
NOTE : The repair patch (2) must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than
____
repair patch (1) in all directions.

____
(6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with an emery cloth grade
80-120..
(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area and push it in position.
(10) Put the repair patch (2) over the patch (1) and push it in position.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-111
B. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A851
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(1) Remove the unwanted material from the panel.
(2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with an emery cloth grade
80-120.
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(4) Make sure that the repair area is dry.
(5) Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions. It is not allowed to overlap
patches.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with an emery cloth grade 320-400.
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

____
(8) Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
____
(9) Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to the top layer of
the panel.
(10) Install the steel blind rivets (part of the repair kit) with a GUN -
RIVET.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-073
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A852
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-019
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and Partition
Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 KNIFE - SHARP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-053 D DAN 1282-01
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A853
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-082
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-088
A. Replacement of a Panel
(1) Remove all anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items from the damaged
panel.

_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE THICKNESS OF THE NEW PANEL IS THE SAME
_______
AS THE THICKNESS OF THE REMOVED PANEL. IF IT IS NOT THE
SAME, THERE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT FIRE-PROTECTION IN THE
CARGO COMPARTMENT.
(2) Cut the semi-finished replacement material (according to the Ref. SIL
25-097) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE or a KNIFE - SHARP to the
necessary dimension.
(3) Deburr the edges and make them smooth with an emery cloth, 80-120
grade.
(4) Use the removed panel as a template and transfer all the holes from
the removed panel to the replacement panel.
(5) Drill and deburr the holes.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A854
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(6) Remove the honeycomb-core to a minimum depth of 6 mm (0.24 in.) from
along the edges you have cut.
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(7) Clean the replacement panel with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(8) Apply the filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053) into the
edges and let the filler harden.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A855
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(9) Deburr the edges and make them smooth with an emery cloth, 80-120
grade.
(10) Install all the removed anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items to the
replacement panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-076
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A856
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-020
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-040 Fig. 833

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A857
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-092
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-065
(1) Select the appropriate repair kit.

or
or
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| Mat.-No.: | Damage length: | Damage width: |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)| 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
|08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) | 152 mm (6.0 in.) |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-00-00-340-089
B. Repair of Cargo Compartment Lining(s) with Patches and Filler

R (Ref. Fig. 833/TASK 25-00-00-991-040)
NOTE : It is not allowed to overlap patches.

____

____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel should
not overlap the cover sheet.
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A858
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Through
R Figure 833/TASK 25-00-00-991-040

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A859
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patches.
NOTE : The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.
(3) Smooth the repair area with emery cloth, grade 80-120 and make sure
that all the gloss finish is
removed.
(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).

_______
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
(6) Install the repair patch

or
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077).
(a) Install the repair patch on one side of the damaged panel.
(b) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

repair kit.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A860
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(c) Make sure that:
- the repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
- the reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00
in.) minimum in all directions.
(d) Fill the

or
or
or

____
(e) Install the repair patch on the other side of the damaged panel.
(f) Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair

repair kit.
(g) Make sure that:

- the repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
- the reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00
in.) minimum in all directions.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-086
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A861
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-021
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings
with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GUN - RIVET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific heat blanket
No specific AKRO FIREGUARD (800 Series) <<CNSM 08114>>
Material No. 08-066 D DAN 319, DAN 1202
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-083
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH (Ref. 20-31-00)
REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A862
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-041 Fig. 834
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-085
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-056

(2) Types of repair patch

- AKRO FIREGUARD (800 Series) CNSM 08114
- GILLFAB 1367A-013 and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-066)
Subtask 25-00-00-340-090
B. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114A)
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A863
Aug 01/09

AIJ
_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 834/TASK 25-00-00-991-041)

____
(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
____
damaged area in all directions. It is not allowed to overlap
patches.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

____
(8) Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
____
(9) For Isovolta RHM Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-083) only:
(a) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C
(230 DEG.F)
with a soft force to bond the repair patch to the panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A864
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through
R Figure 834/TASK 25-00-00-991-041

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A865
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(10) FOR AKRO FIREGUARD (AF 800 SERIES) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-114) only:
(a) Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to top layer of
the panel.
(b) Install the steel blind with a GUN - RIVET rivets (part of the
repair Kit).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-079
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A866
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-022
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLFAB 1367A-013
No specific GILLFAB 1367P-013
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-037 Fig. 835

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A867
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-086
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-057

- GILLFAB 1367P-013
- GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
- GILLFAB 1367A-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
Subtask 25-00-00-340-091
B. Do the Repair
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 835/TASK 25-00-00-991-037)

____

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A868
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Through
R Figure 835/TASK 25-00-00-991-037

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A869
Aug 01/09

AIJ
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
____
NOTE : The overlap of patches is not allowed.

____
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120..
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

____
(8) Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into
position.
(9) Fill the

or
or
or
it into the prepared area.

____
(11) Cut another patch to the applicable dimensions.
____

____
(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120..
(13) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A870
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-080
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A871
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-023
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GUN - FASTENER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific heat blanket
No specific CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)
No specific CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
No specific Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
No specific Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
No specific 3.3 mm (0.128 in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill.
Material No. 08-083
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A872
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-045 Fig. 836
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-087
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-058

Subtask 25-00-00-340-092
B. Do the Repair
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 836/TASK 25-00-00-991-045)
(1) Remove the damaged material from the panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A873
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through
R Figure 836/TASK 25-00-00-991-045

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A874
Aug 01/09

AIJ
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(5) Cut two patches BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-083)
to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____

____

____
installed, the repair patch on the view side of the panel
should not overlap the cover sheet.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patches with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212.00 DEG. F) and 110 DEG.C
(230.00 DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the first repair patch to
the rear side of the panel.
(8) Fill the

or
or
or

____
(9) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C (230
DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the second repair patch to the view
(cargo compartment) side of the panel.
(10) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:
(a) Drill holes along the edges of the patch, through the entire
patch/panel/patch assembly, regularly spaced with a 3.3 mm (0.128
in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill..

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A875
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
NOTE : The distance to the edges should not be less than 15 mm
____
(0.5 in.).
NOTE : The distance between the holes should not be more than 100
____
mm (3.8 in.).
(11) Install the rivets from the view (cargo compartment) side of the
panel with the necessary rivet length.
NOTE : In order to select the correct length for the rivets refer to
____
the thickness of the panel with the patches.
(a) Install the rivets:

- Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
or
- Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
or
- CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)
or
- CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
with the GUN - FASTENER
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-081
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A876
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-025
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific GILLFAB 1367P-013
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-044 Fig. 837

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A877
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-089
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-059


- GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND
- GILLFAB 1367P-013
- GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-00-00-340-094
B. Do the Repair
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 837/TASK 25-00-00-991-044)

____

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A878
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through
R Figure 837/TASK 25-00-00-991-044

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A879
Aug 01/09

AIJ
____
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Fill the

or
or
or

____
(9) Remove the protective backing from the patch.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-083
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A880
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-026
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm
(0.08 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-042 Fig. 838

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A881
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-090
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-060

in.), both damaged areas must be considered as a single damage.
(2) Types of repair patch:
(a) You can use the subsequent repair patches to do the repair.
- a sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm (0.08
in.)
with
or
or
Subtask 25-00-00-340-095
R B. Repair of the Panel
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A882
Aug 01/09

AIJ
_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 838/TASK 25-00-00-991-042)

____
R (2) Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with an emery cloth grade
80-120.
____
NOTE : The overlap of patches is not permitted

____
R (6) Deburr the edges of the patch with an emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Apply:
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
on one side of the repair patch.
(8) Put the repair patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
(9) Let the repair dry.

____
(10) Follow the curing recommendations of the selected adhesive.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A883
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through
R Figure 838/TASK 25-00-00-991-042

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A884
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-084
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A885
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-028
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from the
Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-046 Fig. 839

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A886
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-093
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-066

in.), both damaged areas must be considered as a single damage.

- GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-00-00-340-099
B. Do the Repair
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (Ref. Fig. 839/TASK 25-00-00-991-046)

____
(1) Remove the damaged material from the core and the edge of the lining
panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A887
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch and Filler - Damage on the Edge not through the
Panel
R Figure 839/TASK 25-00-00-991-046

EFF :

ALL

25-00-00 Page A888
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Make smooth and deburr the edges of the repair with a emery cloth
grade 80-120.
____
(5) Deburr the edges of the patch with a emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Remove the protective foil from the patch.

____
(9) Fill the material:

or
or
or

____
NOTE : The quantity of filler used must ensure a minimum width of 10

____
mm (0.4 in) from the edge.
(10) Make the edge of the cured repaired area smooth with an emery cloth
grade 80-120.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-087
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A889
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-00-00-340-029
Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass Patch - All Cargo

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives a procedure to bond a protection patch (S-glass layer) on

the view side of the cargo compartment sidewalls, ceiling and partition
panels to make them stronger.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific S-Glass layer assembly D2557651900200

No specific S-Glass layer D2557651900000
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A890
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-00-00-340-004 Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo
FR24
25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR34
Compartment
25-54-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition
FR34
Compartment
25-54-12-400-003 Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
FR47
Compartment -FR47/FR59
FR65

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A891
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-00-00-991-011 Fig. 840
R 25-00-00-991-049 Fig. 841
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-088

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-096
B. Get Access
(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
Subtask 25-00-00-020-086
C. Removal of the Related Lining(s)
NOTE : This is only necessary if you will do the procedure given in para
____
4. in the workshop.
(1) Remove the lining(s) as necessary to install a protection patch.
(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003)

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A892
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(b) Aft cargo compartment:
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003)
Subtask 25-00-00-210-065
D. General Information
(1) Make sure the linings are clean and in the correct condition.
(a) If necessary do the repair (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-004).
(2) For material information (Ref. SIL 25-097).
(3) Select the related procedure A or B, see para. 4. of this task.
R (Ref. Fig. 840/TASK 25-00-00-991-011)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-101
A. Procedure A
- Installation of a Protection Patch (S-Glass Layer Assembly
D2557651900200) with Double Sided Adhesive Layer
R (Ref. Fig. 841/TASK 25-00-00-991-049)
NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 790 g (27.86 oz)
____
per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2).
NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.

____
(1) Cut a protection patch S-Glass layer assembly D2557651900200 to the

applicable dimensions.
(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A893
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Repair Procedure Identification Chart
R Figure 840/TASK 25-00-00-991-011

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A894
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch
R Figure 841/TASK 25-00-00-991-049

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A895
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(3) Clean the mating surface.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the mating surface of the lining with CLEANING AGENTS
(4) Install the protection patch.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(a) At a corner of the protection patch, lift a small piece of the

protective backing.
(b) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.
(c) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).
NOTE : A later adjustment is not possible.

____
(d) Carefully hold the protection patch, remove the remaining

protective backing and put the the protection patch onto the
lining.
(e) Push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A896
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-102
B. Procedure B
- Installation of a Protection Patch (S-Glass Layer D2557651900000) with
2 Component Adhesive
R (Ref. Fig. 841/TASK 25-00-00-991-049)
NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 690 g (24.33 oz) per 1
____
m2 (10.76 ft.2).
NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.

____
(1) Cut a protection patch S-Glass layer D2557651900000 to the applicable

dimensions.
(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.
(3) Clean the mating surfaces.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the lining and the protection patch
(4) Apply the adhesive.

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A897
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(a) Apply 200 g (7.05 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) to the
mating surface of the protection patch with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(5) Install the protection patch.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(a) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.
(b) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).
(c) If necessary move the protection patch to the correct position.
(d) Carefully push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER -
RUBBER.
NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.
(e) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.
(g) Attach the protection patch in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) for 3 hours.
(h) Remove the tape after the adhesive has cured.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A898
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-084
A. Installation of the Lining(s) if Removed to do the Procedure
(1) Install the linings.
(a) Forward cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003)
(b) Aft cargo compartment:

- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003)
Subtask 25-00-00-918-051
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) If necessary install new placards to the protected linings.
(a) Procedure (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).
(b) Location:
- Forward cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- Aft cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-00-00-410-090
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page A899
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-00-00-862-085
D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-00-00

Page B800
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________
1. General
___________________
Description
The cockpit comprises the area above the floor structure between frames 1
and 12. Access to the cockpit is gained via the left forward passenger/crew
door and the cockpit door. The cockpit is equipped with adjustable seats for
two crew members and a folding seat for a further occupant. Various
furnishings and equipment are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort,
convenience and safety of the occupants.
A. Description
The cockpit, furnishings consist of :
- crew members seats
- heat and sound insulation panels
- lining and furnishing panels
- equipment racks.

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
COCKPIT - REPAIRS
_________________
R TASK 25-10-00-330-001
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-00-00-330-002 Repairs to Nonstructural Components (not in the Cargo

Compartments)
25-00-00-330-003 Repairs to Surface Damage of Composite Components
(not in the Cargo Compartments)
25-13-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
25-13-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-10-00-991-001 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-10-00-010-050
B. Removal of the Ceiling Panels
(1) If necessary remove the panel from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
000-001).
(2) List of the ceiling panels.

R (Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-10-00-991-001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |211GC | COVER ASSY | Laminate | 25130103 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |211HC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130103 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 |211JC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 |211FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 |211EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130101 | Non repairable
|212EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130102 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 |211DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 |
|212DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 |211CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 |
|212CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |211BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 |211AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
R Figure 801/TASK 25-10-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-050
A. Damage to the Lining Panel
(1) Superficial Damage
(a) If the damage diameter is less than or equal to 50 mm (1.9685

in.) and if the honeycomb core is not damaged, do the repair of
the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-003).
(2) Significant Damage
(a) If the honeycomb core is damaged and/or if the damage diameter is

more than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) or if the honeycomb structure is
debonded, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-
002).
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-050
A. Installation of the Ceiling Panels
(1) If necessary, install the panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
400-001).
Subtask 25-10-00-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LE, 3LE.

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-10-00-330-002
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Side Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compartments)
33-12-12-000-001 Removal of the Reading Light (25LE, 26LE, 29LE)
33-12-12-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light (25LE, 26LE, 29LE)
33-12-15-000-001 Removal of the Console and Briefcase Light (17LE,
18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE, 22LE, 23LE, 24LE)
33-12-15-400-001 Installation of the Console and Briefcase Light
(17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE, 22LE, 23LE, 24LE)
R 25-10-00-991-002 Fig. 802

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
Subtask 25-10-00-010-051
B. Removal of Equipment and Side Panels.
(1) If necessary, remove the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE,
22LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-15-000-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-
000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.
(3) List of lining panels.

R (Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-10-00-991-002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |211MW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |211LW | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130111 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 |211LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 |
|212LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 |211PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 |
|212PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 |211NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 | Non repairable
|212NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 |211DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
|212DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Flight-Compartment Side Panels
R Figure 802/TASK 25-10-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 |211KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 | Non repairable
|212KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |211GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
|212GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 |211EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130116 | Non repairable
|212EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130117 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 |211FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130116 |
|212FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130117 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 |211BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 |
|212BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 |211CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam | 25130114 | Non repairable
|212CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam | 25130114 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-051


002).

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-051
A. Installation of the Lateral Panels and Equipment
(1) If necessary, install the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 21LE, 22LE
(Ref. TASK 33-12-15-400-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-400-
001).
Subtask 25-10-00-865-053
breaker(s):
1LE, 2LE, 4LE, 5LE.

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-10-00-330-003
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compartments)
R 25-10-00-991-003 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-010-052
A. Removal of the Rear Panels
(1) If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.
(2) List of the rear/panels.

R (Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-10-00-991-003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |212JW | PANEL-UPPER | Foam | 25130119 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |212HW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130119 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 | | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130112 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 | | PANEL-FRONT | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 810
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
R Figure 803/TASK 25-10-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 | | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130113 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |212KW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130112 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-052


002).
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-052
A. Installation of the Rear Panels
(1) If necessary, install the panels in the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 25-10-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The cockpit is equipped with three seats :
- a Captain seat
- a First Officer seat
- a Third Occupant seat located against the right aft panel.
A. Captain and First Officer Seats

The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and have the same
function.
B. Third Occupant Seat

The Third Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
(Ref. Fig. 001)

The Captain and First Officer seats are equidistant from the aircraft
centerline:
Y +/- 530 mm (Y +/- 20.88 in.)
The base of the seats is attached to the floor by means of eight
hexagonal head screws.

The Third Occupant seat stands apart from the aircraft centerline:
Y -86 mm (Y -3.39 in.) but can move to Y -35 mm (Y - 1.38 in.).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL| ZONE| ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3MS SEAT-CAPTAIN 211 25-11-51
4MS SEAT-FIRST OFFICER 212 25-11-51
14MM SEAT-THIRD OCCUPANT 212 25-11-41

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cockpit Seats - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. _____________________
Component Description
(1) General
The Captain and First Officer seats are secured to the cockpit floor.
The seat moves longitudinally and vertically. In the rearmost
position the seat moves sidewise towards the console, which increases
the space between the pedestal and the seat and therefore enables
passage of the seat occupant. This is the seat stowed position.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
(3) Controls
Manual controls are fitted to the seats. They serve to unlock the
seat and allow to position it in different configurations.
Electrical controls are also available. They consist of a motor
coupled to two reduction gears. The motor is controlled by two
three-position switches. The gear motor assembly is overriden by the
manual controls.
Additional manual controls are used to adjust the backrest and lumbar
rest positions. All the controls are of easy access and enable the
occupant to select the desired position.
(4) Seat equipment

The backrest incorporates a life vest fitted in a housing closed by
means of two magnets.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A lumbar rest adjustable in the vertical and horizontal directions
enables adaptation of the seat to the occupant. It is possible to
adjust the pedestal side armrest by means of a knurled knob located
in the front.
The armrest is hinged to the backrest. It is therefore possible to
lift it vertically and stow it behind the backrest.
The sidestick armrest located on the outboard side of the seat is
provided with two adjustment knobs. These knobs are used to adjust
the height and the tilt angle of the side stick armrest so that the
pilot can rest his arm in its optimum position with respect to the
side stick controller. Two position indicators show the selected
position. The armrest is fixed to the seat pan structure and is not
affected by backrest movements. It can be folded back to a vertical
position to enable easy access to the crew briefcase or console.
The safety harness comprises five straps and an inertia reel. The
inertia reel can be locked by a control lever located behind the seat
on the right side.
(Ref. Fig. 003)

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Four lamps which serve to light the floor are located under the
Captain and First Officer seats (one under each corner of the seat
pan). This lighting is controlled from the instrument panel.
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and their
____
operation is identical.
(1) General
The 3rd Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.
It can slide along the Y-axis to take up a position on the aircraft
centerline. No longitudinal adjustment is provided.
The seat pan unfolds and locks only in the unfolded position, in the
aircraft centerline.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(3) Controls
A manual control enables the seat to be moved from its stowage
position to its utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
A second control serves to unlock the headrest.
A third control serves to lock the inertia reel.
(4) Seat equipment.

The non-adjustable armrests pivot on the seat uprights.
The headrest can be folded down so that the circuit breaker panel can
be opened while the seat is in its stowed position.
A compartment closed by VELCRO tapes and containing a life vest is
provided in the lower part of the seat.
The safety harness includes five straps and an inertia reel
controlled by a handle located on the left of the seat. This handle
serves to lock and unlock the inertia reel.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
(1) Vertical travel
(a) Manual control

(Ref. Fig. 005)
1
_ Up travel
To move the seat in the up direction pull the control handle,
marked V and located on the inboard side of the seat pan,
upwards in order to unlock the seat. Then, by taking your
weight off the seat, adjust the seat to required position,
then release the handle. A gas cylinder compensates for the
weight of the seat (2 grasp handles are located above each
pilot seat).
2
_ Down travel
To move the seat in the down direction, pull the control
handle upwards in order to unlock the seat. The weight of the
occupant is sufficient to move the seat downwards. To lock the
seat in position, release the handle. The down movement is
slowed down by means of a gas cylinder.
NOTE : The control handle V acts on a ball-nut/screw system

____
ensuring vertical movement of the seat.
(b) Vertical electrical control

(Ref. Fig. 006)
If the circuit is supplied with power, place the control switch
located on the inner side of the seat pan in the up or down
position until the seat reaches the required position. Seat
movements are obtained by the gear motor associated with the
ball-nut/screw system. The movements are limited by stops and an
overtorque detector integrated in the gear motor assembly.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Manual Control
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Seat - Functional Diagram
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Horizontal travel
(a) Manual control

(Ref. Fig. 005)
To move the seat forwards or backwards, pull the control handle
marked H, located on the pedestal side of the seat, upwards to
unlock the system. When the desired position is reached, release
the handle to lock the system. If the H handle is faulty, operate
the small lever under the seat, on the center pedestral side.
Lift the handle upwards to move the seat, release the handle to
lock the seat in the selected position.
Horizontal travel indicators, located on the pedestal side of the
seat, give the longitudinal position of the seat.
The seat is held in the required position by means of a locking
pin which slides into a drilled fitting attached to the seat pan.
(b) Electrical control

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The three-position switch controls the gear motor connected to a
rack and pinion system located under the seat pan. When the seat
reaches its limit position, overtorque is detected and the motor
power supply is cut off. The detector is integrated in the gear
motor. The gear motor assembly locks the seat on the rack.
(3) Backrest adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The position of the backrest can be adjusted from 7 deg. to 34 deg.
with respect to the vertical by pulling the control handle marked R,
located on the pedestal side of the seat. The lever acts on two locks
by means of a control and 2 cables. A gas cylinder damps the
backwards movement of the backrest and acts as return spring when the
backrest is raised to the 7 deg. position.
(4) Lumbar rest adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 005)
Two coaxial knobs, located on the pedestal side of the backrest
enable the lumbar rest adjustment in the vertical and horizontal
directions.
The round serrated control knob ensures the vertical lumbar rest
adjustment by means of a rack and pinion system.
The triangular knob ensures the depth adjustment of the lumbar rest
by means of a cam-mounted rack and pinion assembly.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Armrest adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(a) Inboard armrest

The inboard armrest (pedestal side) can be raised vertically and
stowed behind the backrest.
A knob located on the front of the armrest ensures height
adjustment by means of a screw-nut system and associated stop
(continuous adjustment from 15 deg. downwards to 10 deg.
upwards).
(b) Side stick armrest

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The side stick armrest is composed of three main sections. These
are the fixed arm, the carrier arm and the side stick table.
The fixed arm supports the carrier arm and side stick table
assembly and is attached to the seat pan.
The carrier arm, by a rotation of 18 deg. max. upwards, with
respect to the horizontal, around a hinge pin, located on the
fixed arm, enables height adjustment of the side stick table. The
movement is given by a knob located on the outboard side of the
armrest. This knob transfers the rotary movement to a screw-nut
system. The nut is connected to a link and 2 rollers which
transform the translation movement of the nut into a rotary
movement of the carrier arm around the fixed arm. The tilt angle
of the armrest table can be adjusted. A knob located on the front
of the armrest enables this adjustment. The principle of the
adjustment mechanism is the same as the one described above
except that the rotation hinge pin is located on the carrier arm.
Adjustment is up to 30 deg. downwards with respect to the
horizontal. A position indicator including two scales is
integrated in the table. The scale on the seat side shows the
tilt angle adjustment of the table.
The scale on the outboard side shows the table height.
A wheel, located on the front of the table, serves to avoid
interference between the armrest and the lateral console when the
seat is moved forwards with the table fully inclined.
(6) Safety harness

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The straps can be clicked into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
counterclockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Side stick Armrest
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Safety Harness
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07

AIJ
A control lever, located on the pedestal side of the seat backrest,
serves to lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism the lever must
be in the down position. To unlock the mechanism the lever must be in
the up position.
(1) Deployment from stowage position to utilization position on aircraft

centerline.
To move the seat to its utilization position on the aircraft
centerline, the handle called SEAT UNLOCK, located on the left of the
seat, must be pulled upwards in order to unlock the system and enable
the seat to slide sidewise into its utilization position. When the
utilization position is reached, the system locks.
The translation movement is given by two guide tubes attached to the
rear upper and lower sections of the seat. The tubes are guided by
ball-sleeves attached to the rear panel. The seat is held in position
by a locking pin which engages in the upper guide tube (Part 1).
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The seat bottom folds down and locks automatically in the low
position. The opening of the seat bottom can be done only when the
seat is in utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
Locking is achieved by a hook attached to the right upright of the
seat which locks one of the rollers guiding the seat bottom movement.
The armrests are folded down manually.
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it
automatically locks in place. It is held in position by two locking
pins which engage in lateral holes.
(2) Return to stowed position

(Ref. Fig. 009)
To fold down the headrest, simultaneously act the two controls
located in the center of the bottom section of the headrest. When the
system unlocks, fold down the headrest into its stowed position.
To return the assembly to its stowed position:
- move the control handle marked SEAT UNLOCK upwards and move the
seat to the stowed position. As soon as the seat detects this
movement and if the seat is not occupied, the seat bottom and the
two armrests will then rise automatically. This prevents any
interference with the First Officer seat when it is moved
backwards.
or
- pull up the seat bottom to override the locking force then the seat
bottom and the two armrests will rise automatically. Move the
control handle marked SEAT UNLOCK upwards and move the seat to the
stowed position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 15
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 16
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Safety harness
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The straps can be clipped into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
A control lever, located behind the seat on the left side, serves to
lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism, the lever must be the
in up position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 17
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Safety Harness.
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 18
Feb 01/07

AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-01-A)c)

R COCKPIT SEAT
R Pilot Seat Adjustment System
R Manual Control
R Recline Adjustement
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-11-61-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion

25-11-61-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat
Cushion
25-11-64-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest
Assy
25-11-64-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer)
Seat-Headrest Assy
25-11-00-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-056
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 401
Nov 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-00-991-002)
Subtask 25-11-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
(1) If installed, remove the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001).
NOTE : Only do the step (1) in Para. 4.A.

____
(2) Remove the fourteen screws (2).
(3) Remove the upper back shroud (1) from the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest
(3).
(4) Loosen the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).
(5) Remove the cable (5) from the left and right lock levers (6).
(6) Push on the left and right lock levers (6) at the same time and push
the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3) to the vertical position.
(7) Release the left and right lock levers (6).
(8) Make sure that the seat backrest (3) is correctly locked in the
vertical position.
(9) Put the upper back shroud (1) in position on the CAPT (F/O) seat
backrest (3).
(10) Install and tighten the fourteen screws (2).
(11) If necessary, install the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-400-001).
NOTE : Only do the step (11) in Para. 4.A.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-057
(1) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-11-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-01-A)c)

R COCKPIT SEAT
R Pilot Seat Adjustment System
R Manual Control
R Recline Adjustement
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSM 25 PB 101 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-058
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the Captain/First Officer

Seat
R (1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat

R (Ref. TSM 25 PB 101).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-059
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(Electrical Control)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-01-B)

Pilot Seat Adjustment System
Electrical Control
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-060
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-040-051
A. Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(1) If the adjustment system electrical-control of the CAPT (F/O) seat is

inoperative:

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-00-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-061
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-11-00-440-002
Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Pilot Seat Adjustment System
Electrical Control
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSM 25 PB 101 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-062
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-440-051
A. Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

(1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat

(Ref. TSM 25 PB 101).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-063
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-00-040-003
Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-11-06-A)b)

Equipment and Furnishings
Cockpit Seats
Third Occupant Seat
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-064
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-040-052
A. Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) If the Third Occupant seat is inoperative:

- Remove it (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-065
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 410
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-11-00-440-003
Reactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Cockpit Seats
Third Occupant Seat
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 25 PB 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-066

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-440-052
A. Reactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) Do the trouble shooting of the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TSM 25 PB
201).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-067

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 412
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE THE V
_______
(VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH YOUR
FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain and/or the First Officer seat(s) operate(s)
correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-710-050
A. Operational test of the manual controls.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE
_______
THE V (VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH
YOUR FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Test of the horizontal movement
A. With the seat in the stowed

position:
- Operate the H control lever - The seat moves slowly and smoothly.
and put the seat in the
maximum forward position.
- Release the H control lever. - The seat stays locked in this

position.
- Operate the H control lever - The seat must move by 8 in. (203.1996
and put the seat in the mm).
maximum rearward position.
- Operate the H control lever - The seat stays locked in the stowed
and put the seat in the position.
stowed position.
Release the H control lever.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 502
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Test of the vertical movement
A. With the seat in the down

position:
- Operate the V control lever. - The seat moves freely by 6.5 in.
- Let the seat move up. (165.0997 mm) to the maximum up
position.
- Release the V control lever. - The seat stays locked in this

position.
- Operate the V control lever - The seat moves back to the maximum
and push the seat to move it down position.
down.
3. Test of the backrest reclining

adjustment
- Operate the R control lever and - The maximum angle is 34 deg.C from
slowly put the backrest at an the vertical.
angle.
- Release the R control lever. - The backrest stays locked in its

position.
- Operate the R control lever. - The backrest goes back automatically

to 7 deg.C from the vertical.
Subtask 25-11-00-710-051
B. Operational test of the electrical controls
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Test of the horizontal movement
A. Seat movement
- Set the control switch S2 to - The seat moves forward.

forward.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 503
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the control switch - The seat stays locked in this
S2. position.
- Set the control switch S2 to - The seat moves rearward.

rearward.
- Release the control switch. - The seat stays locked in this

position.
B. Test of the maximum forward

and rearward positions
- Set the control switch S2 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
the forward position until the seat gets to the maximum forward
the seat is in the maximum position.
forward position.
the rearward position until the seat gets to the maximum rearward
the seat gets to the maximum position.
rearward position.
2. Test of the vertical movement
A. Seat movement
- Set the control switch S1 to - The seat moves up.

up.

position.
- Set the control switch S1 to - The seat moves down.

down.

position.
B. Test of the maximum up and

down positions
up until the seat is in the the seat gets to the maximum up
maximum up position. position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 504
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
down until the seat gets to the seat gets to the maximum down
the maximum down position. position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-051
(1) Put the seat in the stowed position.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 505
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-00-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 251100-01
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-11-41-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat

25-11-51-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat
(3MS,4MS)
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats

- for the captain and First Officer seats, (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-200-001)
- for Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-200-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-11-00-200-002
Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat Belt
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-210-051
A. Do a visual inspection of the shoulder harness and seat belt.
(1) Replace the belt if you find one of these conditions:
(a) For lap belt and inertia reel web:

R - fraying across the full width of the web.
R
R NOTE : Fraying is when the web has broken fibers from the
____
R longitudinal or transversal yarns.
R NOTE : Replacement of the belt is not necessary if you find

____
R felting. Felting is when the web becomes less compact and
R has a soft texture. This causes the thickness of the web
R to increase.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 602
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R
(b) Cuts or tears at the edge of the web.
(c) Fraying across more than 10 % of the web width.
R (d) Fraying more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web length.
R (e) More than 15 broken yarns (strands) which are not on the edges.
R (f) Web damage which causes incorrect operation of the restraint

system.
R (g) More than 30 torn stitches on a stitch pattern.
NOTE : You find stitch patterns at the belt ends and near the
____
buckles where there are two thicknesses of web.
(2) Make sure that the lap buckle is installed on the outboard side of
the seat to prevent damage to the center pedestal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-052
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-00

Page 603
Nov 01/07

AIJ
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-41-000-001
Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-11-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) Remove the retaining pins (1).
(2) Pull up on seat release lever to disengage lockpin from upper guide
tube before removal.
(3) Hold the seat (2) and remove the guide tubes (4) from the sleeves
(3).
(4) Remove the seat (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Third Occupant Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-41

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-11-41-400-001
Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-11-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) Put the seat (2) in the correct position.
NOTE : Hold the seat in the vertical position, not unfolded.

____
(2) Install the guide tubes (4).
(3) Install the retaining pins (1).
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-11-41-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
items.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-11-41

Page 403
Nov 01/08

AIJ
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-41-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-41-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2) Make sure that the cushion of the back of the seat is in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the
correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the holes for the bolts are in the correct condition
and have no corrosion.
(5) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition.
(6) Make sure that the seat assembly is not loose.
(7) Make sure that the nuts that attach the seat to the partition are in
the correct position and have no corrosion.
(8) Make sure that clearance is correct at the control levers.
(9) Make sure that the sideways movement is correct.
(10) Make sure that the headrest operation is correct.
(11) Make sure that the operation of the locking/unlocking system is

correct.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-41

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(12) Make sure that the retaining pins are not damaged.
R (13) Make sure that the seat bottom closes automatically in the vertical
R position when:
R - the SEAT UNLOCK control handle is moved up, and
R - the seat is moved from the utilization position on the aircraft
R centerline to the stowed position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-41

Page 602
Nov 01/08

AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-51-000-001
Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking cap

No specific access platform 1.60 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-11-51-991-001 Fig. 401

R 25-11-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
FOR 4MS
Subtask 25-11-51-010-050
B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put an access platform near the access door 811 of the avionics
compartment.
(2) Open the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001, 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002)
Subtask 25-11-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Seat
(1) In the avionics compartment, disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(2) Put a blanking cap on the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
NOTE : It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side

____
to enable passage of the seat in the cockpit.
(3) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).
(4) In the cockpit, remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the
seat base (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R First Officer Seat
R Figure 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Remove the seat. Move the seat out of the cockpit.
(6) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-51-400-001
Installation of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 16-007

COATING ELASTOMERIC, ULTRA LOW GLOSS (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer
Seats (3MS, 4MS)
R 25-11-51-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-11-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-010-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is near the access door 811 of the
avionics compartment.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
Subtask 25-11-51-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
FOR 4MS
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-51-420-051
A. Installation of the Seat
NOTE : It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side to

____
enable passage of the seat in the cockpit.
(1) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).
(2) Put the seat on the floor.
(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in)
(5) Paint the head of the bolts (3) with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-007).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (5) and (6).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical connector (6).
Subtask 25-11-51-865-055
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.
Subtask 25-11-51-861-051
C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 25-11-51-710-055
D. Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats
(1) Do the operational test of the Captain and First Officer seats
(Ref. TASK 25-11-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-11-51-710-050
E. Operational Test of the Lights of the Captain/First Officer Seats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 301VU (500VU):
- Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in - Below the Captain/First Officer seat,

the BRT position the four lamps come on.
- Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in - The four lamps go off.

the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 408
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-51-862-051
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 25-11-51-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 409
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-51-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,4MS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-11-00-200-002 Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat

Belt
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-51-210-050
A. Inspection Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat
(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2) Make sure that the cushion of the seat is in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the structure of the seat has no damage or cracks.
(4) Make sure that the paint is not damaged.
(5) Make sure that you can read the identification plates. Make sure that
the identification plates and the position indicator are attached
correctly.
(6) Make sure that the welded and riveted sections are in the correct
condition.
(7) Make sure that the clearance is correct at the manual mode
control-levers.
(8) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-200-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(9) Make sure that the electrical bundle is in the correct condition.
(10) Make sure that the 8 bolts that attach the seat to the floor have no
corrosion and that they are installed correctly.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 602
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-11-51-200-002
Check of Adjustment of Seat Control Cables
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT
_______
EQUIPMENT PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS
NOT CUSTOMIZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 81700SB3-002051 1 GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS

R 81700ST1-015003 1 ADJUSTMENT GAGE-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-11-51-000-001 Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS, 4MS)
Cushion
25-11-51-991-003 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 603
Nov 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Remove the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Remove the two screws (10).
(4) Remove the four screws (13) and the four washers (12).
(5) Remove the shroud (14).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-11-51-991-003)
Subtask 25-11-51-220-050
A. Check of the Control Lever Travel (Horizontal and Vertical):
NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
levers on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O
seat.
NOTE : This task includes a check of the operations of the vertical and
____
horizontal (V and H) mechanical control levers. Do not use the
electrical switches during the check procedure.
(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.
(2) Make sure that the control levers H (1) and V (2) turn freely. Make
sure that there are no points of friction.
R (3) Turn the ADJUSTMENT GAGE-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS (81700ST1-015003) to

the correct side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the
adjustment gage (3) behind one lever. The gage is the same for the V
and H control levers.
(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 604
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Installation of Adjustment Tool
R Figure 601/TASK 25-11-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 605
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).
(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.
(7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator.In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.
(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).
Subtask 25-11-51-220-051
B. Check of the Control Lever Travel (Reclining):
NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
lever on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O seat.
NOTE : Do not use the electrical switches during the check procedure.
____
(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.
(2) Make sure that the control lever R (5) turns freely. Make sure that
there are no points of friction.
R (3) Turn the GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS (81700SB3-002051) to

the correct side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the
adjustment gage (3) behind the lever.
(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.
(5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).
(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 606
Nov 01/08

AIJ
(7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator. In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.
(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-51-860-052
(1) Put the shroud (14) in position.
(2) Install the four washers (12) and the four screws (13).
(3) Install the two screws (10).
(4) Tighten the screws (10) and (13).
(5) Install the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 25-11-51

Page 607
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-61-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-61-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-61-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
NOTE : Velcro tapes attach the seat cushion to the seat.

____
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
(1) Remove the bottom cushion (3) from the seat (2).
(2) Remove the backrest cushion (1) from the seat (2).
NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushions in a dry and clean area.
____

EFF :

ALL 25-11-61

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-61

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-61-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-11-61-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
____
NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.
(1) Put the backrest cushion (1) in position.
(2) Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-61

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Move the crotch strap through the slot of the bottom cushion (3).
(4) Put the bottom cushion (3) in position.
(5) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-61-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-61

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-62-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-62-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-11-62-010-050
B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-62-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-62-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-62-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) Remove the screw (24) and the knob (25) from the control lever (8).
(2) Turn the lower lumbar-rest control-knob (19) counterclockwise to

adjust the lumbar rest assy to the maximum forward position.
(3) Turn the upper lumbar-rest control-knob (19) clockwise to adjust the
lumbar rest assy to the lowest position.
(4) Remove the retainer rings (17).
(5) Pull the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) with force to remove them.
(6) Remove the fourteen screws (18) and the upper back shroud (23) of the
backrest from the seat (1).
(7) Remove the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
(8) Remove the lower back shroud (20) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(9) Remove the two screws (28), the washers (29), the nuts (26) and
retain the stops (27).
(10) Remove the two screws (9) and the control lever (8) from the control
lever support (10).
(11) Remove the two screws (6), the washers (7) and the control lever
support (10) from the front metal sheet (3).
(12) Remove the two screws (11), the washers (12) and the front cross beam
(13).
(13) Remove the six screws (5), the washers (4) and the front metal sheet
(3) from the main front shroud (2).
(14) Remove the four screws (14), the washers (15) and the main front
shroud (2) from the seat (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-62-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Cushion
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-62-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) Put the main front shroud (2) in position on the seat (1) and install
the four screws (14) and the washers (15) on the main front shroud
(2).
(2) Tighten the screws (14).
(3) Put the front metal sheet (3) in position on the main front shroud
(2) and install the six screws (5) and the washers (4) on the front
metal sheet (3).
(4) Install the front cross beam (13), the two screws (11) and the
washers (12).
(6) Put the control lever support (10) in position on the front metal
sheet (3) and install the two screws (6) and the washers (7).
(8) Put the control lever (8) in position on the control lever support
(10) and install and tighten the two screws (9).
(9) Put the two stops (27) in position and install the lower back shroud
(20) of the backrest on the seat (1).
(10) Install the two screws (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (26).
(11) Install the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
(13) Put the upper back shroud (23) of the backrest in position on the
seat (1).
(14) Install the fourteen screws (18) and tighten them.
(15) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) and install the retainer
rings (17).
(16) Install the knob (25) on the control lever (8) and install the screw
(24).
(17) Tighten the screw (24).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-62-410-050
A. Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-
001).
Subtask 25-11-62-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-62

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-63-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Assy
R 25-11-63-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-63-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-051
B. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-64-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-63-020-052
R C. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
NOTE : Lock the harness to remove it.

____
(1) Remove the screw (18), the washer (17) and the reel cover (19).
(2) Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the self-locking nut (9) and
the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle.
(3) Remove the screw (12), the washer (11), the self-locking nut (10) and
the abdominal strap (13) with the connector.
(4) Discard the self-locking nuts (9) and (10).
(5) Remove the roll pin (15) from the cable end (16) and disconnect the
cable (14) from the reel assy (5).
(6) Remove the screw (30) and the knob (31).
(7) Remove the two screws (26), the washers (27), the nuts (29) and then
the control lever (28).
(8) Remove the six nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and then the
reel assy (5).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-053
D. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Crotch Strap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)
____
NOTE : Lock the harness to remove it.

____
(1) Remove the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and the
self-locking nuts (23).
(2) Discard the self-locking nuts (23).
(3) Remove the crotch strap (25) from the seat pan (24).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 402
Feb 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-11-63

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Safety Harness

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Safety Harness

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-63-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060

R 10 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Cushion
Assy
25-11-64-400-001 Installation of the Captain (First Officer)
Seat-Headrest Assy
R 25-11-63-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-051
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-63-410-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat headrest assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-63-420-050
R A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Crotch Strap

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Put the crotch strap (25) in position on the seat pan (24).
R (3) Install the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and new self-
locking nuts (23).
(4) Tighten the self-locking nuts (23).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-051
R B. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001)
(2) Put the reel assy (5) in position on the backrest structure and
install the six screws (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
(3) Tighten the six nuts (4).
(4) Put the control lever (28) in position and install the two screws
(26), the washers (27) and the nuts (29).
(5) Tighten the two nuts (29).
(6) Put the knob (31) in position and install the screw (30).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 407
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(8) Connect the cable (14) to the reel assy (5) and install the roll pin
(15) in the cable end (16).
(9) Put the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle in position, and install
the screw (7), the washer (8) and a new self-locking nut (9).
NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
installed as follows:
- on the left side on the Captain seat
- on the right side on the First Officer seat.
(10) Tighten the self-locking nut (9).
(11) Put the abdominal strap (13) with the connector in position, and
install the screw (12), the washer (11) and a new self-locking nut
(10).
(12) Tighten the self-locking nut (10).
(13) Put the reel cover (19) in position and install the screw (18) and
the washer (17).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-052
C. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK
25-11-64-400-001).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-053
D. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-
11-61-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-63-862-050
R A. De-energize the ground service network

R
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-63

Page 408
Feb 01/08

AIJ
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-64-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-64-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-64-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
(1) Push the two pushbuttons (15) of the headrest clips (7) and pull the
headrest (6) up to remove it from the seat (1).
(2) Remove the retainer rings (2).
(3) Pull with force to remove the lumbar rest control-knobs (3).
(4) Remove the fourteen screws (5) and the upper back shroud (4) of the
backrest from the seat (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-64

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-64

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Remove the headrest clip (7) from the upper strap guide (8).
(6) Remove the three screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement
fitting (14).
(7) Remove the upper strap guide (8), the two inserts (9) and the lower
strap guide (10) from the harness support (11).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-64

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-64-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-11-64-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-64-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
(2) Put the lower strap guide (10) in position on the harness support
(11).
(3) Put the two inserts (9) in position on the lower strap guide (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-64

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Put the upper strap guide (8) in position and install the three
screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement fitting (14).
(5) Tighten the three screws (12).
(6) Install the headrest clips (7) on the upper strap guide (8).
(7) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (3) to install them.
(8) Install the retainer rings (2).
(9) Put the upper back shroud (4) of the backrest in position on the seat
(1) and install the fourteen screws (5).
(10) Tighten the fourteen screws (5).
(11) Put the headrest (6) in position in the guides of the seat (1) and
push it in.
(12) Make sure it is only necessary to push or pull the headrest (6) to
adjust it to the correct position (up, down or reclined).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-64-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-64

Page 405
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-65-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific magnetic finger

No specific screwdriver
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-11-62-000-001 Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud
Assy
R 25-11-65-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-65-010-050
B. Removal of the Seat Equipment

____
____
NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushion in a dry and clean area.
____
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-000-001).
(2) Remove the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud from the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-65-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
(1) Remove the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
(2) Remove the retainer (6) and the ball (5) with a screwdriver or a
magnetic finger.
(3) Disengage the armrest (3) from the armrest fitting (4).
(4) Use a screwdriver to disengage the armcap (8) from the armrest (3).
(5) Carefully disengage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) from the
armrest structure (10).
(6) Push the lower shroud (11) forward to disengage the button of the
equipped lever (9) and remove the lower shroud (11).
(7) Remove the screw (15) and the spacer (14) from the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).
(8) Remove the equipped lever (9) from the armrest structure (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-11-65

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-65-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-013 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I MIL-S-22473

SEALANT, ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Cushion
Assy
Shroud Assy
R 25-11-65-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-11-65-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-65-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
(2) Install the equipped lever (9) on the armrest structure (10).
(3) Install the spacer (14) and the screw (15) on the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).
(4) Tighten and safety the screw (15) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(5) Engage the lower shroud (11) on the button of the equipped lever (9).
(6) Engage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) on the armrest
structure (10).
(7) Engage the armrest (3) on the armrest fitting (4) and install the
ball (5) and the retainer (6).
(8) Install the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
NOTE : Adjust the force of the screw (7) on the ball (5) to hold the
____
armrest back when it moves down.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
R Figure 402/TASK 25-11-65-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(10) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest locking device:
(a) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
(b) Make sure that the button of the equipped lever has a travel of 7
mm (0.27 in.) to unlock the armrest (3).
(c) If necessary, adjust this travel to 7 mm (0.27 in.) with the

setscrew (12).
(11) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest (3) on the seat:
(a) Move the seat to the lowest position.
(b) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
(c) Move the armrest (3) to the lowest position.
(d) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 405 and 427 mm (15.95 and 16.81 in.).
(e) If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 405 and 427 mm

(15.95 and 16.81 in.) with the two nuts (16) and tighten them.
(f) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
(g) Move the armrest (3) to the highest position.
(h) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 570 and 590 mm (22.44 and 23.23 in.).
(i) If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 570 and 590 mm

(22.44 and 23.23 in.) with the two nuts (17) and tighten them.
(12) Engage the armcap (8) on the armrest (3) then push it vertically to
lock.

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-65-410-050
A. Installation of the Seat Equipment

____
____
(1) Install the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud on the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-400-001).
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-400-001).
Subtask 25-11-65-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 410
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-65-710-001
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Inboard Armrest-Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat inboard armrest-assy
operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-051

002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-65-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Inboard Seat Armrest-Assy
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the inboard armrest:
- Push the button and lift the - The armrest moves correctly.
armrest to a position less than
90 degrees.
- Release the button. - The armrest stays in position.
- Push the button, lift the - The armrest is in its stowage

armrest to the vertical position.
position and turn it behind the
backrest.
- Release the button. - The armrest stays in its stowage

position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-65-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-65

Page 502
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-66-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-66-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-66-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
____
(1) Remove the three screws (13), the washers (12) and the assist armrest
assy from the seat pan.
NOTE : Make sure that the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
remove the screws (13) and the washers (12).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Remove the cylinder (16):
(a) Remove the screw (18) and the washer (17) from the cylinder (16).
(b) Remove the cylinder (16) from the armrest (2).
(c) Remove the setscrew (23) to release the pin (15).
(d) Disengage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) from the main pin
(21).
(e) Remove the pin (20), the washer (19), the pin (15) and the
shouldered pin (14).
(3) Remove the armrest from the fitting (11):
(a) Remove the screws (3), (5), (6) and the outer shroud (4).
(b) Remove the setscrews (22) and (8).
(c) Remove the two notched pins (7).
(d) Disengage the main pin (21) from the fitting (11).
(e) Remove the armrest (2) from the fitting (11).
NOTE : Retain the two shouldered bushes (9), (10) and the inner
____
shroud.
(f) Remove the screws (24) and the armcap (1) from the armrest (2).
(g) Remove the casing (25) from the armcap (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-66-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-013 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I MIL-S-22473

SEALANT, ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-11-66-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-66-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
(2) Install the armrest on the fitting (11):
(a) Install the casing (25) on the armcap (1).
(b) Install the armcap (1) on the armrest (2) and install the screws
(24).
(c) Tighten the screws (24).
(d) Install the armrest (2) on the fitting (11).
(e) Install the main pin (21) on the fitting (11).
(f) Install the two notched pins (7).
(g) Safety the setscrews (22) and (8) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-013) and install them in the main pin
(21).
(h) Tighten the setscrews (22) and (8).
(i) Install the outer shroud (4), the screws (3), (5) and (6).
(j) Tighten the screws (3), (5) and (6).
(3) Install the cylinder (16):
(a) Install the shouldered pin (14) through the cylinder (16) and the
pin (15).
(b) Install the washer (19) and the pin (20).
(c) Engage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) into the main pin (21).
(d) Safety the setscrew (23) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-013) and install it in the main pin (21).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(e) Tighten the setscrew (23).
(f) Install the cylinder (16) on the armrest (2) and install the
screw (18) and the washer (17).
(g) Tighten the screw (18).
(4) Install the assist armrest assy on the seat pan.
(5) Safety the screws (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-013).
(6) Install the screws (13) and the washers (12) and tighten them.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
install the washers (13) and the screws (13).
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-66-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-66-710-001
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick Armrest-Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat side stick armrest-assy
operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-051

002).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-66-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick

Armrest-Assy
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the side stick armrest:
- Turn the knurled knob installed - The armrest moves correctly.

at the end of the armrest to
tilt the armrest to the
necessary position.
- Turn the knurled knob installed - The armrest moves correctly.

at the side of the armrest to
tilt the top armrest to the
necessary position.
- Lift the armrest to the - The armrest stays in position.

vertical position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-66-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-66

Page 502
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-67-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-67-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-11-67-010-050
B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-67-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
____
(1) Remove the two retainer rings (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-67

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-67

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Pull with force to remove the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5).
(3) Disengage the connectors (3) from the seat back structure (1).
(4) Disengage the lumbar rest (2) from the seat back structure (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-67

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-67-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Cushion
R 25-11-67-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain (Firt Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-67

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-67-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
(2) Engage the lumbar rest (2) on the seat back structure (1).
(3) Engage the connectors (3) in the seat back structure (1).
(4) Push the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5) to install them.
(5) Install the two retainer rings (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-67-410-050
items.
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-67-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-67

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-68-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Assy
R 25-11-68-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-11-68-010-050
B. Removal of the Seat Equipment
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
(2) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-
62-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-68

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-68-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
____
(1) Move the backrest (1) to its maximum forward position.
(2) Remove the nut (14), the screw (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the
shouldered spacer (12) from the lower bracket (11) and the top end of
the cylinder (8).
(3) Hold the cylinder (8) and remove the cotter pin (3), the washer (7),
the pin (4) and the spacer (6) from the bottom end of the lock (2)
and the cylinder (8).
(4) Remove the cylinder (8) from the seat pan (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-68

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-68

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-11-68-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Cushion
Assy
Shroud Assy
R 25-11-68-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-68

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-68-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
(2) Put the bottom end of the cylinder (8) in position on the seat pan
(5).
(3) Install the pin (4), the spacer (6), the washer (7) and the cotter
pin (3) on the bottom end of the cylinder (8) and the lock (2).
(4) Put the top end of the cylinder (8) in position on the lower bracket
(11) and install the shouldered spacer (12), the screw (9), the
washers (10) and (13) and the nut (14).
(5) Tighten the nut (14).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-68-410-050
items.
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-62-400-001).
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-68-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-68

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-11-69-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-11-69-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-69-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
FOR 4MS
Subtask 25-11-69-010-050
C. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-69-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
(1) Remove the screws (4), (6), the washers (5), the nuts (15) and the
wiring cover (3).
(2) Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the nuts (14) and the wiring
cover (9).
(3) Remove the screws (31), the washers (32) and the switch cover (30).
(4) Remove the screws (23) and the electrical control switches (24).
(5) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21), (20) and the plate (19).
(6) Disconnect the switch lugs from the switches (16).
NOTE : Make marks on the switch lugs before disassembly to help you
____
and prevent errors during assembly.
(7) Remove the screw (10), the washer (12), the nut (13) and the bonding
lead (11).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(8) Remove the screw (28), the washer (17), the nut (18) and the bonding
lead (29).
(9) Remove the socket head screws (26) and the H, V and R control
levers (25).
(10) Pull the dust covers (1) up to remove them from the base assy (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-11-69-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

R THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-001 Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets

Power
the External Power
Cushion
25-11-69-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-11-69-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
FOR 4MS
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001)
Subtask 25-11-69-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
(1) Connect the switch lugs to the switches (16).
NOTE : Refer to the marks when you connect the switch lugs.
____
(2) Install the plate (19) on the switches (16).
(3) Install the washers (20), (21) and the nuts (22) and tighten them.
(4) Install the electrical control switches (24) and the screws (23) and
tighten them.
(5) Install the switch cover (30) on the seat pan (27) and on the plate
(19).
(6) Install the screws (31), the washers (32) and tighten them.
(7) Install the bonding lead (11), the screw (10), the washer (12) and
the nut (13).
(8) Safety the nut (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (10).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(9) Install the bonding lead (29), the screw (28), the washer (17) and
the nut (18).
(10) Safety the nut (18) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (28).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
(11) Install the wiring cover (3), the screws (4), (6), the washers (5)
and the nuts (15) and tighten them.
(12) Install the wiring cover (9), the screws (7), the washers (8) and the
nuts (14) and tighten them.
(13) Install the H, V and R control levers (25) and the socket head
screws (26) and tighten them.
(14) Push the dust covers (1) down to install them on the base assy (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-69-410-050
A. Installation of Seat Equipment
items.
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-69-865-052
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE.
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.
Subtask 25-11-69-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-11-69

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The heat and sound insulation blankets are covered by lining and furnishing
panels, which also provide cockpit decoration. The lining panels are easily
removable, so as to enable access to the installations behind these panels.
Various furnishings are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort, convenience
and safety of the crew.
2. Description
___________
A. Linings
The shapes and colors of the linings have been designed to provide a
harmonious and sound-insulated cockpit. All the elements located in the
areas near the pilots head have been protected by foam linings.
The linings are made from the following materials :
(1) Monolithic: fiber + resin
(2) Sandwich : fiber + resin + Nomex (Honeycomb)
(3) Imitation leather foam sections :
(a) Front and side strips
(b) Assist handles
(c) Top of glareshield
(d) Top of console
(4) Flocked sections :

Various stowages in the consoles and ceiling lining panels
B. Floor covering
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The cockpit floor is covered with easy-to-clean and sun-and
moisture-resistant carpet.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cockpit Lining and Furnishings
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cockpit Carpet Installation
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________
R TASK 25-13-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01 b)

Linings and Furnishing - Pilot
Sliding Table
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-000-002 Removal of the Sliding Table
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-020-050
A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables

(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-052
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Sliding Table
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-400-002 Installation of the Sliding Table
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-053
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-420-050
A. Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
(1) Install new Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. TASK
25-13-14-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Retractable Foot Rest
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-000-005 Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable

Foot-Rests
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-055
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-020-051
A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First-Officer retractable

foot-rests (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-056
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-00-440-002
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Retractable Foot Rest
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-400-005 Installation of the Captain and First-Officer

Retractable Foot-Rests
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-057
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-420-051
A. Reactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
(1) Install new Captain and/or First-Officer retractable foot-rests

(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-058
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________
R TASK 25-13-00-100-001
Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth

No specific soapy water
No specific soft brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 701
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-160-050
A. Cleaning
NOTE : If the foam plastic parts are damaged, send them to the vendor for
____
repair.
(1) If you find stains of mud, chocolate, fruit juice, blood or sweet
drinks on the parts:
- use a soft brush to clean them with soapy water (natural soap or 5
percent liquid detergent)
or
- use a lint-free cloth to clean them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-017)
(2) If you find stains of ink, tar, engine oil or grease on the parts:
use a lint-free cloth to clean them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-017).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-410-050
A. Get Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 702
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-13-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 703
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-13-00-370-001
Painting of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking tape
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific Grade 220 - 240 emery cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 704
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-370-050
A. Painting Procedure
(1) Put masking paper and masking tape on the area adjacent to the
damage.
(2) Remove the damaged paint and primer coatings with Grade 220 - 240
emery cloth.
NOTE : Make sure that the surface is smooth and flat.

____
(3) Clean the prepared and adjacent areas with a vacuum cleaner to remove
particles of dust and dirt.
(4) Apply a thin layer of paint of the applicable color STRUCTURE PAINTS
NOTE : Make sure that the thickness is not more than 25 micrometers.
____
(5) Remove the masking paper and masking tape.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-050
items.
Subtask 25-13-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-00

Page 705
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD (9MM,10MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
R TASK 25-13-11-000-001
Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-050

Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor
(1) Remove the three screws (2) from the plate (3).
(2) Remove the sunvisor (1).
(3) Remove the screw (5).
(4) Remove the clip (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-11

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Windshield Sunvisor
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-11

Page 402
Feb 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-13-11-400-001
Installation of the Windshield Sunvisor (9MM, 10MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-051

Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-11-420-050
A. Installation of the Windshield Sunvisor
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SUNVISOR IN THE STORED POSITION, MAKE SURE
_______
R THAT THE BENT PIN IS CORRECTLY ALIGNED WITH THE CUP NOTCH OF
R THE SUNVISOR SUPPORT.
R THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SUNVISOR.
(1) Install the sunvisor (1).
(2) Install the three screws (2) and tighten.
(3) Install the clip (4).
(4) Install the screw (5) and tighten.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-11

Page 403
Feb 01/08

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-11-860-052
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-11

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-14-820-001
Adjustment of the Cockpit Table
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-13-14-991-010 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Cockpit Table

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-13-14-991-010)
(1) Make sure that the handle (3) and the handle arms (2), (4) are in the
aligned position.
(a) If necessary, loosen or tighten the screw (6) of the stop (5).
(2) Open and close the table (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 201
Aug 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 202
Aug 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 203
Aug 01/08

AIJ
(3) Make sure that the table (1) does not touch the handle (3) and the
handle arms (2), (4).
(a) If necessary, loosen or tighten the screws (9) to adjust the

position of the sliders (8) in the fittings (7).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-942-056
items.
Subtask 25-13-14-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 204
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-14-000-001
Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-14-020-050
A. Removal of the Foot Rest and sliding Table Assembly
(1) Remove the thermoformed cover from the left (right) instrument panel.
(2) Remove the screws (2).
(4) Remove the screws (4) and retain the slot flap (5).
(5) Remove the slot flap (5).
(6) Remove the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) from the
framework (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 401
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.
R Figure 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-14-400-001
Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-14-420-050
A. Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
(1) Install the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) on the framework
(6).
(2) Install the screws (2).
(3) Install the slot flap (5) and the screws (4).
(4) Install the screws (3) and tighten them.
(6) Install the thermoformed cover on the left (right) instrument panel.
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-14-000-002
Removal of the Sliding Table
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-14-991-002 Fig. 402
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002)
Subtask 25-13-14-020-051
A. Removal of the Sliding Table
(1) Pull the table. Do not remove it fully from its housing.
(3) Remove the sliding table (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sliding Table.
R Figure 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-14-400-002
Installation of the Sliding Table
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-14-991-002 Fig. 402
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002)
Subtask 25-13-14-420-051
A. Installation of the Sliding Table
(1) Remove the arm (9).
(2) Install the sliding table.
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-14-000-003
Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-13-14-000-001 Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
R 25-13-14-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-051
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003)
Subtask 25-13-14-020-052
A. Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
000-001)
Subtask 25-13-14-020-053
B. Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
(1) Put the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on the
top and in the stowed position.
(2) Remove the cotter pin (4) (on the actuator rod side) and discard it.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
R Figure 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Remove the nut (3) and the washer (2).
(4) Lightly compress the actuator (5) and disengage the actuator rod from
the hinge pin (1).
(5) Remove the cotter pin (9) (on actuator body side) and discard it.
(6) Remove the nut (8) and the washer (7).
(7) Disengage the hinge pin (6).
(8) Remove the actuator.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-14-400-003
Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-13-14-400-001 Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table
Assembly
R 25-13-14-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003)
Subtask 25-13-14-420-052
A. Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
(1) Install the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on
the top and in the stowed position.
(2) Engage the actuator (5) (on actuator body side) in the clevis, engage
the hinge pin (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Install the washer (7), the nut (8) and tighten it.
(4) Install a new cotter pin (9).
(5) Compress the actuator (5) (3 mm approximately) and engage the

actuator rod in its hinge pin (1).
(6) Install the washer (2), the nut (3) and tighten it.
(7) Install a new cotter pin (4).
Subtask 25-13-14-420-053
B. Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
13-14-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-942-052
A. Removal of Equipement
items
Subtask 25-13-14-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 411
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-13-14-000-005
Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-000-003 Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

R 25-13-14-991-009-A Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-840-050
A. Preparation for the Removal
(1) Remove the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
000-003).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A)
R Subtask 25-13-14-020-056-A
R A. Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
R (1) Remove the cotter pin (2) and discard it.
R (2) Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).
R (3) Disengage the hinge pin (7).
R (4) Remove the washers (5), (6) when installed.
R (5) Remove the retractable foot rest (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 412
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
R Figure 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 413
Feb 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-13-14-400-005
Installation of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5 cotter pins 25-13-01 31F-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-14-000-003 Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly

25-13-14-400-003 Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest
Assembly
R 25-13-14-991-009-A Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-059
(1) Make sure that the actuator on the foot rest assembly is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-003).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 414
Feb 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009-A)
R Subtask 25-13-14-420-056-A
R A. Installation of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
R (1) Put the retractable foot rest (1) in position.
R (2) Install the whashers (5) and (6).
R (3) Engage the hinge pin (7).
R (4) Install the washer (4) and the nut (3).
R (5) Install new cotter pins (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-840-051
(1) Install the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
400-003).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 415
Feb 01/09

AIJ
FOOT REST ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
R TASK 25-13-14-200-002
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-13-14-991-006 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-210-051
A. Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator

R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-13-14-991-006)
(1) On the foot rest assembly (1), push the foot rest (2) down.
(2) Release pressure and let the foot rest come back to its stowed
position.
(3) Make sure that the foot rest (2) is against the stop (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator
R Figure 601/TASK 25-13-14-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 602
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) If the foot rest (2) is not against the stop (3), replace the
actuator (4).
(5) Do the same operation for each foot rest assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-942-055
items.
Subtask 25-13-14-860-058
(1) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-13-14

Page 603
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LINING PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________
TASK 25-13-41-000-001
Removal of the Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Ceiling Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-41-991-001)
(1) Disengage the clip (12). To do this, pull the panel (11).
(2) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(10).
(3) Remove the panel (10).
(9).
(8).
(6).
(5).
(13) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing.
(4).
(15) Remove the panel (4) and disengage the emergency descent device.
(3).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Ceiling panels.
R Figure 401/TASK 25-13-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-13-41-400-001
Installation of the Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Ceiling Panels
(1) Put the panel (3) in position.
(2) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (3).
(3) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (3).
(4) Engage the emergency descent device in the panel (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 404
May 01/07

AIJ
(14) Install the panel (7).
(24) Put the panel (11) in position and push it to engage the clip (12).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-41-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
R 122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
Subtask 25-13-41-942-050
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-41-000-002
Removal of the Sidewall Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-13-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-13-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-13-41-991-004 Fig. 404
R 25-13-41-991-005 Fig. 405
R 25-13-41-991-006 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-020-051
A. Removal of the panels 211DW, 212DW, 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002)
(1) Removal of the panel 211DW (212DW)
(a) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).
(b) Loosen the fasteners (4).
(c) Remove the panel (1), ((5)).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW)
R Figure 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Removal of the panel 211FW (212FW)
(c) Disconnect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
(d) Remove the panel (14).
(3) Removal of the panel 211EW (212EW)
(b) Remove the wastebin (7).
(c) Remove the screw (11) and the washer (10).
(d) Remove the panel (6).
Subtask 25-13-41-020-052
B. Removal of the Panels 211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003)
(1) Removal of the panel 211AW (212AW)
(a) Loosen the fasteners (4).
(b) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (1).
(c) Remove the panel (3).
(2) Removal of the panel 211BW (212BW)
(a) Remove the screw (10) and the washer (11).
(b) Remove the screw (6).
(c) Remove the screw (7) and the washer (8).
(d) Remove the ramp (9)
(e) Remove the panel (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)
R Figure 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-13-41-020-053
C. Removal of the Panel 211LW

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004)
(1) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).
(2) Loosen the fastener (3).
Subtask 25-13-41-020-054
D. Removal of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005)
(1) Removal of the Panel 212HW
(2) Removal of the panel 212JW
(a) Remove the panel 212DW.
Subtask 25-13-41-020-055
E. Removal of the Panel 212KW

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006)
(1) Loosen the fasteners (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sidewall Panel 211LW
R Figure 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW)
R Figure 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sidewall Panel 212KW
R Figure 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-41-400-002
Installation of the Sidewall Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-13-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-13-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-13-41-991-004 Fig. 404
R 25-13-41-991-005 Fig. 405
R 25-13-41-991-006 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-210-050
A. Preparation for installation

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 414
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-13-41-420-051
B. Installation of the Panels 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002)
(1) Installation of the panel 211EW (212EW)
(a) Put the panel (6) in position.
(b) Install the washers (9) and the screws (8), tighten them.
(c) Install the washer (10) and the screw (11), tighten it.
(d) Install the wastebin (7).
(2) Installation of the panel 211FW (212FW)
(b) Connect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
(c) Install the washers (11) and the screws (12), tighten them.
(d) Lock the fasteners (4).
(3) Installation of the Panel 211DW (212DW)
(a) Put the panel (1), ((5)) in position.
(b) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2), tighten them.
(c) Lock the fasteners (4).
Subtask 25-13-41-420-052
C. Installation of the Panels 211AWW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003)
(1) Installation of the panel 211AW (212AW)
(b) Install the washers (1) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 415
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Installation of the panel 211BW (212BW)
(b) Install the washer (8), the screw (7) and the ramp (9). Tighten
the screw.
(c) Install the screw (10) and the washer (11). Tighten it.
(d) Install the screw (6). Tighten it.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-053
D. Installation of the Panel 211LW

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004)
(2) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1). Tighten the screws.
(3) Lock the fastener (3).
Subtask 25-13-41-420-054
E. Installation of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005)
(1) Installation of the panel 212HW
(2) Installation of the panel 212JW
(c) Install the panel 212DW.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 416
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-13-41-420-055
F. Installation of the Panel 212KW

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006)
(2) Lock the fasteners (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-41-410-050
items.
Subtask 25-13-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-41

Page 417
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
R TASK 25-13-42-000-001
Removal of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-050
(1) Open the sliding window.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
(2) Remove the casing (3).
(4) Remove the roller blind (1).
(5) Remove and discard the O-rings (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-42

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Sliding Window Roller-Blind
R Figure 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-42

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-42-400-001
Installation of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 O-rings 25-13-13 01 -080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-051
(1) Make sure that the sliding window is open.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
(1) Put the new O-rings (5) in position.
(2) Put the roller blind (1) in position.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-42

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Put the casing (3) in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-42-860-052
(1) Close the sliding window.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-42

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
R TASK 25-13-43-000-001
Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-43-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-050
(1) On the fixed window remove the screws (2).
(2) Remove the cover (1).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-43-020-050
A. Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind
(1) Remove the screws (3) and washers (4).
(2) Remove the roller blind (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-43

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Fixed Window Roller-Blind
R Figure 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-43

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-13-43-400-001
Installation of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-13-43-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-051

Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-43-420-050
A. Installation of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind
(1) Put the roller-blind (5) in position.
(2) Install the washer (4) and tighten the screws (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-43-860-052
(1) Put the cover (1) in position and tighten the screws (2).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-43

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
CARPET - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
R TASK 25-13-44-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-13-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-44-020-050
A. Removal of the Seats
(1) Remove the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001).
(2) Remove the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Textile Floor Covering
R Figure 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-13-44-020-051
B. Removal of the Textile Floor Covering
(1) Remove the twelve screws (5).
(2) Remove the grid (3).
(3) Remove the cover strip (4).
(4) Remove the floor covering (1):
(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to release the carpet from the floor.
(b) Remove the remaining double-sided adhesive tape (2) with the
non-metallic scraper.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 403
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-13-44-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-065 USA MIL-T-60394 TYPE I CLASS I

DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-11-41-400-001 Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
25-11-51-400-001 Installation of the Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,
4MS)
R 25-13-44-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain and the First Officer seats are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001)
Subtask 25-13-44-420-050
A. Installation of the Textile Floor Covering

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
NOTE : Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the floor
____
area.
(2) Install BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-065) (2).
(3) Apply pressure on the adhesive tapes with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Carefully put the floor covering (1) in position.
NOTE : Make sure that the installation is correct around the seat
____
bases.
(5) Apply pressure on the floor covering to put it in position.
NOTE : Make sure that the floor covering does not cause a blockage of
____
the holes for attachment of the seats.
(6) Install the grid (3).
(7) Install the cover strip (4).
(8) Install the twelve screws (5).
Subtask 25-13-44-420-051
B. Installation of the Seats
(1) Install the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-400-001).
(2) Install the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-44-860-051
items.
(2) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
Subtask 25-13-44-862-050

EFF :

ALL 25-13-44

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-45-000-001
Removal of the Foam Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-000-001 Removal of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001 Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-92-14-000-001 Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
(7CE)
31-35-22-000-001 Removal of the Printer (4TW)
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-52-12-000-001 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
25-13-45-991-001 Fig. 401
25-13-45-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 401
Nov 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Adjacent Units
(1) Remove the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) (3CA1)
(Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).
(2) Remove the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-
000-001).
(3) Remove the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(4) Remove the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.
(5) Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-
001).
(6) Remove the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-92-
14-000-001).
(7) Remove the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).
(8) Remove the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001).
(9) Remove the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001).
(10) Remove the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.
(11) Remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001).
(12) Remove the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 402
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(13) Remove the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-001).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-051
B. Removal of the Left Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001)
(1) Remove the five screws (4) and the five washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(2) Remove the three screws (5) and the three washers (2) from the center
(3) Remove the two screws (3) and the two washers (2) from the center
(4) Remove the left foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-052
C. Removal of the Right Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002)
(1) Remove the six screws (3) and the six washers (2) from the center
(2) Remove the three screws (4) and the three washers (2) from the center
(3) Remove the two screws (5) and the two washers (2) from the center
(4) Remove the right foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 403
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Left Foam Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 404
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Right Foam Panel
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-13-45-400-001
Installation of the Foam Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-000-001 Removal of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

22-82-12-400-002 Installation of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)
23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
23-13-13-400-001 Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
(1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
23-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1,
2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001 Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-51-43-400-001 Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
27-92-14-000-001 Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
(7CE)
27-92-14-400-001 Installation of the Speedbrake Control Transducer
Unit (7CE)
31-35-22-000-001 Removal of the Printer (4TW)
31-35-22-400-001 Installation of the Printer (4TW)
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-41-12-400-001 Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-52-12-000-001 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
34-52-12-400-001 Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
25-13-45-991-001 Fig. 401
25-13-45-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-13-45-860-050
(1) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA1) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).
(2) Make sure that the RMP (1RG1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).
(3) Make sure that the ACP (2RN1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(4) Make sure that the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU is removed.
(5) Make sure that the weather radar control unit (3SQ) is removed
(Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) is
removed (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA2) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).
(8) Make sure that the RMP (1RG2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).
(9) Make sure that the ACP (2RN2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(10) Make sure that the FLOOD LT panel 112VU is removed.
(11) Make sure that the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) is removed (Ref. TASK
34-52-12-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 407
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(12) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is removed (Ref. TASK
27-51-43-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the printer (4TW) is removed (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Left Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001)
(1) Put and hold in position the left foam panel (6) on the center
(2) Install the two screws (3), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3) Install the three screws (5), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4) Install the five screws (4), the five washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-051
B. Installation of the Right Foam Panel

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002)
(1) Put and hold in position the right foam panel (6) on the center
(2) Install the two screws (5), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3) Install the three screws (4), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4) Install the six screws (3), the six washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-052
C. Installation of the Adjacent Units
(1) Install the MCDU (3CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002).
(2) Install the RMP (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001).
(3) Install the ACP (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001).
(4) Install the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 408
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(5) Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-
001).
(6) Install the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-
92-14-400-001).
(7) Install the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002).
(8) Install the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001).
(9) Install the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001).
(10) Install the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.
(11) Install the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001).
(12) Install the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-001).
(13) Install the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-400-001).
Subtask 25-13-45-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-45-860-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-13-45

Page 409
Nov 01/07

AIJ
COAT STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-13-46-000-001
Removal of the Coat Stowage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels
25-13-46-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-13-46-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary, remove the ceiling panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the sidewall panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 401
May 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-46-020-050
A. Removal of the Coat Stowage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001)
(1) Remove the setscrews (16) and the bar (17).
(2) Remove the bolts (1) and (6), the washers (7), the screws (13) and
(14) and the panel (12).
(3) Remove the screws (9), the covers (8) and (10).
(4) Remove the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the panel (11).
(5) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the panel (15).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 402
May 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-13-46

Page 403
May 01/08

AIJ
Coat Stowage

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 404
May 01/08

AIJ
Coat Stowage

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 405
May 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-13-46-400-001
Installation of the Coat Stowage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
25-13-46-000-001 Removal of the Coat Stowage
25-13-46-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the removal task is completed before you do the
installation task (Ref. TASK 25-13-46-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-46-420-050
A. Installation of the Coat Stowage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001)
(1) Put the panel (15) in position and install the washers (3) and the
bolts (2). Tighten the bolts (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 406
May 01/08

AIJ
(2) Put the panel (11) in position and install the washers (4) and the
bolts (5). Tighten the bolts (5).
(3) Put the covers (8) and (10) in position, install and tighten the
screws (9).
(4) Put the panel (12) in position and install the washers (7), the bolt
(1) and (6) and the screws (13) and (14). Tighten the bolts (1) and
(6) and then screws (13) and (14).
(5) Install and tighten the setscrews (16) and put the bar (17) in
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) If removed, install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-001).
(2) If removed, install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).
items.
Subtask 25-13-46-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-13-46

Page 407
May 01/08

AIJ
COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Rear Panel 120VU is installed in the cockpit, it is located on the right
hand side, behind the First Officer seat. This rack houses:
- in the lower section, the AC and DC electrical power centers,
- in the center section, the primary circuit breakers and the power
circuits,
- in the upper section, the system circuit breakers requiring no action in
flight.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120VU REAR PNL
3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Rack Lower Section

This section of the rack is divided into several compartments. Each
compartment houses electrical generation equipment such as contactors,
TRs, etc. associated with the corresponding systems:
- system 1 AC compartment associated with engine 1 generator,
- system 2 AC compartment associated with engine 2 generator,
- APU system and ground power unit AC compartment associated with the APU
generators and the ground power unit,
- system 1 DC compartment,
- system 2 DC compartment.
B. Rack Center Section

This section of the rack houses the primary circuit breakers associated
with the electrical generation systems installed in the lower section of
the rack and some primary circuit breakers.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional
designation is given and they are geographically located by means of
placards.

EFF :

ALL 25-14-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-14-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Rear Panel 120VU
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-14-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
C. Rack Upper Section
This section of the rack houses, split over two panels, all the
distribution circuit breakers protecting the electrical lines supplying
the systems.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional
designation is given and they are geographically located by means of
placards.
D. Access to the various components

Access to the AC and DC electrical power centers is gained by removing
the cover plates.
Access to the inside of the circuit breaker panels is gained by opening
the hinged panels.

EFF :

ALL 25-14-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
COCKPIT ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The system of the cockpit additional electrical-supply supplies 115VAC/60Hz
power to the CAPT and F/O outlets by means of the static inverter. The
static inverter converts 28VDC input power to 115VAC/60Hz output power.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL | ZONE | ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3NA STATIC INVERTER 122 811 25.18.51
4NA OUTLET-115/60HZ, F/O 16VU 212
5NA OUTLET-115/60HZ, CAPT 17VU 211
3. Description
___________
R
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R - The circuit breaker (1NA) is installed on the rear circuit-breaker panel
R 121VU at the position 25K, and protects the system of the cockpit
R additional electrical-supply.
R - The circuit breaker (2NA) is installed on the rear circuit-breaker panel
R 121VU at the position 23K, and protects the CAPT and F/O outlets.
R - The static inverter (3NA) is installed in the avionics compartment in zone
R 122.
R - The CAPT and F/O outlets (4NA and 5NA) are installed of each side of the
R cockpit, on the CAPT hand-microphone panel 17VU and on the F/O
R hand-microphone panel 16VU.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service bus 210PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker (1NA) to
the static inverter (3NA).
When a plug is connected to the CAPT and/or F/O outlet(s) (4NA and/or 5NA),
the contact in the outlet(s) closes and the remote on/off control of the
static inverter is supplied.
The 115VAC/60Hz power is supplied by the static inverter through the circuit
breaker (2NA) to the CAPT and/or F/O outlet(s) (4NA and/or 5NA).

EFF :

ALL 25-18-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-18-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Electrical Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-18-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
R TASK 25-18-51-000-001
Removal of the Static Inverter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-18-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-18-51-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-18-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/STAT INV 1NA K25
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/115V 60HZ 2NA K23

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-18-51-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-18-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Static Inverter

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-18-51-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3). Be careful not to cause
damage to the electrical circular connector (8).
(2) Remove the electrical circular connector (8) from the static inverter
(7).
(3) Remove and retain for the installation the clip-nuts (1).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical circular-connector

(8). Use some straps to attach the electrical circular connector (8).
(5) Remove the screws (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (2).
(6) Remove the static inverter (7) from the plate assy (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Static Inverter
R Figure 401/TASK 25-18-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-18-51-400-001
Installation of the Static Inverter
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT
_______
EQUIPMENT PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS
NOT CUSTOMIZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

99D24003000000 1 ELECTRICAL TEST PLUG
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-018B USA AMS 3267

LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-18-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-18-51-861-051
A. Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-18-51-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-18-51-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the access door 811.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-18-51-420-050
A. Installation of the Static Inverter

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-18-51-991-001)
(1) Carefully clean the support assy (10) and the plate assy (9).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018B) to the support assy (10).
(3) Install the clip-nuts (1) on the support assy (10).
(4) Install the static inverter (7) on the plate assy (9).
(5) Install the nuts (2), the washers (5) and the screws (6).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical circular connector (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(7) Install the electrical circular connector (8) on the static inverter
(7). Be careful not to cause damage to the electrical circular
connector (8).
(8) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
Subtask 25-18-51-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-18-51-710-050
C. BITE Test
(1) On the CAPT hand-microphone panel 17VU:
(a) Connect the ELECTRICAL TEST PLUG (99D24003000000) to the CAPT

outlet (5NA).
(b) On the electrical test plug, push the pushbutton switch, the
light comes on.
(c) Connect the voltmeter to the electrical test plug and make sure
that the voltage is 115VAC.
(d) Disconnect the voltmeter.
(e) Release the pushbutton switch, the light goes off.
(f) Disconnect the tool from the CAPT outlet (5NA).
(2) On the F/O hand-microphone panel 16VU:
(a) Connect the ELECTRICAL TEST PLUG (99D24003000000) to the F/O

outlet (4NA).
(b) On the electrical test plug, push the pushbutton switch, the
light comes on.

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
(c) Connect the voltmeter to the electrical test plug and make sure
that the voltage is 115VAC.
(d) Disconnect the voltmeter.
(e) Release the pushbutton switch, the light goes off.
(f) Disconnect the tool from the F/O outlet (4NA).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-18-51-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-18-51-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-18-51

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger compartment is in the upper fuselage section. It is between
the partition on FR12/13 of the flight compartment and the aft pressure
bulkhead on FR70.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
A. The cabin is divided into utility areas and seating areas. The
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits are also included in the cabin
area.
The utility areas are adjacent to the cabin entrances.
The passenger seating area is between the forward utility area and the
aft utility area.
Partitions and curtains divide the utility areas from the seating areas.
(1) Seating area

The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the passenger
seating area are:
- Passenger seats (Ref. 25-21-00).
- Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00).
- Linings and furnishings that cover the compartment structure (Ref.
25-23-00).
- Overhead stowage compartments are for stowage of passenger carry-on
baggage and other equipment (Ref. 25-24-00).
- Passenger service/information units (Ref. 25-25-00).
- Textile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00).
(2) Utility area

The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the utility
areas are:
- Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00).
- Passenger Service Units (PSUs) are installed at passenger and
attendant locations throughout the cabin (Ref. 25-25-00).
- Curtains and partitions are used to divide the utility areas and
the seating sections (Ref. 25-26-00).
- Ancillary equipment has different stowage units (Ref. 25-27-00).
- Nontextile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00).
- Vacuum cleaner sockets give electrical power to clean the cabin
interior (Ref. 25-29-00).
- Galleys (Ref. 25-30-00).
- Lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Additional equipment
Additional equipment also installed in the cabin is:
- Emergency escape slide/slide rafts (Ref. 25-62-00).
- First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00).
- Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00).
- Flotation and survival Equipment (Ref. 25-66-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________
R TASK 25-20-00-040-001
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01

Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and
Galley Storage Compartment/Closets
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-20-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the affected Compartment(s).
(1) Put nylon reinforced strapping tape across the affected

compartment(s) to make sure it(they) stays(stay) closed.
(2) Install placards UNSERVICEABLE or DO NOT USE on the affected

compartment(s).
NOTE : The affected compartment(s) is(are) not used for storage of

____
any item(s). Only those items that are permanently installed
can be stowed.
NOTE : The affected compartment(s) is(are) not used for storage of

____
emergency equipment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-20-00-440-001
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and
Galley Storage Compartment/Closets
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-20-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the affected Compartment(s).
(1) Remove the placards UNSERVICEABLE or DO NOT USE from the affected
compartment(s).
(2) Remove the nylon reinforced strapping tape across the compartment(s).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING
_________________________________________
TASK 25-20-00-370-001
R Refurbishment of the Grip Rail, Interiors and the Doors of the Overhead Stowage
R Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA

R No specific 3 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
R No specific 3 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 701
Aug 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R
25-24-41-000-002 Removal of the Door of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment
25-24-41-400-002 Installation of the Door of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-20-00-910-050
B. General
CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
REQUIREMENTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 702
Aug 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)
Subtask 25-20-00-370-051
A. Painting of the Grip Rail
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Remove the grip rail(s).
(2) Do a visual inspection of the grip rail.
(a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.
(3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not:
CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
PAPER.
R NOTE : Only inspectors with the relevant inspection certificates must

____
R do layer thickness measurements. Refer to specification
R 80-T-35-9120.
(a) If a paint layer is applied:

- Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
or equivalent.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 703
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Component Location
R Figure 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 704
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (b) If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
R grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.
R (4) Preparation for paint application:
R (a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
R (b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (5) Apply the new paint layer:
R (a) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047A)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047B)
R or
R - STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047C)
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.
R (6) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 -

R 3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
R (a) Dust dry: 5-20 min.
R (b) Transport dry: 5-8 h
R (7) Install the grip rail(s).
R (a) Installation dry: 10-14 h
R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure

____
R thoroughly. During that period, paint layer shall not be
R sanded or painted.
R NOTE : A mixed application between water based and solvent based

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until
R paint is cured thoroughly.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 705
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-052-A
R B. Painting of the Doors of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (1) Remove the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
R 25-24-41-000-002).
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the door(s).
R (a) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.
R (3) Do a check of the paint layer thickness:
R CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
R ON THE COMPONENTS.
R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE

_______
R MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE
R PAPER.
R (a) Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent

R and make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
R micrometers.


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 706
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the
R OHSC door.

R (c) Installation dry: 10-14 h
R (7) Install the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
R 25-24-41-400-002).

____
R products must be prevent during refurbishment and until paint
R is cured thoroughly.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 707
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-053
R C. Painting of the Interior of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the overhead stowage compartment interior.
R (2) Do a check of the paint layer thickness:
_______

_______
R PAPER.
R (a) Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent

R and make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90
R micrometers.


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 708
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R
R - with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the
R OHSC door.


____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 709
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-20-00-370-002
Refurbishment of the Cabin Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling Panel, Cove Light
Panel and the Passenger Service Unit Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA

No specific 4 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-084 D DAN 1274 PART 1
DECORATIVE FOIL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
R SOLVENT BASED NITRIL E RUBBER ADHESIVE
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-011A USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
FUEL TANK REPAIRVAPOR SEAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 710
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 16-047C AIB AIMS 04-08-002

R DECORATIVE TOP COAT FOR FURNISHING AND EQUIPMENT
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External

R Power
R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
R 25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
R 35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
R 35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-20-00-861-053
R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-910-051
R B. General
R CAUTION : MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE

_______
R SURE THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS.
R IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT
R REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT RELEASE
R REQUIREMENTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 711
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-054
R A. Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with paint refurbishment:
R (a) Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-

R 001).
R (b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).
R 1
_ Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.
R (c) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.
R CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF
_______
R PAINT ON THE COMPONENTS.

_______
R MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH
R ABRASIVE PAPER.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 712
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 1
_ If a paint layer is applied:
R - Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25
R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
R procedure, or equivalent.
R 2
_ If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-
R 400 grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.
R (d) Preparation for paint application:
R 1
_ Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
R 2
_ Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
R (e) Apply the new paint layer:
R 1
_ Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:
R
R or
R or
R or
R
R (f) Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60

R -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
R 1
_ Dust dry: 5-20 min.
R 2
_ Transport dry: 5-8 h
R 3
_ Installation dry: 10-14 h
R (g) Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).

____
R thoroughtly. During that period, paint layer shall not be

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 713
Aug 01/08

AIJ
____
R (2) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:
R (a) Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-

R 001).
R (b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).
R 1
R (c) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R (d) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
R adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to
R max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
R (e) Lift the edge of the decor foil.
R (f) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm
R (5.9 in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot
R air is applied.
R (g) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (h) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R .
R (i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the
R repair area.
R (j) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)
R 1
_ Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.
R 2
_ Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.
R 3
_ Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.
R 4
_ Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to
R the repair area.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 714
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 5
R
R or
R or
R or
R
R 6
_ Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40
R +3.60 -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
R 7
R 8
R 9
R (k) Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-055
R B. Painting of the Ceiling Panels
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-

R 001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 715
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the ceiling panel(s).
R (3) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.
_______

_______
R PAPER.
R (a) If a paint layer is applied:

R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure,
R or equivalent.


R
R or
R or
R or
R


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 716
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (7) Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R NOTE : 10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly.

____
R During that period, paint layer shall not be sanded or
R painted.

____
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-056
R C. Painting of the Cove Light Panel
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Remove the cove light panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-
R 001).
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the cove light panel(s).
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 717
Aug 01/08

AIJ
_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.


R
R or
R or
R or
R


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 718
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (7) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

____
R painted.

____
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-057
R D. Painting of the Dado Panel
R NOTE : Waiting for the Design Office information

____
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-065
R E. Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel with the oxygen mask
R panel
R (2) Remove the oxygen mask panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
R 001).
R (3) Do a visual inspection of the oxygen mask panel(s).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 719
Aug 01/08

AIJ
_______

_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.


R
R or
R or
R or
R


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 720
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (8) Install the oxygen mask panel(s) (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).

____
R painted.

____
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-20-00-862-053

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 721
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R TASK 25-20-00-370-003
R Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall and Lavatory Interior Parts
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA

R No specific 2 GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
R No specific 2 GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific emery cloth 320-400 grade

R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-047 F ASNA3687
R DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-047A F ABS5650B
R TOPCOAT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-047B AIB AIMS 04-08-002
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 722
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-20-00-861-054

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-910-052
R B. General

_______
R REQUIREMENTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 723
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-059
R A. Painting of the Lavatory Wall
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the lavatory walls.
_______

_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 724
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R


____
R thoroghly. During that period, paint layer shall not be

____

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 725
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-060
R B. Painting of the Lavatory Interior Parts
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the components.
_______

_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.


EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 726
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R


____
R thoroghly. During that period, paint layer shall not be

____
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-20-00-862-054

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 727
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-20-00-370-004
Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling and the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 728
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-23-47-000-001 Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches
R 25-23-47-400-001 Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit
R Hatches
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-20-00-861-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 25-20-00-910-053
R B. General

_______
R REQUIREMENTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 729
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-061
R A. Painting of the Exit Ceiling
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.

R 001).
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the exit ceiling panel(s).
_______

_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 730
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R


____
R painted.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 731
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-062
R B. Painting of the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:
R (a) Remove the emergency exit hatches as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 47-000-001).
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the components.
R (3) Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.
R (4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (5) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
R adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max
R 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
R (6) Lift the edge of the decor foil.
R (7) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9
R in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is
R applied.
R (8) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 732
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (9) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) .
R (10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the repair
R area.
R (11) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)
R (a) Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.
R (b) Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.
R (c) Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.
R (d) Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to the
R repair area.
R (e) Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

R
R or
R or
R or
R

R (g) Dust dry: 5-20 min.
R (h) Transport dry: 5-8 h
R (i) Installation dry: 10-14 h
R (12) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-20-00-862-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 733
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-20-00-370-005
Refurbishment of the Partition and the Door/Doorframe Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 734
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-26-42-000-001 Removal of a Partition
R 25-26-42-400-001 Installation of a Partition
R 25-20-00-991-001 Fig. 701
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-20-00-861-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 25-20-00-910-054
R B. General

_______
R REQUIREMENTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 735
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 25-20-00-991-001)
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-063
R A. Painting of the Door/Door frame
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.

R 001).
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the door/door frame panel(s):
_______

_______
R PAPER.

R or equivalent.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 736
Aug 01/08

AIJ

R
R or
R or
R or
R


____
R painted.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 737
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-20-00-370-064
R B. Painting of the Partition
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Painting of the Partition with paint refurbishment
R (a) Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-000-001).
R (b) Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panels.
R 1
R (c) Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.
R CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF
_______
R PAINT ON THE COMPONENTS.

_______
R MATERIAL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH
R ABRASIVE PAPER.
R 1
_ If a paint layer is applied:
R micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
R procedure, or equivalent.
R 2
_ If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:
R - Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-
R 400 grade to a layer thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 738
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (d) Preparation for paint application:
R 1
_ Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
R 2
_ Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
R (e) Apply the new paint layer:
R 1
R
R or
R or
R or
R

R 1
R 2
R 3
R (g) Install the partition (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-400-001).

____
R (2) Painting of the Partition with foil refurbishment
R (a) Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-26-42-000-001).
R (b) Do a visual inspection of the partition.
R 1
R (c) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 739
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (d) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
R adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to
R max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
R (e) Lift the edge of the decor foil.
R (f) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm
R (5.9 in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot
R air is applied.
R (g) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (h) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R .
R (i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-006B) or

R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-011A) to the
R repair area.
R (j) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-084)
R 1
_ Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.
R 2
_ Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.
R 3
_ Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.
R 4
_ Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to
R the repair area.
R 5
R
R or
R or
R or
R
R 6
_ Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 -2 deg.C (73.40
R +3.60 -3.60 deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
R 7

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 740
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 8
R 9
R (k) Install the partition (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-20-00-862-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-20-00

Page 741
Aug 01/08

AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger seats are located in the passenger compartment between FR21
thru FR66.
2. __________________
Component Location
R
R A. Seat Layout
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Description
___________
A. Passenger Seats
The passenger seats are installed on the seat tracks of the cabin floor
structure. Quick release fittings at the front and the rear legs hold the
seats in position. Plastic covers are fitted into the seat tracks to
cover the exposed track sections.
4. _____________________
A. Passenger Seats
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The passenger seats have:

R - A framework
R - Upholstered seat pans
R - Upholstered backrest assemblies
R - Armrest assemblies
R - Seatbelts
R - Folding tables
- Pockets.
There are different passenger seats available.
(a) Seat Framework

The seat framework holds the upholstered seat pans, backrests and
the armrests.
A baggage bar is fitted to the front framework legs. This
prevents forward movement of the baggage, which is kept below the
seats. A stowage for life vests is found below each seat.
(b) Seat Pan

The seat pans are installed to the seat framework. They are
upholstered and not foldable or adjustable.
(c) Backrest Assembly

The upholstered backrest assembly of each seat can be adjusted to
the sleeping position or to the fully upright position.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Seat Layout - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 2
May 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-21-00

Page 3
May 01/08

AIJ
Economy-Class Seats - Example
R Figure 002 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 4
May 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 5
May 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 6
May 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 7
May 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 8
May 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 9
May 01/08

AIJ
(d) Armrest Assembly
The upholstered armrest assemblies have a hydraulic recline
button control and an ashtray. You can fold the inner armrests
between the backrests.
If installed, the entertainment control is in the center armrest
(Ref. 23-33-00).
(e) Seat Belt Assembly

Each seat has a seat belt assembly. The seat belt assembly is
attached to the seat framework and has a buckle to lock and
adjust the seat belt length.
(f) Folding Table Assembly

The folding table assembly folds into a recess in the backrest
for stowage. It has movable arms which are attached on the seat
frame.
Some seat units have an in-armrest table assembly. If the
in-armrest table assembly is not in use, keep it inside the
armrest under the upholstered arm cap. The in-armrest table is
attached to the armrest structure.
(g) Literature Pocket

Each seat backrest has a literature pocket. Each literature
pocket contains an air-sickness bag and a safety instruction
card.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 10
May 01/08

AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-21-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Master Control Unit (MCU)

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-21-00-991-004)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-21-00-991-004 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 25-21-00-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Open the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
(2) Remove the cover.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 501
May 01/09

AIJ
Master Control Unit (MCU)
Figure 501/TASK 25-21-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 502
May 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-21-00-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER-MCU 2 59HP B08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Master Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-21-00-991-004)
(1) On the MCU, make sure that all indicators are on:
- The five port-bite-indicators are green
- The five port-power-state indicators are yellow
- The one general-bite indicator is green
- The one input power-state indicator is yellow.
(2) Do this test procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do a reset of the related MCU.
The MCU does a POWER ON lamp test.
NOTE : During power up all indicators

____
come on and go off two times.
After the activation of the
MCU-outputs all indicators come
on and stay on.
2. After five seconds or less:
On the MCU:
- The five port-bite-indicators are
green
- The five port-power-state indicators
are yellow

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 503
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The one general-bite indicator is
green
- The one input power-state indicator
is yellow.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cover.
(3) Close the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
Subtask 25-21-00-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 504
May 01/09

AIJ
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________
TASK 25-21-00-210-001
Detailed Inspection of Seat to Floor Attachment and General Visual Inspection

of Seats Structure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the Passenger Seats
(1) Make sure that the seat structure e.g. legs, beams, seat pan and
backrest, as far as visible, are not damaged or cracked.
(2) Make sure that the seat attach fittings are in the correct condition.
Make sure that the attach fittings are not cracked or missing.
(3) Make sure that the seat assembly is correctly installed on the
aircraft structure.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 601
May 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-21-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 602
May 01/09
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-21-00-210-002
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and Locks Check
of Locks
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-052
A. Visual Inspection/Check Passenger-Seats Seat Belts
(1) Make sure that the seat belt attachments, the seat belts and the
buckles are in the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the operation of the seat belt locking/unlocking
system is correct.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-053
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-21-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-21-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER SUPPLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-21-34-000-001
Removal of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-21-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-21-34-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 401
May 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-21-34-010-050-A
R C. Get Access
R (1) Open the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-21-34-020-050-A
R A. Removal of the MCU 55HP1 and 55HP2

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001)
R (1) Release the fasteners (8) and remove the cover (7).
R (2) Disconnection of the Electrical Connectors:
R (a) Release the spring latches (12).
R (b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1), (10) and (11).
R (c) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (d) Remove the cap (2).
R (3) Record the position of the MCU (9) for the installation procedure.
R (4) Remove the screw (6) and the washer (5).
R (5) Hold the MCU (9) tightly, remove the screws (4), the washers (3) and
R the MCU (9).
Subtask 25-21-34-560-050
B. Removal of the Configuration Module (CM) 100HP1 and 100HP2

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001)
R
R (1) Push the two clamps (13) at the same time and remove the CM (14) from
R the MCU (9).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 402
May 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-21-34

Page 403
May 01/09

AIJ
R Master Control Unit (MCU)

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 404
May 01/09

AIJ
R Master Control Unit (MCU)

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 405
May 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-21-34-400-001
Installation of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive

Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
Power
the External Power
25-21-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
25-21-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the door of the related overhead stowage compartment
is open.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-21-34-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-34-560-051
A. Installation of the Configuration Module (CM) 100HP1 and 100HP2

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001)
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the CM (14) is connected to the MCU as follows:
- 100HP1 to 55HP1
- 100HP2 to 55HP2.
(4) Connect the CM (14) to the MCU (9).
(5) Make sure that the clamps (13) of the CM (14) are correctly locked.
Subtask 25-21-34-420-050-A
B. Installation of the MCU 55HP1 and 55HP2

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001)

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Put the MCU (9) in position as recorded in the removal procedure.
(3) Install the washer (5) and the screw (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 407
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(4) Connection of the Electrical Connectors:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(c) Install the cap (2).
R (d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
R electrical connector (10).
R (e) Connect the electrical connectors (1), (10) and (11).
R (f) Lock the electrical connectors (11) with the spring latches (12).
(5) Put the cover (7) in position and lock the fasteners (8).
Subtask 25-21-34-865-054
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
58HP, 59HP.
Subtask 25-21-34-740-050
D. BITE Test of the Master Control Unit
(1) Do the BITE Test of the Master Control Unit (Ref. TASK 25-21-00-740-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-21-34-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-34

Page 409
May 01/09
R
AIJ
SEAT - PASSENGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-21-41-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Seats
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R
R 25-21-41-991-002-A Fig. 401
25-21-41-991-006-B Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-41-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-21-41-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE-CABIN-ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE-IFE CENTER-AC-IFEC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE-IFE CENTER-DC-IFEC 21MK C03
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-21-41-010-055-A
R A. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002-A)
R (1) Make sure that:

R - The folding tables are in the folded position.
R - The seat backrests are in the vertical position.
R (2) Release the fasteners (2) and remove the cover (1).
R (3) Disconnection of the Electrical Connectors:
R (a) Release the spring latches (4).
R (b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3).
Subtask 25-21-41-020-052-A
R B. Removal of the Passenger Seats in the Tourist Class Area

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006-B)
R (1) Remove the applicable seat track covers (4) from the seat tracks.
R (2) Make match marks on the seat tracks to show the position of the seat
R unit (1).
R (3) Loosen the setscrews (2).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
R Figure 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002-A

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 403
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Passenger Seats
Figure 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006-B

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 404
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (4) Loosen the screws (7) to release the track locks (6) from the seat
R tracks.
R
R (5) Move the seat unit (1) forward or rearward to release the front studs
R (3) and the track fittings (5) from the seat tracks.
R (6) Carefully lift the seat unit (1) from the seat tracks and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-21-41-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Seats
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Torque Wrench : range 5.00 to 35.00 lbf.in

(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30 to 40 lbf.in
(0.33 to 0.45 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012

R IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Power
the External Power
R
AIPC 113252
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
R 25-21-41-991-002-A Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-21-41-991-006-B Fig. 402

R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that:

R - The folding tables are in the folded position
R - The seat backrests are in the vertical position
R - If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended
R position.
Subtask 25-21-41-865-076
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-21-41-560-050-A
R A. Preparation for Installation
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 407
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
R correct position and in good condition.
R (4) If necessary install new placards. Refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-

R 007), (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001) and (Ref. AIPC 113252).
R (5) Make sure that the seat tracks are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R Subtask 25-21-41-420-050-B
R B. Installation of the Passenger Seats in the Tourist Class Area

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006-B)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PLAY BETWEEN THE SEATLOCKS AND THE
_______
R SEAT TRACKS.
R IF THE SEAT BECOMES LOOSE, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PASSENGERS OR
R DAMAGE TO THE SEAT.
R (1) Put the seat unit (1) in position on the seat tracks.
R (2) Make sure that the track fittings (5) and the front studs (3) engage
R correctly in the seat tracks.
R (3) Move the seat unit (1) forward or rearward to align it with the marks
R on the seat tracks.
R (4) Make sure that the spring-loaded track locks (6) engage correctly
R into the seat tracks.
R (5) TORQUE the screws (7) to between 30 and 40 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.45
R m.daN).
R (6) Torque the setscrews (2) to between 10 and 25 lbf.in (0.11 and 0.28
R m.daN).
R (7) Put a mark on the screws (7) and the track fittings (5) with PAINTS
R FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020).
R (8) Install the seat track covers (4) on the seat track.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Subtask 25-21-41-410-054-A
R C. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002-A)
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE CONNECTOR
_______
R IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES PREVENT
R UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE RISK OF
R ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (3) Connect the electrical connectors (3).
R (4) Lock the electrical connectors (3) with the spring latches (4).
R (5) Put the cover (1) in position and lock the fasteners (2).
R (6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
Subtask 25-21-41-865-080
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-21-41-710-051
E. Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 409
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-21-41-710-052
R F. Operational Test of the Seat Mechanical Functions - Backrest and, if

R installed, Legrest
NOTE : Do this test only for the seats which were installed in the
____
installation procedure.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Sit down in the seat you will

test.
2. On the seat: - the backrest reclines.

- push and hold the backrest
control button.
3. On the seat: - the leg rest moves to the extended

- push and hold the leg rest position.
control button.
4. On the seat: - the backrest moves to the fully

- push and hold the backrest upright position.
control button.
5. On the seat: - the leg rest moves to the retracted

R - push and hold the leg rest position.
R control button and, at the same
R time, push the legrest down.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-41-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-41

Page 410
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CABLE - SEAT TO SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-21-61-000-001
Removal of the Cable - Seat to Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-21-41-991-002 Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
25-28-41-000-001 Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 401
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-61-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that:

- The folding tables are in the folded position.
- The seat backrests are in the vertical position.
- If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended
position.
(3) If emergency-exit location lights or emergency lights are installed

on the seats, make sure that:
- In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), the EMER EXIT
LT switch is set to the OFF position.
- On the forward attendant panel (FAP) 120RH, the LIGHT EMER
pushbutton switch is set to the OFF position.
Subtask 25-21-61-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-61-020-050
A. Removal of the Cables - Seat to Seat (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-991-002)
(1) Remove the applicable seat track covers (5) from the seat tracks with
the cable raceways.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) from the In-Seat Power Supply
System (ISPS)
(a) Remove the screw (7) and the cover (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 402
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(b) Disconnection of the electrical connector(s)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (13) and (14).
2
_ Remove and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
wire(s) from the seat structure.
3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical
connector(s).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) from the Passenger

Entertainment System
(a) Remove the screw(7) and the cover (8).
(b) Disconnection of the electrical connector(s)
_______
1
_ Disengage the spring latches (10) and disconnect the
electrical connector(s) (11) and (12).
2
_ Remove and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
wire(s) from the seat structure.
3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical
connector(s).
(4) If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking System (EEMPS)

installed, disconnect the electrical connector(s)
(a) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (5) from the seat tracks.
(b) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap
(4).
(c) If necessary, remove the related carpet (6) (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(d) Disconnection of the electrical connector(s)
_______
1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
3
_ Remove the electrical wire(s) (2) and attach it to the seat
structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074).
(5) Remove the Cables
(a) Remove the cable ties, if installed.
(b) Record the routing of the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14) in the
raceway.
(c) Carefully remove the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14) from the
raceway.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-21-61-400-001
Installation of the Cable - Seat to Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Tie Wrap
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System

(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Power
the External Power
25-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the In-Seat Power-Supply System
(PED Power Supply)
25-21-41-991-002 Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
25-28-41-400-001 Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of Emergency Lights
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-61-860-050
42-00-861-001).
(2) If emergency-exit location lights or emergency lights are installed

on the seats, make sure that:
- In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), the EMER EXIT
LT switch is set to the OFF position.
- On the forward attendant panel (FAP) 120RH, the LIGHT EMER
pushbutton switch is set to the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-21-61-865-051
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU SEAT POWER-MCU 2 59HP B08
R 2000VU SEAT POWER-MCU 1 58HP B05
R 2000VU IFE-CABIN-ADB2 24MK C06
R 2000VU IFE-CABIN-ADB1 23MK C05
R 2000VU IFE-IFE CENTER-AC-IFEC 22MK C04
R 2000VU IFE-IFE CENTER-DC-IFEC 21MK C03
R Subtask 25-21-61-210-050
R C. Preparation for Installation
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-61-420-050
R A. Installation of the Cables - Seat to Seat (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-991-002)
(1) Install the Cables
(a) Start at the power floor disconnect-boxes (PFDB) to install the

cables (13) and (14).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 406
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(b) Start at the floor disconnect-boxes (FDB) to install the cables
(11) and (12).
(c) Make sure that all cables that come from an PFDB or FDB have
protective sleeves with cable ties at the openings.
(d) Carefully put the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14)in position as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(e) Make sure that the position of the cables in the raceways is
correct.
(f) Make sure that the over length of each cable is less than 250mm
(9.8425 in.).
(g) Make loops with the over lengths of the cables (11) and (12) and
put them into the covers of the seat electronic boxes (SEB) (9).
(h) Install new cable ties, if necessary.
(2) Connect the electrical connector(s) of the In-Seat Power Supply

System (ISPS)
correct condition.
(c) Connection of the electrical connector(s)
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (13) and (14) to the ISPS
(15).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Put the cover (8) in position and install the screw (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(3) If there is an Passenger Entertainment System installed, connect the

electrical connector(s)
correct condition.
_______
EQUIPMENT.
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (11) and (12) to the SEB
(9) and engage the spring latches (10).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Put the cover (8) in position and install the screw (7).
other items.
(4) If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking System (EEPMS)

installed, connect the electrical connector(s)
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
_______
EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).
(d) Put the wire in position and if the carpet was removed, put the
carpet in position (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-400-001).
(e) Install the protection cap (4) and push the quick-release studs
(3) into the locked position.
(f) Install the applicable seat-track covers (5) on the seat tracks
with the cable raceways.
(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-21-61-865-052
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK, 25MK, 1HP, 2HP, 50HP, 51HP, 52HP, 53HP, 58HP,
59HP.
Subtask 25-21-61-710-050
R C. Do the Tests of the Passenger Seats Systems
(1) Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Ref. TASK 23-
33-00-740-002).
(2) Do an operational test of the in-seat power system (Ref. TASK 25-21-
00-710-002).
(3) If installed, do an operational test of the emergency lights

(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-61-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-21-61

Page 409
Feb 01/09

AIJ
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Cabin attendant seats are installed in the cabin for the cabin attendants to
use during take-off and landing.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6100MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
R WALL-MOUNTED
R SWIVEL
R WALL-MOUNTED
3. ___________
Description
The cabin-attendant seats (CAS) are installed in the areas of the
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits.
The floor mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on the seat tracks or
on the cabin floor-structure (hardpoint mounted).
The wall mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on:
- the lavatory walls,
- the galley walls,
- the stowage walls.
4. _________
Interface
The cabin-attendant seats have handset/cradles which are available as an
option.
The handset/cradles have interfaces with:
- the Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
5. _____________________
A. The cabin-attendant seats have:

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
- a seat frame,
- a backrest with a cushion,
- a seatpan with a cushion,
- a headrest with a cushion,
- a stowage compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
R Cabin-Attendant Seats - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 3
May 01/07

AIJ
Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 4
May 01/07

AIJ
R Double Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall-Mounted
R Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 5
May 01/07

AIJ
- a restraint system
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(1) Seat Frame

The seat frame, which includes two side frames and a backrest
framework, is made of light alloy.
(2) Headrest
The headrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.
(3) Backrest
The backrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.
(4) Seatpan
The seatpan is made of a light alloy and has a foam cushion with a
fabric seat-cover. The seat pan is spring loaded to return the seat
to the retracted position when it is not in use.
(5) Restraint System

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The restraint system is divided into a seat belt assy and a shoulder
harness.
Each cabin-attendant seat has a seat belt assy and a shoulder harness
with a center buckle. The shoulder harness uses inertia reels to
automatically pull it in when the seat is not in use. Static type
shoulder harnesses are available as an option.
(6) Stowage Compartment

Each CAS has a stowage compartment which has a spring-loaded latch
door.
The stowage compartment can be used to stow emergency equipment.
(7) Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel (if installed)
(a) To put the swivel seat in the sitting position from the stowed
position:
- swing the seatback (against the spring force) across the base
until the seat aligns with the locking device,
- push the seatpan down (against the spring force) into the
locking device.
(b) To put the swivel seat in the stowed position from the sitting
position:
- operate the release lever to the seatpan (when this is done the
seatpan will automatically fold up),

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 6
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Restraint System
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Restraint System
Figure 006 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Restraint System

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
- move the seat over the base until the seat automatically locks
in the stowed position.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 10
May 01/07
R
AIJ
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________
R TASK 25-22-00-040-001
Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Cabin Attendant Seats
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-22-41-000-001 Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
25-22-42-000-001 Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
25-22-43-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
(1) Safety the affected seat in its stowed position.
NOTE : Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use

____
the seat.
(2) If you cannot safety the seat, remove it:

(Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-22-00-440-001
Reactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Cabin Attendant Seats
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-22-41-400-001 Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant
Seats
25-22-42-400-001 Installation of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant
Seat(s)
25-22-43-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
(1) If necessary, remove the safetied seat:

(Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001).
(2) Install the repaired or new cabin attendant seat:

(Ref. TASK 25-22-41-400-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-42-400-001)
or
(Ref. TASK 25-22-43-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
R TASK 25-22-00-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of Cabin Attendant Seats Attachment General Visual

Inspection of Seats Structure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-050
A. Do the Visual Inspection/Check of the Cabin Attendant Seats
(1) Make sure that the structure of the seats is not damaged or cracked.
(2) Make sure that the fittings are correctly installed.
(3) Make sure that the holes, the bolts and the screws are in the correct
condition and have no corrosion.
(4) Make sure that the seat assemblies are not loose.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-051
items.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-22-00-210-002
Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock. Check of Lock
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-22-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-052
A. Detailed Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts
(1) Make sure that the metal attach fitting and buckles have no cracks or
other damage.
(2) Make sure that the seat-belt buckle locks/unlocks correctly.
(3) Make sure you can adjust the length of the seat belt correctly.
(4) For seats with a restraint system with inertia reel(s):
(a) Make sure you can pull out the shoulder harnesses smoothly and
that they automatically go back into their reels.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and
it unlocks when you release the tension.
(5) Make sure that you can read the markings.
Subtask 25-22-00-220-050
B. Visual Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts Webbing

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001)
R (1) Do a check of the webbing for:

R
R - Damaged stitching
R - Damage marks
R - Broken fabric threads
R - Chafe marks
R - Felting (felting is when the webbing has become less compact, has a
R soft
R texture and is thicker)
R - Fray marks (fray marks show when fibres in the webbing are broken)
R NOTE : : There are four classes of web fray:

____
R - Class 1: The webbing has fraying across the full width
R - Class 2: Each side of the webbing has fraying but the
R fraying is not
R continuous across the full width
R - Class 3: Only one side of the webbing has fraying
R - Class 4: The fraying is the result of a small cut or clear
R edge break
R
R (2) Replace the seat belts:

- If the thickness of the lap belt or inertia reel webbing increases
R more than 1.9 mm (0.075 in.).
R - If the web edge is cut or torn deeper than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
- If the fraying is more than 10% of the web width
R - If the amount of fraying is more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web
R length
- If there are more than 15 broken threads in other locations than
the edge
- If more than 30 stitches in the stitch-pattern are broken.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 604
Aug 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-053
items.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 605
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-22-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

AIJ
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-22-41-000-001
Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-22-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) If you remove a cabin-attendent seat which does not have a handset
installed, continue from step 4. A.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
R 2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-020-051
A. Removal of the Single-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001)
(1) Remove the seat upholstery (6).
(2) Open the access flap and remove all the equipment from the stowage
compartment of the seat.
(3) If a handset is installed:
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).
(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4).
(5) Remove the seat assembly (2) and the washers (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 402
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-22-41-400-001
Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
R 25-22-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-050
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
(3) If you install a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset
installed, continue from step 4. A.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-560-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.
(4) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-22-41-420-050
B. Install the Single-Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001)
(1) Install the washers (1) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-065) to help the installation procedure.
(2) Put the seat assembly (2) in position.
(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (5).
(4) If a handset is installed:
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(c) Connect the electrical connector (3).
(5) Install the removed equipment in the stowage.
items.
(7) Close the access flap.
(8) Install the seat upholstery (6).
Subtask 25-22-41-865-052
breaker(s):
R 153RH, 162RH, 1LZ.
Subtask 25-22-41-710-050
D. Do this operational handset test for the applicable cabin-attendant seat.
NOTE : Only do this test if a handset is installed.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin at the related In the cabin at the given attendant

attendant station: station:
- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-41-410-050
items.
Subtask 25-22-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-22-41-000-002
Removal of the Restraint System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-22-41-991-003 Fig. 402
R 25-22-41-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-020-053
A. Removal of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)
(1) Pull the headrest (4) up and remove it.
(2) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.
(3) Remove the backrest cushions (3).
NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushions to the seat structure.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
R Figure 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Remove the bolts (10), the nuts 12, the washers (11) and release the
restraint system assy (1).
(5) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the inertia reel(s) (7).
(6) Remove the screws (6), the strap guides (5) and restraint system assy
(1).
Subtask 25-22-41-020-054
B. Removal of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)
(1) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.
(2) Remove the backrest cushion (3).
NOTE : The burrstrips attach the cushion to the seat structure.

____
(3) Remove the bolts (8), the nuts (9) and the washers (7).
(4) Remove the screws (5), the headrest (4), the bracket (6), the
restrainer (10) and the restraint system (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Restraint System
R Figure 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-22-41-400-002
Installation of the Restraint System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-22-41-991-003 Fig. 402
R 25-22-41-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-210-052
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-41-420-052
B. Installation of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)
(1) Put the restraint system assy (1) in position and install it with the
strap guides (5) and the screws (6).
(2) Install the inertia reel(s) (7) with the washers (9) and the screws
(8).
(3) Install the bolts (10), the restraint system assy (1), the washers
(11) and the nuts (12).
(4) Install the backrest cushions (3).

____
(5) Put the the headrest (4) in the installing position and push it down
until you hear a clicking sound.
(6) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.
Subtask 25-22-41-420-053
C. Installation of the Restraint System

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)
(1) Install the restraint system (1) on the bracket (6) and fasten the
restrainer (10) to the restraint system (1).
(2) Put the bracket (6) with the restraint system (1) and the headrest in
the installing position and install the screws (5).
(3) Install the bolts (8), the washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(4) Install the backrest cushion (3).

____
(5) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-41-710-051
D. Operational Test:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:
- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must lock.
restraint system with a sudden
movement.
- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must move freely
restraint system and release onto the inertia rail.
it.
- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.
Subtask 25-22-41-710-052
E. Operational Test:
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:
- pull the shoulder part of the - the retainer must lock the restraint
restraint system. system.
- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-41-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-22-41-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-41

Page 414
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-22-42-000-001
Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-22-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-22-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the seat.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Free-Standing Seat Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001)
(1) Pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant.
(2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and disconnect the
electrical connector (6).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the seat assembly (1).
(5) Remove and discard the packings (4).
(6) If necessary remove the busches (5).
(7) Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 403
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 404
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-22-42-400-001
Installation of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-002 F AIR-4206

GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-22-42-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 405
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-050
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-560-050
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(a) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 406
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(4) If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-
007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-22-42-420-050
B. Installation of the Free-Standing Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001)
(1) Put the busches (5) in position and install the new packings (3) (4).
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) to the bolts (2).
(4) Install the washers (3) and the bolts (2).
(5) Connect the electrical connector.
correct condition.
items.
(7) Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).
(8) Seal the seat/floor contact area
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 407
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(a) Put the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) into the area between
the seat assembly and the cabin floor, add a length of approx.
100 mm (4.0 in.).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) into the area between the
seat assembly and the cabin floor.
(c) Make a loop in the end of the cord and press the loop into the
sealant.
NOTE : The loop is made to help the next removal procedure.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
items.
Subtask 25-22-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 408
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-22-42-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-22-42-991-005 Fig. 402
25-22-42-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-020-054

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005)
NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.

____
(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
(2) Removal of the Shoulder Harness
(a) Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).
NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure

____
with a burr strip (e.g. VELCRO).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 409
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 410
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(b) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the screws (5).
(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5) and
the strap guide (6).
(d) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(e) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
(3) Removal of the Belt Assy
(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-42-020-055

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006)
(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with a

____
burr strip.
(3) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the structure (2).
NOTE : It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).

____
(4) Remove the bracket (6) from the restraint system (5).
(5) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(6) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 411
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 412
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-22-42-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-22-42-991-005 Fig. 402
25-22-42-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-210-054

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 413
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-22-42-420-054

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005)
NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.

____
(1) Installation of the Shoulder Harness
(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.
NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.
(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(d) Push the headrest (1) down until you hear a click.
(e) Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).
NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with a

____
burr strip.
(2) Installation of the Belt Assy
(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
install the bolt (11).
(3) Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.
Subtask 25-22-42-420-055

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006)
(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).
(3) Install the bracket (6).
(4) Push the headrest (1) down, until you hear a click.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 414
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with a burr

____
strip.
(6) Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.
Subtask 25-22-42-710-051
D. Do the Test of the Restraint System.
NOTE : Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.

____
(1) Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.
(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
Subtask 25-22-42-710-052
E. Do the Test of the Restraint System.
NOTE : Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.

____
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-42-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-22-42-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-42

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
R TASK 25-22-43-000-001
Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-22-43-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-43-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-22-43-010-053
C. Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment in the swivel
seat to get access to the seat attachment bolts.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-020-050
R A. Removal of the Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001)
(1) Get and pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant
between the seat assembly and the cabin floor.
(2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and remove the
emergency equipment.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).
(5) Remove the bolts (5) and (6), the washers (4) and the spacers (7).
(6) Remove the seat assembly (1).
(7) Remove and discard the packings (3).
(8) If necessary remove the bushes (2).
(9) Remove the old sealant from the floor with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
R Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-22-43-400-001
Installation of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-002 F AIR-4206

GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-22-43-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 404
May 01/07
R
AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-050
42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-22-43-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-560-050

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 405
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(4) If necessary install new placards, (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and
(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(5) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
Subtask 25-22-43-420-050
R B. Installation of the Seat Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001)
(1) Install the bushes (2) and the new packings (3) (3).
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) on the bolts (5) and (6).
(4) Install the washers (4), the spacers (7) and the bolts (5) and (6).
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 406
May 01/07

AIJ
items.
(7) If necessary install the emergency equipment.
(8) Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).
R (9) Cut the synthetic fibre cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) to
R the necessary length.
NOTE : The cord must be 100 mm (4.0 in.) longer to make a loop in the
____
end of the cord. This step is done to help the next removal
procedure.
(10) Put the cord in position between the seat assembly and the cabin
floor.

_______
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the area between the cabin
floor and the seatassembly.
R (12) Put the loop of the fibre cord into the sealant.
Subtask 25-22-43-865-052
breaker(s):
153RH, 162RH.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the handset for the applicable cabin-attendant

seat.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin, at the related In the cabin, at the given attendant

attendant station: station:
- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 407
May 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-43-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
items.
Subtask 25-22-43-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 408
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-22-43-000-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-22-43-991-006 Fig. 402
25-22-43-991-007 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-020-056

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-006)
NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.

____
(1) Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.
(2) Pull the seat pan (4) down into the locking device.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 409
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 410
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(3) Removal of the Shoulder Harness
(a) Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).
NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure

____
with burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).
(b) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
screws (5).
(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5).
(d) Remove the strap guide (6).
(e) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(f) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
(4) Removal of the Belt Assy
(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-43-020-057

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-43-991-007)
(1) Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.
(2) Pull the seat pan (3) down into the locking device.
NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with

____
burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).
(4) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
structure (2).
NOTE : It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).

____
(5) Remove the bracket (6).
(6) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(7) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 411
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-43-991-007

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 412
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-22-43-400-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-22-43-991-006 Fig. 402
R 25-22-43-991-007 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-210-055

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-22-43-420-055

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-006)
NOTE : Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.

____
(1) Installation of the Shoulder Harness
(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.
NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.
(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(d) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
(e) Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).
NOTE : The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with

____
burr strip.
(2) Installation of the Belt Assy
(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
(3) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.
Subtask 25-22-43-420-056

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-43-991-007)
(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).
(3) Install the bracket (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 414
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
NOTE : The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with burr

____
strip.
(6) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-053
D. Do the Test of the Restraint System.
NOTE : Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.

____
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.
(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
Subtask 25-22-43-710-054
E. Do the Test of the Restraint System.
NOTE : Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.

____
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-43-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 415
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-22-43-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 416
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-22-43-960-001
R Replacement of the Wall Mounted Head Padding
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-22-43-991-008 Fig. 404
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-22-43-861-054

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-22-43-960-050
R A. Removal/Installation of the Head Padding

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-22-43-991-008)
R (1) Remove the head padding
R (a) Push-up and release the head padding (1) from the studs (2).
R (b) If necessary remove the studs (2) from the lavatory wall.

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 417
May 01/07

AIJ
R Head Padding
R Figure 404/TASK 25-22-43-991-008

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 418
May 01/07

AIJ
R (2) Install the head padding
R (a) Install the studs (2) if necessary.
R (b) Put the head padding (1) in position and push it down to lock it
R on the studs (2).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-22-43-862-053

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-22-43

Page 419
May 01/07

AIJ
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The linings and furnishings are installed in the cabin to give different
parts of the cabin and different components a cover and accessories. The
linings and furnishings include:
- Ceiling panels (Ref. 25-23-41)
- Ceiling panels (utility areas) (Ref. 25-23-42)
- Upper sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-43)
- Lower sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-44)
- Door frame linings (Ref. 25-23-45)
- Door linings (Ref. 25-23-46)
- Emergency exit linings (Ref. 25-23-47)
- Cove-light panels (Ref. 25-23-48).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
3. Component
_____________________
Description
The cabin linings are formed to the contour of the fuselage. They are
installed to give a cover to these parts:
- The fuselage structure
- The thermal acoustic insulation
- The components of the electrical system
- The components of the airconditioning and ventilation system.
The linings are divided into these primary groups:
- Ceiling panels
- Sidewall panels
- Door and door frame linings.
Sealing strips fill the gaps between the panels. Each lining has an identity
number (Ref. 06-41-53).
A. Ceiling Panels
The ceiling panels are made of synthetic honeycomb material. They are
installed along the full length of the cabin and the utility area.
(1) Cabin Area

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The ceiling panels in the cabin area are installed between the left
and the right overhead stowage compartments and have flourescent
lamps. The ballast units are part of the lamp units and are attached
to the ceiling panels. Filler strips are installed in the area
between the panels. The ceiling panels are attached to the overhead
stowage compartments with attachment rails and latches.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Panels - Component Locations
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings/Panels - Component Locations
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Utility Area
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
The ceiling panels are installed between the centre ceiling support
and the door frame linings. They are attached to mounting rails with
assembly seals and fasteners.
B. Sidewall Panels
(1) Cove-Light Panel

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The cove-light panels are installed between the overhead stowage
compartments and the upper sidewall panels. They are attached to the
attachment rails on the overhead stowage compartments with assembly
seals. The bracket of the panels are engaged in fittings, behind the
upper edges of the upper sidewall panels.
(2) Upper Sidewall Panels

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The upper sidewall panels are made of synthetic honeycomb
material.They have moulded plastic window frames. The panels are
installed on special attachment fittings called YO-YO-Rollers. There
are different types of panels e.g. with or without a window, 2-frame
panels.
Some of the panels have different equipment installed in them e.g.
emergency exit markers, electrical sockets.
(3) Lower Sidewall Panels

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The lower sidewall panels have two parts:
- The decorative panels
- The metallic base panels.
The metallic base panels and the decorative panels make a channel for
the cabin air conditioning supply. Self-adhesive sound-insulation
foam is installed in the channel.
(a) Decorative Panels

The decorative panels are made of NOMEX honeycomb material with
pre-impregnated phenolic fiberglass. Decorative foil or fabric
make the cover of the front surface. Fasteners attach the upper
part of the decorative panels to the attachment fittings mounted
on the fuselage structure. Screws attach the bottom part of the
decorative panel to the metallic base panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-23-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cove-Light Panels
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Upper Sidewall Panels
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 11
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Lower sidewall panels
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Metallic Base Panels
Quick release pins attach the lower part of the metallic base
panels to the cabin floor structure. Decompression doors are
installed in the metallic base panels. Hinges attach them to the
upper part of the panels. A silicon rubber locking device holds
each door in the closed position. If a rapid decompression occurs
in the cabin or cargo compartment the doors will automatically
open (Ref. 25-68-00).
C. Door and Door Frame Linings

The door and door frame linings are made of synthetic material. Screws
attach the panels to brackets on the frames in the door areas. Seals are
bonded to the edges of each lining. Covers, in the passenger/crew service
doors and frame linings, give a cover e.g. for the door locking hooks.
(1) Passenger/Crew Door Linings and Frame Linings

(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012)
(2) Emergency Exit Hatch Linings

(Ref. Fig. 013)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 15
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 16
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 17
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 18
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 19
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 25-23-00

Page 20
Feb 01/07

AIJ
PANELS - CEILING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-23-41-000-001
Removal of the Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Stowage-Compartment
R AMM 06-41-53 P.Block 001 FUSELAGE
25-23-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-41-010-052
B. Remove the left and right doors of the overhead stowage-compartments

(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-002) below the related ceiling panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 401
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-41-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-41-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001-A)
R NOTE : The panel identification/location is found in (Ref. AMM 06-41-53

____
R P.Block 001).
(1) Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage
compartments.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) at the access doors (2).
(4) Push the springs (6) down and pull out the drawers (5).
(5) Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up to release the pins
(3)
(6) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and lift the pins (8) out of
the brackets (9).
(7) Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side down.
(8) Make sure that the left side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear of the
overhead stowage compartments.
(9) Remove the ceiling panel (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 402
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Ceiling Panels
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 403
Aug 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-41-400-001
Installation of the Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Stowage-Compartment
25-24-41-400-002 Installation of the Door of the Overhead
Stowage-Compartment
33-21-00-710-001 Operational Test of the General Illumination
R 25-23-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the left and right doors of the overhead
stowage-compartments below the related ceiling panel are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 404
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-23-41-560-050
C. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001-A)
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel (10) is in good condition.
(5) Make an inspection of the air conditioning outlet ducts.
(6) Make sure that the quick-release fasteners (11) and spring fasteners
(12) are in good condition.
(7) Make sure that the fluorescent lights and the electrical connectors
are serviceable.
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-41-420-050-A
R A. Installation of the Ceiling Panel:

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001-A)
R (1) Make sure that the drawers (5) are open.
R (2) Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side up above
R the overhead stowage compartments.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R (3) Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the right.
R (4) Lift the left side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead
R stowage compartment.
R (5) Move the pins (8) into the brackets (9).
R (6) Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).
R (7) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left until you can move the pins
R (3) into the brackets (7).
R (8) Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and push the drawers (5) into their
R locked position.
R condition.
R (11) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
R items.
R (13) Close the access doors (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-41-865-052
breaker(s):
304LG, 305LG, 306LG, 307LG
Subtask 25-23-41-710-050
B. Do the operational test on the passenger cabin lights (Ref. TASK 33-21-
00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-41-410-052
C. Install the left and right doors of the overhead stowage-compartments

(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-002). below the related ceiling panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 406
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-41

Page 407
Aug 01/07

AIJ
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-23-42-000-001
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-42-865-050

R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 401
Aug 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-020-050
A. Removal of the ceiling panel (1).

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(1) Hold the panel (1) in position and release the fasteners (15).
(2) Carefully remove the panel (1).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-052
B. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3).

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
NOTE : Special care must be used when removing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishings decreases
the available working area.
(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(2) Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the
fasteners (15).
(3) Carefully remove the panel(s) (2) and/or (3).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-053
C. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and off
the mounting rail (14).
(3) Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and
pull the outboard edge out of the mounting bracket (16).
(4) Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-42-020-060
D. Removal of the ceiling panel (5) and the trim panel (6)
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(2) Carefully remove the ceiling panel (5) from the mounting rail (14).
(3) Get access through the removed ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) for
steps (a) to (c).
(a) Disconnect the electric connector (8).
(c) Hold the trim panel (6) and remove the bolts (9), the washers
(4) Carefully remove the trim panel (6) from the mounting structure (12).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-42-000-002
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-42-991-005 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-42-865-051

R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005)
Subtask 25-23-42-020-055
A. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) inboard and off
the mounting rail (8).
(3) Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and
pull the assembly brackets (10) out of the mounting slots (11).
(4) Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-058
B. Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and push and release the
fasteners (9).
NOTE : Two safety straps hold each ceiling panels in two different
____
open positions.
(2) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the first
safety strap (13) stops the travel.
(3) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the first safety
strap (13) from the bracket (16).
(4) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the second
safety strap (14) stops the travel.
(5) Get access to the electrical connector (15) through the opening
behind the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (15).
(8) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the second safety
strap (14) from the bracket (16).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(9) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the screws (12)
that attach them to the hinges.
(10) Carefully remove the panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-059
C. Removal of the Trim Panel (1)
(1) Remove the bolts (17) and the washers (18) from the panel (1) through
the openings behind the ceiling panels (2) and (5).
(2) Lower the trim panel (1) and get access to the electrical connector
(6) 7243VC.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
(5) Carefully remove the trim panel (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-42-400-001
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A25207503000 3 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-23-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-42-865-052
tagged
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-420-050
A. Installation of the ceiling Panel (5) and the trim panel (6)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(1) Put the trim panel (6) on the mounting structure (12), and hold in
position.
(2) Get access through the removed ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) for
steps (a) to (d).
(a) Install the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the nuts (11).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (8).
(3) Put the ceiling panel (5) in position and attach it to the mounting
rail (14).
(4) Install the assembly seal (13) into the mounting rail (14). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-051
B. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and carefully push the
outboard edge into the mounting bracket (16).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 411
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and attach
them on the mounting rail (14).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-052
C. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
NOTE : Special care must be used when installing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishing decreases the
available working area.
(1) Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the quick
release fasteners (15).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-053
D. Installation of the ceiling panel (1).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001)
(1) Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick release
fasteners (15).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-42-865-053
breaker(s):
R 308LG
Subtask 25-23-42-710-050
B. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 412
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-42-400-002
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-26-41-000-003 Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
R 25-23-42-991-005 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure the aft curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-003), if required.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-42-865-054
tagged
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005)
Subtask 25-23-42-420-062
A. Installation of the trim panel (1)
(1) Put and hold the trim panel (1) in position on the mounting structure
(8) .
(2) Through the openings for the ceiling panels (2) and (5), do the steps
(a) to (d).
(a) Install the bolts (17) and washers (18).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-054
B. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) in position next to the
hinges.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 414
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(3) Attach the second safety strap (14) to the bracket (16) on the
ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (15).
(7) Push the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) up and attach the safety
strap (13) to the bracket (16).
(8) Close the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and hold in position.
(9) Push in the fasteners (9) that are attached to the ceiling panel(s)
(3) and/or (4).
(10) Make sure the fasteners (9) are flushed with the celing panels.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-055
C. Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and carefully push the
assembly brackets (10) into the mounting slots (11).
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) outboard and
attach them on the mounting rail (8).
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-42-865-055
breaker(s):
R 308LG
Subtask 25-23-42-710-051
B. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 415
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-42-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-42

Page 416
Aug 01/07

AIJ
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 25-23-43-000-001
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 2 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-43-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-004,
25-23-43-991-014 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 005-100,
R 25-23-43-991-014-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C ALL
25-23-43-991-004 Fig. 403

25-23-43-991-007 Fig. 404
25-23-43-991-008 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 401
Feb 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 005-100,
R 25-23-43-991-015 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-23-43-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Fold down the backrests of the passenger-seats in the area where you
want to remove the sidewall-panel (1).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-004,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-050
A. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)
NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(2) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
(3) Push the nose below the gap-cover (9) and pull gap-cover (9) up to
remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 402
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Panel 3-Frame
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Remove the decor-ring (8):
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE.
_______
PUSH OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU
PUSH OR PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO
MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC
PARTS.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-014)
(a) Pull the inner edge of the bottom part of the decor-ring (8)
until it makes a loud click. Do not continue to pull the
decor-ring or it will break.
(b) Carefully move the decor-ring (8) down to remove it.
(5) With a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL push the clips in the holes of the
cover-ring (7) to release the cover-ring (7).
(6) Remove the cover-ring (7) and the decor-panel (4).
(8) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-050-A
A. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)

____
sidewall-panels.
(2) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the
(3) Push the nose below the gap-cover (9) and pull the gap-cover (9) up
to remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 404
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Enhanced Cabin-Special Plastic Parts
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-014

R

EFF :

001-004, 25-23-43

Page 405
Feb 01/09

AIJ
_______
PARTS.
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-014-A)
(a) Hold the decor-ring on the left side with your fingers.
(b) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper left) is
released and makes loud click.
(c) Hold the decor-ring on the right side with your fingers.
(d) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper right) is
released and makes a loud click.
(e) Pull the decor-ring up and remove it.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-43-020-052
B. Removal of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel attached with a Seal

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-004)

____
sidewall-panels.
(2) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall
panel (1) and the adjacent panels.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 406
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Enhanced Cabin-Special Plastic Parts
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-014-A

R

EFF :

005-100, 25-23-43

Page 407
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 408
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
to remove it.
**ON A/C 001-004,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-054
C. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)

____
sidewall-panels.
(2) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
to remove it.
_______
PARTS.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-014)
(a) Pull the inner edge of the bottom part of the decor-ring (8)
until it makes a loud click. Do not continue to pull the
decor-ring (8) or it will break.
(b) Carefully move the decor-ring (8) down to remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 409
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Panel 3-Frame End
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 410
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(8) Remove the caps (10) and the screws (9).
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-054-A
C. Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)

____
sidewall-panels.
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
to remove it.
_______
PARTS.
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-014-A)
(a) Hold the decor-ring on the left side with your fingers.
(b) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper left) is
(c) Hold the decor-ring on the right side with your fingers.
(d) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper right) is
(e) Pull the decor-ring up and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 411
Feb 01/09

AIJ
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-43-020-055
D. Removal a 2-Frame Filler Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-008)
NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH sidewall

____
panels.
to remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 412
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Panel 2-Frame Filler
Figure 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-008

R

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 413
Feb 01/09

AIJ
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-060
E. Removal of the Decor-Ring from the Over Wing Emergency exits (OWE)
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-015)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. PUSH
_______
OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU PUSH OR
PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO MUCH FORCE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC PARTS.
NOTE : The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH decor-rings.

____
(1) Hold the decor-ring on the upper left side with your fingers.
(2) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper left) is released.
(3) Hold the decor-ring on the upper middle side with your fingers.
(4) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper middle) is released.
At the same time push the decor-ring a small distance up, to prevent
the snap guide (upper left) to lock back to initial position.
(5) Hold the decor-ring on the upper right side with your fingers.
(6) Twist the decor-ring until the snap guide (upper right) is released.
(7) Tilt the decor-ring inboard and at the same time pull it up and
remove it.

R

EFF :

005-100, 25-23-43

Page 414
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R Enhanced Cabin-Special Plastic Parts OWE
R Figure 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-015

R

EFF :

005-100, 25-23-43

Page 415
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-43-400-001
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 placard 11-32-25 81 -010

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 416
Feb 01/09

AIJ
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-12-100-004 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
Power
the External Power
25-23-43-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-004,
25-23-43-991-014 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 005-100,
R 25-23-43-991-014-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C ALL
25-23-43-991-004 Fig. 403

25-23-43-991-007 Fig. 404
25-23-43-991-008 Fig. 405
R **ON A/C 005-100,
R 25-23-43-991-015 Fig. 406
R **ON A/C ALL
25-23-43-991-005 Fig. 407

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 417
Feb 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the backrests of the passenger seats, in the area
where you removed the sidewall panel(s), are folded down.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-210-051
Subtask 25-23-43-560-050
B. Preparation of Component Replacement

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 418
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
_______
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-23-43-991-005)
(1) Examine the markings on the LH and RH sidewall-panels at FR35/FR35.8

to FR36 and FR46 to FR47.
R NOTE : These markings (dark color triangles) identify the windows

____
R through which the flight crew can look at the external
R slat/flap position markings.
(2) Make sure that the markings on the LH and RH sidewall-panels for
FR35/FR53.8 to FR36 and FR46 to FR47 are in a good condition.
(3) If necessary, install new placards or paint new markings on the

sidewall-panels.
(4) Solution with a painted marking:
(a) Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).
(b) Measure the distances and make marks as shown in (DETAIL B).
(c) Apply masking tape to the area adjacent to the marks you have
made.
(d) Paint a new marking to the sidewall-panel and use STRUCTURE

PAINTS (Material No. 16-047)
(5) Solution with a placard:
(a) Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).
(b) Measure the distances and make marks as shown in (DETAIL C).
(c) Install the new placard (30) adjacent to the marks you have made
(Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 419
May 01/09

AIJ
Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking
Figure 407/TASK 25-23-43-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 420
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
**ON A/C 001-004,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-050
C. Installation of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)
_______
NOTE : The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH

____
sidewall-panels.
(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal

procedure.
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(4) Put the gap-cover (9) in position. Carefully turn it outboard and
push it down to make sure that it is correctly engaged.
(5) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(7) Clean the decor-panel (4) (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004).
(8) Put the decor-panel (4) and the cover-ring (7) in position and make
sure that the cover-ring (7) is correctly engaged.
(9) Install the decor-ring (8) on the cover-ring (7):

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-014)
(a) Put the decor-ring (8) in position on the cover-ring (7).
(b) Move the decor-ring (8) up and install it on the cover-ring (7).
(c) Make sure that the guide clips are fully engaged in the
cover-ring (7).

R

EFF :

001-004, 25-23-43

Page 421
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(d) Move the window blind down and push the decor-ring (8) at the
bottom in its locked position.
(e) Make sure that the decor-ring (8) is flush with the adjacent
panel.
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-050-A
C. Installation of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001)
_______

____
sidewall-panels.

procedure.
brackets.

R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-014-A)
(a) Pull the window blind a small distance down.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 422
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(b) Put the decor-ring on the window basin a small distance above
centre.
(c) Bend the upper part of the decor-ring a little distance inboard
and push it down at the same time.
(d) If necessary, move the decor-ring a small distance to the left

and right, while you push the decor-ring down.
(e) Make sure that the two middle guides lock in position, the lower
guide locks automatically.
(f) When the decor-ring is pushed fully down, apply a light force
outboard to the upper snap guides until they lock.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-43-420-051
D. Installation of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel with a Seal attached

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-004)
_______

____
sidewall-panels.

procedure.
brackets.
(5) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panel and make sure that they are correctly engaged.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 423
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
**ON A/C 001-004,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-053
E. Installation of a 3-Frame End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)
_______

____
sidewall-panels.

procedure.
brackets.
(6) Install the screws (9) and the caps (10).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-014)
(a) Put the decor-ring (8) in position on the cover-ring (7).
(b) Move the decor-ring (8) up and install it on the cover-ring (7).

R

EFF :

001-004, 25-23-43

Page 424
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(c) Make sure that the guide clips are fully engaged in the
cover-ring (7).
(d) Move the window blind down and push the decor-ring (8) at the
bottom in its locked position.
(e) Make sure that the decor-ring (8) is flush with the adjacent
panel.
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-053-A
E. Installation of a 3-Frame End-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-007)
_______

____
sidewall-panels.

procedure.
brackets.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 425
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-014-A)
(a) Pull the window blind a small distance down.
(b) Put the decor-ring on the window basin a small distance above
centre.
(c) Bend the upper part of the decor-ring a little distance inboard
and push it down at the same time.
(d) If necessary, move the decor-ring a small distance to the left

and right, while you push the decor-ring down.
(e) Make sure that the two middle guide lock in position, the lower
guide locks automatically.
(f) When the decor-ring is pushed fully down, apply a light force
outboard to the upper snap guides until they lock.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-43-420-054
F. Installation of a 2-Frame Filler-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-008)
_______

____
sidewall-panels.

procedure.
brackets.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 426
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(5) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
**ON A/C 005-100,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-061
G. Installation of the Decor-Ring on the Over Wing Emergency exits (OWE)

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-015)
_______

____
decor-rings.
(1) Put the decor-ring tilted inboard on the window opening.
(2) Apply light force outboard on the bottom left and right side of the
decor-ring.
NOTE : The decor-ring locks with a click.

____
(3) Apply light force outboard on the upper left and right side of the
decor-ring until the snap guides lock.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-43-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 427
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R
TASK 25-23-43-000-002
Removal of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-991-013 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-051
Subtask 25-23-43-010-052
B. Remove the related Upper Sidewall Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-020-059
A. Removal of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-23-43-991-013)
(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2) and the window fairing
assembly (1).
(2) Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the screws (9).
(3) Release the clips (10) and disengage the attachment frame (6) from
the frame window fairing (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 428
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
R Figure 408/TASK 25-23-43-991-013

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 429
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(4) Move the blind (5) out of the guide-blind (11) and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 430
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-23-43-400-002
Installation of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the External Power
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
R 25-23-43-991-013 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-052
A. Make sure that the Upper Sidewall Panel(s) is(are) removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-43-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-210-052

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 431
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-43-420-060
B. Installation of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-23-43-991-013)
(1) Put the blind (5) in the guide-blind (11).
(2) Put the attachment frame (6) in position and attach it to the frame
window fairing (4) with the clips (10).
(3) Install the washers (8), the screws (9) and the nuts (7).
(4) Put the window fairing assembly (1) in position and install the
washers (2) and the screws (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-43-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Install the Upper Sidewall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
Subtask 25-23-43-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-43

Page 432
Feb 01/09

AIJ
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
R TASK 25-23-44-000-001
Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
R 25-23-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-44-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary remove the passenger seats in the area of the panels you
will remove. (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-44-020-050
A. Remove the panel (2)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001)
(1) Use a punch to release the center pins of the quick release pins (1).
(2) Pull the lower edge of the panel (2) away from the compartment wall.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Pull the panel (2) down and remove the fasteners (3) from the
attachment fittings (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-44-400-001
Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
R 25-23-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001)
Subtask 25-23-44-420-050
A. Installation of the Panel (2)
items.
(2) Engage the fasteners (3) in the attachment fittings (4) and install
the panel (2).
(3) Install the quick release pins (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-44-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) If necessary install the passenger seats removed for access

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).
Subtask 25-23-44-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 25-23-44-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Sidewall Panel and of the Area Behind
the Lower Sidewall Panel for Foreign Material Accumulation.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Panels)
25-23-44-991-003 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-23-44-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the lower sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-
000-001).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 601
May 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-44-210-052
A. Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-23-44-991-003)
NOTE : Remove one lower sidewall panel in the FWD, MID and AFT passenger
____
cabin.
Alternate sidewall panel is recommended at the next inspection.
Interval may be adjusted according to operator experience.
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the lower sidewall panel and of

the area behind the lower sidewall panel for:
- Foreign material accumulation
- Dust contamination
(eg. clothing fibers, exfoliated skin and nicotine).
R (2) If you find foreign material, remove more adjacent panels and do a
R visual inspection.
R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area if necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-44-410-053
A. Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001)
Subtask 25-23-44-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 602
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Lower Sidewall Panels
R Figure 601/TASK 25-23-44-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-23-44

Page 603
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LINING - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 25-23-45-000-005
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
33-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-006 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-45-860-055
(1) In the cockpit:
(a) Make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL on the panel 25VU is
in the OFF position.
(2) On the FAP 120RH:
(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
Subtask 25-23-45-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).
(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).
(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-45-020-055-A
R A. Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
R 221RW, 221SW, 221VW,
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006)
R (1) Remove the lining 221SW:
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R (a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

R harness.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
R (b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical
R connectors.
R (c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
R (d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
R (e) Hold the lining 221SW in position.
R (f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
R and (7) and remove the lining 221SW.
R (2) Remove the lining 221EW:
R (a) Remove the handgrip:
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
R THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R 1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
R handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
R 3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
R (15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R (b) Remove the screws (27) and the washers (26).
R (c) Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets (24) from
R the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221EW.
R (3) Remove the lining 221BW:
R (a) Remove the screws (1), (27) and (30), the washers (2), (26) and
R (31) and remove the lining 221BW.
R (4) Remove the lining 221AW:
R (a) Remove the screws (27) and the washers (26).
R (b) Lift the lining 221AW to release the attach brackets (24) from
R the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221AW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (5) Remove the lining 221FW:
R (a) Remove the screws (16) and the washers (17) and the latch-hook
R (18).
R (b) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
R 221FW.
R (6) Remove the lining 221VW:
R (a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 221VW.
R (7) Remove the lining 221CW:
R (a) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
R 221CW.
R (8) Remove the lining 221RW:
R (a) Remove the adjacent sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
R (b) Remove the handgrip:
_______
R 1
R 2
R 3
R (c) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
R 221RW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 407
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-45-400-006
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-400-002 Installation of the Decals

20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
Power
the External Power
33-51-00-710-008 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
Cabin by EMER EXIT LT Switch
33-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted
33-51-16-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-991-006 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 408
May 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the off
position.
(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the off
position.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120 RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-059
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 409
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-45-420-056-A
R A. Installation of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
R 221RW,221SW, 221VW,
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006)
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (2) Install the lining 221RW:
R (a) Put the lining 221RW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2), but do not tighten the screws (1).
R (b) Install the handgrip:
R 1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
R plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
R the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R (c) Tighten the screws (1).
R (d) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
R into position until you hear a click.
R (e) Install the sidewall panel that was removed in the removal
R procedure (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (3) Install the lining 221CW:
R (a) Put the lining 221CW in position and install the screws (29) and
R the washers (28).
R (4) Install the lining 221VW:
R (a) Put the lining 221VW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (5) Install the lining 221FW:
R (a) Put the lining 221FW in position and install the screws (29) and
R the washers (28).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 410
May 01/07

AIJ
R (b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
R and the washers (17).
R (6) Install the lining 221AW:
R (a) Put the lining 221AW in position and engage the attach brackets
R (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
R (b) Install the screws (27) and the washers (26).
R (7) Install the lining 221BW:
R (a) Put the lining 221BW in position and install the screws (1), (27)
R and (30) and the washers (2), (26) and (31).
R (8) Install the lining 221EW:
R (a) Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets
R (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
R (b) Install the screws (27) and the washers (26).
R (c) Install the handgrip:
R 1
R 2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
R of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
R cover into position until you hear a click.
R (9) Install the lining 221SW:
R (a) Put the lining 221SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
R and (8), the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the screws
R (1), (4) and (8).
R (b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
R +0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
R (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (c) Tighten the screws (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
R (d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.
R (e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 411
May 01/07

AIJ
R (f) Connect the electrical connectors:
R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R 2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R 3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
Subtask 25-23-45-942-054
B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-060
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-23-45-710-056
D. Do the operational test of the cabin emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-
00-710-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-400-001).
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(4) Install the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 412
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-45-210-068
B. Preparation for Installation

002) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
Subtask 25-23-45-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 413
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-23-45-000-002
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-45-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 414
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-45-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).

33-51-13-000-001).
Subtask 25-23-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-45-020-052-A
R A. Removal of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222VW, 222UW, 222TW,
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003)
R (1) Remove the lining 222SW:
_______
R (a) Disconnect the electrical connectors (19) from the electrical

R harness.
R (b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical

R connectors.
R (c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
R (d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
R (e) Hold the lining 222SW in position.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 415
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 416
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 417
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
R and (7) and remove the lining 222SW.
R
R (2) Remove the lining 222UW:
R (a) Remove the handgrip:
_______
R 1
R 2
R 3
R (b) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
R (c) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 222UW.
R
R (3) Remove the lining 222VW:
R (a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
R 222VW.
R
R (4) Remove the lining 222TW:
R (a) Remove the caps (3), the screws (4) and (1), the washers (2) and
R remove the lining 222TW.
R
R (5) Remove the lining 222RW:
R (a) Remove the adjacent sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
R (b) Remove the handgrip:
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 418
May 01/07

AIJ
R 1
R 2
R 3
R (c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
R (d) Carefully tilt the lining to remove the nuts (22) and the socket
R (23).
R (e) Remove the lining 222RW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 419
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-45-400-007
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-45-991-003 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 420
May 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-45-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-45-420-058-A
R A. Installation of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222TW, 222UW, 222VW
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003)
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (2) Install the lining 222RW:
R (a) Put the socket (23) in position and install the nuts (22).
R (b) Put the lining 222RW in position.
R (c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
R tighten the screws (1) and (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 421
May 01/07

AIJ
R (d) Install the handgrip:
R 1
R (e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
R (f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
R into position until you hear a click.
R (g) Install the sidewall panel that was removed in the removal
R procedure (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (3) Install the lining 222TW:
R (a) Put the lining 222TW in position and install the screws (1) and
R (4), the washers (2) and the caps (3).
R (4) Install the lining 222VW:
R (a) Put the lining 222VW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (5) Install the lining 222UW:
R (a) Put the lining 222UW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
R and the washers (17).
R (c) Install the handgrip:
R 1
R 2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
R of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
R cover into position until you hear a click.
R (6) Install the lining 222SW:
R (a) Put the lining 222SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
R and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 422
May 01/07

AIJ
R (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
R (d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.
R (e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
R (f) Connect the electrical connector:
R 1
R 2
R 3
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL2 (Ref. TASK

33-51-13-400-001).
(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-069

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 423
May 01/07

AIJ

Subtask 25-23-45-865-053
breaker(s):
1ME
Subtask 25-23-45-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 424
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-23-45-000-003
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-13-000-001 Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (126RH)

23-73-22-000-001 Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel
R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
23-73-44-000-001 Removal of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)
Power
25-23-45-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 425
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-45-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 832 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
001).
(3) Remove the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-000-001).
(4) Remove the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-000-001).

33-51-13-000-001).
Subtask 25-23-45-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET CARGO Z261 5ME F01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-057
R A. Removal of the door frame linings 261VW, 261UW, 261TW, 261WW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004)
(1) Remove the lining 261VW:
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

harness.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 426
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical
connectors.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
(e) Hold the lining 261VW in position.
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 261VW.
(2) Remove the lining 261UW:
R (a) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 261UW.
(3) Remove the lining 261TW:
(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
(b) Remove the handgrip:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
3
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
R (d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (20) and disengage the
R socket (21).
(e) Remove the lining 261TW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 427
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 428
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 429
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Remove the lining 261WW:
(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
_______
1
R 2
3
(c) Remove the lining 261WW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 430
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-45-400-008
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-13-400-001 Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
(126RH)
23-73-22-400-001 Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
R (320RH,321RH,322RH)
23-73-44-400-001 Installation of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)
Power
the External Power
35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-23-45-991-004 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 431
May 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-45-865-058
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 5ME F01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-560-050
(1) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001)

on the door frame lining 261VW.
Subtask 25-23-45-420-060
B. Installation of the door frame linings 261WW, 261TW, 261UW, 261VW

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004)
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 432
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Install the lining 261TW:
R (a) Put the socket (21) in position and install the nuts (20).
R (b) Put the lining 261TW in position.
(c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
(d) Install the handgrip:
1
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover in
R position until you hear a click.
(g) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).
(3) Install the lining 261WW:
R (a) Put the lining 261WW in position.
(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
(c) Install the handgrip:
1
(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover into
R position until you hear a click.
(4) Install the lining 261UW:
(a) Put the lining 261UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 433
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Install the lining 261VW:
R (a) Put the lining 261VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
R and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
R screws (1), (4) and (8).
R (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
R
(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
R (f) Connect the electrical connector:
R 1
R 2
R 3
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

33-51-13-400-001).
(5) Install the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-400-001).
(6) Install the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 434
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(7) Install the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-
400-001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-070

Subtask 25-23-45-865-055
breaker(s):
5ME
Subtask 25-23-45-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 435
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-23-45-000-004
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-23-45-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 436
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-45-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL8 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-054
A. Removal of the door frame linings 262VW, 262UW, 262TW, 262WW.

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005)
(1) Remove the lining 262VW:
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical

harness.
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical

connectors.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
(e) Hold the lining 262VW in position.
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 262VW.
(2) Remove the lining 262UW:
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 262UW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 437
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 438
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 439
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Remove the lining 262TW:
(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
_______
1
2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
(d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (22) and disengage the
socket (23) .
(e) Remove the lining 262TW.
(4) Remove the lining 262WW:
(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
_______
1
2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
(c) Remove the lining 262WW.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 440
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-23-45-400-005
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-23-45-991-005 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 441
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-420-061
A. Installation of the door frame linings 262WW, 262TW, 262UW, 262VW

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005)
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(2) Install the lining 262TW:
(a) Put the the lining 261TW in position.
1
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(f) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 442
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Install the lining 262WW:
(a) Put the the lining 262WW in position.
1
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(4) Install the lining 262UW:
(a) Put the lining 262UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(5) Install the lining 262VW:
(a) Put the lining 262VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
screws (1), (4) and (8).
(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(d) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
(f) Connect the electrical connector:
1
2
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 443
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

33-51-13-400-001).
(5) Close the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-071

Subtask 25-23-45-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-45

Page 444
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LINING - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________
R TASK 25-23-46-000-001
Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-23-46-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 831AZ, 841AZ
25-62-44-000-002 Removal of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-000-012 Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-46-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(2) Remove the cabin escape facilities:

FOR 831AZ, 841AZ
Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the escape
slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-020-050
A. Removal of the Linings
(1) Remove the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8)
(a) Remove the screws (26) the washers (25) and the grip (27).
(c) Loosen the screws (4) and turn the brackets.
(d) Carefully release the lining (8) and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-23-46

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 404
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 405
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 406
May 01/09

AIJ
(2) Remove the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9)
(a) Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).
(c) Remove the pin (5).
(d) Remove the lining (9).
(3) Remove the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2)
(b) Release the lining (2) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(4) Remove the hand grip and the lining 831DZ (841DZ) (21)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (22).
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the
handgrip (24).
(c) Remove the spacer (19) and the lining (20).
(d) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(e) Release the lining (21) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(5) Remove the handle plate (14) and lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1)
(a) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the
handle plate (14) from the emergency control handle (16).
(c) Release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 407
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(6) Remove the lining 831BZ (841BZ) (10)
(7) Remove the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 408
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-23-46-000-003
Removal of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-46-991-005 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-46-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open the related Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-46-020-052
A. Removal of the blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005)
(1) Remove the lining (2).
(2) Remove the screws (4) the washers (3) and the lining assembly (1).
(4) If necessary, remove the screws (8), the springs (9) and the washers
(7).
(5) Remove the slide guide (10) and the blind (11).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 409
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 410
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-23-46-400-003
Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-23-46-991-005 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-46-210-056

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-46-420-052
B. Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/crew Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005)
(1) Put the blind (11) with the slide guide (10) in position.
(3) If removed, install the washers (7), the springs (9) and the screws
(8).
(4) Put the lining assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3)
and the screws (4).
(5) Install the lining (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-46-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Close the passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
Subtask 25-23-46-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-46-400-001
Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R B. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6 cotter pin 25-23-01 01L-200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-46-991-001 Fig. 401
25-62-44-400-006 Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-400-007 Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 413
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-46-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001)
_______
Subtask 25-23-46-210-054


EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 414
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-23-46-420-050
B. Install the linings
(1) Install the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11)
(a) Engage the lining (11) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
(2) Install the linings 831BZ (841BZ) (10) and 831DZ (841DZ) (21)
(a) Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install
the washers (3) and the screws (4).
NOTE : Make sure that you can move the door window-shade
____
correctly.
(3) Install the handgrip
(a) Put the lining (20) in position.
(b) Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18) and
the screws (17) and (23).
NOTE : TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and
____
79.64 lbf.in).
(c) Install the grip cover (22) to the handgrip (24).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage
____
correctly up until you hear a click.
(4) Install the lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1)
(b) Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in
position and install the screw (15), the washer (13) and the nut
(12),
NOTE : Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the
____
emergency control handle will contract into the recess in
the door panel.
(5) Install the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 415
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(6) Install the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9)
R (a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (6).
R (b) Safety the pin (6) with a new:

R - cotter pin (6).
(c) Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).
(7) Install the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8)
(b) Turn the brackets into position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (4).
(8) Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and the
screws (26).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-46-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cabin escape facilities:

FOR 831AZ, 841AZ
Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or the escape
(3) Do the special precautions after work on the doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-054
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
Subtask 25-23-46-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-46-000-002
Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-23-46-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 417
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-46-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(2) Remove the cabin escape facilities:

FOR 832AZ, 842AZ
Remove the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the escape
Subtask 25-23-46-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
_______
Subtask 25-23-46-020-051
A. Remove the linings

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002)
(1) Remove the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8)
(a) Remove the screws (26) the washers (25) and the grip (27).
(c) Loosen the screws (4) and turn the brackets.
(d) Carefully release the lining (8) and remove it.
(2) Remove the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9)
(a) Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 418
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-23-46

Page 419
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 420
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 421
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 422
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(c) Remove the pin (5).
(d) Remove the lining (9).
(3) Remove the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2)
(4) Remove the handgrip and the lining 832DZ (832DZ) (20)
_______
(a) Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (22).
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the
handgrip (24).
(c) Remove the spacer (19) and the lining (20).
(5) Remove the lining 832DZ (842DZ) (21)
(6) Remove the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1)
(a) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the
handle plate (14) from the emergency control handle (16).
(c) Release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(7) Remove the lining 832BZ (842BZ) (10)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 423
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(8) Remove the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 424
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-23-46-400-002
Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 25-23-04 01E-260

R 6 cotter pin 25-23-04 01F-260
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-46-991-002 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 425
Nov 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-46-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
_______
Subtask 25-23-46-420-051
A. Installation of the linings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002)
(1) Install the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 426
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(2) Install the linings 832BZ (842BZ) (10) and 832DZ (842DZ) (21)
(a) Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install
NOTE : Make sure that you can move the door window-shade
____
correctly.
(3) Install the handgrip
(b) Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18), and
the screws (17) and (23).
(c) TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in)
(d) Install the grip cover (22) to the handgrip (24).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage
____
correctly up until you hear a click.
(4) Install the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1)
(b) Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in
(12).
NOTE : Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the
____
emergency control handle will retract into the recess in
the door panel.
(5) Install the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 427
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(6) Install the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9)
(a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).
(b) Safety the pin (5) with the new:

R
- cotter pin (6)
(c) Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).
(7) Install the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8)
(b) Turn the bracket into position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (4).
(d) Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and
the screws (26).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-46-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Install the cabin escape facilities:

FOR 832AZ, 842AZ
Install the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or the escape
Subtask 25-23-46-210-055


EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 428
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-46-865-055
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
Subtask 25-23-46-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-46

Page 429
May 01/07

AIJ
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
R TASK 25-23-47-000-001
Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches
NOTE : The removal and installation of the linings is the same for all the
____
emergency exit hatches.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R 25-23-47-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-070
A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the emergency exit hatch (1) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-020-050
A. Removal of the Lining (2)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (3), (5) and the washers (4), (6) that attach the
lining (2) to the emergency exit hatch (1) and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-47-400-001
Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit Hatches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific spring scale 4.0 daN (8.9923 lbf)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-010

PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-71-13-400-001 Installation of the Proximity Switches
(19WV1,19WV2,21WV1,21WV2)
R 25-23-47-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-23-47-991-017 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-077
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the emergency
exit hatches.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(3) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is removed. (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001)
(4) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is put on an applicable
fixture.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-050
A. Installation of the Lining (2)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001)
items.
(2) If necessary clean the window pane(s).
(a) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(b) Clean the window pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use
a clean sponge and or chamois leather.
(c) Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.
(d) Dry the components with clean chamois leather.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (e) If stains or dirt marks stay, you must remove them with plastic
R cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010).
R (f) Mix 7-parts plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 010) with 60-parts of water.
R (g) Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window pane.
R (h) Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.
R (i) Apply anti-static treatment to the window pane.

R
R (j) Let the window pane dry.
R (k) Do a check and make sure that the window pane is dry. Polish it
R with a clean, lint-free cloth.
(3) Put the lining (2) in position on the emergency exit hatch (1) and
R install the washers (4), (6) and the screws (3), (5).
Subtask 25-23-47-410-071
B. Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-127
R C. Installation of the Cover Flap (1)

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017)
items.
(2) Engage the brackets (3) of the cover flap (1) and push the cover flap
(1) onto the lining (9).
R
R (3) Make sure that the fastener (5) engages correctly to the aircraft
R structure.
R
R (4) If adjustment of the fastener (5) is necessary, loosen the screws (6)
R or (8) and move the adjustment plate (7) to its correct position.
R Tighten the screws (6) or (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Cover Flap
R Figure 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-47-720-050
D. Test
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017)
R (1) Test of the opening force of the cover flap (1)
NOTE : The procedure of the test is the same for all emergency exit
____
hatches.
(a) Attach a spring scale (2) to the grip of the cover flap (1)
(b) Pull the spring scale (2) inboard and at a right angle to the
cover flap (1).
R NOTE : The force which is necessary to open the cover flap (1) is
____
R 4.0 +0.5 -0.5 daN (8.9923 +1.1240 -1.1240 lbf).
R
R (c) If adjustment is necessary move the arms of the fastener (5)

R together.
R NOTE : The proximity sensor of the door warning system must have
____
R the correct target value (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-410-065
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-061
B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-47-000-002
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and
241FW, (242FW)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notices
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-23-47-991-002 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-069

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-23-47-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
(4) Put the warning notices on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
(5) Remove the related passenger seat, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-
000-001)
(6) Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-

000-001).
(7) Remove the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-
001)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-051
B. Remove the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW,
(242CW) (14)
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)
NOTE : The removal procedure for the LH and RH upper sidewall panels are
____
the same.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) that attach the support (3)
to the upper sidewall panel 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW, (242LW)
(14).
(2) Temporarily attach the support (3) to the aircraft structure.
(3) Push the clips in the fives holes of the decor cover (12) radially
out from the window to release the decor cover (12).
(4) Remove the decor cover (12).
(5) Remove the inner pane (11).
(6) Pull the lining strip(s) (8), (15) down and remove it.
(7) Pull the lining strip (13) up and remove it.
(8) Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-
000-001)
(11) Lift the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW
(242CW) (14) to release it from the brackets (7) and from the yo-yo
rolls and remove it.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-23-47-400-002
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW)
and 241FW, (242FW)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chamois leather

No specific cotton gloves
No specific sponge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-010

PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-23-47-991-002 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-075
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit hatches.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-210-057
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(2) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-051
A. Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or
241LW (242LW) (14)
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)
NOTE : The installation procedure for the LH and the RH upper sidewall
____
panel are the same.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 414
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) Put the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW
(242LW) (14) in position on the brackets (7) and on the yo-yo rolls
and push it down.
NOTE : Make sure that the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6)
____
and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) engage correctly.
(3) Put the washers (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(4) Put the lining strip (13) in position and push it down between the
upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and 241LW (242LW) (14).
NOTE : Make sure that the lining strip (13) engages coccectly.
____
(5) Put the lining strip(s) (8), (15) in position on the the lower end of
the sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14)
and the adjacent panel and push it up.
NOTE : Make sure that the lining strip(s) (8), (15) engage correctly.
____
(6) Install the wall-mounted emergency markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-400-

001)
(7) Installation of the Inner Window Pane (11)
NOTE : Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the

____
adjacent area.
(8) If necessary clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the
outer window pane.
(9) Clean the Inner Window Pane (11)
(a) Clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the outer window
pane with clean warm water.
(b) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(c) Clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the outer window
pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use a clean sponge
chamois leather
(d) Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.
(e) Dry the components with a clean chamois leather.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 415
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(f) If stains or dirt marks remain, you must remove them with plastic
cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010)
(g) Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.
(h) Apply anti-static treatment to the window panes.
NOTE : Mix 7-parts plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

____
No. 05-010) with 60-parts of water.
(i) Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window panes.
(j) Let the window panes dry.
(k) Do a check and make sure that the window panes are dry and polish
them with a clean, lintfree cloth.
NOTE : You must wear cotton gloves when you touch the window
____
panes.
(10) Install the inner pane (11) and the decor cover (12) and make sure
that it engages correctly.
(11) Put the support assy (3) in position and install it with the washers
(2) and the screws (1) to the upper sidewall panel assy (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-053
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL.
Subtask 25-23-47-942-050
B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-47-410-061
C. Close Access
(1) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
(2) Install the passenger seat if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 416
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-23-47-410-050
D. Close Access
(1) Install the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-
001)
(2) Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001)
(3) Install the passenger seat, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001)
(4) Install the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-

400-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-062
E. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-47

Page 417
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
PANEL - COVE LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 25-23-48-000-001
Removal of the Cove Light Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-23-48-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-48-020-050-A
R A. Remove the Cove Light Panel (3)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001-A)
R (1) Move the cove light panel (3) inboard and lift the flange (2) off the
R rail (1).
R (2) Remove the seal (4), if necessary.
R (3) Lower the inboard edge of the cove light panel (3), but not more than
R 100 mm (3.9 in.).
R (4) Lift the cove light panel (3) to disengage the bracket (6) from the
R fitting (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 401
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Cove Light Panels
R Figure 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R (5) Remove the cove light panel (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 403
Aug 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-48-400-001
Installation of the Cove Light Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
R 25-23-48-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-860-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for the LH/RH cove light panel is the
____
same.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 404
Aug 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001-A)
R Subtask 25-23-48-420-051-A
R A. Installation of the Cove Light Panel (3)
R items.
R (2) Engage the brackets (6) of the cove light panel (3) in the fitting
R (5).
R (3) Align the flange (2) with the rail (1).
R (4) Engage the flange (2) on the rail (1).
R (5) Make sure that the dimension X is 10 +2 -2 mm (0.3937 +0.0787 -

R 0.0787 in.).
R (6) If removed, install the seal (4) into the rail (1). Use PULLEY
R ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-48-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-23-48-960-001
Replacement of the Light Screen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-025B D DA-4-653-3P2

R TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 406
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-23-48-010-051
B. Remove the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-48-960-050
A. Replacement of the screen light:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-48-991-002)
NOTE : Screen light contour has space on each side to let it engage on
____
the cove light panel. Then it is attached to the panel by adhesive
to prevent lateral movement.
(1) Carefully remove all adhesives (3) with CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
NOTE : The adhesives can also be removed by hand after applying soft
____
heat by a light source.
(2) Manually disengage the screen light (2) from the cove light panel
(1).
(3) On the cove light panel (1) remove all the adhesives (3) used to
attach the screen light (2) with cutter.
(4) Clean the cove light panel (1) with cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) to remove the remaining adhesives (3).
(5) Carefully engage the new screen light (2) on the cove light panel
(1).
(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025B) (3) at
interval of 50mm (2 in.) around the contour of the screen light (2)
and attach it to the cove light panel (1).
(7) Let the adhesives (3) fully cure.

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Light Screen
R Figure 402/TASK 25-23-48-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-48-410-050
A. Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
Subtask 25-23-48-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-23-48

Page 409
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) are installed above the left and
right seat rows according to the cabin layout of the aircraft.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
3. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) have a box structure and are of
different lengths:
- spacer,
- 1-frame pitch,
- 2-frame pitch,
- 3-frame pitch and
- 4-frame pitch.
Each OHSC has:
- one or more doors with a handle/latch assembly for each door,
- a handgrip along its length,
- hinge mechanisms that attach the door to the OHSC,
- a gas filled damper strut on each hinge mechanism (spacer OHSC only on one
hinge) for a controlled door operation,
- upper attachment brackets,
- lower attachment brackets.
- mounting rails for the installation of the passenger service/information
unit (PSUI) and the emergency oxygen container (Ref. 25-25-11),
Brackets connect the OHSC to each other.
Brackets and turnbuckles attach the OHSC to the fuselage structure.
Cabin temperature control sensors are installed between the OHSC according
to the cabin layout. (Ref. 21-63-17).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Overhead Stowage Compartment
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08

AIJ
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
R TASK 25-24-00-710-001
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-24-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-00-820-051
A. Adjust the Doors

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-24-00-991-001)
(1) Alignment of the door with the adjacent doors:
(a) Open the applicable door.
(b) Loosen the screws (3).
(c) Move the door to align it with the adjacent doors.
(d) Tighten the screws (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
R Figure 501/TASK 25-24-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 502
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(e) Close the door.
(f) Make sure that the door is aligned with the adjacent doors.
(2) Adjustment of the gap between the doors:
(c) Move the door forward or aft, as necessary.
(e) Close the door.
(f) Make sure that the distance between the doors is 10 +2 -2 mm

(0.3937 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).
(3) Adjustment of the door opening angle:
(b) Turn the screw (1) until the bottom lip of the door is 1961 +0 -
10 mm (77.2047 +0.0000 -0.3937 in.) above the floor.
NOTE : The bottom lip of the door at FR20/21 and FR65/66 must be
____
1858 +0 -10 mm (73.1496 +0.0000 -0.3937 in.) above the
floor.
(c) Close the door.
(d) Make sure that the door locks correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Close the overhead stowage-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 503
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-24-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 504
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-24-00-710-002
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-24-41-400-001 Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
R 25-24-00-991-002-A Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-24-00-820-052-A
R A. Adjustment of the Distance between the a/c Structure and the OHSC (1)
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002-A)
R (1) Make sure that the distance A (between the bracket-edge (3) and the
R bracket rear-edge (2)) is in the limits given in the table (view C).
R (2) If necessary adjust the distance A with the turnbuckle (view B):
R (a) Loosen the lock-nut (6) and open the quick fastener (4).
R (b) Hold the bottom of a OHSC (1) with a hand to turn the turnbuckle
R body (5) easier.

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
R Figure 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002-A

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (c) Turn the turnbuckle body (5) clockwise or counterclockwise until
R the distance A is in the limits given in the table (view C).
R (d) Tighten the lock-nut (6) and close the quick fastener (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(2) Install cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(3) If necessary, tighten the attached parts of the OHSC (Ref. TASK 25-
24-41-400-001).
Subtask 25-24-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08

AIJ
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-24-41-000-001
Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
No specific 1 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-24-19-000-001 Removal of the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM

Power
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
R 25-26-43-000-012 Removal of the MCD Rail System
33-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Ballast Unit and Lampholder 1LG1
(3LG1)
35-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
25-24-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
25-24-41-991-005 Fig. 402
25-24-41-991-012-A Fig. 403
25-24-41-991-013-A Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 401
Aug 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-24-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304lG H07
Subtask 25-24-41-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) adjacent to the stowage compartment
you will remove.
(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment is empty.
(3) Remove the ceiling panels adjacent to the stowage compartment

(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
(4) Remove the cove light panels adjacent to the stowage compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
R (5) Remove the fluorescent tubes(Ref. TASK 33-21-11-000-001).
(6) Remove the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
R (7) Remove the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if installed (Ref. TASK
R 25-26-43-000-012).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 402
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-24-41-010-051
D. Remove the Passenger Service Equipment.
(1) Remove the passenger service/information unit (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-

000-001).
(2) Remove the passenger reading light-panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-

001).
(3) Remove the individual air-outlet panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-050-A
R A. Removal of the 2, 3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A)
R (1) Remove the lower attachments.
R (a) Disengage the panel (2) from the attachment rail (1), pull it
R down and remove it.
R (b) Remove the screw (23), the nut (26), the washer (25) and
R disconnect the bonding strap (24).
R (c) If necessary remove the clamps (3) and disconnect the hoses (4).
R (d) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected hoses (4).
R (e) Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the brackets (12)
R (Ref. Detail C).
R (f) Remove the lock-pins (16), the washers (15), and the pins (13)
R (Ref. Detail D, E, F, G, H, J).
R (g) Open and remove the clip (21) (Ref. Detail E, F, H).
R (h) Remove the screws (19), the washers (18), and the brackets (17),
R (20) and (34) (Ref. Detail F, G and H).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 403
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
R Figure 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A13 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 404
Feb 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 405
Feb 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 406
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Remove the upper attachments.
R (a) Open the stowage compartment doors (5) for access.
R (b) Remove the split-rings (8), the washers (7) (Ref. Detail A),
R the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail B) and/or the nut (27), the
R washers (28) and (29) (Ref. Detail L).
R (c) Record the position and the number of the washers (31) for the
R installation procedure.
R (d) Hold the stowage compartment and remove the pins (6) and (9)
R (Ref. Detail A and B) and/or remove the screw (33), the
R washers (30), (31) and (32) (Ref. Detail L)
R (e) Remove the stowage compartment.
R NOTE : The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) is installed

____
R between two overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2). If
R you must remove one or two of these overhead stowage
R compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005)
R (f) Loosen the clamp (5).
R (g) Remove the hose (6) from the cabin temperature sensor (4) outlet
R pipe.
R (h) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected hose (6).
R (i) Remove the screws (7), and remove the screen (8) from between the
R overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).
R NOTE : The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) stays attached to

____
R its overhead stowage compartment (2).
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-051-A
R B. Removal of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012-A)
R (1) Remove the lock-pins (14), the washers (15) and the pins (17).
R (2) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the bracket (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 407
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 408
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
R 1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
R Figure 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012-A

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 409
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (4) Remove the nut (24), the washer (23), the screw (21) and disconnect
R the bonding strap (22).
R (5) Remove the split-ring (18) and the washer (19) and/or the nut (1) and
R the washers (2) and (3).
R (6) Record the position and the number of the washers (5) for the
R installation procedure.
R (7) Hold the stowage/spacer bin and remove the pin (20) and/or the
R washers (4), (5) and (6) and the bolt (7).
R (8) Remove the stowage/spacer bin.
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-052-A
R C. Removal of the spacer bin.

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013-A)
R (2) Remove the lock-pin (5), the washer (6) and the pin (8).
R (4) Remove the nut (14), the washer (15), the screw (17) and disconnect
R the bonding strap (16).
R (5) Remove the split-ring (11) and the washer (12).
R (6) Remove the split-ring (11).
R (7) Hold the spacer bin and remove the pin (13) and the spacer bin.

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 410
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
R Figure 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013-A

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 411
Feb 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-24-41-400-001
Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-24-19-400-001 Installation of the Individual Air outlet 4150 HM
23-73-64-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light
Power
the External Power
25-24-00-710-002 Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
R 25-26-43-400-012 Installation of the MCD Rail System
33-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Ballast Unit and Lampholder 1LG1
25-24-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
25-24-41-991-005 Fig. 402
25-24-41-991-012-A Fig. 403
25-24-41-991-013-A Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 412
Aug 01/08

AIJ
items.
Subtask 25-24-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-24-41-210-051
C. Make an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
items.
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-24-41-420-050-A
R A. Installation of the 2, 3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A)
R (1) Install the upper attachments.
R (a) Put the stowage compartment in position and install the pins (6)
R and (9) (Ref. Detail A and B) and/or the screws (33), the
R washers (30), (31) and (32) (Ref. Detail L).
R NOTE : The washers (31) must be installed as recorded in the

____
R removal procedure.

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 413
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (b) Install the washers (7) and the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail
R A), the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail B) and/or the washers
R (28), (29) and the nut (27) (Ref. Detail L).
R (2) Install the lower attachments.
R (a) Install the screws (19), the washers (18) and the brackets (17),
R (20) and (34) (Ref. Detail F G and H).
R (b) Put the turnbuckles (14) in position and install the pins (13),
R the washers (15) and the lock-pins (16) (Ref. Detail D, E,
R F, G, H and J).
R (c) Put the turnbuckles (22) in position and close the clip (21).
R (Ref. Detail E, F, and H).
R (d) Install the screws (10), the washers (11) and the bracket (12)
R (Ref. Detail C).
R (e) Put the bonding-strap (24) in position and install the screw
R (23), the washer (25) and the nut (26) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
R 004).
R (f) Install the panel (2) on the attachment rail (1) and push it into
R the handrail.
R (g) If necessary, remove the plug blanking from the hoses (4),
R connect the hoses (4) and install the clamps (3).
R (h) Close the stowage compartment door (5).
R NOTE : The cabin sensor temperature casing (3) is installed

____
R between two overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2). If
R you install one or more of these overhead stowage
R compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005)
R (i) Remove the plug blanking from the hose (6).
R (j) Connect the hose (6) to the outlet pipe of the cabin temperature
R sensor (4) and tighten the clamp (5).
R (k) Install the screen (8), the screws (7) on the sidewalls of the
R overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 414
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-24-41-420-051-A
B. Installation of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012-A)
(1) Install the upper attachments.
(a) Put the stowage/spacer bin in position and install the pin (20)
and/or the washers (4), (5) and (6) and bolt (7).
NOTE : Install the washers as recorded in the removal procedure.

____
(b) Install the washers (19) and the split-ring (18) and/or the
washer (2), (3) and the nut (1).
(c) Install the screws (8), the washers (9) and the brackets (10).
(2) Install the lower attachments.
(a) Install the screws (13), the washers (12) and the brackets (11).
(b) Put the turnbuckles (16) in position and install the pins (17),
the washers (15) and the lock-pins (14).
(c) Put the bonding-strap (22) in position and install the screw
(21), the washer (23) and the nut (24) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-052-A
C. Installation of the spacer bin.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013-A)
(1) Put the spacer bin in position and install the pin (13), the washers
(12) and the split-ring (11).
(2) Install the screws (9), the washers (10) and the bracket (4).
(3) Put the turnbuckles (7) in position and install the pin (8), the
washer (6) and the lock-pin (5).
(4) Install the screws (2), the washers (1) and the bracket (3).
(5) Put the bonding-strap (16) in position and install the screw (17),
the washer (15) and the nut (14) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-24-41-820-051
D. Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between a/c structure and OHSC
(Ref. TASK 25-24-00-710-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 415
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).
(3) Install the fluorescent tube (Ref. TASK 33-21-11-400-001).
(4) Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(5) Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R (6) Install the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if removed (Ref. TASK
R 25-26-43-400-012).
R (7) Remove the stepladder.
R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
Subtask 25-24-41-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the individual air-outlet panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001).
(3) Install the passenger reading light-panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-

001).
(4) Install the passenger service/information units (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-

400-001).
(5) Remove the stepladder.

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 416
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-24-41-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-24-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 417
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-24-41-000-002
Removal of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-24-41-991-015 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-020-062
A. Removal of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door (referred to as door)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015)
(1) Open the applicable door (1) and hold it.
(2) Push the pin (3) through the hole (4) of the retainer with a sharp
pointed instrument to release the spline (2).
(3) Move the spline (2) a little out of the housing (5) until the hinge
gets loose.
NOTE : It is not necessary to move the spline (2) completely out of

____
the housing (5).
(4) Carefully remove the door (1).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 418
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment with quick release hinge
R Figure 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 419
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-24-41-400-002
Installation of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-24-00-710-001 Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
R 25-24-41-991-015 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-420-062
A. Installation of the Door

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-015)
(4) Put the door (1) in position into the housing (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 420
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Push the spline (2) back to the housing (5).
(6) Make sure that the spline (2) is fully engaged.
Subtask 25-24-41-820-050
B. Adjustment of the Door
(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between the doors (1) (Ref. TASK
25-24-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 421
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-24-41-000-004
Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-24-41-991-016 Fig. 406
R 25-24-41-991-017 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-020-064
A. Removal of the Latch assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door.

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016)
(1) Open the overhead bin door (1).
(3) Remove the latch assembly (4).
(4) Close the overhead bin door (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 422
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
R Figure 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 423
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-24-41-020-065
B. Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017)
(1) Open the door (1).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the cover (4).
(3) Remove the latch assembly (5).
(4) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7) and the bracket (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 424
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Latch Assembly - Spacer
R Figure 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 425
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-24-41-400-003
Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-24-41-991-016 Fig. 406
R 25-24-41-991-017 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-420-064
A. Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment

Door.
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-016)
(1) Open the overhead bin door (1).
(2) Put the latch assembly (4) in position.
(4) Close the overhead bin door (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 426
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-24-41-420-065
B. Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-017)
(2) Put the bracket in position and install the screws (6) and (7).
(3) Put the latch assembly (5) and the cover (4) in position.
(4) Install the washers (3) and screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 427
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-24-41-960-001
R Replacement of the Handrail
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific stepladder
R 98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 21-24-19-000-001 Removal of the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM

R 21-24-19-400-001 Installation of the Individual Air outlet 4150 HM
R 23-73-51-000-001 Removal of the Loudspeaker
R 23-73-51-400-002 Installation of the Loudspeaker
R 23-73-63-000-001 Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from
R the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
R panels 2000VU/2001VU
R 23-73-63-400-001 Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign
R in the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
R 23-73-64-000-001 Removal of the Reading Light
R 23-73-64-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light
R Power
R 35-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
R 25-24-41-991-019 Fig. 408

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 428
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-24-41-861-054

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 25-24-41-010-055
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put a stepladder adjacent to the stowage compartment you will remove.
R (2) Get access to the handrail.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-24-41-960-051
R A. Replacement of the Handrail

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-24-41-991-019)
R (1) Removal of the Hadrail:
R (a) Remove the section hose (3) from the mounting rail (4).
R (b) Remove carefully the filler panel (1).
R (c) If necessary, open/remove the passenger service information units

R as follows:
R 1
_ Remove the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001).
R 2
_ Remove the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-
R 63-000-001).
R 3
_ Remove the Reading Light (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-000-001).
R 4
_ Remove the Individual Air Outlet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).
R 5
_ Remove the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
R 000-001).
R (d) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and remove carefully the
R handrail (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 429
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Handrail
R Figure 408/TASK 25-24-41-991-019

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 430
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Installation of the Hadrail:
R (a) Put carefully the handrail (7) in positionand install the the
R washers (6) and the screws (5).
R (b) Install carefully the filler panel (1).
R (c) If necessary, install/close the passenger service information

R units as follows:
R 1
_ Install the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).
R 2
_ Install the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-
R 73-63-400-001).
R 3
_ Install the Reading Light (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001).
R 4
_ Install the Individual Air Outlet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-
R 001).
R 5
_ Install the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
R 400-001).
R (d) Install the section hose (3) to the mounting rail (4), use PULLEY
R ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) (2).
R NOTE : Make sure that the seal is not expanded.

____
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-24-41-410-054
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Remove the access platform(s).
R Subtask 25-24-41-862-055
R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-24-41

Page 431
Aug 01/08

AIJ
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________
R 1. _______
General
R The Passenger Service/Information Units (PSIUs) are installed in the
R passenger service channel to give service and information to the passengers.
R 2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
R 3. __________________
System Description
The PSIUs are installed in the passenger service supply channels. The
passenger service supply channels are located on the bottom side of the
The PSIUs are hung from the attachment rails and held in position with the
section hose. The clamping blocks, installed in different positions, prevent
the PSIUs from moving in a FWD/AFT direction. The spaces between the PSIUs
are filled with blank filler panels. The filler panels have different
dimensions. This will let you position the PSIUs correctly to agree with
customer seat layouts.
NOTE : For description and operation of the PSIUs installed in the

____
lavatories, refer to 25-45-00.
Each PSIU has one or two parts that are installed above each seat row:
- the Passenger Service Unit (PSU),

- the Passenger Information Unit (PIU).
R 4. Power
____________
Supply
R For the power supply of the reading lights and the lighted signs, refer to
R 33-20-00.
R 5. _________
Interface
R The PSIUs have interfaces with:
R
R - the air conditioning system (Ref. 21-00-00),
R - the communication system (Ref. 23-00-00),
R - the lighting system (Ref. 33-20-00),
R - the oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00).
R
R For access to these system interfaces remove the related PSIU panels
R and/or the adjacent filler panels.

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 2
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 3
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 4
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Class Divider Assy - Component Location
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 5
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R 6. _____________________
A. Passenger Service Units (PSUs)
Each PSU has:
- a reading light (Ref. 33-25-00) and attendant call panel (Ref.

23-73-00),
- a fresh air outlet panel (Ref. 21-24-00),
- an emergency oxygen mask container (Ref. 35-20-00).
(1) Reading Light and Attendant Call Panel
Each Panel has:
- two attendant call/reset pushbuttons,

- reading lights with adjacent ON/OFF switches.
The number of reading lights on each reading light and attendant

call panel agrees with the customer seat layout. Each reading light
can be switched ON or OFF independently with the adjacent switch.
(2) Fresh Air Outlet Panel
The number of fresh air outlets on each fresh air outlet panel agrees
with the customer seat layout. Each fresh air outlet is adjustable
and can be opened or closed independently.
(3) Emergency Oxygen Mask Container
The number of emergency oxygen masks in each container agrees with

the customer seat layout. The oxygen masks fall from the container
immediately, if there is a sudden decrease in cabin pressure.
B. Passenger Information Units (PIUs) (Ref. 23-73-00)
Each PIU has:
- a lighted sign FASTEN SEAT BELT,

- a lighted sign NO SMOKING,
- an optional loudspeaker.

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 6
May 01/07

AIJ
R 7. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indication
The PSIUs can be operated by the Passengers/attendants as follows:
R A. Attendant Call
To call an attendant the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed.

This gives a signal tone and a visual sign on the attendant call panel.
The attendant call/reset pushbutton also comes on.
To cancel the call the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed
again.
R B. Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers
For information about the FASTEN SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING signs and the
loudspeakers of the PSIUs refer to 23-30-00 and 33-20-00.
R C. Fresh Air Outlets
To open the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the left. Then you
can adjust the fresh air stream when you turn the nozzle housing. To
close the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the right.
R D. Reading Lights
R
R A reading light comes on, when you push the switch adjacent to the light
R on the reading light and attendant call panel. The light goes off, when
R you push the switch again.

EFF :

ALL 25-25-00

Page 7
May 01/07

AIJ
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-25-11-000-001
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-51-000-001 Removal of the Loudspeaker
23-73-63-000-001 Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from
the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
23-73-64-000-001 Removal of the Reading Light
Power
R 25-25-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-25-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Filler Panels:

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the section hose (3) from the mounting rail (4).
(2) Release and remove the filler panel (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Filler Panel
R Figure 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Loosen the screws (5), release and remove the class-divider-bracket
(2).
(4) If installed, and necessary open/remove the passenger service

information units (PSIUs) as follows:
(a) Remove the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001).
(b) Remove the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-63-
000-001).
(c) Remove the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-000-001)
(d) Remove the Individual Air outlet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001)
(e) Remove the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-

001)

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-25-11-400-001
Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information

Unit(s) (PSIU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-51-400-002 Installation of the Loudspeaker
23-73-63-400-001 Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign
in the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B
23-73-64-400-001 Installation of the Reading Light
Power
the External Power
R 25-25-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-860-050
42-00-861-001).
items.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-25-11-420-050
A. Installation of the Filler Panel(s):

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001)
(1) If opened/removed install the passenger service/information units

(PSIUs) as follows:
(a) Install the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).
(b) Install the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-
63-400-001).
(c) Install the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001).
(d) Install the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-

001).
R (e) Install the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM(Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-
001).
items.
(3) Put the filler panel (1) in position and engage it to the mounting
rail (4).
(4) Put the class-divider-bracket in position engage it to the mounting

rail and tighten the screws (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Install the related seal (3) on the mounting rail (4) , use the
(6) Make sure that the seal is not expanded.
R (7) Make sure that there is a gap of 2 +0 -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 -0.0196
R in.) on each side of the emergency oxygen container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-25-11-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-25-11

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Dividers are installed to divide the utility areas and the passenger seating
areas in the cabin.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. _____________________
A. Curtains
Curtains divide the utility areas from the passenger seating area.
The curtains hang on hooks which slide in light alloy rails. Brackets
attach the rails to the galleys, lavatories, stowage compartments and/or
the overhead stowage compartments.
B. Partitions (if installed)

The partitions can be installed in the cabin between FR20 and FR66.
Special fittings attach the partitions to the seat tracks of the cabin
and on top to the overhead stowage compartment or the ceiling.
Each partition is made of a composite structure material and has a
decorative cover. The edges of the partitions have a light alloy profile.
The supports which hold the attach fittings are bonded into the composite
structure of the partition.
C. Movable Class Divider (if installed)

The movable class divider has a center part and two lateral parts with
R curtains. The single beam class divider is a mono block. You can relocate
R the parts in the cabin without tools quickly.
R (1) Center class divider

A quick release mechanism attaches the beam of the center part on top
of the overhead stowage compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.
R (2) Lateral class divider

A quick release mechanism attaches each of the lateral supporting
beams to the connection panels installed in the lower part of the
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt signs are installed in each supporting
beam and electrically connected to the aircraft system via the
connection panels.
The connection panels are located at each seat row between frames 22
and 64 except in the area of the emergency exits.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Dividers - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-26-00

Page 2
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (3) Single beam class divider
R The single beam class divider slides along rails that are attached
R below overhead stowage compartments.
R Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the single beam class
R divider.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-00

Page 3
Nov 01/07

AIJ
CURTAINS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 25-26-41-000-001
Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-26-41-000-013 Removal of the Curtains
R 25-26-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-26-41-010-074
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the FWD Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013)
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-26-41-020-050
R A. Removal of the Curtain Rails

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001)
R (1) Removal of the end panel (11) of the overhead stowage compartment:
R (a) Open the door (7) of the overhead stowage compartment on the
R right side.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
R Forward Cabin Divider
R Figure 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
R (b) Remove the screw (10) and the washer (9).
R (c) Pull the end panel (11) to the centerline of the aircraft until
R it is free of the holders (8) and remove it.
R (2) Removal of the curtain rail (1):
R (a) Loosen the screw (14) and remove the end cap (13).
R (b) Hold the curtain rail (1) in position.
R (c) Record the position of the fittings (6) and (16).
R (d) Remove the screws (4) and (12) and remove the curtain rail (1).
R (e) Remove the fittings (6) and (16).
R (3) Removal of the brackets:
R (a) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the bracket (5).
R (b) Remove the screws (15) and the brackets (17).
R (c) Remove the screws (18), the washers (19) and the straps (20).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-26-41-400-001
Installation of the Forward Curtain Rail
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-26-41-400-013 Installation of the Curtains
R 25-26-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-050
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the FWD Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-065

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 404
May 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-26-41-420-075
R B. Installation of the curtain rail

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001)
R (1) Installation of the brackets:
R (a) Put the straps (20) and the washers (19) in position and install
R the screws (18).
R (b) Put the bracket (5) and the washers (3) in position and install
R the screws (2).
R (c) Put the brackets (17) in position and install the screws (15).
R (2) Installation of the curtain rail (1):
R (a) Put the fittings (6) and (16) in position as recorded in the
R removal procedure.
R (b) Put the curtain rail (1) in position and install the screws (4)
R and (12).
R (c) Put the end cap (13) in position and install the screw (14).
R (3) Installation of the end panel:
R (a) Install the end panel (11) on the holders (8) of the overhead
R stowage compartment.
R (b) Install the washer (9) and the screw (10).
R (c) Close the door (7) of the overhead stowage compartment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Install the FWD Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013)
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 405
May 01/07

AIJ
in the correct position and in a good condition.

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-26-41-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 406
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-26-41-000-003
Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-26-41-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-26-41-010-075
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the AFT Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013)

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 407
May 01/07

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-26-41-020-054
R A. Removal of the curtain rails:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003)
R NOTE : The procedure to remove all the curtain rails is the same.
____
R (1) Remove the curtain rail(s) (1).
R (a) Loosen the screws (2).
R (b) Hold the curtain rail(s) (1) in position, remove the screws (2)
R and the curtain rail(s) (1).
R (2) Remove the fittings (3) from the curtain rail(s) (1).
R (3) Remove the screws (5) and the brackets (4).
R (4) Remove the screw(s) (7), the washer(s) (8) and the strap(s) (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 408
May 01/07

AIJ
R Aft Utility-Area Divider
R Figure 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 409
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-26-41-400-003
Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-26-41-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-051
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-066

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 410
May 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-26-41-420-053
R B. Installation of the curtain rail(s):

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003)
R NOTE : The procedure to install all the curtain rail(s) is the same.
____
R (1) Put the strap(s) (6) and the washer(s) (8) in position and install
R the screw(s) (7).
R (2) Put the brackets (4) in position and install the screws (5).
R (3) Put the fittings (3) in position.
R (4) Put the curtain rail(s) (1) in position and install the screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-061
A. Close Access
(1) Install the AFT Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013)
items.

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-26-41-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 411
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-26-41-000-013
Removal of the Curtains
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-26-41-991-016 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-26-41-010-073
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the cabin.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-020-076
A. Removal of the curtain(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016)
(1) Removal of the curtains from the curtain rails.
(a) Remove the screw(s) (3), the cover plate(s) (4) and the cover
clip(s) (6) (if installed).
(b) Release the end stop(s) (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 412
May 01/07

AIJ
Curtains
R Figure 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 413
May 01/07

AIJ
(c) Move the curtain (2) with the gliders (7) and the end stop(s) (5)
out of the curtain rail(s) (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 414
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-26-41-400-013
Installation of the Curtains
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-26-41-991-016 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-053
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-067

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 415
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-26-41-420-076
B. Installation of the curtain(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016)
(1) Install the curtain(s).
(a) Engage the gliders (7) with the curtain(s) (2) into the curtain
rail(s) (1).
(b) Install and lock the end stop(s) (5).
(c) Install the cover clip(s) (6) and the cover plate(s) (4) with the
screw(s) (3) ( if removed).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-062
A. Close Access
items.

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-26-41-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-41

Page 416
May 01/07

AIJ
PARTITIONS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-26-42-000-001
Removal of a Partition
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-26-42-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-26-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Open the passenger/information units (PSIU) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-

001) adjacent to the partition.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001)
Subtask 25-26-42-020-055
A. Removal of the Partition(s):
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001)
NOTE : The procedure for the left and/or right partition is the same.
____
(1) Lift the carpet as far as necessary to get access to the screws (7).
(3) Push the upper attachment panel (6) down.
(4) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) and push the brackets (5)
down over the tubes (4).
(5) Lift the partition (1) until it is free of the stoppers (8) and the
seat track fittings (9) and remove it.
(6) Record the position of the seat track fittings (9) for the
(7) Remove the stoppers (8) and the seat track fittings (9) from the seat
tracks.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
Forward Utility-Area Partition
Figure 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-26-42-400-001
Installation of a Partition
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
25-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail
25-26-42-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 404
May 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the curtains are removed from the curtain rail
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the passenger/information units (PSIU) are open
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001)
Subtask 25-26-42-210-055
A. Preparation for Installation.
Subtask 25-26-42-420-050
B. Installation of the Partition(s):

_______
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001)
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
NOTE : The procedure for the left and/or right partition is the same.
____
(2) Put the seat track fittings (9) and the stoppers (8) in the seat
tracks (10) as recorded in the removal procedure.

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 405
May 01/07

AIJ
(3) Push the upper attachment panel (6) and the brackets (5) on the tubes
(4).
(4) Put the partition (1) in position on the seat track fittings (9) and
the stoppers (8).
(5) Put the brackets (5) and the washers (3) in position and install the
screws (2).
(6) Make sure that the partition (1) is in a vertical position.
(8) Attach the carpet with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-065) to the partition (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-42-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Close the passenger/information unit(s) (PSIU) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-

400-001).

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-26-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-26-42

Page 406
May 01/07

AIJ
________________________________________________________
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING DOOR AREA HEATING PANELS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. Stowages
There are different stowage devices for the ancillary equipment.

The stowage devices are installed at different locations in the cabin.
2. __________________
Component Location
R A. Stowages
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6576MM STOWAGE RH 232 25-27-44
R 6607MM DOGHOUSE LH 261 25-27-46
R 6604MM DOGHOUSE RH 262 25-27-46
3. __________________
System Description
A. Stowages
The stowage basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are covered with Glassfibre Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) plates.
Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Bonded edge profiles,
stainless-steel kick strips and rub strips are installed to protect the
stowages where applicable. The stowages are attached to the seat tracks
with fittings and to the aircraft structure with tie-rods.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
R Stowages - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-27-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-27-15-000-001
Removal of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 25-27-15-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 25-27-15-010-054
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the emergency equipment from the emergency equipment stowage.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-15

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003)
Subtask 25-27-15-020-056
A. Remove the emergency equipment stowage.
(2) Carefully remove the emergency equipment stowage (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-15

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Emergency Equipment Stowage
R Figure 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-27-15

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-27-15-400-001
Installation of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 25-27-15-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the equipment is removed from the emergency equipment
stowage.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-15

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003)
Subtask 25-27-15-420-054
A. Install the emergency equipment stowage.
(3) Carefully put the emergency equipment stowage (1) in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-15-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the emergency equipment in the emergency stowage .
NOTE : Make sure that the emergency equipment is complete.

____
Subtask 25-27-15-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-15

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 25-27-44-000-003
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BLOCK 20X10X10 CM (6.5X3X3 IN)-WOODEN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-27-44-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 401
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-27-44-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
(2) Remove the filler panels of the (PSIU) in the area where you want to
remove the stowage (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
(3) Remove the forward curtains, if necessary

(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-020-053
A. Removal of the Stowage:

_______
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-003)
(1) Remove the screws (5) and the protection strips (3) and (4).
(2) Remove the mouse barrier (6).
(4) Remove the screws (14), the washers (13) and (12) and the shear bolt
assemblies (11).
(6) Record the number and the position of the shims (17) for the
(7) Remove the shims (17).
(8) Carefully lift the stowage (1) until it is free of the seat-track
fittings (20) and the stoppers (19). Then move it a short distance
inboard until you get access to the bonding strap (7) and put it on a
BLOCK 20X10X10 CM (6.5X3X3 IN)-WOODEN.
(9) Remove the screw (10), the washers (9) and (8) and disconnect the
bonding strap (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 402
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 403
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(10) Remove the stowage (1).
(11) Remove the screws (18) and the stoppers (19).
(12) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (20) for the
(13) Pull the synthetic fibre-cords (22) and remove the sealant from the
seat tracks (21).
(14) Remove the seat-track fittings (20) from the seat tracks.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 404
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-27-44-400-003
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BLOCK 20X10X10 CM (6.5X3X3 IN)-WOODEN

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322

SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-27-44-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the stowage is empty.
(3) Make sure that the filler panels of the (PSIU) are removed in the
area where you removed the stowage (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
(4) If necessary, make sure that the forward curtains are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-210-056
(1) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels:
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(a) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor-panels with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
Subtask 25-27-44-420-051
B. Installation of the Stowage:

_______
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 407
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(2) Apply grease to the forward floor fittings:
NOTE : These work steps are not necessary for the aft seat-track
____
fittings and the related stoppers.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the seat-track

fittings (20) and put them in the seat tracks (21) as recorded
during the removal procedure.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the stoppers (19),
put them in position and install the screws (18).
(3) Seal the seat tracks:

_______
NOTE : These work steps are only necessary in the area of the forward
____
floor fittings.
(a) Cut the synthetic fibre-cords (22) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.

19-002) to the necessary length.
NOTE : The cords (22) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area
____
you will seal.
(b) Put the cords (22) in the seat tracks (21).
(c) Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (22).
NOTE : This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.

____
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the seat tracks (21) for
a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).
(e) Push the loops into the sealant.
(4) Put the aft seat-track fittings (20) in position as recorded during
the removal procedure.
(5) Put the stoppers (19) on the aft seat-track fittings (20) and install
the screws (18).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 408
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(6) Put the stowage (1) on a BLOCK 20X10X10 CM (6.5X3X3 IN)-WOODEN near
the installation position.
(7) Put the bonding strap (7) and the washers (8) and (9) in position and
install the screw (10) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(8) Install the shims (17) as recorded during the removal procedure.
(9) Carefully lift the stowage (1) and put it on the seat-track fittings
(20) and the stoppers (19).
(11) Install the mouse barrier (6).
(12) Put the protection strips (3) and (4) in position and install the
screws (5).
(14) Put the shear bolt assemblies (11) and the washers (12) and (13) in
position. Install the screws (14), but do not tighten them.
(15) Turn the washers (12) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the

horizontal position of the stowage (1).

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
(19) Close and lock the door (2).
Subtask 25-27-44-710-073
C. Do these Tests
(1) Do a test of the stowage catches and latch-assemblies for

satisfactory function.
(2) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door-hinges for free movement.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 409
Nov 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-44-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the filler panels of the (PSIU) in the area where you
installed the stowage (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
(2) Install the equipment in the stowage as identified in the removal

procedure.
items.
(4) Make sure that the stowage door(s) is(are) closed and locked.
(5) Install the forward curtains, if removed

(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013).
Subtask 25-27-44-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-44

Page 410
Nov 01/07

AIJ
DOG HOUSE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-27-46-000-001
Removal of a Doghouse
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-27-46-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-27-46-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Record and remove the equipment which is kept in the doghouse.
(2) Remove the seat-row forward of the doghouse if necessary (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 401
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-27-46-020-051
R A. Removal of the Doghouse(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-46-991-001)
R NOTE : The removal procedure for the left and the right doghouse(s) is
____
R the same.
R (1) Release the drawer lock (2) and open the drawer (3).
R (2) Remove the screws (5) and disengage the drawer (3) from the
R guide-rail (4).
R (3) Remove the cover (6).
R (4) Pull the lever (7) out of the locked position and move the lever (7)
R to the vertical position.
R (5) Move the lever (7) forward to the unlocked position.
R (6) Remove the doghouse (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 402
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Doghouse
R Figure 401/TASK 25-27-46-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 403
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-27-46-400-001
Installation of a Doghouse
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-27-46-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure that the doghouse is empty.
(3) Make sure that the seat-row forward of the doghouse is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 404
Nov 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-46-210-053
R Subtask 25-27-46-420-050
R B. Installation of the Doghouse(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-27-46-991-001)
R NOTE : The installation procedure for the left and right doghouse(s) is
____
R the same.
R (1) Put the doghouse (1) in position.
R (2) Pull up the lever (7) and move it to the locked position.
R (3) Make sure that the lever (7) is correctly engaged in the locked
R position.
R (4) Install the cover (6).
R (5) Put the drawer (3) on the guide-rail (4) and install the screws (5).
R (6) Close the drawer (3) and lock the drawer lock (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-46-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the seatrow forward of the doghouse (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-
001).
(2) Install the equipment in the doghouse, as identified during the

removal procedure.

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
items.

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-27-46-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-27-46

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
FLOOR COVERING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
The floor covering is installed in the cabin. The cabin is divided into:
- The passenger area
- The utility (wet) areas.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. _____________________
A. The floor covering gives passenger-comfort, soundproofing and is the

protection for the floor panels and the floor structure. The floor
covering is slip-resistant and made of fire-resistant material.
There is:
- The textile floor covering (TF) in the passenger area
- The textile floor covering (TF) / non textile floor covering (NTF) in
the utility (wet) area.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
B. Passenger Area
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The floor of the passenger area in the cabin has sections of textile
floor covering on it.
(a) Seat-Track Area:

Spacer-strips are installed on the seat-tracks where they have a
cover of textile floor covering.
(b) Floor-Panel Area:

Double-sided adhesive tape or dispersion-adhesive attaches the
textile floor covering to the floor panels. The double-sided
adhesive tape is installed around the outer edges of the textile
floor-covering pieces. The dispersion-adhesive is on all
bottom-surface of the textile floor covering.
The tape is installed:
- In the seat area 300 mm (11.8110 in.) apart
- In the aisle area 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart
- In the seat area above the center wing box 100 mm (3.9370 in.)
apart.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
General Arrangement of the Floor Covering
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-28-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Example of the Cabin Floor Covering
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-28-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) In the aisle area above the center wing-box, the textile floor
covering is fully bonded. Plastic covers are installed on the seat
rails. They make an overlap on the carpet and hold the carpet edges.
They are installed to give a smooth surface to the carpet at the seat
rails.
C. Utility (Wet) Area

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The floor of each cabin utility (wet) area has a cover of textile
floor covering (TF) and/or non textile floor covering (NTF) . Floors
in the galleys and near the passenger doors have usually a cover of
NTF. The floor panels of the utility (wet) area have a layer of
Adhesive Foil (MYLAR). This gives protection to the floor structure
from liquids that can cause corrosion. Adhesive film attaches the
floor covering to the floor panels. There are cut-outs for the floor
attachments of the cabin furnishings. The edges and the cut-outs of
the non textile floor covering are sealed with sealant.
There are different procedures to close the gap between the NTF
sections:
- Sealing procedure
- Welding procedure.
(2) Utility (wet) area zone:

Areas that are frequently in touch with liquids are defined as wet
areas and these are:
- Door entrance area with a minimum of 2 frame bays forward and aft
of the door
- Galley areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the
galley outline
- Lavatory areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the
lavatory outline.
Utility (wet) areas have a cover of Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) -full
floor width in transverse direction- .
(a) Seat-Track Area:

Corrosion inhibitor spray is applied to the seat tracks in (wet)
areas . In areas of all seat track length under the Adhesive Foil
(MYLAR), the seat tracks crowns are filled fully with corrosion
preventive compound. Spacer-strips are installed on the seat
tracks to give protection to the corrosion preventive compound.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Floor-Panel Area:
The Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) is attached to the floor panels. This
is a moisture barrier and gives protection to the aircraft
structure from liquids. The (MYLAR) foil has an overlap of each
other by 50 mm (1.9685 in.). Adhesive film attach the NTF to the
(MYLAR) foil. Adhesive double-sided tape attaches the TF to the
(MYLAR) foil.
(c) Joint Strips:

Stainless-steel cover-strips are installed across the aisles to
cover the joints between the textile and the non textile floor
coverings. The attachment screws are installed with
anti-corrosion paste.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 25-28-41-000-001
Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-28-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-28-41-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the passenger seats as necessary.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-28-41-020-050-A
R A. Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001-A)
R (1) Disconnection of the Electrical Connector(s), if installed:
_______
R (a) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap
R (4).
R (b) Disconnect the electrical connector (1).
R (2) Remove the screws (6) and the joint-strips (7).
R (3) Remove the seat-track covers (8) as necessary.
R (4) Removal of the TF:
R (a) Carefully lift a corner of the TF (5) and pull it horizontally

R away from the floor-panels.
R CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE

_______
R TO THE CABIN FLOOR PANELS.
R (b) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to make the removal procedure

R easier.
R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
R MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
R Textile Floor-Covering (TF)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-28-41-400-001
Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A
Material No. 08-102 F AIMS 10-04-005
DISPERSION-ADHESIVE FOR TEXTILE FLOOR COVERING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-118
CARPET TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 404
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-28-41-991-001-A Fig. 401
25-28-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-28-41-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the TF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-41-160-050
A. Clean Component Interface and/or Adjacent Area
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 405
May 01/07

AIJ
_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Clean the floor-panel area and the top of the seat-tracks with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cotton cloth
(2) If necessary, use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old adhesive
tape from the floor-panels.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(3) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other particles.
If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 25-28-41-210-050
B. Inspection of the Component
(1) Do a visual inspection of the floor-panels.
(a) Make sure that:

- The floor-panels are in good condition
- The floor-panels are correct installed
- All gaps around the floor-panels are filled with sealant.
(b) If necessary correct the floor-panel installation
R Subtask 25-28-41-560-050
R C. Textile Floor-Covering Preparation
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R NOTE : This work-step is only applicable for installation of textile
____
R floor-covering with dispersion-adhesive.
R (1) If necessary apply new dispersion-adhesive to the bottom side of the

R textile floor-covering (TF):
R (a) Make sure that the lighting in the work-room is bright and that
R the work-room is free from dust.
R (b) Make sure that the ambient room temperature is between 18 deg.C
R (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
R (c) Make sure that the maximum relative room humidity is not more
R than 75%.
R NOTE : You must monitor the ambient room temperature and the
____
R ambient humidity of the work-room with suitable
R instruments.
R (d) Make sure that the textile floor-covering is clean and in the

_______
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
R MASK.
R (e) Apply 120 g (4.23 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) with an
R application device to the bottom side of the textile
R floor-covering.
R NOTE : You must apply (fluid weight) 150 g (5.29 oz) of BONDING
____
R AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2
R (10.76 ft.2) when you install heavy textile floor-covering
R with a rough bottom-structure.
R (f) Move the application-device cross-wise over the surface to make

R sure that you apply the dispersion-adhesive equally to the
R textile floor-covering.
R (g) Let the dispersion-adhesive layer become stable and dry for a
R minimum of 16 h:
R - At a room temperature between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30
R deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
R - At a maximum relative room humidity of 75%.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 407
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-28-41-560-051
D. Seat-Track Preparation
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002)
(1) Seat-tracks areas which stay free from seats or seat-track covers
must be filled with a section (Detail C).
(2) Installation of the section:
R (a) Cut the section (4) in the required length.
(b) Put the section (4) into the seat-track (3).
Subtask 25-28-41-560-052
E. Installation of the Adhesive Tapes on the Floor Panels
(1) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
(2) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(3) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.
NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.
(4) Installation of the floor panel protection-tape:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002)
(a) Unwind the protection-tape (2) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-084) from the roll and install it at all the
sealed floor panel gaps.
(5) Installation of the double-sided adhesive tape on the floor panels:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-41-991-003)
NOTE : The double-sided tape has different adhesive strength on each

____
side. The weaker adhesive side must be put on the floor panel
and the stronger adhesive side on the floor-covering.
NOTE : Do not follow this work-step, when the textile floor-covering

____
(TF) is attached with Dispersion-Adhesive.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 408
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Floor Panel Protection Tape
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 409
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
Figure 403/TASK 25-28-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
AIJ
(a) Unwind the double-sided tape (6) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-118) from the roll. Do not remove the protective
paper of the tape in this work-step.
(b) Apply the double-sided tape (6) parallel in longitudinal

direction to the floor panels (7) (with the weaker adhesive side
to the floor panel).
NOTE : Refer to the table of maximum distance between

____
double-sided adhesive tape.
(c) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the tape (6) onto the floor
panels (7). Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards for a
better bond.
(d) Apply additional double-sided tape (6) at all TF (5) cross-joints

in lateral direction.
Subtask 25-28-41-420-050-A
R F. Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001-A)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
items.
(2) Installation of the TF attached with dispersion-adhesive (9):
NOTE : This work-step is only applicable, if the TF is attached with

____
double-sided tape.
(a) Put the TF (5) in position.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 411
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(b) Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.
(c) Push the TF (5) down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(d) Move the rubber roller on the TF (5) in all directions.
NOTE : This step is necessary for a satisfactory bonding of the

____
dispersion-adhesive (9) to the floor panels.
(e) In areas with no sufficient adhesion (e.g. at the edges, at

floor-covering joints,...), apply additional double-sided tape
(10) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-118) to the
floor-panels.
NOTE : The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength on

____
each side. The weaker adhesive side must be put on the
floor panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.
(f) If you replace only a part of the TF:
1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
adjacent (old) TF.
2
_ If necessary, apply (10) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-118) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
(old) TF (5) to put the height difference to the minimum.
(3) Installation of the TF attached with double-sided tape (10):
NOTE : This work-step is only applicable, if the TF is attached with

____
dispersion-adhesive.
(a) Put the TF (5) in position.
(b) Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.
(c) Lift the TF (5) and remove the protective paper from the
double-sided adhesive tape (10).
(d) Push the TF (5) down to make sure that there is a good bond with
the floor panels.
(e) If you replace only a part of the TF:
1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
adjacent (old) TF.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 412
Nov 01/07
R
AIJ
2
_ If necessary, apply (10) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-118) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
(old) TF (5) to put the height difference to the minimum.
NOTE : The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength

____
on each side. The weaker side must be put on the floor
panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.
(4) Installation of the Joint-Strips:

_______
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND A MASK.
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the screws (6).
(5) Put the joint-strips (7) in position and install the screws (6).
(6) TORQUE the screws (6) to 0.4 m.daN (35.39 lbf.in).
(7) Install the seat-track covers (8).
(8) Connection of the Electrical Connectors, if installed:
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
EQUIPMENT.
correct condition.
(9) Put the protection cap (4) in position and lock the quick-release
studs (3).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 413
Nov 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the passenger seats.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).
items.
Subtask 25-28-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-41

Page 414
Nov 01/07

AIJ
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
R TASK 25-28-42-000-001
Removal of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
33-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity
Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
R 25-28-42-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-28-42-991-006 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-28-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if

necessary (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-020-050
A. Removal of the NTF Assy (1)

(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).
(4) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.

_______
(5) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2), and the foil (4) from the
floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal
procedure.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
_______
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 404
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 406
Nov 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-28-42

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 408
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 409
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 410
Nov 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-28-42-400-001
Installation of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057
R ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-028B
ADHESION PROMOTER FOR POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 411
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
33-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Marking Light of the
Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
25-28-42-991-001 Fig. 401
25-28-42-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-860-050
41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 412
May 01/09

AIJ
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-160-053

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)
(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
(a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
particles. If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 413
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
75 %.
____
Subtask 25-28-42-560-052
B. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the new NTF-Covering Assy

(WULFMEYER processed) attached with GFRP
(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001)
NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____
NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.

____
(2) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

adjacent area.
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 414
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-053
C. Installation of the Self-Adhesive-Film on the Conventional NTF and the

GFRP (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)
NOTE : Follow the procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to the
____
GFRP (5).

____

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1):

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 415
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
the NTF (1).
____
(f) Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
(3) Installation of the NTF on the GFRP:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use

adjacent area.
(c) On the installation side of the NTF-covering (1) remove 100 mm

(3.9370 in.) protective paper from the self-adhesive film (2).
(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER. Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 416
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
(Material No. 08-082) (2) on the GFRP (5):
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


adjacent area.
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth and a light pressure of your hand. Work
from the middle of the self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
the GFRP (5).
____
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 417
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-28-42-160-052
D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
of the NTF-Covering.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Preparation of the Seat Tracks (10):

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004). If necessary use a
vacuum cleaner.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(c) Apply adhesive-promoter SEALANTS (Material No. 09-028B) to the

seat track (10).
NOTE : Add to previous step, where the sealant (7) will be

____
applied.
(d) Seal the seat tracks (10):
R 1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 002) (8) to the required length.
NOTE : The cord must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area

____
that you will seal.
2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).
3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).

____
4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 418
Feb 01/08

AIJ
NOTE : Apply the sealant (7) only, in the area of the adhesive
____
promoter in the seat tracks (10).
5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):
(a) Apply masking paper and masking tape around the seat tracks (10)
where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).
R (e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
R grease (11). Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in
areas where furnishings will be installed.
(f) Remove the unwanted grease (11) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do
this at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) (11) where the
adhesive foil (4) will be installed above the seat track
(10).
(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
(3) Preparation of the Floor Panel (6):
(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 419
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(4) Installation of the self-adhesive foil (4) to the floor panel (6):

____
(a) Unwind 100 mm (4.0 in.) of the self-adhesive foil BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104) (4) from the roll and
remove the protective paper.
(b) Install the adhesive foil (4) with a soft cotton cloth and with a
light pressure of your hand make it smooth onto the floor panel
(6). Work from the middle of the adhesive foil (4) towards the
sides.
(c) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press the adhesive foil (4) onto the floor
panel (6).
NOTE : Move the ROLLER - RUBBER forwards and backwards and around
____
(d) For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4) do
the steps (4)(a) thru (c).
NOTE : You must make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an
____
overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on adhesive foil (4) which you
have already installed.
Subtask 25-28-42-420-055
E. Installation of the NTF Assy on the Floor Panel


_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 420
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Installation of the NTF Assy:


area.
NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure

____
(c) Carefully put the NTF assy (1) in position and align it with the
floor panels (6).
NOTE : Make sure that you leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968
____
+0.0787 -0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (1) and the
interior equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE : Make sure that you leave a gap of 3.0 +1.0 -0.5 mm (0.1181
____
+0.0393 -0.0196 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.
(d) Remove 100 mm (4 in.) of the protective paper from the NTF assy
(1).
NOTE : We recommend that you do this on a corner of the NTF assy

____
(1).
(e) Install the NTF-covering to the adhesive-foil (4) with a soft

cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a light
pressure of your hand. Make sure that the NTF-covering is in the
correct position.
(f) Install the NTF assy (1) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start the work
from the middle of the NTF assy (1) to the sides, rearwards and
forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
(g) Do the steps (3) (c) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
NTF assy (1) to the floor panel (6).
(h) If the floor path marking was removed, put it in position

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001).
(i) Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points, if
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 421
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Apply primer:
NOTE : The following procedure is only applicable for PU or PVC

____
NTF-Covering. It is not permitted to use it for silicone NTF.
(a) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
into the space between the NTF-covering sheets and/or
NTF-covering and interior equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
(4) Apply Sealant (15):
NOTE : Refer to the color code table on sheet 2.

____
(a) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) around the
NTF assy (1), to the gap between the NTF panels and the gap
between NTF and interior equipment. If necessary seal the gap
around the floor path marking (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001).
(5) Installation of the Cover Strip (12):
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (11).
(b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).
(6) Installation of the threshold (14):
(b) Install the threshold (14) with the screws (13).
(c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (15)

around the threshold (14) and on the gap between the NTF assy and
the interior equipment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-42-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 422
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-28-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 423
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-28-42-000-005
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-28-42-991-011 Fig. 403
R 25-28-42-991-012 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 424
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-28-42-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-020-052
A. Removal of the NTF Assy

_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 425
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 426
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 427
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 428
Nov 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-28-42

Page 429
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 430
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 431
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 432
Nov 01/08

AIJ
(4) Removal of the sealant:

_______
(5) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.
(6) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2) and the moisture barrier foil
(4) from the floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help

_______

_______
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 433
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-28-42-400-004
Installation of NTF (Welding Procedure)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Masking Tape
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-128
PVC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-006B USA MMM-A-189 CLASS 2
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-057

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 434
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
ADHESION PROMOTER FOR POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
33-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Marking Light of the
Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path (LSI)
25-28-42-991-011 Fig. 403
25-28-42-991-012 Fig. 404
25-28-42-991-013 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 435
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-860-053
41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-160-057

_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

_______

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 436
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a

area.
75 %.
____
Subtask 25-28-42-560-055
B. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the new NTF-Covering Assy

(WULFMEYER processed) attached with GFRP
(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic)
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 437
Feb 01/07

AIJ
____

_______

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):


adjacent area.
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the of the
the NTF (1).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 438
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-28-42-560-056
C. Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the Conventional NTF and the

GFRP (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic).
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to
____
the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF floor covering)

____

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the new NTF (1):

_______


adjacent area.

_______
(c) Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
006B) to the NTF with a ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 439
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(d) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
(e) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it
(f) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
____
(g) Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
(3) Installation of the NTF to the GFRP:

_______
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use

adjacent area.
(c) On the installation side of the NTF-covering (1) remove 100 mm

(3.9370 in.) protective paper from the self-adhesive film (2).
(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER.
____
(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).

(Material No. 08-082) (2) to the GFRP (5):

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 440
Feb 01/07

AIJ

adjacent area.
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it
the GFRP (5).
____
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).
Subtask 25-28-42-160-056
D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
of the NTF-Covering.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 441
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) Preparation of the Seat Tracks (10):

_______

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004). If necessary use a
vacuum cleaner.

area.

_______
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.
(c) Apply adhesive-promoter SEALANTS (Material No. 09-028B) to the

seat track (10).
NOTE : Add to previous step, where the sealant (7) will be

____
applied.
(d) Seal the seat tracks (10):

_______
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
MASK.
1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (8) to the required length.
NOTE : The cord must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area

____
that you will seal.
2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).
3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).

____
4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10). Apply the sealant (7) only in the area of the adhesive
promoter in the seat tracks (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 442
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):

_______
(a) Apply masking paper and masking tape around the seat tracks (10)
where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).
(e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
grease. Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in areas
where furnishings will be installed.
(f) Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this
at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) where the adhesive
foil (4) will be installed above the seat track (10).
(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
(3) Preparation of the Floor Panel (6):

_______
(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If


area.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 443
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (4) on the floor panel (6):

____
(a) Unwind the moisture barrier foil BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-104) (MYLAR) (4) from the roll and cut the
R (MYLAR) (4) to the required length.
NOTE : Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in

____
good condition and has no damage (e.g. cracks, folds,
holes,...)
(b) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
(MYLAR) (4) on the floor-panels (6). Install it with a soft
cotton cloth and with a light pressure of your hand. Work from
the middle and press towards the edges to prevent formation of
wrinkles or air pockets.
(c) With a rubber roller press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
onto the floor-panels (6).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller forwards and backwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.
(d) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
Foil (MYLAR) (3) do the steps (a) thru (c).
NOTE : You must make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
____
(4) has an overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (4)
which you have already installed.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 444
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-28-42-420-057
E. Installation of the NTF Assy to the Floor Panel (Welding Procedure)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Make sure that the installation area is free from dust and particles.
If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(2) Installation of the NTF Assy:

_______


area.

____
(c) Carefully put the NTF assy (10) in position.
(d) Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points as
necessary.
NOTE : You must leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968 +0.0787 -
____
0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (10) and the interior
equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE : You must leave a gap of 1.5 +1.0 -1.0 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -
____
0.0393 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.
(e) Remove the protective paper from the NTF assy (10) and install it
to the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) / Floor Panels (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 445
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(f) Install the NTF-covering on the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the NTF
and press towards the edges to prevent wrinkles or air pockets.
(g) Install the NTF assy (10) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Work from the
middle of the NTF assy (10) to the sides, backwards and forwards
and around the edges for a better bond.
(h) Do the steps (3) (c) thru (g) until you have installed all of the
NTF assy (10) to the floor panel (6).
(3) Preparation of Welding area:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-013)
(a) Chamfer the edges of the NTF-covering at the joints with a

R SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE. Make a groove in the shape of a V
with an angle of approximately 30 on the NTF edges. A stainless
steel or aluminium flexible ruler will help to make a straight
groove.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL

_______
(MYLAR).
NOTE : The depth of the groove must not be deeper than 2/3 of the
____
floor covering thickness.
(b) Remove loose particles out from the groove. Use a vacuum cleaner
if necessary.
(4) Welding procedure:
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.
NOTE : You must obey the manufactures instructions when you use the
____
hot air blower.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 446
May 01/09

AIJ
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure
R Figure 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-013

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 447
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(a) Set the working temperature of the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING
370 DEG C (700 DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200
deg.C (392.00 deg.F).
R (b) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
R centimeters / inches longer than the necessary length.
R (c) Welding procedure with speed welding nozzle (Step 2):

_______
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR
BLOWER CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.
R 1
_ Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128)
R into the inlet of the speed welding nozzle.
2
_ Move the speed welding nozzle with light pressure and constant
speed along the groove.
(d) Welding procedure with hand roller (Step 2A):

_______
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR
BLOWER CAN BURN THE MATERIAL.
R 1
_ Put the end of the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-128) into the groove.
2
_ Point the hot air blower directly at the lifted part of the
welding rod.
3
_ Push the welding rod into the groove with a hand roller. Use a
light pressure.
4
_ At the same time, move the hot air blower and the hand roller
along the groove at a constant speed.
(e) When the welding rod is sufficiently cool, remove the unwanted
weld with a spatular trimming knife. Make a smooth surface.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 448
May 01/07

AIJ
(5) Apply primer:

_______
NOTE : The following procedure is only applicable for PUR or PVC

____
NTF-Covering. It is not permitted to use it for Silicone NTF.
Apply the primer only where the sealant (15) will be applied.
(a) Make sure that the NTF surface is dry, dust and oil free. If
necessary clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).
(b) Install a Masking Tape around the edges and cut-outs of the NTF
sheets, where the primer will be applied.
(c) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL:
- Into the space between the NTF-assy (10) and interior equipment
- Around all outer NTF contours equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
- Around all cut-outs.
(6) Apply Sealant (15):

_______
(a) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) to:

- All outer NTF contours
- The gap between NTF and interior equipment (toilet, galley,
etc.).
- All cut outs
Refer to the Color Code Table
(b) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC

immediately.
(c) Remove the masking tape.
(7) Installation of the Cover Strip (12):

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 449
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).
(8) Installation of the threshold (14):

_______
(b) Install the threshold (14) with the screws (13).
(c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (15)

around the threshold (14).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-42-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001)
Subtask 25-28-42-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 450
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-28-42-960-001
Replacement of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-28-42-991-022)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-057

Material No. 08-074

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 451
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
R Figure 406/TASK 25-28-42-991-022

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 452
Nov 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-28-42-991-022 Fig. 406
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-28-42-861-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-28-42-020-055
R A. Removal of the NTF

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R (1) Remove the sealant (3) around the NTF (1) with a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 453
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (2) Make sure that you do not damage the lavatory floor pan when you
R remove the NTF.
R (3) Carefully lift a corner of the NTF (1) and pull it from the floor
R panel.
R (4) Remove the NTF (1) and the adhesive film (2) with a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
R Subtask 25-28-42-160-059
R B. Preparation for Installation
R (1) Cleaning with Cleaning Agents:

_______
R (a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a non
R metallic scraper, CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (2) Use a VACUUM CLEANER to clean the work area from dust and other
R particles.
R (3) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
R (4) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
R deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
R (5) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
R NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
R humidity in the work area with applicable instruments.
R Subtask 25-28-42-420-060
R C. Installation of the new NTF
R (1) Make sure that the distance A is between 1 mm (0.04 in.) and 2 mm
R (0.08 in.).
R (2) Cut the NTF (1) to the correct dimension.
R (3) Install the adhesive film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-082) (2) to the NTF (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 454
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (4) Remove the protective foil from the adhesive film (2).
R (5) Install the NTF (1) to the lavatory floor pan with a light pressure
R of your hand.
R (6) Make sure that the position of the NTF (1) is correct.
R (7) Move a ROLLER - RUBBER forward and backward on the NTF (1) to make
R sure that it is correctly attached to the lavatory floor pan.
R (8) Sealing of the Edges of the NTF:

_______
R (a) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
R to the edges of the NTF (1).
R (b) Apply masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-074) around the area you want to seal.
R (c) Apply the sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (3) on the
R primer.
R (d) Remove unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

R immediately.
R (e) Remove the masking tape.
R items.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-28-42-862-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-42

Page 455
Nov 01/07

AIJ
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-28-43-000-001
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-28-41-000-001 Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering
25-28-42-000-001 Removal of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
R 25-28-43-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-28-43-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-000-
001) and/or the Non-Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-000-
001) is removed.
(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-43-020-050
R A. Removal of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR):
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)
CAUTION : REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE

_______
CABIN FLOOR PANELS.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (1) Remove the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the floor panel
R (2). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal procedure.

_______
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
R

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-28-43-400-001
Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-084 AIB ABS5093A

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 406
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-28-41-400-001 Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
25-28-42-400-001 Installation of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
51-75-13-916-002 Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound
R 25-28-43-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-860-050
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-28-43-160-050

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)
(1) Clean the floor panels and the MYLAR-Covering installation area:

_______
R (a) Clean the floor panels (2), the component interface and the
R adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a

area.
75 %.
(6) Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
humidity of the work area with applicable instruments.
Subtask 25-28-43-560-050
R B. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)
(1) Inspect the Corrosion Preventive Filling Compound Application.
(a) Make sure that:

- The corrosion preventive filling compound is in good condition
(cracks are not permitted)
- The complete seat track crown is filled with corrosion
preventive filling compound
- The top surface of the seat track (4) has a thin layer of
COSMOLINE

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R - The equipment attachment points are installed.
(b) If necessary, correct the application of Corrosion Preventive

Filling Compound (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
(2) Inspect the Floor Panels:
(a) Do a detailed visual inspection of the floor panels.
(b) Make sure that the floor panels have no damage, scratches, dents
and holes.
(c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly fastened on the
floor structure.
R
R (3) Installation of the Adhesive Tape: (Detail C)

_______
R (a) Clean the contact areas of the adhesive tape (3) with a lint-free
R cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING
R (b) Install the adhesive tape (3) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-084) on the center of the seat track.
Subtask 25-28-43-420-050
C. Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) on the Floor Panels.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001)
R (1) Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) BONDING AND

R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104) (1) on the floor panels (2):
R (a) Unwind the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the roll and
R cut the (MYLAR) (1) to the necessary length.
(b) Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in good
condition and has no damage (example: cracks, folds, holes, ...).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (c) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
R (MYLAR) (1) on the floor-panels (2). Install it with a soft
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and with a light
pressure of your hand. Work from the middle and press to the
edges to prevent formation of wrinkles or air pockets.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL

_______
(MYLAR).
R (d) Press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) onto the floor panels
R (2) with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(e) Move the rubber roller forwards and rearwards and around the
edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.
R (f) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
R Foil (MYLAR) (1) do the steps (a) thru (e).
R NOTE : The Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) must have an overlap
____
R of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (1) which you have
R already installed. (Detail B).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-43-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) If necessary, install the non-textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-
28-42-400-001) and/or the textile floor-covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
400-001).
Subtask 25-28-43-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-28-43

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The electrical service supply-system is installed to supply electrical power
R to sockets which you can use for electrical equipment.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 7ME WALL SOCKET 222 831
R 13ME WALL SOCKET 261 831
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The electrical service supply-system in the passenger cabin is divided into
2 sections:
- the FWD cabin system,
- the AFT cabin system.
A. The FWD Cabin System

The FWD cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2000VU and an electrical
socket 7ME.
The FWD cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2000VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2000VU is installed on the ceiling near the FWD
passenger/crew door.
- The electrical socket 7ME is installed on the RH side of the
passsenger/crew door.
B. The AFT Cabin System

The AFT cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2001VU and an electrical
socket 13ME.
The AFT cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2001VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2001VU is installed on the ceiling near the AFT
passenger/crew door.
- The electrical socket 13ME is installed on the RH side of the
passsenger/crew door.

EFF :

ALL 25-29-00

Page 1
Feb 01/09

AIJ
Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-29-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The busbar 214XP nad 212XP supply 115 V AC, 400 Hz to each wall-socket. Each
wall-socket has an isolated electrical circuit and is independently
protected by a 10 A circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are installed on
the circuit breaker panels 2000VU and 2001VU.

EFF :

ALL 25-29-00

Page 3
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-29-00

Page 4
Feb 01/09

AIJ
BUFFET AND GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The galleys are installed in the utility areas. The function of the galleys
is to keep and prepare food and hot and cold drinks.
Different installation configurations of the galleys are possible
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
A. Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00)

The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area of the
aircraft.
B. Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00)

The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area of the aircraft.
C. Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00)

The galley equipment is installed to prepare and keep food and drinks for
the passengers and crew.
Some galleys only keep food and drinks. Other galleys contain
electrically operated equipment for the preparation of food and drinks.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The galley supply system supplies electrical power to the galleys (Ref.
24-56-00).
5. _________
Interface
If applicable the galleys have interfaces with:
- the water/waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the galley supply system (Ref. 24-56-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Galley Locations
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
BUFFET AND GALLEY - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 25-30-00-920-001
R Discard the Galley Air-Extraction Filter Elements
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 19-028 F ABS1129

R PARTICULATE AIR FILTER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-35-19-000-001 Removal of the Oven
R 25-35-19-400-001 Installation of the Oven
R 25-30-00-991-005 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-30-00-861-059

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-30-00-010-052
R B. Get Access
R (1) Remove the oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 301
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-920-051
R A. Replacement of the Galley Air Filter(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-30-00-991-005)
R (1) Remove the grill or the grill with filter pad from the air extraction
R duct.
R (2) Remove and discard the filter pad/discard the grill with filter pad.
R NOTE : Because of galley type and/or galley vendor, there are two
____
R types of filters.
R On one type, it is necessary to replace all the grill assembly
R with filter pad.
R On the other type, it is only necessary to replace the filter
R pad.
R (5) If applicable, cut the new filter pad MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 028) to the correct size.
R (6) Put the new filter pad in position.
R (7) Install the grill/grill with filter pad on the air extraction duct.
R items.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-30-00-410-063
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Install the oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-400-001).
R standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 302
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Galley Air-Filter Element
R Figure 301/TASK 25-30-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 303
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Subtask 25-30-00-862-059
R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 304
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-30-00-960-001
Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Elements (if installed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 cartridge-filter 25-31-01 99 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-35-15-000-001 Removal of the Coffee Maker
25-35-15-400-001 Installation of the Coffee Maker
25-35-21-000-001 Removal of the Beverage Maker
25-35-21-400-001 Installation of the Beverage Maker
25-35-25-000-001 Removal of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-000-002 Removal of the Hot-Jug
25-35-25-400-001 Installation of the Hot-Cup
25-35-25-400-002 Installation of the Hot-Jug
25-35-27-000-001 Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 305
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-35-27-400-001 Installation of the Water Boiler/Heater

25-35-29-000-001 Removal of the Refrigerator
25-35-29-400-001 Installation of the Refrigerator
38-10-00-614-001 Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a
Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002 Depressurization of the Potable Water System
R 25-30-00-991-006 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-30-00-860-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.
(1) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
Subtask 25-30-00-941-055
C. Safety Precautions
(1) On the water service panel:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the potable water system.

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 306
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-30-00-010-056
D. Get Access
NOTE : A placard shows the location of the water filter.

____
(1) Remove this equipment if installed and if necessary:
(a) The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001).
(b) The beverage maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-000-001).
(c) The hot cup (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-001).
(d) The hot jug (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-002).
(e) The water heater (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-000-001).
(f) The refrigerator (Ref. TASK 25-35-29-000-001).
(g) The access panel.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-960-051
A. Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Cartridge

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 25-30-00-991-006)
(1) Close the potable-water shut-off valve of the galley potable-water

system.
(2) Open the water faucet in the galley to release the water pressure.
(3) Get access to the galley water-filter.
(4) If applicable, operate the air vent (1) on the filter top (2).
(5) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the filter shell (6).
(6) Release the nut (7) and remove the clamp (4).
(7) Remove the filter top (2).
(8) Remove and discard the gasket (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 307
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Galley Water Filter
R Figure 302/TASK 25-30-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 308
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(9) Remove and discard the filter cartridge (5) from the filter shell
(6), if necessary.
(13) Make sure that the inside of the filter shell (6) is clean.
(14) Install the new cartridge-filter (5) and the new gasket (3), if
necessary.
(15) Install the filter top (2).
(16) Put the clamp (4) in position and tighten the nut (7).
Subtask 25-30-00-790-050
B. Leak Check
(1) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).
(2) In the galley, put the water shut-off valve to the OPEN position.
CAUTION: Open the galley potable water faucet to bleed the system (to
evacuate the black water from the new cartridge).
(3) If necessary, open the water-boiler faucets to bleed each boiler and
check the flow of water.
(4) Examine the water filter for leaks.
NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
(5) Release the pressure from the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-
00-614-002).
(6) Remove the container.
(7) Dry the work area with a clean lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 309
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-30-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install this equipment if removed:
(a) The access panel.
(b) The refrigerator (Ref. TASK 25-35-29-400-001).
(c) The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-001).
(d) The beverage maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-400-001).
(e) The hot cup (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-001).
(f) The hot jug (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-400-002).
(g) The water heater (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-400-001).
Subtask 25-30-00-942-057
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Remove the warning notices from:

- the water service panel.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 310
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
BUFFET AND GALLEY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
R TASK 25-30-00-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Galley Attachment Points
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
R 25-30-00-991-001 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-30-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the galley trolleys.
(2) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
(4) Get access to the galley attachment points.

R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001)
(a) Remove the screws (2) and the pelmet (1).
(b) Remove the screws (3) and the access plate (4).
(c) Remove the screws (9) and the pelmet (10).
(d) Remove the screws (11) and the access plate (12).
(e) Remove the screws (6) and the covers (5).
(f) Remove the screws (7) and the covers (8).
(g) Remove the screws (21) and the pelmet (20).
(h) Remove the screws (23) and the access plates (22).
(i) Remove the screws (25) and the covers (24).
(j) Remove the screws (26) and the covers (27).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Attachment Points of the FWD Galley
R Figure 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-210-050
A. Examine the Attachment Points
(1) Examine the upper attachment points. Use a mirror if necessary.
(a) Make sure that the rods and the attach fittings are in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the quick-release pins are in the correct
condition.
(d) Make sure that the bolts, the nuts, the supports, the rods and
the attach fittings are correctly installed.
(2) Examine the lower attachment points.
(a) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the mounting points are in the correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are correctly
installed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-30-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the access covers.

R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001)
(a) Install the covers (27) and the screws (26).
(b) Install the covers (24) and the screws (25).
(c) Install the access plates (22) and the screws (23).
(d) Install the pelmet (20) and the screws (21).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(e) Install the covers (8) and the screws (7).
(f) Install the covers (5) and the screws (6).
(g) Install the access plate (12) and the screws (11).
(h) Install the pelmet (10) and the screws (9).
(i) Install the access plate (4) and the screws (3).
(j) Install the pelmet (1) and the screws (2).
(2) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galleys (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-007).
(3) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-
005), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).
items.
(5) Move the galley trolleys into the galley(s) and lock them in
position.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-30-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
FORWARD GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.
A. Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and
hot or cold drinks. This galley has electrical equipment, a potable water
supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The
galley can also have stowage compartments for coats, equipment etc..
B. Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage.
This galley has no system supplies or equipment. The galley can hold full
and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have
stowage compartments for coats, equipment, equipment etc..
4. Power
____________
Supply
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
The galley electrical supply (Ref. 24-56-00) connects to terminal blocks in
the forward utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the
galley electrical equipment.
5. _________
Interface
If applicable, each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00)
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-31-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Forward Galley Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-31-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Galley Power Supply - G1
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-31-00

Page 3
Nov 01/07

AIJ
6. Component
_____________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
fuselage structure.
B. Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
pelmet are all the top galley connections.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Galley Installation - Example
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-31-00

Page 5
Nov 01/07

AIJ
GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-31-42-000-001
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

R Power)
Power
Passenger/Crew Door
25-35-34-000-001 Removal of the Galley Control-Panel
52-51-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Door
53-16-11-000-001 Removal of the Mount Fitting at FR 14
25-31-42-991-005 Fig. 401
25-31-42-991-004 Fig. 402
25-31-42-991-006 Fig. 403
25-31-42-991-003 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 401
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-941-050
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
NOTE : For the APU BLEED, the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED, the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2, the OFF legends are on.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate

these pushbutton switches.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to connect the
ground air supply:
- On the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
- On the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
(3) On the water service panel, put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the potable water system.
Subtask 25-31-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
R

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-31-42-860-050
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R
R (2) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-010-050
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(2) Remove the galley equipment:
(a) Remove the galley control panel (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001), if

necessary.
(b) Remove the coffee makers (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001), if

installed.
(c) Remove the standard units, if installed.
(d) Remove the waste container, if installed.
(e) Remove the galley trolleys.
(3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-001).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of the galley.
(5) Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001).
(6) If a cockpit door camera is installed, remove the hinge-mount fitting

(Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 403
May 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Galley Unit G1
(1) Remove all the decorative material, if necessary.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-42-991-005)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (5).
(b) Loosen the screws (5) and remove the cover (4).
(c) Disconnect the electrical wires.
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Remove the nuts (6) and disconnect the electrical wires (7).
(d) Remove the locknuts (3), the washers (2) and the clamps (1).
(e) Remove the bolt (10), the washer (9) and the clamps (8).
(f) Disconnect the bonding straps.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR(S) IS(ARE)

_______
DISCONNECTED BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE BONDING
STRAP(S).
1
_ Remove the nuts (11), the bolts (12), the washers (13) and
disconnect the bonding straps (14).
(3) Disconnect the galley supply connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-42-991-004)

_______
WORK ON IT.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 404
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(a) Loosen the clamps (21) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (22)
from the pipe (20).
(b) Loosen the clamp (24) and disconnect the fresh air hose (25) from
the pipe (23).
(c) Loosen the clamps (30) and disconnect the waste water hose (31)
from the pipe (29).
(d) Loosen the nut (27) and disconnect the potable water pipe (26)
from the fitting (28).
(e) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(4) Remove the upper and the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006)
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME

_______
DAMAGED OR INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(a) Remove the screws (42) and the pelmets (40) and (41).
(b) Remove the quick-release pins (43) and disconnect the tie rods
(46) from the A/C structure.
(c) Remove the screws (48) and the wheel guides (47).
(d) Remove the bolts (49) and the washers (50).
(e) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (51),
(52) and (53) for the installation procedure and remove them.
(f) Remove the bolts (77) and the washers (76).
(g) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (75),
(h) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(i) Carefully lift and move the galley in to the centerline of the
aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G1

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 407
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Supply Connections of the Galley - G1
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-42-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 408
Nov 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-31-42

Page 409
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G1

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 410
Nov 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 411
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-31-42-020-051
B. Disconnect the Galley Splitlines
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(1) Disconnect the galley at the splitlines:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-31-42-991-003)

_______
NOTE : The splitline screws and bolts are painted red.

____
(a) Disconnect all the remaining splitline electrical connections as

necessary.
(b) Disconnect all the remaining splitline supply connections as

necessary.
(c) Loosen the clamp (82) and disconnect the exhaust air pipe (81)
from the pipe (83).
(d) Remove the screws (86), (87) and (88).
(e) Remove all the remaining splitline screws as necessary.
(f) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(g) Carefully disconnect the galley modules (84) and (85) and remove
them and the disconnected components from the aircraft.
(2) Remove the floor fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006)
(a) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (54) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
(b) Remove the bolt (61), the washer (60) and the bushings (59) and
(58).
(c) Remove the fitting (55).
(d) Remove and discard the packing (57).
(e) Remove the bushing (56).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 412
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Splitlines of the Galley - G1
Figure 404/TASK 25-31-42-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 413
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(f) Remove the fitting (62).
(g) Remove and discard the packing (63).
(h) Remove the bushing (64).
(i) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (72) for
(j) Remove the bolts (65), the washers (66) and the bushings (67) and
(68).
(k) Remove the fittings (71).
(l) Remove and discard the packings (69).
(m) Remove the bushings (70).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 414
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-31-42-400-001
Installation of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-002 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I
GENERAL PURPOSE DIMETHACRYLATE GREEN (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 415
Nov 01/07

AIJ
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57 packing 25-31-01 08D-030

63 packing 25-31-01 08D-030
69 packings 25-31-01 08D-030
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
21-23-00-720-002 Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point
Power
the External Power
Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Forward Curtain Rail
25-31-42-000-001 Removal of the Forward Galley Unit (6475MM)
25-35-34-400-001 Installation of the Galley Control-Panel
Ground Air Supply
52-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Door
53-16-11-000-001 Removal of the Mount Fitting at FR 14
53-16-11-400-001 Installation of the Mount Fitting at FR 14

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 416
Nov 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-31-42-991-005 Fig. 401

25-31-42-991-004 Fig. 402
25-31-42-991-006 Fig. 403
25-31-42-991-003 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-42-860-051
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that on the AIR COND panel 30VU:
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.
NOTE : For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.
(b) A WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to operate

(3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply:
- on the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
- on the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
(4) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized:

_______
WORK ON IT.
(a) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
(5) Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE is in
position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water system.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 417
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(6) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(a) Make sure that the standard units are removed.
(b) Make sure that the waste container is removed.
(c) Make sure that the galley trolleys are removed.
(d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
(e) Make sure that the coffee makers are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-
000-001).
(7) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and
the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of
the galley are removed.
(9) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
(10) If a cockpit door camera is installed, make sure that the hinge-mount
fitting is removed (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 418
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-31-42-560-050
C. Preparation of the Replacement Component
R NOTE : To move the galley through the aircraft door, it is necessary to

____
R disconnect the galley splitline (Ref. TASK 25-31-42-000-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-210-050
D. Preparation for Installation

area.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-42-420-050
A. Connect the Galley Splitlines
WARNING : IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO OBTAIN AND OBSERVE

_______
THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS INFORMATION SUCH AS, HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS,
PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE, EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY,
HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING, USE AND
CONTROL MEASURES AND ALSO TO TAKE LOCAL REGULATIONS INTO
CONSIDERATION.
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if the galley was removed from
____
the aircraft.
(1) Unless specified, torque all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(2) Install the floor fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006)
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(70) and put them in position.
(b) Install the new packings (69).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 419
May 01/09

AIJ
(c) Put the fittings (71) in position.
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(68) and (67) and put them in position.
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (65).
(f) Install the washers (66) and the bolts (65).
(g) Put the shims (72) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(h) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushing (64)
and put them in position.
(i) Install the new packing (63).
(j) Install the fitting (62).
(k) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushing (56)
and put them in position.
(l) Install the new packing (57).
(m) Put the fitting (55) in position.
(n) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(58) and (59) put them in position.
(o) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolt (61).
(p) Install the washer (60) and the bolt (61).
(q) Put the shims (54) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(3) Connect the galley at the splitlines:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-31-42-991-003)

_______
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if the galley was removed

____
from the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 420
Nov 01/07

AIJ
____
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully put the galley modules (85) and (84) in position.
(c) Install the screws (88), (87) and (86).
(d) Install all the remaining splitline screws, removed during the
removal procedure.
(e) Connect the exhaust air pipe (81) to the pipe (83) and tighten
the clamp (82).
(f) Connect all the remaining splitline supply connections as

disconnected during the removal procedure.
(g) Connect all the remaining splitline electrical connections as

(4) Seal the splitline joints of the galley:

_______
(a) Remove the used sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(b) Clean the splitline joints with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(c) Apply the new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) to all the splitline joints.
Subtask 25-31-42-420-051
B. Installation of the Galley Unit G1

_______
CONSIDERATION.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 421
Nov 01/07

AIJ
11-911-001).
(2) Install the upper and the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006)

_______
(b) Carefully move the galley above the shims (54) and (72) and the
fitting (62).
(c) Put the shims (53), (52) and (51) in position as identified
(d) Install the washers (50) and the bolts (49).
(e) Put the shims (73), (74) and (75) in position as identified
(g) Put the wheel guides (47) in position and install the screws
(48).
(h) Put the tie rods (46) in position and install the quick-release
pins (43).
(i) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (46).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (45).
2
_ Loosen the locknut (45).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (44) until the quick-release pin (43)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Tighten the locknut (45).
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end (44) is in a safe condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 422
Nov 01/07

AIJ
6
_ Safety the locknut (45) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(j) Put the pelmets (40) and (41) in position and install the screws
(42).
(3) Connect the galley supply connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-42-991-004)

_______
WORK ON IT.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the potable water pipe (26) to the fitting (28) and
tighten the nut (27).
(c) Connect the waste water hose (31) to the pipe (29) and tighten
the clamps (30).
(d) Connect the fresh air hose (25) to the pipe (23) and tighten the
clamp (24).
(e) Connect the exhaust air hose (22) to the pipe (20) and tighten
the clamps (21).
(4) Connect the electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-42-991-005)
(a) Connect the bonding straps.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BONDING STRAP(S) IS(ARE) CONNECTED

_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR(S).
1
_ Put the bonding straps (14) in position and install the
washers (13), the bolts (12) and the nuts (11) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
(b) Put the clamps (1) in position and install the washers (2) and
the locknuts (3).
(c) Put the clamps (8) in position and install the washer (9) and the
bolt (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 423
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(d) Connect the electrical wires.
_______
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the wires (7) with the
nuts (6).
2
_ Put the cover (4) in position and tighten the screws (5).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE

_______
LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS
YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
3
_ Safety the screws (5) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
(6) Install the galley electrical equipment:
(a) Install the galley control panel, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-
400-001).
(b) Install the coffee makers, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-

001).
Subtask 25-31-42-720-050
C. Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical

Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-31-42-865-052
breaker(s):
R 2MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 16MC, 1XA

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 424
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-31-42-942-050
E. Safety Precautions

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
Subtask 25-31-42-710-050
F. Operational Test of the Galley Systems
(1) Do a check of the air supply and air exhaust system:
(a) Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-

001), or the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(b) Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-
23-00-720-002), do not de-energize the electrical circuits when
the test is complete.
(c) Turn the air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(d) Air must not come out from the air outlet.
(e) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(f) Repair all leaks.
(g) Turn the air outlet counter clockwise until it is in the open
position.
(h) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
air outlet.
(2) Do a check of the potable water and drain system:
(a) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).
(b) Examine all the potable water hoses for leaks.
(c) Repair all leaks.
(d) Operate the faucet and make sure that water flows.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 425
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(e) Let the water flow until it is clean.
(f) Examine all the drain water hoses for leaks.
(g) Repair all leaks.
(h) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-

002).
(3) Do an operational test of the galley electrical system:
(a) On the galley control panel, make sure that all the circuit
breakers are closed.
(b) Operate each electrical unit/component for a short time to make

sure that it is serviceable. For example: the galley work light.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the flight compartment, on the On the galley control panel:

overhead panel 35VU:
- Push (ON) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GALLEY.
2. On the galley control panel: In the galley:
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light comes on
the BRIGHT position. brightly.
the DIM position. dimmed.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light goes off.
the OFF position.

- Push (OFF) the pushbutton - The POWER indicator light goes off.
switch 2XA GALLEY.

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 426
Nov 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-31-42-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the galley equipment:
(a) Install the standard units, if removed.
(b) Install the waste container, if removed.
(c) Put the galley trolleys in their correct positions.
(3) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) in the area of the galley.
(4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-001).
(5) Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001).
(6) If a cockpit door camera is installed, install the hinge-mount

fitting (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-400-001).
(7) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
Subtask 25-31-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-31-42

Page 427
Nov 01/07

AIJ
AFT GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.
A. Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and
hot or cold drinks. This galley has electrical equipment, a potable water
supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The
galley can also have stowage compartments for coats, equipment etc..
B. Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage.
This galley has no system supplies or equipment. The galley can hold full
and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have
R stowage compartments for coats, equipment etc..
4. Power
____________
Supply
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
The galley electrical supply (Ref. 24-56-00) connects to terminal blocks in
the aft utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the
galley electrical equipment.
5. _________
Interface
If applicable each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),

EFF :

ALL 25-33-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Aft Galley Locations
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-33-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Galley Power Supply - G5
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-33-00

Page 3
Nov 01/07

AIJ
6. Component
_____________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
fuselage structure.
B. Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
pelmet are all the top galley connections.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Galley Installation - Example
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-33-00

Page 5
Nov 01/07

AIJ
GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-33-45-000-001
Removal of the Aft Galley (6483MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

R Power)
Power
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door
25-33-45-991-004 Fig. 401
25-33-45-991-003 Fig. 402
25-33-45-991-001 Fig. 403
25-33-45-991-005 Fig. 404
25-33-45-991-002 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 401
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-45-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-33-45-941-050
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.

____
For the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED the OFF legends are
on.
For the PACK 1 and PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate

(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors, put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons NOT to
supply the ground air.
(3) On the water service panel:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the potable water system.
Subtask 25-33-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-33-45-860-051

R
R (2) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
Subtask 25-33-45-010-050
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(2) Remove the galley equipment:
(a) Remove the coffee makers, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-

001).
(b) Remove the standard units, if installed.
(c) Remove the waste containers, if installed.
(d) Remove the galley trolleys.
(3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-003).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
000-003) in the area of the galley.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Galley Unit G5
(1) Remove all the decorative material, if necessary.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-33-45-991-004)
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 403
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 404
May 01/09
R
AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 405
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (6).
(b) Loosen the screws (6) and remove the cover (5).
(c) Disconnect the electrical wires.
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
1
_ Remove the nuts (7) and disconnect the electrical wires (8).
(d) Remove the bolts (10), the washers (11) and the clamps (9).
(e) Remove the locknuts (3), the washers (2), the clamps (1) and the
spacers (4).
(f) Disconnect the bonding straps.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR(S) IS(ARE)

_______
DISCONNECTED BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE BONDING
STRAP(S).
(g) Remove the nuts (12), the bolts (13), the washers (14) and
disconnect the bonding straps (15).
(3) Disconnect the galley supply connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003)
(a) Remove the screws (21) and the access panel (20).
(b) Loosen the clamp (31) and disconnect the fresh air hose (30) from
the pipe (32).
(c) Loosen the clamps (23) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (22)
from the pipe (24).
(d) Loosen the clamps (33) and disconnect the waste water pipe (29)
from the pipe (25).
(e) Loosen the nut (27) and disconnect the potable water pipe (28)
from the fitting (26).
(f) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 406
May 01/09
R
AIJ
Supply Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 407
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(4) Remove the upper and the lower attachments:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001)

_______
(a) Remove the screws (41) and the covers (40).
(b) Remove the screws (42) and the covers (43).
(c) Remove the quick-release pins (44) and disconnect the tie rods
(47) from the A/C structure.
(d) Remove the screws (49) and the wheel guides (48).
(e) Remove the bolts (50) and the washers (51).
(f) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (52),
(g) Remove the screws (63) and the plate (64).
(h) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(i) Carefully lift and move the galley in to the centerline of the
aircraft.
Subtask 25-33-45-020-051
B. Disconnect the Galley Splitlines
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(1) Disconnect the splitline electrical connections:
(a) Remove the galley control panel, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-35-
34-000-001).
(b) Disconnect all the remaining splitline electrical connections as

necessary.
(c) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 408
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(2) Disconnect the splitline supply connections:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-33-45-991-005)
(a) Loosen the clamps (81) and disconnect the pipes (80) from the
pipe (82).
(b) Loosen the clamp (84) and disconnect the pipe (83) from the pipe
(85).
(c) Disconnect the control cable (87) from the ring (86).
(d) Loosen the nut (89) and disconnect the pipe (88) from the pipe
(90).
(e) Remove the screws (94), the washers (93) and the clamps (92).
(f) Disconnect the fresh air hose (95) from the air outlet (91).
(g) Disconnect all the remaining splitline supply connections as

necessary.
(h) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(3) Disconnect the galley at the splitlines:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-33-45-991-002)

_______
NOTE : The galley splitline screws and bolts are painted red.
____
(a) Remove the screws (116) and the doors (117).
(b) Remove the screws (119) and the doors (118).
(c) Remove the screws (121) and the working plate (120).
(d) Remove the screws (115) and the covers (103).
(e) Remove the screws (106) and the covers (105).
(f) Remove the screws (110) and the pelmet (99).
(g) Remove the screws (109).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 409
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 410
Nov 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 411
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Splitline - Supply Connections of the Galley - G5

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 412
May 01/09
R
AIJ
Splitline - Supply Connections of the Galley - G5

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 413
May 01/09
R
AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 414
May 01/09
R
AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 415
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(h) Remove the screws (111) and the washers (112) and carefully
disconnect the galley modules (100) and (101) from the galley
modules (108) and (102).
(i) Remove the screws (114) and the washers (113) and carefully
disconnect the galley modules (108) and (102) from the galley
modules (107) and (104).
(j) Remove all the remaining splitline screws as necessary.
(k) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(l) Remove the galley modules and the disconnected components from
the aircraft.
(4) Remove the floor fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001)
(a) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (55) for
(b) Remove the bolts (62), the washers (61) and the bushings (60) and
(59).
(c) Remove the fittings (56).
(d) Remove and discard the packings (57).
(e) Remove the bushings (58).
(f) Remove the screws (65) and the fitting (66).

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 416
May 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-33-45-400-001
Installation of the Aft Galley (6483MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-002 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE I
GENERAL PURPOSE DIMETHACRYLATE GREEN (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57 packings 25-33-04 02F-050

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 417
May 01/09
R
AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-33-45

Page 418
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
Power
the External Power
Passenger/Crew Door
Passenger/Crew Door
25-26-41-400-003 Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
25-33-45-000-001 Removal of the Aft Galley (6483MM)
25-35-34-400-001 Installation of the Galley Control-Panel
Ground Air Supply
25-33-45-991-004 Fig. 401
25-33-45-991-003 Fig. 402
25-33-45-991-001 Fig. 403
25-33-45-991-005 Fig. 404
25-33-45-991-002 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 419
Nov 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-45-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that on the AIR COND panel 30VU:
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.

____
For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.
(b) A WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to operate

(3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply:
- on the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
- on the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
(4) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized:

_______
WORK ON IT.
(a) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
(5) Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE is in
position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water system.
(6) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(a) Make sure that the standard units are removed.
(b) Make sure that the waste containers are removed.
(c) Make sure that the galley trolleys are removed.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 420
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
35-34-000-001), if necessary.
(e) Make sure that the coffee makers are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-
000-001).
(7) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(8) Make sure that the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the
area of the galley are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).
Subtask 25-33-45-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 25-33-45-560-050
C. Preparation of the Replacement Component

_______
(1) To move the galley through the aircraft door it is necessary to

disconnect the galley splitline (Ref. TASK 25-33-45-000-001).
Subtask 25-33-45-210-050
D. Preparation for Installation

area.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 421
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-45-420-050
A. Connect the Galley Splitlines

_______
CONSIDERATION.
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from
____
the aircraft.
11-911-001).
(2) Install the floor fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001)
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(58) and put them in position.
(b) Install the new packings (57).
(c) Put the fittings (56) in position.
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(59) and (60) and put them in position.
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) on
the threads of the bolts (62).
(g) Put the shims (55) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(h) Put the fitting (66) in position and install the screws (65).

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 422
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(3) Connect the galley at the splitlines:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-33-45-991-002)

_______
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if the galley was removed

____
from the aircraft.

____
(b) Carefully put the galley modules (107) and (104) in position.
(c) Carefully put the galley modules (108) and (102) on top of the
galley modules (107) and (104).
(d) Install the washers (113) and the screws (114).
(e) Carefully put the galley modules (100) and (101) on top of the
galley modules (108) and (102).
(f) Install the washers (112) and the screws (111).
(g) Install the screws (109).
(h) Put the pelmet (99) in position and install the screws (110).
(i) Put the covers (105) in position and install the screws (106).
(j) Put the covers (103) in position and install the screws (115).
(k) Put the working plate (120) in position and install the screws
(121).
(l) Put the doors (118) in position and install the screws (119).
(m) Put the doors (117) in position and install the screws (116).
(n) Install all the remaining splitline screws, removed during the
removal procedure.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 423
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(4) Seal the splitline joints of the galley:

_______
(a) Remove the used sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(b) Clean the splitline joints with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(c) Apply the new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) into all the splitline joints.
(5) Connect the splitline supply connections:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-33-45-991-005)
(b) Connect the fresh air hose (95) to the air outlet (91).
(c) Put the clamps (92) in position on the fresh air hose (95) and
install the washers (93) and the screws (94).
(d) Connect the pipe (88) to the pipe (90) and tighten the nut (89).
(e) Connect the control cable (87) to the ring (86).
(f) Connect the pipe (83) to the pipe (85) and tighten the clamp
(84).
(g) Connect the pipes (80) to the pipe (82) and tighten the clamps
(81).
(h) Connect all the remaining splitline supply connections as

(6) Connect the splitline electrical connections:
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 424
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(c) Connect all the remaining splitline electrical connections as
(d) Install the galley control panel, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-
400-001).
Subtask 25-33-45-420-051
B. Installation of the Galley Unit G5

_______
CONSIDERATION.
11-911-001).
(2) Install the upper and the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001)

_______
(b) Carefully move the galley above the shims (55) and the fitting
(66).
(c) Put the shims (54), (53) and (52) in position as identified
(d) Install the washers (51) and the bolts (52).
(e) Put the plate (64) in position and install the screws (63).
(f) Put the wheel guides (48) in position and install the screws
(49).
(g) Put the tie rods (47) in position and install the quick-release
pins (44).

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 425
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(h) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (47).

_______
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (46).
2
_ Loosen the locknut (46).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (45) until the quick-release pin (44)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Tighten the locknut (46).
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end (45) is in a safe condition.
6
_ Safety the locknut (46) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(i) Put the covers (43) in position and install the screws (42).
(j) Put the covers (40) in position and install the screws (41).
(3) Connect the supply connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003)

_______
WORK ON IT.
(b) Connect the potable water pipe (28) to the fitting (26) and
tighten the nut (27).
(c) Connect the waste water pipe (29) to the pipe (25) and tighten
the clamps (33).
(d) Connect the exhaust air hose (22) to the pipe (24) and tighten
the clamps (23).
(e) Connect the fresh air hose (30) to the pipe (32) and tighten the
clamp (31).
(f) Put the access panel (20) in position and install the screws
(21).

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 426
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-33-45-991-004)
(a) Connect the bonding straps.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BONDING STRAP(S) IS(ARE) CONNECTED

_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR(S).
1
_ Put the bonding straps (15) in position and install the
washers (14), the bolts (13) and the nuts (12) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
(b) Put the clamps (1) and the spacers (4) in position and install
the washers (2) and the locknuts (3).
(c) Put the clamps (9) in position and install the washers (11) and
the bolts (10).
(d) Connect the electrical wires.
_______
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the electrical wires (8)
with the nuts (7).
2
_ Put the cover (5) in position and tighten the screws (6).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE

_______
LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS
YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
3
_ Safety the screws (6) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
(6) Install the galley electrical equipment:
(a) Install the coffee makers (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-001), if

removed.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 427
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-33-45-720-050
C. Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical

Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-33-45-865-054
breaker(s):
R 3MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 14MC, 1XA.
Subtask 25-33-45-942-050
E. Safety Precautions

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
Subtask 25-33-45-710-051
F. Operational Test of the Galley Systems
(1) Do a check of the air supply and air exhaust system:
(a) Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-

001), or the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(b) Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-
23-00-720-002), do not de-energize the electrical circuits when
the test is completed.
(c) Turn the air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(d) Air must not come out from the air outlet.
(e) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(f) Repair all leaks.
(g) Turn the air outlet counterclockwise until it is in the open

position.
(h) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
air outlet.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 428
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Do a check of the potable water and drain system:
(a) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).
(b) Examine all the potable water hoses for leaks.
(c) Repair all leaks.
(d) Operate the faucet and make sure that water flows.
(e) Let the water flow until it is clean.
(f) Examine all the waste water hoses for leaks.
(g) Repair all leaks.
(h) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-

002).
(3) Do an operational test of the galley electrical system:
(a) On the galley control panel, make sure that all of the circuit
breakers are closed.
(b) Operate each electrical unit/component for a short time to make

sure that it is serviceable. For example: the galley work light.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- Push (ON) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GALLEY.
2. On the galley control panel: In the galley:
the BRIGHT position. brightly.
the DIM position. dimmed.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light goes off.
the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 429
Nov 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push (OFF) the pushbutton - The POWER indicator light goes off.
switch 2XA GALLEY.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-33-45-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the galley equipment:
(a) Install the standard units, if removed.
(b) Install the waste containers, if removed.
(c) Put the galley trolleys in their correct positions.
(3) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-008) in the area of the galley.
(4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-003).
(5) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
Subtask 25-33-45-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-33-45

Page 430
Nov 01/07

AIJ
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The galley equipment is installed to keep and prepare food and drinks for
the passengers and the crew and to store waste materials.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
There are different types of galleys, storage galleys and preparation
galleys.
A. Storage Galleys
The storage galleys are only used to keep food, drinks and unwanted
materials and have:
- Food trolleys,
- Waste trolleys,
- Food and drinks containers.
B. Preparation Galleys
The preparation galleys are used to prepare the food and the drinks and
have this electrically operated items (if installed):
- Trash-Compactor(s)
- Oven(s)
- Oven Control Module(s)
- Coffee-maker(s)
- Beverage-Maker(s)
- Bun-warmer(s)
- Roll-Warmer(s)
- Hot-cup(s)
- Hot-jug(s)
- Water-heater(s)
- Refrigerator(s)
- Wine-Chiller(s)
- Hot-plate(s)
4. Power
____________
Supply
The galley power supply system (Ref. 24-56-00) supplies the electrical
equipment in the preparation galleys with 115 VAC.
5. _________
Interface
The galley equipment has interfaces with:
- the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),
- the wastewater drain system (Ref. 38-30-00),
- the galley power supply (Ref. 24-56-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Example of Galley Equipment
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
6. _____________________
A. Oven
The oven has a control box to select the temperature and time of
operation, to heat the meals.
B. Water Heater
The water heater heats water supplied from the potable water system.
(Ref. 38-10-00)
C. Hot Jug
The hot jug keeps the drinks at a stable temperature.
D. Hot Cup
The hot cup is used to heat the beverages.
E. Coffee Maker
The coffee maker prepares and keeps the coffee at a high temperature in a
container, or in a coffee jug on a hot plate. The potable water system
(Ref. 38-12-00) supplies water to the coffee maker.
The coffee maker has hot or hot and cold water faucets installed.
F. Trolley
The trolley has trays or drawers for storage.
G. Waste Trolley
The waste trolley has a waste container with a flap.
H. Container
The container is used to keep trays, drawers, beverages and food.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________
TASK 25-35-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Galley and Buffet - Galley Waste
Compartment Flapper Door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-35-00-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-077
R A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 401
Feb 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-040-050
R A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001)
R (1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).
R
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the waste
R compartment.
R
R (3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:

R
R (a) Make sure that the waste container is empty.

R
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-35-00-410-067
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.
R (2) Close the access door of the waste compartment.
R (3) Make an entry in the logbook.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 402
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 403
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R TASK 25-35-00-440-001
R Reactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-30-01

R Galley and Buffet - Galley Waste
R Compartment Flapper Door
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-35-00-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-35-00-861-078
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-35-00-440-050
R A. Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001)
R (1) Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.
R (2) If necessary, remove the damaged flapper-door:
R (a) Open the access door.
R (b) Remove the waste container.
R (c) Remove the bolt (3), the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding
R strap (1).
R (d) Remove the bolt (6), the washer (5), the nut (4), the screws (7)
R and the flapper-door (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 404
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (3) Install a new flapper-door:
R (a) Put the new flapper-door (8) in position and install the screws
R (7), the washer (5), the bolt (6) and the nut (4). Tighten the
R screws (7), the bolt (6) and the nut (4).
R (b) Connect the bonding strap (1) and install the washer (2) and the
R bolt (3).
R (c) Make sure that the flapper-door:

R - Operates correctly
R - Is aligned with the surface
R - Closes and seals fully.
R (d) Put the waste container in position.
R (e) Close the access door.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-35-00-410-068
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 405
Feb 01/08

AIJ
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
R TASK 25-35-00-710-013
Operational Test of the Coffee-Maker
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
24-56-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Galley Supply
Ground Air Supply
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-062

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 25-35-00-860-051
(1) Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power
(Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001).
R (2) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker on
R the galley control panel is(are) closed.
(3) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-35-00-710-064
R A. Do the Operational Test of the Coffee Maker
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the galley:
R - Close the galley potable-water

R shutoff-valve.
R 2. At the coffee maker: At the coffee maker:

R - Hold an empty coffee server - Water flows from the coffee-maker
R under the coffee-maker water-faucet into the coffee server.
R water-faucet and open the
R faucet.
R - Hold the coffee-maker - After a short time, the water flow

R water-faucet in the open stops.
R position.
R - Close the coffee-maker

R water-faucet.
R - Push the POWER ON pushbutton. - The POWER ON and the LOW WATER
R indicators come on.
R 3. At the galley:
R - Open the galley potable-water
R shutoff-valve.
R 4. At the coffee maker: At the coffee maker:
R - Hold an empty coffee server

R under the coffee-maker
R faucet.
R - Close the coffee-maker - After a short time, the LOW WATER

R water-faucet when the water indicator goes off.
R starts to flow.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 502
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Put an empty coffee server in
R position and lock the brew
R handle in the down position.
R - Push the BREW and WARMER ON - The BREW and WARMER ON indicators
R pushbuttons. come on.
R - If the water has the set temperature,
R the hot water flows through the brew
R cup into the coffee server.
R - Release the brew handle to the - The BREW indicator goes off, and the
R up position. hot water flow through the brew cup
R stops.

R faucet.
R - Close the coffee-maker - The water flow stops.

R water-faucet.
R - Put an empty coffee server in

R position and lock the brew
R handle in the down position.
R - Push the BREW pushbutton. - The BREW indicator comes on.
R - After a short time the hot water

R flows through the brew cup into the
R coffee server.
R - After approx. 3 minutes the water has
R the set level in the coffee server
R and operates the level sensor.
R - The water flow stops and the BREW
R indicator goes off.

R faucet.
R - Close the coffee-maker - The water flow stops.

R water-faucet.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 503
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the POWER ON and WARMER ON - The POWER ON and WARMER ON indicators
R pushbuttons. go off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Put all related CB and switches to their initial configuration.
R (2) Make sure that the coffee maker is in its initial configuration.
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 504
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-35-00-710-015
Operational Test of the Oven
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
24-56-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Galley Supply
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-064

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 25-35-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power
(Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001).
(2) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven on the
galley control panel is(are) closed.
(3) Make sure that the door of the oven is closed.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 505
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-066
A. Do the Operational Test of the Oven
(1) If installed, use the oven control panel to operate the oven.
(2) Do step 1. only if an OUTLET is installed.
R (3) Do step 3. only if there is an arrow symbol on one of the oven fan
R blades.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the oven:
- Put the OVEN/OFF/OUTLET switch
to the OUTLET position.
On the oven: At the electrical OUTLET of the oven:

- Measure the voltage at the - A voltage (115VAC) is on the OUTLET
OUTLET or connect any and/or if connected the device can
applicable device to the operate.
OUTLET.
- Put the OVEN/OFF/OUTLET switch

to the OVEN position.
2. On the oven: On the oven:

- If installed, put the ON/OFF - The blower operates. A usual noise
switch to the ON position. from the blower is heard. Any unusual
noise is not permitted.
- The indicator of the active
temperature comes on.
- The heater operates. The temperatur
will increase.

R - Do a check of the rotating - See arrow symbols on one of the fan
R field of the fan. blades.
4. On the oven:
R - Set the temperature switch to
R the low temperature.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 506
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Set the heater time to max. 3
R minutes.
- After the selected time: - The TIMER shows 0.

- The heater stops.
5. On the oven:
- Do the step 2. again for each
available temperature.

- Set the related switch to the - The blower stops.
OFF position. - All indicators go off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Put all related CB and switches to their initial configuration.
(2) Make sure that the oven is in its initial configuration.
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-064

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-00

Page 507
Feb 01/07

AIJ
COFFEE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-35-15-000-001
Removal of the Coffee Maker
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 2 CAP - BLANKING

No specific 2 PLUG - BLANKING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-35-15-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 25-35-15-860-058
R B. At the related galley on the galley control panel:
R (1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee
R maker.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 401
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-15-860-050
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-35-15-020-051
R A. Removal of the Coffee Maker (attached with a single release pin)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-15-991-002)
R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
R BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
R (1) Loosen the screw (4) of the pin locking lever (3).
R (2) Lift the pin locking lever to the unlock position.
R (3) Removal of the coffee maker from the galley
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
R PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
R WORK ON IT.
R (a) Carefully pull the coffee maker (1) to disconnect the electrical
R connector and the potable-water supply-line.
R (b) Remove the coffee maker (1) from the galley.
R (4) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (5) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Coffee-Maker attached with single release pin
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-15-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-35-15-400-001
Installation of the Coffee Maker
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
the External Power
25-35-00-710-013 Operational Test of the Coffee-Maker
25-35-15-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-860-055
(1) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
R (3) At the related galley on the galley control panel:
R (a) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker
R is (are) open, safetied and tagged.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 404
Aug 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-15-210-050
R Subtask 25-35-15-420-051
R B. Installation of the Coffee Maker (attached with a single release pin)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-15-991-002)
R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
R BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
R condition.
R (3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (4) Loosen the screw (4) of the pin locking lever (3).
R (5) Lift the pin locking lever (3) to the unlock position.
R (6) Installation of the coffee maker at the galley:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
R PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
R WORK ON IT.
R (a) With the locking lever (3) lifted up carefully put the coffee
R maker (1) on the rail (2) and push it into the galley.
R (b) Make sure that the coffee maker (1) is correctly locked on the
R rail (2).
R (7) Push down the locking lever (3) and tighten the screw (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-35-15-860-059
R C. At the related galley on the galley control panel:
R (1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
R circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker.
Subtask 25-35-15-790-050
D. Leak Test
(1) Operate the coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-013).
(a) Do a leak check of the coffee maker unit and the adjacent area.
(b) If leaks are found, repair all leaks.
Subtask 25-35-15-710-052
E. Do the operational test of the coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-15-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-35-15-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-15

Page 406
Aug 01/08

AIJ
OVEN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________
R TASK 25-35-19-000-001
Removal of the Oven
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-35-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-35-19-865-058
B. At the related galley on the galley control panel
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-19-860-050
(1) Make sure that the oven is empty.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-19-020-050
A. Removal of the Oven

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-001)

_______
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(2) Carefully pull the oven (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors
and remove the oven (2) from the galley.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Oven
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-35-19-400-001
Installation of the Oven
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WRENCH 0.40 TO 2.60 DAN (36 TO 220 LBF.IN) - TORQUE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific sheet of paper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-30-00-960-002 Replacement of the Air Extraction Filter
25-35-00-710-015 Operational Test of the Oven
R 25-35-19-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-860-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-35-19-865-050
B. At the related galley on the galley control panel
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven is(are)
open, safetied and tagged.
Subtask 25-35-19-860-054
(1) Make sure that the oven is empty.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-19-210-051
A. Preparation for installation
(1) Do a visual inspection of the grill(s) and the housing(s) of the air
extraction filter(s) in the oven stowage of the related galley.
(a) If necessary, clean the grill(s) and the housing(s) with a vacuum
cleaner.
(b) If necessary, replace the air extraction filter(s) (Ref. TASK 25-
30-00-960-002).
R (2) Do an air extraction test (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002).
R (a) Hold a sheet of paper to the applicable air extraction inlet(s).
R NOTE : The air suction will hold the paper in position at the air
____
R extraction inlet(s).
(b) Remove the paper.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-19-420-050
B. Installation of the Oven

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-001)

_______
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT

_______
BURNS WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
condition.
(3) Carefully push the oven (2) into the mounting rails (3).
(4) Install the screws (1) with a WRENCH 0.40 TO 2.60 DAN (36 TO 220
LBF.IN) - TORQUE and torque to 0.70 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-35-19-865-051
C. At the related galley on the galley control panel
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the oven.
Subtask 25-35-19-710-053
D. Do the operational test of the oven (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-015).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-19-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-19-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-35-19

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
R TASK 25-35-34-000-001
Removal of the Galley Control-Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-35-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-050
A. Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Galley Control-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)
(2) Carefully pull the galley control-panel (2) out of the galley.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3).
(4) Remove the galley control-panel (2) from the galley.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Galley Control-Panel
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-35-34-400-001
Installation of the Galley Control-Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-15-912-001 Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners

External Power
Power
the External Power
R 25-35-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-051
(1) Make sure that the Ground Service Network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-34-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Galley Control-Panel
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS
_______
INCLUDED IN THE REFERENCED PROCEDURES.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (3) (Ref. TASK 20-21-15-912-001).
(5) Carefully push the galley control-panel (2) into the galley.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-35-34-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 25-35-34-861-052
C. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 25-35-34-860-050
(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, push the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2) Make sure that the white OFF indicator at the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA
does not come on.
Subtask 25-35-34-710-050
E. Do an Operational Test of the Galley Control-Panel

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001)
(1) Close all circuit breakers (4) on the galley control panel (2).
(2) Do a test of all the electrical galley equipment installed at the

related galley, for typical basic functions.

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, release the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2) Make sure that the OFF indicator, on the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA comes
on.
items.
Subtask 25-35-34-862-050
B. De-energize the electrical network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-35-34

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The lavatories are installed in the cabin for the comfort of the crew and
passengers and have washroom facilities.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
A. Lavatory Identification
The AMM uses letters and location numbers to identify the lavatories:
- A letter (for example A) is used to identify the type of the lavatory
module
- A location number (for example L11) is used to identify the location of
the lavatory in the cabin.
The location numbers are used for the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00).
(1) There are installed:

- the FWD area lavatory (Ref. 25-41-00).
- the AFT area lavatories (Ref. 25-43-00).
(2) The Lavatory location numbers of the FWD area are:

- L11 and L13.
(3) The Lavatory location numbers of the AFT area are:

- L41 thru L45.
B. Quantity of Lavatories
A maximum of 4 lavatories can be installed in the aircraft. The vacuum
waste-system controller (Ref. 38-31-00) causes this limit.
C. Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory (Ref.
25-45-00).
4. Power
____________
Supply
Electrical power for the different electrical systems in the lavatories is
supplied through a single electrical connector.
5. _____________________
A. Each lavatory is assembled as a modular unit with a ceiling, rearwall,

sidewalls and floorpan. The floorpan has a slip-resistant floor covering.
Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
sidewalls.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
B. Lavatory Installation
Tie-rods are used to attach the lavatory ceiling to the aircraft
structure and fittings are used to attach the lavatory floor to the
aircraft structure.
The fittings are:
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the FWD lavatory area.
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the AFT lavatory area.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LAVATORIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________
TASK 25-40-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-40-00-991-008 Fig. 201
25-40-00-991-011 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 201
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-051
A. Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008)
(1) Open the lavatory door (6).
(2) Loosen the screws (4).
(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (6) and the door frame.
(5) Close the lavatory door (6).
Subtask 25-40-00-820-050
B. Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008)
(1) Loosen the grubscrew (2).
(2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
(3) Tighten the grubscrew (2).
grubscrew (2).
Subtask 25-40-00-710-050
C. Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 25-40-00-991-011)
(1) Do the emergency opening test (from outside of the lavatory):
NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the
____
inside.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 202
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
R Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors
R Figure 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside
R Figure 202/TASK 25-40-00-991-011

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).
R
R (b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
R VACANT.
R (c) Open the single bladed door:
R 1
_ Pull the lavatory door (3) open.
R (d) Open the Bi-folding door (standard option):

R
R 1
_ Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door
latches (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open
outwards.
R (2) Do the Door Functional Test:
(a) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.
(b) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5) and do the
step (a) again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-051
A. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 205
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R TASK 25-40-00-840-001
R Opening/Closing of the Movable Wall Section of the Lavatory D to Move a

R Stretcher
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
R 25-45-19-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Door
R 25-40-00-991-010 Fig. 203
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-40-00-861-058

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-40-00-010-059
R A. Opening of the Movable Wall Section

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-010)
R (1) Remove the bi-folding lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001).
R (2) Release the latches (2) and (3) and open the movable wall section
R (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 206
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Movable Wall Section
R Figure 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 207
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-060
R B. Closing of the Movable Wall Section

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-010)
R (1) Close the movable wall section (1) and lock the latches (2) and (3).
R (2) Install the lavatory bi-folding door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-862-059
R A. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 208
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-40-00-820-002
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
If the lavatories are installed on the aircraft floor structure which is not
level, it is possible the lavatories will not align with the adjacent cabin
lining clearance-system. This data gives the procedure of shim plate
installation below the lavatory floor.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific straight edge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-40-00-991-012 Fig. 204
25-40-00-991-013 Fig. 205
25-40-00-991-014 Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 209
Nov 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-052
A. Installation of Lavatory Shim Plates

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 25-40-00-991-012, 205/TASK 25-40-00-991-013, 206/TASK
25-40-00-991-014)
NOTE : The shim plate installation procedure for the lavatory hardpoint
____
attachments and the lavatory seat rail attachments are almost the
same.
(1) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position.
(2) Measure the distance between the aircraft floor structure and the
lavatory floor. If the distance is more than 2.50 mm (0.10 in.),
install the shim plates (2) as follows:
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(a) Install the shim plates (2).
(3) Measure the lavatory floor to make sure it is level in the lavatory
door area, if the lavatory floor is not level, install the shim
plates as follows:
(a) Position the straight edge on the lavatory floor.
(b) Measure and note the distance between the straight edge and the
lavatory floor.
(c) Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 210
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment)
R Figure 204/TASK 25-40-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 211
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment)
R Figure 205/TASK 25-40-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 212
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Shim Installation
R Figure 206/TASK 25-40-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 213
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(d) Install the applicable shim plates (3) to make the lavatory floor
level (Refer to Section B-B).
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more
____
than 0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(4) Put the lavatory assembly in position.
(5) Do Step (3) again.
(6) Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.
(7) Note the shims installed at each location and remove the shims plates
(2) and (3).
(8) Install the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) (4)
to the aircraft floor structure.
(9) Install the applicable shim plates (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(10) Install the applicable shim plates (3) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(11) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position and make sure it is
vertical to the aircraft floor structure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 214
Nov 01/07

AIJ
LAVATORIES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-40-00-040-001
R Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Lavatories
Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-052 USA AMS-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B

SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
25-40-00-991-015 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-056

R

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 401
Feb 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-040-050
R A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-40-00-991-015)
R (1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the waste
compartment.
R (3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:

R
R (a) Make sure that the waste container is empty.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-062
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Close the access door of the waste compartment.
R (3) Make an entry in the logbook.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 402
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Flapper Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-40-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-40-00-440-001
R Reactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Lavatories
Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
25-45-15-000-001 Removal of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-15-400-001 Installation of the Waste Chute Flap
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-057

R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-440-050
R A. Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
(1) Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.
(2) If necessary, remove the damaged waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-
15-000-001).
(3) Install a new waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 404
Feb 01/08

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-058

R

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 405
Feb 01/08

AIJ
LAVATORIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 25-40-00-820-003
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-40-00-991-016 Fig. 501
25-40-00-991-018 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 501
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-054
A. Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-40-00-991-016)
(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
Subtask 25-40-00-820-053
B. Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-40-00-991-018)
(1) Loosen the grubscrew (2).
(2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
(3) Tighten the grubscrew (2).
grubscrew (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-060

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 502
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
R Adjustment - Single-Blade Door
Figure 501/TASK 25-40-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 503
May 01/08

AIJ
R Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door
R Figure 502/TASK 25-40-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-40-00-710-001
R Operational Test of the Lavatory Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 25-40-00-991-019 Fig. 503
R 25-40-00-991-017 Fig. 504
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-060

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-710-051
R A. Emergency Opening Test of the Lavatory Doors (from the Outside of the
R Lavatory)
R NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____
R (1) Do the emergency opening procedure of the single bladed door:

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019)
R (a) Lift the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob (2)
R to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
R (b) Turn the knob (or the optional lever) and pull the lavatory door
R (3) open.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Single Blade Door Operation
R Figure 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Do the emergency opening procedure of the bi-folding door (standard
R option):
R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017)
R (a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob
R (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
R (b) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
R (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.
Subtask 25-40-00-710-052
B. Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

(1) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door operation
is correct.
R (2) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-061

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Bi-Folding Door Operation
R Figure 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08

AIJ
LAVATORIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________
R TASK 25-40-00-210-001
Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment Including Waste Flap and

Operational Check of Waste Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION

No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-40-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-010-050
A. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001)
(1) Open the applicable lavatory door.
(2) Open the waste container access-door.
(3) Remove and clean the waste container.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap
R Figure 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-210-050
A. Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment, the Waste Flap and

Operational Check of the Waste Flap
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001)
(1) Visually examine the waste container compartment, the waste container
and the waste flap for:
- distortion,
- cracks,
- corrosion,
- signs of fire damage,
- contamination.
(2) With a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION, visually

examine the waste chute for:
- distortion,
- corrosion,
- signs of fire damage,
- contamination.
(3) Operate the waste flap to make sure that the waste flap closes and
seals correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-410-050
A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001)
items.
(2) Install the waste container.
(3) Close the waste container access-door.
(4) Close the lavatory door.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-40-00-210-002
Detailed Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION

No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
R 25-40-00-991-002 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-40-00-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) For the FWD lavatory.
(a) Remove the ceiling panel 221AC in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(b) Remove the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
005).
(c) Open the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-000-001).
(d) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(e) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
necessary.
(f) Remove the cover from the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
wall.
Subtask 25-40-00-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) For the AFT lavatories.
(a) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(b) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
necessary.
(c) Remove the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(d) Remove the covers from the lower attachment points as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-210-051
A. Visual Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points.

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-40-00-991-002)
NOTE : You will need a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE -

____
INSPECTION for the inspection procedure.
(1) Visually examine the upper attachment points and the brace assemblies
for:
- correct installation,
- corrosion,
- cracks,
- contamination,
- installation of the quick release pins,
- safety of the locknuts.
(2) Visually examine the lower attachment points for:

- cracks,
- corrosion,
- correct installation,
- contamination.
(3) Make sure that the sealing is in good condition.
(a) If necessary do a repair of the sealing (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) For the FWD lavatory.
(a) Install the cover on the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
wall.
(b) Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin

attendant seat (CAS).
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Attachment Points
R Figure 602/TASK 25-40-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(d) Close the flap of the CAS stowage.
(e) Close the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-400-001).
(f) Install the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006).
(2) Install the ceiling panel 221AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001).
Subtask 25-40-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) For the AFT lavatories.
(a) Install the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-
002).
(b) Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin

attendant seat (CAS).
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(d) Close the flap of the CAS stowage.
(e) Install the covers on the lower attachment points.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-40-00-210-004
R Detailed Visual Inspection of Lavatory Floor Pan
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 254000-04
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-40-00-991-003 Fig. 603
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-40-00-861-061

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-40-00-210-057
R A. Detailed Visual Inspection of Lavatory Floor Pan

R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-40-00-991-003)
R (1) Do the visual inspection of the floor pan in all lavatories:
R (a) Make sure that there are no cracks:

R - In the floor bottom in the area around the NTF
R - In the vertical panels of the floor pan with special attention
R to the radius.

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 609
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Lavatory Floor Pan
R Figure 603/TASK 25-40-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 610
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-862-062

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-40-00

Page 611
Nov 01/08

AIJ
FORWARD LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The forward lavatories are installed in the FWD utility area.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. General Characteristics
The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
B. Structure
The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
lavatory.
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).
D. Lavatory Doors
(1) Single Blade Door

A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door
installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in.
(0.53 m) is required.
(2) Bi-folding Door

A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be
installed on specific lavatories, as an option.
(3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Locations
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-41-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-41-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LAVATORY A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-41-41-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory A
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
R No specific 1 ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074


EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 401
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
23-73-12-000-007 Removal of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH)
Power
Passenger/Crew Door
26-17-15-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
38-30-00-010-002 Removal of the Toilet Drain Lines
38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
R ESPM 20-25-41
25-41-41-991-003 Fig. 401
25-41-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-41-41-991-027 Fig. 403
25-41-41-991-017 Fig. 404
25-41-41-991-004 Fig. 405
25-41-41-991-005 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-41-41-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-41-41-680-051
(1) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001).
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-41-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW A02
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW A01
R 2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
Subtask 25-41-41-010-066
D. Get Access
(1) Open the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 (Ref. TASK 52-
41-00-010-002).
(2) Remove the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-

001).
(3) Remove the flight attendant panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-007).
(4) Remove the lavatory smoke detector 1WQ (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001).
(5) Remove the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings 221EW, 221BW and
221AW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(6) Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001).
(7) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001).
(8) Remove the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-

000-001).
(9) Remove the emergency oxygen container 29WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
001).
(10) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).
(11) Remove the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-00-
010-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 403
May 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064
A. Disconnection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003)
(1) In the lavatory, on the outboard wall:
(a) Remove the access panel (1) and disconnect the electrical
connector 7200VC-A (2).
(2) On the lavatory ceiling:
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 2733VC-A (3).
(3) On the lavatory wall:
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 2791VC-A (10).
(5) Remove the electrical harnesses from the lavatory structure:
(a) Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the
electrical harnesses (8) and the clamps (5).
(b) Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (9).
(c) Attach the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) to the aircraft
structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-060
B. Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-002)
(1) Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the
connections you will disconnect.

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 404
May 01/09
R
AIJ
(2) Remove the potable water tubes (8) and (9).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(a) Remove the screw (24), the washer (29), the nut (30) and
disconnect the bonding straps (25) and (26).
(b) Remove and discard the cable ties (27) where necessary.
(c) Remove the screw (12), the washer (13), the spacer(s) (15) and
the clamp (14).
(d) Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the
protective tubing (11).
(e) Loosen the clamps (31) and remove and discard the protective
tubing (11).
(f) Loosen the nuts (10) and remove tube assemblies (8) and (9).
(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(3) Remove the waste-water drain-tube (3).
(a) Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the
sleeve (2).
(b) Remove the nut (7), the screw (4), the washer (6) and the clamp
(5).
(c) Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the drain tube (3).
(d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(a) Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (18), the washers (16) , the panel
(19) and the rubber strip (20).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 405
May 01/09
R
AIJ
R Electrical Connections

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Electrical Connections

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Hose and Tube Connections

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Hose and Tube Connections

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Disconnect the ventilation tube (21).
(a) Loosen the clamp (22) and remove the hose (23) from the tube
(21).
(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(6) Remove the container and close the access door.
Subtask 25-41-41-020-065
C. Disconnection of the Air Extraction Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-027)
(1) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (1) from
the tube (3).
(2) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
Subtask 25-41-41-020-066
D. Removal of the Lavatory Module
(1) Remove the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-017)
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the door sill (2).
(b) Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-004)
(a) In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

- Remove the bolt (7) and the washer (8).
(b) In the cockpit:

- Open the flap (9), loosen the fasteners (10) and remove the
container (11).
- Remove the screws (13) and the plate (12).
(c) Remove the sealant from around the angle plate (14) with a
(d) Remove the screws (15), the washers (16) and the angle plate
(14).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 410
May 01/09
R
AIJ
R Hose Connection - Air Extraction
R Figure 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-027

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Sill
R Figure 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-41-41

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Upper and Lower Attachments

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 414
May 01/07

AIJ
R Upper and Lower Attachments

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 415
May 01/07

AIJ
(e) Remove the covers (4), the bolts (1) and if necessary, the bushes
(2) and (3).
(3) Remove the upper attachments:
(a) Remove the quick-release pins (17) and disconnect the tie rod
(19) from the aircraft structure.
(4) Remove the lavatory module:
(a) Carefully lift the lavatory module and move it to the center of
the forward utility area.
(b) Remove and discard the packings (6).
(c) If necessary remove the bushes (5).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-067
E. Disassembly of the Lavatory Module (To Remove it from the Aircraft)

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-005)
(a) Disconnect the wires of the electrical harness (13) from the
R terminal 7330VT with the ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL
R M15.570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
(2) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (9) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (10) and (12) and the washers (11).
(4) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (9).
(6) Remove the cap (8) and the screw (7).
(8) Divide the lavatory subassemblies (1) and (2).
(9) Remove the lavatory subassemblies (1), (2) and (9) from the aircraft.
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 416
May 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-41-41

Page 417
May 01/09

AIJ
R Lavatory Subassemblies

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 418
May 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Subassemblies

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 419
May 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-41-41-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory A
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific tie-wraps
R Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A
WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-010 D DA-4-653-3E4
TWO COMPONENT EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-036
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 420
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power)
23-73-00-710-003 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew
Interphone System
R 23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-007 Operational test of the passenger call system
23-73-00-710-017 Operational test of the cabin signs
R
23-73-12-000-007 Removal of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH)
R 23-73-12-400-007 Installation of the Flight Attendant Panel (120RH)
Power
the External Power
25-22-41-400-001 Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant
Seats
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 421
May 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

26-17-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Smoke-Detection
System
26-17-15-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
26-17-15-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Smoke Detector 1WQ
33-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ
33-26-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ
33-27-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Cabin Attendant Work-Light
Cabin by LIGHT EMER Pushbutton Switch
38-12-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Potable Water-Distribution
System (with a Ground Air-Supply Cart)
38-12-00-710-004 Operational Test of a Potable Water Heater
38-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Quantity Indicating System
38-30-00-010-002 Removal of the Toilet Drain Lines
38-30-00-410-002 Installation of the Toilet Drain Lines
38-31-00-710-009 Operational Test of the Toilet Unit
38-31-41-400-001 Installation of a Toilet Assembly
38-32-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Waste/Water Drain System
R 52-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Cockpit Door Lock System
R (CDLS)
R 52-51-11-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Door
ESPM 20-25-41
ESPM 20-33-00
25-41-41-991-003 Fig. 401
25-41-41-991-002 Fig. 402
25-41-41-991-027 Fig. 403
25-41-41-991-017 Fig. 404
25-41-41-991-004 Fig. 405
25-41-41-991-005 Fig. 406

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 422
May 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-41-41-860-051
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
lateral avionics compartment.
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(5) Make sure that the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 is

open.
(6) Make sure that the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat is removed

(Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the FAP is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-007).
(8) Make sure that the FWD passenger/crew door-frame linings are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(9) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
(10) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(11) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling-panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(12) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 29WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the lavatory smoke detector is removed (Ref. TASK 26-
17-15-000-001).
(14) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 423
May 01/07

AIJ
(15) Make sure that the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory is removed
(Ref. TASK 38-30-00-010-002).
Subtask 25-41-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW A02
R 2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-41-41-210-051
(1) Remove the sealant.
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 424
May 01/09

AIJ
(a) Remove the unwanted sealant from the floor panel and floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) if necessary.
(2) Make an inspection of the component and the adjacent area.
(4) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
(a) If necessary install new placards.

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-063
B. Assembly of the Lavatory Module

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-005)
(1) In the forward utility area of the aircraft:
(a) Put the lavatory walls (1) and (2) together and install the
washers (3) and the screws (4).
(b) Install the washers (5) and the screws (6).
(c) Install the screw (7) and the cap (8).
(d) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (9).
(e) Install the washers (11), the screws (10) and the screws (12).
(f) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the floor pan (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 425
May 01/07

AIJ
(a) Connect the wires of the electrical harness (13) to the terminal
R 7330VT with the ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-
R 16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-064
C. Installation of the Lavatory

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-004)
(1) Preparation for installation:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bush (5) and the
new packing (6) and put them in position.
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolts (1)
and (7).
(2) Install the lavatory assembly:
(a) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bushes (3)
and (2) and the bolts (1).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (1) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.

_______
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) to the bolts
(1).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 426
May 01/09

AIJ
(d) In the cockpit:
- put the plate (12) in position and install the screws (13)
- put the container (11) in position and lock the fasteners (10)
- Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
- close the flap (9).
(e) In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

- install the washer (8) and the bolt (7).
R (f) TORQUE the bolt (7) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
(g) Put the sealing angle (14) in position and install the washers
(h) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the sealing angle (14).
(i) Put the tie rods (19) in position and install the quick release
pins (17)
(j) If necessary adjust the tie rods:

- Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts (18)
- Adjust the tie rod (19) until you can install the quick release
pins (17).
R - Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
R - Tighten the locknuts (18) and safety them with stainless steel
R lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(3) Install the door sill:

_______
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-017)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) in the area of the door
sill.
(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(1).
(c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
(d) Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 427
May 01/07

AIJ
(4) Install the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-
00-410-002).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-058
D. Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines
_______
HEALTH.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-002)
(1) Open the access door.
(2) Install the panel (19).
(b) Put the panel (19) and the new rubber strip (20) in position and
install the washers (16) and the screws (17) and (18).
(3) Install the potable water tubes (8) and (9).
_______
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(b) Put the tube (8) in position and connect the nuts (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 428
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(c) Install the clamp (14), the washer (13), the spacer(s) (15) and
the screw (12).
(d) Put the bonding straps (25) and (26) and the clamp (28) in
(30) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(e) Attach the bonding strap (26) to the potable water tube (8) with
tie-wraps (27) as necessary.
(f) Put the new protective tubing (11) in position on the tube (9).
(g) Put the tube (9) in position and connect the nuts (10).
R (h) TORQUE all the nuts (10) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
mating surfaces and install the new protective tubing (11).
(j) Install and tighten the clamps (31).
(4) Install the waste-water drain-tube (3).
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A) to

the mating surface of the sleeves (2).
(c) Put the tube (3) in position and connect the sleeves (2).
(d) Install the clamp (5), the screw (4), the washer (6) and the nut
(7).
(e) Install and tighten the clamps (1).
(5) Connect the ventilation tube (21).
(b) Connect the hose (23) to the tube (21) and tighten the clamp
(22).
items.
(7) Close the access door.

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 429
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061
E. Connection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003)
(1) Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM
20-33-00):
(a) Put the electrical harnesses (8) in position and install the
clamps (5), the spacers (4), the washers (6) and the screws (7).
(b) Put the electrical (9) in position and attach it with tie-wraps
(10).
(2) Connect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A, 2733VC-A and 2791VC-A.
correct condition.
(c) On the lavatory outboard wall:

- Connect the electrical connector 7200VC-A (2).
- Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
- Install the access panel (1).
NOTE : Spring clips hold the panel in position.

____
(d) On the lavatory wall:

(e) On the lavatory ceiling:

Subtask 25-41-41-420-062
F. Connection of the Air Ventilation Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-027)
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Connect the air extraction hose (1) to the tube (3) and install the
clamp (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 430
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R Subtask 25-41-41-410-064-A
R G. Installion of the Cockpit Door and the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment
R (1) Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001).
R (2) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).
R NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____
R (3) Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).
R (4) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).
R (5) Install the lavatory smoke detector (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-400-001).
R (6) Install the flight attendant panel (FAP) (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-400-
R 007).
Subtask 25-41-41-865-052
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
163RH, 5HU, 6HU, 1LQ, 1WJ, 1DW, 2DW, 1MA
Subtask 25-41-41-710-050-A
J. Do an Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems
(1) Do an operational test of these water/waste-water systems:

- The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
- The potable water quantity indicating system (Ref. TASK 38-13-00-
710-001)
- The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
- The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
- the vacuum toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).
(a) Make sure that there are no leaks.

____
(2) Do the functional test of the lavatory air extraction system

(Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 431
May 01/08

AIJ
(3) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:
R - The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
- The cabin and flight crew interphone-system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
710-003)
- The lavatory call lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007)
- The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
- The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
- The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
- The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)
- The cabin attendant work-lights (Ref. TASK 33-27-00-710-001)
- The return to seat sign (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-017)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R Subtask 25-41-41-710-057
R K. Test of the Cockpit Door Locking System
R (1) Do the operational test of the cockpit door locking system (Ref. TASK
R 52-51-00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-41-41-410-051
A. Close Access
(2) Install the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-

400-001).
(3) Install the forward passenger/crew door frame-lining (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-400-006).
(4) Install the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-

400-001).
items.
(6) Close the lateral avionics compartment door 812.
(7) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 432
May 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-41-41-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-41-41

Page 433
May 01/08

AIJ
AFT LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aft lavatories are installed in the AFT utility area.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. General Characteristics
The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
B. Structure
The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
lavatory.
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).
D. Lavatory Doors

A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door
installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in.
(0.53 m) is required.
(2) Bi-folding Door

A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be
(3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Locations
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-43-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-43-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R E. Foldable Wall Section
R The lavatory D is equipped with a partly foldable wall to allow loading
R or unloading of a stretcher through the aft left passenger/crew door.
R The folding procedure is shown task (Ref. 25-40-00-840-001).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-43-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07

AIJ
LAVATORY D - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-43-41-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory D
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power)
Power
R 25-22-42-000-001 Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
R 25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R 25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
R 25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
R Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
R 25-45-19-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Door
R 25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR65
R 25-55-12-000-003 Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo
R Compartment - FR59/FR65

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 401
May 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38-31-19-000-001 Removal of the Toilet Flush Switch

R 38-31-41-000-001 Removal of a Toilet Assembly
25-43-41-991-002-B Fig. 401
25-43-41-991-015-A Fig. 402
25-43-41-991-004-A Fig. 403
25-43-41-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-43-41-680-050
Subtask 25-43-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 402
May 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-C
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the free-standing cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-

000-001).
(2) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
(4) Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(5) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(6) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(7) Remove the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003).
(9) In the lavatory:
(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
000-001).
(b) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).
(10) In the aft cargo compartment:
(a) Remove the partition 161DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001).
(b) Remove the sidewall panel 161CW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-41-020-058-A
R A. Disconnection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-B)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connection:
(a) On the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector

7202VC-A (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 403
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Upper Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-B

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 404
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(2) Disconnect the ventilation lines:
(a) Loosen the clamp (4) and remove the hose (5) from the
air-extraction line.
(b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the
sleeve (3) from tube (1).
(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
Subtask 25-43-41-020-062-A
B. Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Drain-Lines
_______
HEALTH.
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-A)
(1) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will
disconnect.
(2) Disconnect/remove the potable-water lines:
(a) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and disconnect the bonding
straps (7).
(b) Loosen the nut (5) and disconnect the potable-water tube (6) from
the fitting (4).
(c) Losen the nuts (5) and remove the potable-water hose (10).
(d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 405
May 01/08
R
AIJ
Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
Figure 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 406
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(3) Disconnect the waste-water drain-line:
(a) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from the drain
tube (1).
(b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(4) Remove the container.
Subtask 25-43-41-020-060
C. Removal of the Lavatory Module
(1) Remove the upper and lower attachments:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)
(a) Remove the wall fitting cover (84).
(b) Remove the bolts (82).
(c) Above the lavatory ceiling, remove the quick release pin (85).
(d) Lift and move the lavatory assembly to the aft utility area.
(e) Remove and discard the packings (83).
(f) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(2) Disconnect the lavatory internal electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)
(a) Remove the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-000-
001).
(b) Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 7334VC-A (15).
(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(e) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18) and the bracket (16).
(f) Remove and discard the cable ties (21) from the electrical
harness (19) where necessary.
(g) Remove the electrical harness (19) from the lavatory wall
assembly (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 407
May 01/08
R
AIJ
Upper and Lower Attachments
Figure 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 408
May 01/08
R
AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-43-41

Page 409
May 01/08

AIJ
Lavatory Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 410
May 01/08
R
AIJ
Lavatory Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 411
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(h) Temporarily attach the electrical harness (19) on the ceiling
panel of the wall assembly (2).
(i) Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.
(3) Remove the sub-assemblies:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)
(a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (11).
(b) Remove the screws (14) and (12) and the washers (13).
(c) Lift and remove the lavatory assembly from the floor panel
assembly (11).
(d) Remove the screws (8), (6) and (9) and the washers (5) and (10).
(e) Remove the screw (7).
(f) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(g) Remove the sub-assemblies (1), (2) and (11) from the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 412
May 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-43-41-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory D
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cable ties

No specific rubber profile
Material No. 04-004A
INFORMATION TRANSFERRED TO 04-022 (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005D USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (OBSOLETE USE 15-007)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 413
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-036

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power)
R 23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
Power
the External Power
Panels)
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 414
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-26-41-400-003 Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
System
38-31-19-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Flush Switch
25-43-41-991-002-B Fig. 401
25-43-41-991-015-A Fig. 402
25-43-41-991-004-A Fig. 403
25-43-41-991-005 Fig. 404
25-43-41-991-023 Fig. 405
25-43-41-991-021 Fig. 406
R 25-43-41-991-020 Fig. 407
R 25-43-41-991-025 Fig. 408

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 415
May 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051
42-00-861-001).
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons:
- Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4) Make sure that the free-standing cabin-attendant seat is removed

(Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001).
(5) Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.
(9) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
001).
(a) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container is removed

(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-
41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 416
May 01/08
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-43-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02
Subtask 25-43-41-210-050
C. Preparation for Installation
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______
(a) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and if necessary

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 417
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(a) If necessary install new placards.

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-41-420-055
A. Assembly of the Lavatory Module

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)
(1) Install the sub-assemblies:
(a) Put the wall assemblies (1) and (2) in position the aft utility
area.
(b) Install the washers (5) and (10) and the screws (8), (6) and (9).
(c) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(d) Install the screw (7).
(e) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor panel assembly
(11).
(f) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12) and (14).
(g) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
panel assembly (11) inside of the lavatory assembly.
(2) Connect the lavatory internal electrical connections:
(a) Put the electrical harness (19) in position on the wall assembly
(1) and attach it with cable ties as necessary.
(b) Install the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-400-
001).
(c) Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 418
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(d) Put the bracket (16) in position and install the washers (18) and
the screws (17).
(e) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(f) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(g) Connect the electrical connector 7334VC-A (15).
(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(i) Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.
Subtask 25-43-41-420-056
B. Installation of the Upper Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)
(1) Put the tie-rod(s) (77) in position and install the quick release
pin(s) (76).
(2) If necessary adjust the tie-rod (77):
_______
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.
(b) Turn the tie-rod (77) until you can install the quick release pin
(76).
(c) Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
(d) Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-061-A
C. Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines
_______
HEALTH.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 419
May 01/08
R
AIJ
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-A)
(1) Connect the potable-water lines:
(b) Put the potable-water tube (6) and the hose (10) in position and
connect the nuts (5) to the fittings (4).
(c) TORQUE all the nuts (5) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
(d) Make sure that the hose (10) is not twisted.
(e) Put the bonding straps (7) in position and install the washer (9)
and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) Connect the waste-water drain-line:
(b) Put the sleeve (3) and the clamp (2) in position on the drain
tube (1).
(c) Make sure that the end of the sleeve (3) is aligned with the
painted mark on the drain tube (1).
(d) Tighten the clamp (2).

_______
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
the ends of the sleeve (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 420
May 01/08
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-43-41-420-063
D. Assembly of the Lavatory D
(1) Install the subassemblies.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-005)
(a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (128) and (131) in the center of
the aircraft aisle.
(b) Put the lavatory sub-assemblies together and install the washers
R
R (c) Install the screw (127) in the door side frame.
R (d) Remove the temporary attachment from the ventilation hose (47)
and the ceiling panel (101).
R (e) Install the screws (126), the screws (124) and the washers (125)
in the ceiling panel (101).
R (f) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (121).
R (g) Install the screws (124), the screws (122) and the washers (123).
(2) Connect the electrical connections.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-023)
(a) Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (110).
R (b) Put the cable assembly in position on the mounts (108) and
R install the new cable ties (109).
(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (110) to
the flush switch (102).
(d) Open the sanitary cabinet door (61).
(e) Put the bracket (107) in position and install the washers (104)
and the screws (103).
(f) Attach the bonding strap (113) to the cable assembly (105) with
the new cable ties . (114) where necessary.
(g) Put the cable assembly (105) in position on the mounts (111) and
install the new cable ties (112).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 421
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Electrical Connections
Figure 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-023

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 422
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(h) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
(106).
(3) Connect the air supply.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-B)
(a) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (48) and the
ventilation hose (47) in position on the ventilation tube (44).
(b) Tighten the clamp (48).
(c) Put the clamp (52) in position on the ventilation tube (47) and
install the spacer (49), the washer (50) and the screw (51).
(d) Remove the blanking plugs and put the air extraction hose (41)
and the clamp (42) in position on the tube assembly (43).
NOTE : Make sure that the air extraction hose (41) and the tube
____
assembly (43) are clear and clean.
(e) Tighten the clamp (42).
(f) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (45) and the
ventilation hose (46) in position on the ventilation tube (44).
(g) Tighten the clamp (45).
R (4) Install the upper and lower attachments.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A)
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bolts (82)
and the new packing (83).
(b) Put the new packing (83) in position at the attachment point
locations.
(c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (82)
in the fittings (81).

_______
(d) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
(82).
(e) Install the wall fitting cover (83).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 423
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(f) Put the brace assembly (86) in position.
(g) If necessary adjust the brace assembly (86).

_______
R 1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknut.
R
R 2
_ Adjust the rod end until you can install the quick-release pin
R (85).
R
R 3
_ Make sure that the rod end is in safety.
R 4
_ Tighten the locknut and safety it with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R
Subtask 25-43-41-420-064
R E. Installation of the Door Sill and the Pelmet
(1) Install the door sill:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-41-991-021)

_______
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the floor pan inside
the lavatory.
(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(21).
(c) Put the doorsill (22) in position and install the screws (21).
R (d) TORQUE the screws (21) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).
(2) Apply the sealant:
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (22) to the floor pan
and the floor panel at the lavatory door opening.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 424
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Door Sill and Sealant
Figure 406/TASK 25-43-41-991-021

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 425
May 01/08
R
AIJ
(b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
(24) to the joint at the side wall (25) and the washbasin
surround (26).
(3) Install the pelmet:

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-41-991-020)
(a) Put the pelmet (1) in position and install the screws (5).
NOTE : Make sure that the washers (3) are correctly positioned on
____
the pelmet before tightening the screws.
(b) Put the pelmet top (2) in position and install the washers (3)
and the screws (4).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-058
R F. Connection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-B)
(1) Connect the electrical connection:
correct condition.
(c) On the lavatory ceiling, connect the electrical connector

7202VC-A (6).
(2) Connect the ventilation lines:
(b) Connect the hose (5) to the air-extraction line and install and
tighten the clamp (4).
(c) Behind the lavatory, connect the sleeve (3) to the tube (1) and
tighten the clamp (2).
Subtask 25-43-41-410-072
G. Installation of the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment
(1) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).
NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 426
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Pelment
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-41-991-020

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 427
May 01/08

AIJ
(2) Install the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-
001).
(3) Install the lavatory Door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).
Subtask 25-43-41-865-052
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2DW, 5HU, 6HU, 1LQ, 2MB, 167RH, 168RH, 79WL.
R Subtask 25-43-41-710-050-A
R J. Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems
R (1) Do a test of these water/waste systems:

R - The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
R - The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
R - The toilet system (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).
R (a) Make sure that there are no leaks.
R NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
R (2) Do a functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-

R 720-002).
R (3) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:

R - The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
R - The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
R - The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)
R - The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
R - The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
R - The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
R - The lavatory call light (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-024)
R - The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (4) Make sure that the lavatory auxiliary light is on.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 428
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-43-41-410-071
A. Close Access
(2) Install the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
(4) Install the door-frame lining panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-008).
(5) Install the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
(6) Install the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
(7) Install the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(8) Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-
003).
items.
Subtask 25-43-41-390-051
B. Repair of the Water Seal

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-43-41-991-025)
(1) Do a visual inspection of the seal (part of the lavatory).
(2) If necessary remove the damaged seal.
(4) Install a new seal.
(a) Cut the rubber profile to the correct length and attach it with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066) to the cabin
floor.
(b) Make sure that the seal touches the lavatory and the lower
side-wall panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 429
May 01/08

AIJ
Water Seal
R Figure 408/TASK 25-43-41-991-025

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 430
May 01/08

AIJ
(c) If necessary seal gaps with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036).
Subtask 25-43-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 431
May 01/08

AIJ
R Lavatory Lower Attachments
R Figure 409/TASK 25-43-41-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-41

Page 432
May 01/08

AIJ
LAVATORY E - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-43-42-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory E
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power)
Power
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 401
Nov 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-43-42-991-014-A Fig. 401
R 25-43-42-991-017 Fig. 402
R 25-43-42-991-002-A Fig. 403
R 25-43-42-991-018-A Fig. 404
R 25-43-42-991-019 Fig. 405
R 25-43-42-991-020 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-43-42-680-050
Subtask 25-43-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-E 9MB B03

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 402
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-43-42-010-072
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(2) Remove the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-

001).
(3) Remove the cabin attendant swivel-seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(5) Remove the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
R (6) Remove the door frame lining-panels 262TW, 262UW, 262VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004).
(7) Remove the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(8) Remove the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(9) Remove the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-

001).
(b) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-42-020-058-A
A. Disconnection of the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections
_______
HEALTH.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-A)

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 403
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 404
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (1) Open the sanitary cabinet door (41).
R (2) Disconnect the potable water connections:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (3) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water
R connections that you will disconnect.
R (a) Disconnect the nuts (43) and (44) and remove the potable water
R tube (42).
R (b) Loosen the nut and disconnect the potable water tube (49).
R (c) Remove the nut (47), the washer (46) and disconnect the bonding
R straps (45) and (48).
R (d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (4) Disconnect the waste-water drain connection:
R (a) Remove the clamp (51) and disconnect the sleeve (52) from the
R tube (50).
R (b) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (c) Remove the container.
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-056-A
R B. Removal of the Lavatory E
R (1) Remove the pelmet:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)
R (a) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the pelmets (5 and
R (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 405
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Door Sill and Pelmet
R Figure 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 406
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (2) Remove the door sill:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)
R (a) Remove the screws (1), the door sill (2) and the old sealant.
R (3) Disconnect the electrical connector:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)
R (a) Above the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector

R 7216VC-A (30).
R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (4) Disconnect the air supply line:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)
R (a) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the sleeve (31) from the
R tube assembly (33).
R (b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (35) and disconnect the
R lavatory ventilation hose (34) from the tube assembly (36).
R (c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (5) Remove the upper and the lower attachments:

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A)
R (a) Remove the covers (66) and the bolts (62).
R (b) Remove the quick-release pins (64) and disconnect the tie-rod
R (65) from the aircraft structure.
R (c) Move the lavatory assembly to the center of the aft utility area.
R (d) Remove and discard the packings (63).
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-057-A
R C. Disassembly of the Lavatory E
R (1) Disconnect the electrical connections:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-019)
R (a) Disconnect the electrical connector (87).
R (b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 407
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Hose Connections - Component Location
R Figure 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 408
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R Lower and Upper Attachments
R Figure 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 409
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Electrical Connections
R Figure 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-019

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 410
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (c) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83).
R (d) Remove the screws (89), the washers (90) and remove the bracket
R (88).
R (e) Remove and discard the cable ties (85) which attach the bonding
R strap (81) to the electrical cable (82).
R (f) Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).
R (g) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (80).
R (h) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (i) Remove and discard the cable ties (92) from the mounts (91)
R behind the lavatory rearwall (94).
R (j) Temporarily attach the cable assembly (93) to the top of the
R lavatory ceiling panel (79).
R (2) Disconnect the ventilation hose:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)
R (a) Remove the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and the
R spacers (28).
R (b) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the ventilation hose (34)
R from the ventilation tube (33).
R (c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (3) Disassemble the lavatory:

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-020)
R (a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (100) with a SCRAPER
R - NON METALLIC.
R (b) Remove the screws (103), the screws (101) and the washers (102).
R (c) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (100).
R (d) Temporarily attach the ventilation hose (34) to the lavatory

R ceiling (79).
R (e) Remove the screws (123), the screws (121) and the washers (122).
R (f) Remove the screw (124).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 411
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Subassemblies

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 412
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Subassemblies

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 413
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (g) Remove the screws (126), the washers (127), the screws (129) and
R the washers (130).
R (h) Divide the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128).
R (i) Remove the lavatory subassemblies from the aircraft.
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 414
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-43-42-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory E
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific packings NAS 1611-209

No specific rubber profile
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005D USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (OBSOLETE USE 15-007)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 415
Aug 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-036

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power)
R 20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
R Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
R and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-73-00-710-005 Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
Power
Panels)
Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 416
Nov 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-45-22-400-001 Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
System
25-43-42-991-014-A Fig. 401
25-43-42-991-017 Fig. 402
25-43-42-991-002-A Fig. 403
25-43-42-991-018-A Fig. 404
25-43-42-991-019 Fig. 405
25-43-42-991-020 Fig. 406
25-43-42-991-021 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-42-860-050
42-00-861-001).
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 417
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(5) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK
25-26-41-000-003).
(7) Make sure that the cove light panel 252CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(8) Make sure taht the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).
(9) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
001).
(12) Make sure taht the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK
35-21-41-000-001).
(13) Make sure taht the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
Subtask 25-43-42-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-E 9MB B03

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 418
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-43-42-210-050
R C. Preparation for Installation
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Clean the area with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(6) If necessary install new placards:

- (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
- (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 419
Nov 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-059-A
R A. Assembly of the Lavatory E
R (1) Assemble the lavatory:

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-020)
R (a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128) in position on the
R floor pan (100).
R (b) Install the washers (102) and the screws (101) and (103).
R (c) Install the washers (122) and the screws (121) and (123).
R (d) Install the screw (124).
R (e) Install the washers (127), the screws (126) and the washers (130)
R and the the screws (129).
R (f) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
R panel assembly (100) inside of the lavatory assembly.
R (2) Connect the ventilation hose:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Connect the ventilation hose (34) to the ventilation tube (33)
R and install and tighten the clamp (32).
R (c) Install the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and
R the spacers (28).
R (3) Connect the electrical connections:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-019)
R (a) Put the bracket (88) in position and install the washers (90) and
R the screws (89).
R (b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R (d) Connect the electrical connector (87).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 420
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (e) Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).
R (f) Connect the electrical connectors to the flush switch (80).
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-061-A
R B. Installation of Lavatory E
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R (1) Install the lower attachments:

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A)
R (a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the new packings
R NAS 1611-209 (63) and the bolts (62).
R (b) Put the packings (63) in position at the lavatory lower

R attach-points.
R (c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (62)
R in the wall fitting (61).
R (d) TORQUE the bolts (62) to to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
R (e) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
R (62).
R (2) Install the upper attachments:
R (a) Connect the tie-rod (65) to the aircraft structure and install
R the quick release pin (64).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 421
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (b) If necessary adjust the tie-rod:
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R 1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.
R 2
_ Adjust the tie-rod until you can install the quick release pin
R (64).
R 3
_ Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
R 4
_ Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
R (3) Connect the lavatory ventilation:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A)
R (b) Put the sleeve (31) and the clamp (32) in position on the tube
R assembly (33).
R (c) Tighten the clamp (32).
R (d) Put the lavatory ventilation hose (34) and the clamp (35) in
R position on the tube assembly (36).
R (e) Tighten the clamp (35).
R (4) Connect the electrical connector:
R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R (c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
R 7216VC-A (30).
R (5) Install the door sill:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)
R (a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) to the area of the door sill
R as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 422
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
R (1).
R (c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
R (d) Torque the screws to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and 37.16
R lbf.in).
R (e) Remove the unwanted sealant with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (6) Install the pelmet:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)
R (a) Put the pelmets (6) and (5) in position and install the washers
R (4) and the screws (3).
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-060-A
R C. Connection of the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-A)
R (1) Connect the potable water connections:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (b) Put the potable water tube (42) in position and connect the
R connections (43) and (44).
R (c) Connect the potable water tube (49).
R (d) TORQUE all the nuts to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 423
Nov 01/07

AIJ
R (e) Put the bonding straps (45) and (48) in position and install the
R nut (47) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (2) Connect the waste-water drain connection:
R (b) Connect the sleeve (52) to the tube (50).
R NOTE : Make sure that the end of the sleeve is aligned with the
____
R painted mark on the drain tube.
R (c) Install and tighten the clamp (51).
R (3) Seal the sleeve (52):

_______
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R (a) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
R the ends of the sleeve (52).
R items.
R (5) Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).
Subtask 25-43-42-410-072
R D. Install the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment
(1) Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001).
NOTE : Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.

____
(2) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).
(3) Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001).
Subtask 25-43-42-865-052
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2DW, 1LQ, 9MB, 11WJ, 167RH, 168RH, 5HU, 6HU, 79WL.

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 424
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-43-42-710-050-A
F. Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems
(1) Do an operational test of these water/waste systems:

- The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002)
- The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002)
- The toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009).
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks.

____
(3) Do a functional of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-

002).
(4) Do an operational test of these electrical systems:

- The lavatory water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004)
- The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001)
- The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001)
- The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007)
- The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001)
- The lavatory smoke detection system (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001)
- The lavatory call light (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-43-42-410-071
A. Close Access
R (1) Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001).
R (2) Install the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
R (3) Install the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (4) Install the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
R (5) Install the ceiling panel 262BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
R (6) Install the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R (7) Install the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-005).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 425
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-43-42-390-051
B. Repair of the Water Seal

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-021)
(1) Do a visual inspection of the seal (part of the lavatory).
(2) If necessary remove the damaged seal.
(4) Install a new seal.
(a) Cut the rubber profile to the correct length and attach it with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066) to the cabin
floor.
(b) Make sure that the seal touches the lavatory and the lower
side-wall panel.
(c) If necessary seal gaps with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036).
R Subtask 25-43-42-862-051
R C. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 426
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Seal
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-021

EFF :

ALL 25-43-42

Page 427
Nov 01/07

AIJ
RAZOR SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
An electrical razor socket is installed in each lavatory.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10MT MINI INVERTER ---- 200 ---- 25-44-41
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R The mini inverter 10MT and a razor power outlet-socket (115V/60HZ) are
installed in the service cabinet of each lavatory.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service bus 212XP supplies 115V AC/400Hz through the circuit breakers
(1MT) to a contact in the razor outlet sockets. When a plug is put into a
socket, the contact closes and the power is supplied to the static inverter
(2MT). The static inverter (2MT) supplies 110V/60Hz to the razor
power-outlet socket.
R 5. _____________________
R A. Mini Inverter
R (Ref. Fig. 003)

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 1
Nov 01/07

AIJ
Razor Supply - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Mini Inverter
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 4
Nov 01/07

AIJ
RAZOR SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________
TASK 25-44-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Razor Supply System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 MULTIMETER - STANDARD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-44-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 501
Aug 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Razor Supply System
(1) Do the test of the razor supply system:
NOTE : The test is the same for all lavatories

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the related lavatory: At the razor outlet:

- connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD to - the multimeter shows 110+15-5 VAC,
the razor outlet. 60Hz
(2) Disconnect the multimeter from the razor outlet.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-44-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-44-00

Page 502
Aug 01/07
R
AIJ
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-44-41-000-001
Removal af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-44-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-41-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-44-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 401
Aug 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Mini Inverter 10MT

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) and carefully lower the
housing (1).
(2) Unlock the spring latches (4) and disconnect the electrical connector
(5)
(4) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the mini inverter (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 402
Aug 01/07
R
AIJ
R Mini Inverter - Razor Supply
R Figure 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-44-41-400-001
Installation af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-44-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Razor Supply System
R 25-44-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-41-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-44-41-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Mini Inverter 10MT

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001)
(1) Put the mini inverter (8) in position and install the washers (7) and
the screws (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) TORQUE the screws (2) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47
lbf.in).
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.
correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (5) and close the spring latches
(4).
(4) Install the housing.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Put the housing (1) in position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-44-41-865-054
breaker(s):
R 1LQ
R
Subtask 25-44-41-710-050
R C. Test of the Razor Supply System
(1) Do the test of the razor supply system (Ref. TASK 25-44-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-44-41-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-44-41

Page 406
Aug 01/07

AIJ
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The lavatory equipment is installed for the comfort of the passengers and
the crew.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
A. Lavatory Interior Equipment

The lavatory has as standard:
R - A toilet shroud
R - A mirror
R - A washbasin cabinet
R - A liquid soap dispenser.
R - An auxiliary light
R - A light unit
R - A handgrip
R - A coat hook
R - Two ashtrays
R
R - A service cabinet.
and as an option:
R - A baby nursing table
R - A toilet seat cover dispenser
R - Stretcher access
R - A water cup dispenser
R - A perfume holder.
R
4. Power
____________
Supply
The only electrical system which is specially installed in the lavatories is
the razor supply system (Ref. 25-44-00).
5. _________
Interface
The lavatory equipment has interfaces with:
- the cabin air distribution and recirculation system (Ref. 21-21-00),
- the passenger address and entertainment system (Ref. 23-30-00),
- the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00),
- the electrical power system (Ref. 24-00-00),
- the lavatory smoke-detection system (Ref. 26-17-00),
- the lavatory fire-extinguishing system (Ref. 26-25-00),
- the lavatory lighting system (Ref. 33-24-00),
- the lavatory lighted signs system (Ref. 33-26-00),
- the passenger oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00),
- the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
- the waste disposal system (Ref. 38-30-00).
6. _____________________
A. Toilet Unit Shroud

A decorative shroud is installed over the toilet unit (Ref. 38-31-41) and
includes the toilet seat and the seat cover.
B. Mirror
The mirror is attached above the washbasin.
C. Washbasin Cabinet
The washbasin Cabinet has:
- two toilet paper roll holders,
- a hot/cold water faucet (Ref. 38-12-41),
- a waste chute with a spring loaded flap.
The washbasin cabinet has a door that gives access to:
- the washbasin drain lines (Ref. 38-31-00),
- the potable water faucet supply lines (Ref. 38-12-00),
- the potable water heater (Ref. 38-12-16),
- the waste container,
- the waste container fire extinguisher (Ref. 26-25-00).
The waste container is connected to the waste chute.
D. Auxiliary Light Unit.

The auxiliary light unit (Ref. 33-51-14) is installed in each lavatory.
The light is on all the time the aircraft is supplied with electrical
power (Ref. 33-51-00).
E. Light Unit.
The light unit/units (Ref. 33-24-00) are installed in each lavatory. They
are controlled by the lavatory door-lock microswitch (Ref. 33-24-00).
F. Handgrip
handgrip/s are installed in each lavatory to give the lavatory user help,
if necessary.
G. Coat Hook
The coat hook is installed on the inside of each lavatory door. When it
is not in use the coat hook folds up.
H. Ashtrays
The ashtrays are installed internally and externally on each lavatory.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
J. Service Cabinet
The service cabinet has:
- an individual air outlet (Ref. 21-23-00),
- a loudspeaker (passenger address system) (Ref. 23-73-51),
- a dispenser for towels, sickbags, etc,
- a razor socket (Ref. 25-44-00),
- a lighted sign RETURN TO SEAT and/or NO SMOKING (Ref. 23-73-62),
- a call button (Ref. 23-73-00).
K. Baby Nursing Table

A baby nursing table is installed in each lavatory. The nursing table is
attached to a lavatory wallpanel above the toilet unit shroud. For use,
unlock and fold down the nursing table on to its support, which is
attached to a lavatory wallpanel.
L. Lavatory Doors

(Ref. Fig. 002)
A single blade door that opens outwards is installed on the lavatory
unit. The lavatory door is made from a sandwich panel. Extrusions are
bonded and/or attached with screws to the door panel.
Lavatories located near an exit will have the lavatory door installed
so it will not hinder evacuation of the passengers.
To let the door open without obstruction, a minimum of 21 in. (0.53
m) is required.
Installed in the door are:
- a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a
microswitch,
- a latch,
- an ashtray,
- a coat hook,
- air inlet grills,
- a kick strip.
(2) Bi-folding Door

(Ref. Fig. 003)
A bi-folding door that opens inwards and closes automatically can be
The lavatory doors are made from sandwich panels. Extrusions are
bonded and/or attached with screws to the door panel.
Installed in the door are:
- a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a
microswitch,
- a handle,
- an ashtray,
- a coat hook,

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Single Blade Door
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 5
May 01/07

AIJ
R Bi-folding Door
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 6
May 01/07

AIJ
- air inlet grills,
- kick strips.
7. ________________________________
A. Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening (from the outside of the lavatory)

Single-blade door
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- lift up the spring loaded cover,
- slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is shown,
- turn the lock pin a quarter turn left or right to release the folding
catch,
- pull the door open.
Bi-folding doors (if installed)
(Ref. Fig. 005)
- lift up the spring loaded cover,
- slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is showm,
- push the door open and disengage the latches,
- fold the door to the fully open position

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the outside
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-45-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
CABINET - SERVICE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
R TASK 25-45-12-000-001
Removal of the Service Cabinet
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-11-000-001 Removal of the Area Call Panel (340RH)
23-73-51-000-001 Removal of the Loudspeaker
23-73-62-000-001 Removal of the Return to Seat sign
Power
R 25-45-12-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Service Cabinet

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002)
(1) Open the service cabinet door (10) and remove the dispenser (14).
(2) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (9) from the
upper and lower door stops (8).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5) from the upper part (1) of
the service cabinet.
(4) Remove the upper part (1) of the service cabinet and remove these
items:
- the loudspeaker (2) (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001),
- the individual air outlet (3) (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).
(5) Remove the screws (11), the washers (12), the hinge (13) and the
service cabinet door (10).
(6) Remove the screws (19), the washers (20) and the screws (21).
(7) Disconnect the call button (16) (Ref. TASK 23-73-11-000-001).
(8) Disconnect the return to seat sign (17) (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-000-001).
(9) Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the razor socket (18).
(11) Remove the lower part (15) of the service cabinet.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Service Cabinet
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-45-12-400-001
Installation of the Service Cabinet
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF)

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-11-400-001 Installation of the Area Call Panel (340RH)
23-73-51-400-002 Installation of the Loudspeaker
23-73-62-400-001 Installation of the Return to Seat sign
Power
the External Power
R 25-44-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Razor Supply System
25-45-12-991-002 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 404
Feb 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircaft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-12-210-050
Subtask 25-45-12-420-050
B. Installation of the Service Cabinet

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-002)
(1) Connect the call button (16) to the lower part (15) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-11-400-001).
(2) Connect the return to seat sign (17) to the lower part (15) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-400-001).
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (22) to the razor socket (18).
(6) Put the lower part (15) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (19), the washers (20) and the
screws (21).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(7) Put the hinge (13) together with the service cabinet door (10) on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (11) and the washers (12).
(8) Put the upper and lower door stops (8) in position on the cabinet
door (10) and install the screws (6), the washers (7) and the nuts
(9).
(9) Install the individual air outlet (3) to the upper part (1) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001).
(10) Install the loudspeaker (2) to the upper part (1) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).
(11) Put the upper part (1) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(12) Put the dispenser (14) into the service cabinet.
R (13) Put the SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF) in position and close the
R service cabinet door (10).
R
R (14) Pull the spring balance to open the cabinet door (10). The force
necessary to open the door must not be more than to 2.5 m.daN (18.43
lbf.ft).
R (15) If necessary, adjust the screws (23) until you get the correct force
to open the cabinet door (10).
R (16) Close the cabinet door (10).
Subtask 25-45-12-710-050
C. Operational Test
R (1) Do the operational test of the razor socket (Ref. TASK 25-44-00-710-
R 001).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-12-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-12

Page 406
Feb 01/09

AIJ
MIRROR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
R TASK 25-45-13-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-13-020-050
A. Removal of the Lavatory Mirror

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (5) and if necessary the angle (4) from the
lavatory wall.
(2) Lift the lavatory mirror (1) and remove it from the screws (2).
(3) Remove the screws (6) and the mirror attachment brackets (7) from the
lavatory mirror (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-13

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Mirror
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-13

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-13-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory Mirror
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-13-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-13

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-13-420-050
B. Installation of the Lavatory Mirror

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001)
(1) Position the mirror attachment brackets (7) on the Lavatory mirror
(1) and install the screws (6).
(2) Install the lavatory mirror (1) with the attachment brackets (7) on
the screws (2) and the foam plates (3).
(3) Install the screw (5) and if necessary the angle (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-13-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-13

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
DISPENSER - SOAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
R TASK 25-45-14-000-001
Removal of the Soap Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-14-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-14-020-050
A. Removal of the Soap Dispenser

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001)
(1) Turn the pump assembly (1) with your fingers counter-clockwise and
remove it from the soap outlet (2).
(2) Open the access door.
(3) Remove the knurled nut (5) and the soap bottle (6).
(4) Remove the nut (4), the soap outlet (2) and the seal (3) from the
wash basin assembly.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Liquid Soap Dispenser
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-14-400-001
Installation of the Soap Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 FUNNEL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific weak liquid soap

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-14-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-14-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-14-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-14-210-050
Subtask 25-45-14-420-050
B. Installation of the Soap Dispenser

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001)
(1) Put the soap outlet (2) and the seal (3) in position on the wash
basin assembly and install and tighten the nut (4).
(2) Install the knurled nut (5) and the soap bottle (6).
(3) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten it
clockwise with your fingers.
items.
(5) Close the access door.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-14-613-050
C. Servicing of the Soap Dispenser
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
OF DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
QUICKLY.
NOTE : The dispenser is applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning

____
agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.
We recommend that you use mild, biodegradable, fully synthetic
agents.
(1) Fill the bottle of the soap dispenser.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-14-991-002)
(a) Turn the pump-assembly (1) counter-clockwise with your fingers

and remove it from from the soap outlet (2).
(b) Use a FUNNEL and fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.
(c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten
it clockwise with your fingers.
(d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
of the soap outlet (2).
(e) Remove the unwanted soap with a lint-free cotton cloth

other items.
Subtask 25-45-14-710-050
D. Do an Operational Test of the Soap Dispenser
(1) Press the spout on the soap dispenser and make sure that the
dispenser operates correctly.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Soap Dispenser
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-14-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-14-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-14

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
R TASK 25-45-15-000-001
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-15-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-15-020-050
A. Removal of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001)
(1) Open the access door (2) and remove the waste container (3).
(3) Remove the waste chute flap (1) from the hinge (4).
NOTE : The waste chute flap must be removed from under the wash
____
basin.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-15

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-15

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-15-400-001
Installation of the Waste Chute Flap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Feeler Gauges

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : to 1.0 mm (0.03 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-15-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-15

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-15-210-050
Subtask 25-45-15-420-050
B. Installation of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001)
(1) Get access from under the wash basin and put the waste chute flap (1)
in position on the hinge (4).
(2) Install the screws (6) and the washers (5). TORQUE the screws to
between 1.2 and 2.0 m.daN (106.19 and 176.99 lbf.in).
(3) Use the Feeler Gauges and measure the dimension B between the waste
chute flap (1) and the wash basin, this must be to 1.0 mm (0.03 in.).
If necessary, adjust as follows:
(a) Loosen the screws (6) and adjust the waste chute flap (1) until
you get dimension B.
(b) TORQUE tighten the screws (6) to between 1.2 and 2.0 m.daN
(106.19 and 176.99 lbf.in).
(4) Install the waste container (3) and close the access door (2).
(5) Push the waste chute flap (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-15-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-15

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ASH TRAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
R TASK 25-45-16-000-001
Removal of the Ash Tray
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-16-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-16-020-050
A. Removal of the Ash Tray

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001)
(1) Remove the ash tray (1) from the ash tray shell (2).
(2) Remove the screws (3) and the ash tray shell (2) from the Lavatory
wall.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-16

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Ash Tray
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-16

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-16-400-001
Installation of the Ash Tray
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-16-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-16-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-16

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-16-420-050
B. Installation of the Ash Tray

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001)
(1) Put the ash tray shell (2) in position on the lavatory wall.
(3) Install the ash tray (1) on the ash tray shell (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-16-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-16

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
WASTE BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-45-17-000-001
Removal of the Waste Box
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-45-18-000-002 Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
R 26-25-41-000-001 Removal of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
25-45-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Waste Box

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001)
(1) If necessary, open the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(2) Open the access door (1) inside the lavatory and if necessary remove
it (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-002).
(3) Remove the waste container (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-17

Page 401
May 01/09

AIJ
R Waste Box
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-17

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (4) Remove the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-000-001).
(5) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5), the nuts (6) and the waste
chute (3).
(6) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the waste container
console (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-17

Page 403
May 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-45-17-400-001
Installation of the Waste Box
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-18-400-002 Installation of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
R 26-25-41-400-001 Installation of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
25-45-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-17-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-17

Page 404
May 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-17-420-050
B. Installation of the Waste Box

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001)
(1) Put the waste container console (10) in position and install the
screws (8) and the washers (9).
(2) Put the waste chute (3) on the waste container console (10) and
install the screws (4), the washers (5) and the nuts (6).
R (3) Install the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-400-001).
(4) Install the waste container (7).
(5) If necessary, close the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(6) Install the access door (1) inside the lavatory if removed (Ref. TASK
25-45-18-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-17-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-17

Page 405
May 01/09

AIJ
ACCESS DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
R TASK 25-45-18-000-001
Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-020-050
A. Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)
(1) Release the latch (4) and open the access door (1).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the access door (1) and the section (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-18-400-001
Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-18-420-050
B. Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)
(1) Put the section (3) and the access door (1) in position on the
lavatory front wall.
(3) Close the access door (1).
Subtask 25-45-18-710-050
C. Operational Test of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001)
(1) Open and close the access door (1) and make sure the door locks
correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;
(a) Open the access door (1), loosen the screws (2) and adjust the
door until it locks correctly.
(b) Tighten the screws (2).
(c) Close the access door (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-18-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-18-000-002
Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-18-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-020-051
A. Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)
(1) Release the latch (5) and open the access door (4).
(3) Remove the access door (4) together with the support (1).
(4) Remove the support (1).
(5) Remove the door bolts (2) and the bushes (3) from the access door
(4).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Access Door Inside the Lavatory
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-18-400-002
Installation of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-18-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-210-051

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-18-420-051
B. Installation of the Access door Inside the Lavatory

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)
(1) Install the bushes (3) and the door bolts (2) on the access door (4).
(2) Put the support (1) on the upper door bolt (2).
(3) Put the access door (4) in position and install the lower door bolt
(2) on the angle (6).
(4) Position the support (1) and install the screws (8) and the washers
(7).
Subtask 25-45-18-710-051
C. Operational Test of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002)
(1) Open and close the access door (4) and make sure that the door locks
correctly, if necessary adjust as follows;
(a) Turn the door bolts (2) to adjust the position of the access door
(4) until the door locks correctly.
(b) Close the access door (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-18-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-18

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
DOOR - LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-45-19-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-45-19-991-002 Fig. 401
25-45-19-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-020-051
A. Removal of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002)
(1) Open the lavatory single blade door (1).
(2) Remove the screw (2) and the washer (6) and disconnect the door stop
(3).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the lavatory single blade door (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 401
May 01/08
R
AIJ
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 402
May 01/08

AIJ
R Subtask 25-45-19-020-050
R B. Removal of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001)
R (1) Release the door latches (5) and open the lavatory bi-folding door
R (1).
R (2) Release the damper (2) from the lavatory wall bracket (3).
R (3) Loosen the screw (4) until you can slide down and disengage the upper
R pivot pin of the bi-folding door (1) from the door frame.
R (4) Remove the bi-folding door (1).
R (5) Remove the screws (10) and (11) and the fitting (9).
R (6) Remove the screws (13) and the guide (12).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 403
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 404
May 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-45-19-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-19-991-002 Fig. 401
25-45-19-991-001 Fig. 402
25-45-19-991-005 Fig. 403
25-45-19-991-003 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-210-050
Subtask 25-45-19-420-051
B. Installation of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002)
(1) Put the lavatory single blade door (1) in position and install the
screws (4).
(2) Put the door stop (3) in position and install the washer (6) and the
screw (2).
(3) Measure the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum. If necessary,
adjust the door (1) as follows:
(a) Open the lavatory door (1).
(c) Adjust the hinge (5) to get dimension C upper and lower clearance
between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
(e) Close the Lavatory door (1).
Subtask 25-45-19-420-050
C. Installation of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001)
(1) Put the guide (12) in position and install the screws (13).
(2) Put the fitting (9) in position and install the screws (10) and (11).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
(3) Put the lavatory bi-folding door (1) in position and make sure that
the lower door pivot pin (8) inserts correctly into the fitting (9).
(4) Slide the screw (4) upwards to engage the upper pivot pin of the door
(1) to the door frame and tighten the screw (4).
(5) Connect the damper (2) to the lavatory wall bracket (3).
(6) Close the lavatory bi-folding door (1).
(7) Lock the upper and the lower door latches (5).
(8) Measure the dimension E clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum.
(9) If necessary, adjust the door as follows:
(a) Loosen the grubscrew (6).
(b) Adjust the nut (7) to set the dimension E clearance between the
(c) Tighten the grubscrew (6).
grubscrew (6).
Subtask 25-45-19-710-050
D. Operational Test of the Emergency Opening (from outside of the lavatory)

of the Lavatory Door(s).
NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____
(1) Do the test of the single bladed door:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-19-991-005)
(a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).
(b) Slide the Knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
(c) Turn the lock pin (5) a quarter turn left or right to release the
catch (6).
(d) Pull the lavatory door (3) open.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 407
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 403/TASK 25-45-19-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 408
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(e) Push back the catch (6) and turn the lock pin (5) back to the
locked position
(f) Close the door (3).
(2) Do the test of the bi-folding door (standard option):

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-19-991-003)
(a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).
(b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
(c) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
(5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.
(d) Close the lavatory door (3) and lock the door latches (5).
(e) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-19-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 409
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 404/TASK 25-45-19-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 410
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-19-960-001
Replacement of a Lavatory Door Damper
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-19-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-960-050
A. Replace the Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-45-19-991-004)
(1) Remove the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:
(a) Open the Lavatory door (1).
(b) Remove the pin (4), the washer (3), the bolt (2) and disconnect
the door damper (6) from the door backet (5).
(c) If fitted, remove the pin (7), the washer (8) and the bolt (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted
R Figure 405/TASK 25-45-19-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(d) Disconnect the door damper (6) from the sidewall bracket (10) and
remove the door damper (6).
(2) Install the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:
(a) Put the door damper (6) in position on the door bracket (5) and
install the bolt (2), the washer (3) and the pin (7).
(b) Put the door damper (6) in position on the sidewall bracket (10)
and install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the pin (7) if
removed.
(c) Close the lavatory door (1).
Subtask 25-45-19-710-051
B. Do the Operational Test of the Lavatory Door and Lavatory Door Damper
(1) Open and close the lavatory door and make sure that:
- the door damper operates smoothly and correctly,
- the lavatory door when closed is aligned with the lavatory contour.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-19-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-19

Page 413
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LOCK - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
R TASK 25-45-21-000-001
Removal of the Door Lock
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-21-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-21-020-050
A. Removal of the Door Lock

(2) Remove the screws (3) and the section (5).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the knob (2).
(4) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and remove the knurled pin (7) and
the screws (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 402
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R Door Lock - Single Blade Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 403
May 01/07

AIJ
(5) Remove the door lock (1) and the spring loaded cover (8) from the
lavatory door (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-21-400-001
Installation of the Door Lock
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-21-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-21-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-21-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-21-420-050
B. Installation of the Door Lock

(2) Put the spring loaded cover (8) and the door lock (1) in position in
the lavatory door (9).
(3) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and install the screws (6) and the
knurled pin (7).
(4) Install the screws (4) and the knob (2).
(5) Put the section (5) in position and install the screws (3).
(6) Operate the door lock (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-21-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-21-000-002
R Removal of the Door Latch
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-45-21-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-45-21-991-004 Fig. 404
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-45-21-861-051
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-45-21-020-051
R A. Removal of the Door Latch with Knob

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003)
R (1) Remove the retaining ring (1) and the plate (2).
R (2) Remove the screw (3) and the washer (4).
R (3) Remove the knob (5), the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9) and the
R decorative plate (8).
R (4) Remove the screws (6) and the decorative plate (7).
R (5) Remove the screws (13) and the section (14).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 407
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Latch - Knob Type
R Figure 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 408
May 01/07

AIJ
R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).
R Subtask 25-45-21-020-052
R B. Removal of the Door Latch with Handle

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004)
R (1) Remove the plugs (1) and the screws (2).
R (2) Remove the handles (3) and (4) and the spacers (9).
R (3) Remove the screws (6) and the plates (5).
R (4) Remove the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).
R (5) Remove the screws (13) and the section (10).
R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 409
May 01/07

AIJ
R Door Latch - Lever Type
R Figure 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 410
May 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-21-400-002
R Installation of the Door Latch
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-45-21-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-45-21-991-004 Fig. 404
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-45-21-860-051
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-45-21-210-051
R (2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 411
May 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-45-21-420-051
R B. Installation of the Door Latch with Knob

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003)
R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
R (2) Put the decorative plate (7) in position and install the screws (6).
R (3) Put the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9), the decorative plate (8)
R and the knob (5) in position and install washer (4) and the Screw
R (3).
R (4) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.
R (5) Put the plate (2) in position and install the retaining ring (1).
R (6) Put the section (14) in position and install the screws (13).
R items.
R (8) Close the lavatory door.
R Subtask 25-45-21-420-052
R C. Installation of the Door Latch with Lever

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004)
R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
R (2) Install the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).
R (3) Put the plates (5) in position and install the screws (6).
R (4) Install the spacers (9), the handles (3) and (4) and the screws (2).
R (7) Install the plugs (1).
R (8) Put the section (10) in position and install the screws (13).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 412
May 01/07

AIJ
R items.
R (10) Close the lavatory door.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-45-21-862-051

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-21

Page 413
May 01/07

AIJ
SHROUD - TOILET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-45-22-000-001
Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-45-22-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN YOU
_______
R DO THIS TASK.
Subtask 25-45-22-020-050
A. Removal of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001)
R
R (1) Put on GLOVES - RUBBER.
R (2) Clean the toilet seat and the shroud with DISINFECTANTS (Material No.
R 14-006B) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
R (3) Remove the screws (2) and the toilet shroud (1).
R
Subtask 25-45-22-020-052
B. Removal of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001)
(1) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (5) and remove the seat (4) and
the seat cover (3) from the shroud (1).
(2) If nesessary remove the pivot fittings (7) and disengage the seat
cover (3) from the seat (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Toilet Shroud and Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-22-400-001
Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-22-210-050
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES

_______
WHEN YOU DO THIS TASK.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.
(a) Clean the areas with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) and a
NOTE : Replace cadmium treated screws NAS1102-08-12 with corrosion

____
resistant steel screws MS24693C52.
Subtask 25-45-22-420-052
B. Installation of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001)
(1) Engage the seat cover (3) and the seat (4) and install the pivot
fittings (7).
(2) Put the seat (4) and the seat cover (3) in position on the shroud (1)
and install the washers (5) and nuts (6).
Subtask 25-45-22-420-050
C. Installation of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001)
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 405
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
R (2) Put the toilet shroud (1) in position and install the screws (2).
R
NOTE : Make sure you install corrosion resistant steel screws

____
MS24693C52.
R (3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
(a) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007)

and (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-22-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-22

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
HAND GRIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
R TASK 25-45-23-000-001
Removal of the Hand Grip
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-23-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-23-020-050
A. Removal of the Hand Grip

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001)
(1) Support the hand grip (1) and remove the pins (2).
(2) Remove the hand grip (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-23

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Hand Grip
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-23

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-23-400-001
Installation of the Hand Grip
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-23-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-23-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-23

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-23-420-050
B. Installation of the Hand Grip

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001)
(1) Put the hand grip (1) on the special screws (3).
(2) Install the pins (2). If the pin holes are not aligned, do the
following;
(a) Remove the grip handle (1).
(b) Adjust the special screws (3).
(c) Do para B. (2) again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-23-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-23

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
R TASK 25-45-24-000-001
Removal of the Seat Cover Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-24-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-24-020-050
A. Removal of the Seat Cover Dispenser

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001)
(1) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) up and remove the dispenser from
the holder (2).
(2) Remove the screws (3) and the holder (2) from the lavatory wall.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-24

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Seat Cover Dispenser
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-24

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-24-400-001
Installation of the Seat Cover Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-24-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-24-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-24

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-24-420-050
B. Installation of the Seat Cover Dispenser

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001)
(1) Put the holder (2) in position on the lavatory wall and install the
screws (3).
(2) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) into the holder (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-24-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-24

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TABLE - BABY NURSING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
R TASK 25-45-25-000-001
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-25-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-25-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-25-020-050
A. Removal of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)
(1) Release the latch (2) and open the baby nursing table (4).
(3) Carefully remove the baby nursing table (4).
(4) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the support (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Remove the screws (3), the latch (2) and the tape (1).
Subtask 25-45-25-020-051
B. Removal of the Baby Nursing Table

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)
(1) Release the latch (1) and open the baby nursing table (4).
(3) Carefully remove the baby nursing table (4).
(4) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the support (8)
(5) Remove the screws (2) and the latch (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Baby Nursing Table
R Figure 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-25-400-001
Installation of the Baby Nursing Table
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-25-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-45-25-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-25-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-25-420-050
B. Installation of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)
(1) Put the tape (1) in position and install the latch (2) with the
screws (3).
(2) Put the support (7) in position and install the screws (5) with the
washers (6).
(3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (8)
to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.
Subtask 25-45-25-420-051
C. Installation of the Baby Nursing Table

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)
(1) Put the latch (1) in position and install the screws (2).
(2) Put the support (8) in position and install the screws (6) with the
washers (7).
(3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (3)
to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.
Subtask 25-45-25-710-050
D. Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)
(1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)
(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table locks correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust
as follows;
(c) Adjust the latch (2) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.
(d) Tigten the screws (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-25-710-051
E. Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table
(1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002)
(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table with the hook (5) locks correctly in the closed position,
if necessary adjust as follows;
(c) Adjust the latch (1) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.
(d) Tigten the screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-25-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-25

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LINING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
R TASK 25-45-26-000-001
Removal of the Lining
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-45-38-000-001 Removal of the Wash Basin
R 25-45-26-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-45-26-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the wash basin assembly (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-26

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-26-020-050
A. Remove the Lining

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001)
(1) Remove the rollers (6), the screws (5) and the roller bracket (4).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the lining (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-26

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Wash Basin Lining
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-26

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-26-400-001
Installation of the Lining
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-38-000-001 Removal of the Wash Basin
25-45-38-400-001 Installation of the Wash Basin
R 25-45-26-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the wash basin assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-
38-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-26-210-050

EFF :

ALL 25-45-26

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-26-420-050
B. Installation of the Lining

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001)
(2) Put the lining (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the
screws (2).
(3) Put the roller bracket (4) in position and install the screws (5).
(4) Install the rollers (6) on the roller bracket (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-26-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the wash basin assembly (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-400-001).
Subtask 25-45-26-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-26

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
MICROSWITCH - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
R TASK 25-45-33-000-001
Removal of the Door Microswitch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific M15. 570-22
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-45-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-33-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-33-020-050
A. Removal of the Door Microswitch

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001)
(1) Open the lavatory door (1) to gain access to the door microswitch
(4).
(3) Disconnect the Electrical Connector
(a) Carefully release the door microswitch (4) from the door frame.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).
NOTE : Use the Insertion/Extraction tool M15. 570-22 to

____
disconnect the electrical connector (3) type B.
(4) Remove the door microswitch (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Door Microswitch
R Figure 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-45-33-400-001
Installation of the Door Microswitch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific M15. 570-22
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-45-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-33-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-33-210-050
Subtask 25-45-33-420-050
B. Installation of the Door Microswitch

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001)
condition.
(3) Connect the Electrical Connector
(a) Connect the electrical connector (3).
NOTE : Use the Insertion/Extraction tool M15. 570-22 to connect

____
the electical connector (3) type B.
(b) Carefully position the door microswitch (4) on the door frame.

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
items.
Subtask 25-45-33-865-052
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1WJ, 11WJ
Subtask 25-45-33-710-050
D. Operational of the Door Microswitch
(1) Do an operational test of the lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-

710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-
26-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-33-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-33

Page 406
Aug 01/07

AIJ
WASH BASIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-45-38-000-001
Removal of the Wash Basin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific non-metallic scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-45-13-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-14-000-001 Removal of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-25-000-001 Removal of the Baby Nursing Table
38-12-41-000-001 Removal of the Water Faucet
25-45-38-991-001 Fig. 401
25-45-38-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 401
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-45-38-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001).
(2) Remove the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001).
(3) If fitted, remove the baby nursing table (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-
001).
(4) Remove the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-38-020-050
A. Removal of the Wash Basin

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
(1) Open the access door (1) and push the clips (3) to release the toilet
roll holder (4) from the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
(2) Remove the waste box from under the waste chute (6).
(3) Remove the spring clips (9), the spacers (7), the pin (8) and
disconnect the damper (4).
(4) Remove the screws (5) and the waste chute (6).
(5) Remove the clamp (13), the clamp (10) and disconnect the hoses (12)
and (11).
(8) Remove the screw (14).
(11) Use the non-metallic scraper to remove the sealant from the wash
basin (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Wash Basin
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 403
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Toilet Roll Holder
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 404
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(12) Remove the wash basin (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-45-38-400-001
Installation of the Wash Basin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-45-13-000-001 Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-13-400-001 Installation of the Lavatory Mirror
25-45-14-000-001 Removal of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-14-400-001 Installation of the Soap Dispenser
25-45-25-000-001 Removal of the Baby Nursing Table
25-45-25-400-001 Installation of the Baby Nursing Table
38-12-41-000-001 Removal of the Water Faucet
38-12-41-400-001 Installation of the Water Faucet
25-45-38-991-001 Fig. 401
25-45-38-991-003 Fig. 402
25-45-38-991-002 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 406
Aug 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure that the:

- lavatory mirror is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001),
- water faucet is removed (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001),
- baby nursing table is removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-
001),
- soap dispenser is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-38-210-050
Subtask 25-45-38-560-050
B. Preparation of a Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-45-38-991-002)
(1) Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:
(a) Open the access door (1).
(b) Loosen the locknut (5) and the screw (6).
(c) Loosen the locknut (3) and remove the stud (4).
(d) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10) from the valve body (8).
(e) Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) from the wash basin.
(f) Remove the seal (11).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 407
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Drain Valve Control Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-45-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 408
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(2) Install the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:
NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK
____
20-21-11-911-001).
(a) Install the seal (11) on the valve body (8).
(b) Put the drain-valve control assembly (2) in position on the wash
basin and install the washer (10) and the nut (9).
NOTE : Make sure that the drain-valve (2) connects with the
____
control arm (7).
(c) Install the stud (4) and tighten the locknut (3).
(d) Tighten the screw (6) and the locknut (5).
(e) Operate the drain-valve control assembly (2) and make sure it
functions correctly.
Subtask 25-45-38-420-050
C. Installation of the Wash Basin

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001, 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(1) Put the wash basin (2) in position and install the screws (16).
(3) Install the screw (14).
(4) Put the waste chute (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(5) Put the damper (4) in position on the waste chute (6) and install the
pin (8), the spacers (7) and the spring clips (9).
(7) Make sure that the hoses (11) and (12) are clean and clear of
blockage.
(8) Connect the hoses (11) and (12) to the wash basin (2) and install the
clamps (10) and (13).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 409
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) in the
distance between the lavatory wall and the wash basin (2).
(11) Put the toilet roll holder (4) in position on the lining (2) and push
the holder (4) until the clips (3) lock in the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-400-001).
(2) Install the baby nursing table if removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-400-
001).
(3) Install the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-400-001).
(4) Install the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-400-001).
Subtask 25-45-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-45-38

Page 410
Aug 01/07

AIJ
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and
AFT hold) which are divided into three underfloor cargo compartments. The
FWD hold is referred to as the FWD cargo compartment. A divider net divides
the AFT hold into two cargo compartments. They are referred to as the AFT
cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo compartment. The Bulk cargo compartment
has tiedown/attachment points for the Bulk door nets and for the nets and
straps which keep the bulk cargo in place.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
A. FWD and AFT Lower Holds
The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between
STA977(FR24A) and STA1483(FR34). A hydraulically operated cargo door
which opens to the outside is installed on the right side of the aircraft
between STA977(FR24A) and STA1163(FR28). The cargo door gives access to
the FWD cargo compartment.
The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is
in Zones 150/160 between STA2136(FR47) and STA3101(FR65). The AFT cargo
compartment is between STA2136(FR47) and STA2776(FR59). A hydraulically
operated cargo compartment door (AFT cargo door) which opens to the
outside, is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The AFT
cargo door is between STA2430(FR52A) and STA2616(FR56) and gives access
to the AFT cargo compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between STA2776(FR59) and
STA3101(FR65). A divider net with a screen is installed at STA2776(FR59)
and isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo compartment. A
manually operated door (Bulk door) which opens to the inside, is
installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The Bulk door is
between STA2830(FR60) and STA2936(FR62) and gives access to the Bulk
cargo compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
FWD and AFT Lower Holds
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
B. FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008, 009)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The
linings keep smoke in the compartments and prevent damage to the lines
and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which make a
restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose
baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments. The divider
nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD cargo
compartment has three sections, the AFT cargo compartment has four
sections. This permits to load only a part of each cargo compartment.
C. Bulk Loading
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to
load bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- tie down/attachment points,
- multiple attachment points,
- divider nets/door nets,
- load placards,
- protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
There are two types of divider nets, A1 and A2. The divider net A1 has a
screen and is installed in the AFT cargo compartment at FR59. The divider
net A2 is installed in the FWD cargo Compartment at FR31. The divider
nets divide the cargo compartments into sections.
The door nets are installed near the FWD, AFT and BULK cargo-compartment
doors. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment doors and
keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be
installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded. The multiple attachment
points are for the attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment
floor. The attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to
the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and
installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
nets are removed/installed as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Loading Sections of AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Nets and Attachment Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

AIJ
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 010)
A divider net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo
compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. The
Bulk cargo compartment has tie-down points and attachment points. The
tie-down points are for the nets and straps which keep bulk loads and
luggage in place. It is alwyas necessary to use the nets and straps to
safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The attachment points are
for the installation of the divider and door nets. The door nets have
stanchions which give the door nets a solid contour. The door nets
prevent damage to the Bulk door and keep the door area clear of any
luggage or cargo. The tie-down points and attachment points permit an
easy and quick installation and removal of the straps and nets. The door
nets must always be installed after loading/unloading.
E. Linings and Floor Panels
The linings and floor panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. The linings are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material. The floor panels are of sandwich construction and
have non-slip surfaces.
F. Cargo Compartment Lighting
Each lower hold has a lighting system which fluorescent lamps which are
installed in the center of the cargo compartment ceiling. Toggle switches
installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.
G. Loading Area Lights
The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors. The intensity of the lights of
the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
nets and attachment Elements - Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07

AIJ
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 25-50-00-200-001
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the Cargo
Loading System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that all components of the cargo loading system are in the
correct condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 51-74-00-001 (for corrective action)
25-50-00-300-001 Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets (for
corrective action)

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 601
May 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-060
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s) and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD and/or
AFT cargo compartment door(s).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the Components of the Cargo Compartment
(1) Door Nets and Divider Nets
(a) Examine the webbing of the door nets and the divider nets
(refered to as the nets) for:
- cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
- damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
- areas where the web fibers are broken
- dirt and contamination.
1
_ If you find dirt and/or contamination, clean the webbing with
a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM, warm water and the CLEANING
(b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts of the nets for:
- missing and damaged fittings
- corrosion of the metal parts
- broken stitches or damaged stitch patterns where the parts
attach to the web
- correct operation.
1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
001).
(c) Examine the stanchions of the nets (if installed) for:

- dents and damage to the tube
- loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors
- correct operation of the telescopic section and the end
fittings.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
001).
(d) Examine the identification labels of the nets:

- look for loose, missing and damaged identification labels
- make sure that you can read the data on the identification
labels.
(e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or mesh screen of the nets
(if installed):
- look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
- make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
(f) If you find damage to the nets, you must refer to the AMM (Ref.
TASK 25-50-00-300-001) for the class of the damage and the
necessary corrective action.
NOTE : If the damage you find is classed as allowable damage:

____
- the strength of the net is not decreased
- it is permitted for the net to stay installed in the
aircraft
- it can be used without limits to the weight and position
of the installed cargo
- repair of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
- you must make marks on the damage that you do not repair
to help with subsequent inspections.
(2) Net Attachment Points
(a) Examine all the net attachment points and the adjacent areas for
cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(b) Make sure that the net attachment points are correctly attached.
(3) Floor Panels
(a) Examine the floor panels for corrosion and other damage.
(b) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly attached to the
structure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-860-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-50-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-50-00-200-002
General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment Decompression, Lining and Floor

Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
R 25-00-00-200-001 Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core -
R General Repair/Protection Information
R 52-30-00-080-001 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
R 52-30-00-480-001 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
ASRM 530200101 (for corrective action)
ASRM 530200201 (for corrective action)
General Repair/Protection Information (for corrective
action)
25-00-00-340-003 Repair to the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment
Decompression Panels (for corrective action)
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing (for corrective action)
53-22-14-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
(for corrective action)
53-22-14-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels (for corrective action)

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 605
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels

Zone 150 (for corrective action)
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150 (for corrective action)
25-50-00-991-006-A Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-061
A. Get Access
R (1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R (2) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
R
R (3) Install the safety lock on the actuator on the FWD and/or AFT cargo
R compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
R (4) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD and/or
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-057
A. General Visual Inspection of the Decompression and Lining Panels
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER
_______
R YOU REPLACE THE SEALING OF:
R - CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R - PARTITION PANELS.
R IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS,
R THE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
R (1) Decompression panels:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-50-00-991-006-A)
(a) Examine each decompression panel for cracks and other damage.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 606
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Decompression Panel
R Figure 601/TASK 25-50-00-991-006-A

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 607
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(b) If a decompression panel is damaged, do a repair (Ref. TASK 25-
00-00-200-001) (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-003) or replace the panel.
(c) Make sure that each decompression panel has a seal installed,
missing seals are not permitted.
(d) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.
(e) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

position.
R (2) Lining panels:
(a) Examine each lining panel for cracks and other damage.
R (b) If a lining panel is damaged, do a repair (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-

R 200-001) or replace the panel.
R
R (c) Make sure that each lining panel has seals installed, missing
R seals are not permitted.
R (d) Make sure that the seals of each lining panel are in the correct
R condition.
R (e) Make sure that each lining panel is in the correct position and
R correctly installed.
R (3) Floor panels:
(a) Examine each floor panel for:

- Impact damage
- Deep scratches
- Cracks
- Deformation
- Delamination.
(b) If a floor panel is damaged, do a repair (Ref. ASRM 530200101)

and (Ref. ASRM 530200201) or replace the panel (Ref. TASK 53-22-
14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-
400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-400-001).
R (c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly installed.
(d) Make sure the sealant at the floor panel joints is in the correct
condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 608
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(e) If the sealant is damaged, repair it (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-860-051
items.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-060
R B. Close Access
R (1) Remove the access platform(s).
R (2) Remove the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD and/or AFT cargo
R compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).
R (3) Close the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 609
Aug 01/09

AIJ
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - REPAIRS
____________________________
TASK 25-50-00-300-001
Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific fabric, part number TF60-0524122

No specific permanent marker pen
No specific sewing thread, part number ST10-0800402 or
ST20-0801201
No specific webbing, part number TW20-0512701
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R CMMV 255228
R
25-50-00-991-015 Fig. 801
25-50-00-991-016 Fig. 802
25-50-00-991-017 Fig. 803
25-50-00-991-018 Fig. 804

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 801
Aug 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-051
A. Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-50-00-010-092
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
opening of the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s).
(2) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) and install the
(3) If a Cargo Loading System (CLS) is installed in the cargo

compartments:
- put a WARNING NOTICE on the control panel of each CLS to tell
persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-50-00-020-058
C. Removal of the Door Net and/or Divider Net (Referred to as the net)
(1) Remove the defective net from its cargo compartment and send it to
the overhaul or repair shop.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-098
A. Inspection and Classes of Damage of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
(1) Do an inspection of the defective net:
(a) Examine the webbing for:

- cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
- damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
- areas where the web fibers are damaged
- dirt and contamination.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Example of a Door Net
R Figure 801/TASK 25-50-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Example of a Divider Net
R Figure 802/TASK 25-50-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts for:
- missing and damaged fittings
- damaged stitches or stitch patterns where the fittings attach
to the webbing
- correct operation.
(c) Examine the stanchions (if installed) for:

- dents and damage to the tube
- loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors
- correct operation of the telescopic section and the end
fittings.
(d) Examine the identification label(s):

- look for loose, missing and damaged identification label(s)
- make sure that you can read the data on the identification
label(s).
(e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or the mesh screen (if
installed):
- look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
- make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
(2) Find the class of the damage to the net
(a) Refer to the Table below for the class of the damage:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Webbing | - Dirt and contamination | - Allowable |
| | that you can remove. | |
| | - Small areas where the | - Allowable |
| | web fibers are damaged | |
| | from wear or chafing. | |
| | - Damaged stitches or | - Minor |
| | stitch patterns at the | |
| | web intersections. Not | |
| | more than two damaged | |
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | at the intersections | |
| | are permitted. | |
| | - Damaged stitches at the | - Major |
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | that attach the | |
| | fittings. | |

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| | - All cuts | - Major |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Net Fittings and Metal | - Dirt and corrosion that | - Allowable |
| Parts | you can remove, and | |
| | does not have an effect | |
| | on the function of the | |
| | component. | |
| | - Damage to the adjusters | - Minor |
| | that stops you from | |
| | correct adjustment of | |
| | the net. | |
| | - Missing or damaged | - Major |
| | fittings that stop the | |
| | connection of the net | |
| | to the aircraft or to | |
| | another net. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Stanchions | - Small areas of | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | corrosion on the tube | |
| | that you can remove. | |
| | - One metal loop or | - Allowable |
| | connector missing. | |
| | - More than one metal | - Minor |
| | loop or connector | |
| | missing. | |
| | - Dents in the tube less | - Allowable |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
| | - Dents in the tube more | - Minor |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Placards/Labels | - Damaged material, but | - Allowable |
| | you can read the data. | |
| | - Label missing, or you | - Major |
| | cannot read the data. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Rubber Coated Fabric | - Small areas of chafing | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | or cuts in the fabric, | |
| | less than 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.) long. | |
| | - Cuts in the fabric more | - Minor |
| | than 250.0mm (10.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 806
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Mesh Screen | - Cuts in the screen less | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| | - Cuts in the screen more | - Minor |
| | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| | - Screen not attached to | - Allowable |
| | the net for less than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
| | - Screen not attached to | - Minor |
| | the net for more than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If you find damage that is classed as allowable damage:

- the strength of the net is not decreased
- it is permitted to install the net in the aircraft
- it can be used without limits to the weight and position of the
installed cargo
- repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
immediately, for subsequent inspection and repair.
(4) If you find damage that is classed as minor damage:

- the strength of the net can be decreased
- a net or stanchion (if installed) can only be used in the aircraft
with limits to the weight and position of the installed cargo
- you must refer to the Aircraft Weight and Balance Manual for the
limits to be used for each type of damage
- repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
immediately, for subsequent inspection and repair.
- you must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel the limits of
the net.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 807
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(5) If you find damage that is classed as major damage:
- the net is unservicable
- you must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel that the net is
unservicable
- the net can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a
workshop that is approved for these repairs by the local Aviation
Authority.
Subtask 25-50-00-350-050
B. Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-50-00-991-017, 804/TASK 25-50-00-991-018)
NOTE : The nets can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a

____
workshop that is approved for these repairs by the local Aviation
Authority.
(1) Repair materials
(a) You must only use materials approved by the net manufacturer for
R the repair of the nets. These materials are (Ref. CMMV 255228):
- sewing thread, part number ST10-0800402 or ST20-0801201
- webbing, part number TW20-0512701
- fabric, part number TF60-0524122.
(2) General repair data
(a) You can connect double flag-stitch patterns with a loose thread,
to give a continuous pattern. The distance between stitch
patterns must not be more than 20.0mm (0.8 in.).
(b) If the thread breaks, you must cut the ends of the thread and
start to stitch again. Make sure that you overlap the cut
stitches by more than 25.0mm (1.0 in.).
(c) All cut ends of the webbing must be heat-sealed to stop fraying.
(3) Repair of worn or broken stitching
(a) Remove the damaged stitches and the remaining stitches of the
stitch pattern.
(b) Replace the stitches with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 808
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Repair of the Webbing
R Figure 803/TASK 25-50-00-991-017

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric
R Figure 804/TASK 25-50-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 810
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Replacement of the metal fittings
(a) Remove the stitches necessary to free the component.
(b) Put the replacement component in its correct installation

position.
(c) Attach the component with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.
(5) Repair of the webbing
(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the webbing, plus 15.0mm (0.6
in.) at each side.
(b) Make a repair section from webbing of the initial type and
dimensions.
(c) Make sure that the repair section overlaps the removed area
sufficiently for a double flag stitch-pattern at each side.
(d) Make sure that the ends of the repair section are not less than
15.0mm (0.6 in.) from the adjacent webbing intersections.
(e) Attach the repair section with stitches of the correct thread
type and stitch pattern.
(6) Repair of the rubber coated fabric (referred to as the fabric)
(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the fabric, plus 25.0mm (1.0
in.) around the damage.
(b) Make a repair patch from fabric of the initial type and
thickness.
(c) Make sure that the repair patch overlaps the removed area by a
minimum of 16.0mm (0.636 in.).
(d) Attach the repair patch with two rows of stitches (6-8 stitches
for each 25.0mm (1.0 in.)). The inner row of stitches must be
approximately 3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the removed
area of damage. The outer row of stitches must be approximately
3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the repair patch.

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(7) Repair of a damaged or missing identification label (referred to as
the label) .
(a) A missing label must be replaced with a label with the initial
data.
(b) If you cannot read the data on the label easily, you must write
over the initial data with a permanent marker pen.
(8) Repair of a damaged stanchion
(a) The only repairs that you can do to the stanchions are to replace
the plunger, the locking base and the metal loops or connectors.
R Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMMV 255228) for more data.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-420-059
A. Installation of the Door Net and/or Divider Net
(1) Install the door net and/or divider net in the applicable cargo
compartment.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-086
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT
cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-50-00-862-051
C. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-50-00

Page 812
Aug 01/08

AIJ
CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The aircraft has three lower deck cargo compartments. They are referred to
as the FWD cargo compartment, the AFT cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo
compartment. The FWD and AFT cargo compartment have nets. When the nets are
installed, they divide the cargo compartments and are referred to as
compartment No.1, No.3, No.4 and No.5. The compartment No.1 is in the FWD
cargo compartment and the compartments No.3 and No.4 are in the AFT cargo
compartment. A separation net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the
AFT cargo compartment and is referred to as compartment No. 5.
The aircraft has provisions in the cargo compartments which lets the
operator transport bulk cargo.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have tiedown/attachment points for the
nets and straps which keep the bulk cargo in place, and also to install the
door nets.
2. __________________
Component Location
A. FWD Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2508MM DOOR NET TYPE A 130 825
2507MM DOOR NET TYPE C 130 825
2506MM DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR31 130 825
2509MM DIVIDER NET TYPE C FR31 130 825
TIE DOWN POINTS 130 825 25-54-41
STANCHION 130 825

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Unit Load Device - FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location - FWD Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
B. AFT Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOOR NET TYPE A 150 826
DOOR NET TYPE B 150 826
DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR50 150 826
DIVIDER NET TYPE C, FR56 150 826
DIVIDER NET TYPE A1, FR59 150 826
TIE DOWN POINTS 150 826
STANCHIONS 150 826
C. BULK Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2613MM DOOR NET TYPE D 160 827 25-55-17
2614MM DOOR NET TYPE E 160 827 25-55-17
STANCHIONS 160 827 25-55-17
2610MM DIVIDER NET TYPE A1, FR59 160 827 25-55-41
TIE DOWN POINTS 160 827 25-55-41
3. __________________
System Description
A. FWD Cargo Compartment

The FWD cargo compartment has items installed which permit the loading of
bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- load placards,
The FWD cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location - AFT Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
BULK Compartment - Component Location
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
The FWD cargo compartment has two divider nets (type C and type A2)
installed. Divider net type C is installed at the FR31 and divider net
type A2 at FR35.2. The divider nets divide the cargo compartment into
sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the FWD cargo-compartment door.
The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment door and keep the
door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have stanchions which
give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after
cargo is loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to
the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for the connection
of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy, quick removal and

installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
nets are removed/installed as necessary.
B. AFT Cargo Compartment

The AFT cargo compartment has items installed which permit the loading of
bulk cargo.
(1) The items which permit bulk loading are:

- load placards,
The AFT cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the
attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items
of bulk cargo. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to
safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points
are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
The AFT cargo compartment has three divider nets (type A2, type C and
type A1) installed. Divider net type A2 is installed at the FR47.5,
the divider net type C at FR53 and divider net type A1 at FR59. The
divider nets divide the cargo compartment into sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the AFT cargo-compartment
door. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment door and
keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must
always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door
nets to the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for
the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy, quick removal and

installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure,
the nets are removed/installed as necessary.
4. _____________________
A. Components to restrain the BULK Cargo in the FWD Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 005)
B. Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the FWD

Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(1) Divider Nets

The divider nets are installed in the FWD cargo compartment to divide
the cargo compartment in sections. The divider nets are of a mesh
type, with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider
nets are attached to net attachment points on the cargo compartment
ceiling and floor at designated positions for the individual
sections. When the divider nets are installed, they make it possible
to transport loose baggage and bulk cargo. The divider nets, when
installed, restrict any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools
are required to remove or install the divider nets.
(2) Door Nets

The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door and
to enable a correct cargo door operation. Stanchions are installed
with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and hold.
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to the
related net attachment points. The door nets are then passed around
the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the middle of
the cargo door area.
The nets are connected to each other by ring connections and snap
latches.
(3) Door Net Stanchions

The stanchions are a part of the door nets.
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to
comply with the related attachment points.
The stanchions are attached to the cargo compartment ceiling and
floor.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and
resist bulk cargo from preventing door operating procedures.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Net and Tie Down Points - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Tiedown and Attachment Points
The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a designated
and prearranged position on the aircraft structure and anchor plates.
The tiedown and attachment points permit an easy and quick
removal/installation of the nets without special tools.
C. Components to restrain the BULK Cargo in the AFT Cargo Compartment.

(Ref. Fig. 006)
D. Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the AFT

Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(1) Divider Nets

The divider nets are installed in the AFT cargo compartment to divide
the cargo compartment in sections. The divider nets are of a mesh
type, with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider
nets are attached to net attachment points on the cargo compartment
ceiling and floor at designated positions for the individual
sections. When the divider nets are installed, they make it possible
to transport loose baggage and bulk cargo. The divider nets, when
installed, restrict any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools
are required to remove or install the divider nets.
(2) Door Nets

The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door and
to enable a correct cargo door operation. Stanchions are installed
with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and hold.
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to the
related net attachment points. The door nets are then passed around
the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the middle of
the cargo door area.
latches.
(3) Door Net Stanchions

floor.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and
resist bulk cargo from preventing door operating procedures.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Net and Tie Down Point - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Tiedown and Attachment Points
The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a designated
and prearranged position on the aircraft structure and anchor plates.
E. Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the BULK

Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(1) The BULK cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between a divider net at
FR59 and a fixed partition at FR65. The BULK cargo compartment is
also specified as cargo compartment No.5. The BULK cargo compartment
door which is found between FR60 and FR62 gives access to the cargo
compartment No.5.
The BULK cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and
furnishings as follows:
(a) Divider Net

A divider net is installed at FR59 to divide the cargo
compartments No.4 and No.5. The divider net is of a mesh type,
with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider net
is attached to net attachment points installed on the cargo
compartment ceiling and floor at designated positions. When the
divider net is installed, it is possible to transport loose
baggage and bulk cargo. The divider net, when installed, restrict
any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools are required to
remove or install the divider net.
(b) Door Nets

The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door
and to permit a correct cargo door operation. Stanchions are
installed with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and
hold.
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to
the related net attachment points. The door nets are then passed
around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the
middle of the cargo door area.
latches.
(c) Door Net Stanchions

floor.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
BULK Compartment
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07

AIJ
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect
and resist bulk cargo from preventing door operating procedures.
(d) Tiedown and Attachment Points

The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a
designated and prearranged position on the aircraft structure and
anchor plates.
(e) Air Conditioning Outlets

The fixed partition at FR65 has cutouts (outlets) for the air
conditioning system of the AFT cargo compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-52-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
R
R The FWD cargo compartment has:
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panel
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net and the divider net
R - Tie-down/net attachment points.
R
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR24A 131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR34 131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT 131AC 131 825 33-31-11
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131BC 131 825 26-16-00
CEILING PANEL 131 825
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING 132 825
DIVIDER NET 130 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING 131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT 131 825

EFF :

ALL 25-54-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-54-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-54-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________________
System Description
A. Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment
prevent damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of
flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The
sidewall linings and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release
fasteners to:
- the support struts

- the cross beams
- the cargo compartment brackets.
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
B. Bulk Loading Placards
Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
FWD cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance allowed
between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The clearance
between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept to
prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.
C. Smoke Detector Panel
The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system.
The ceiling panel has therefore a cutout for the smoke detector panel.
The smoke detector panel is installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and FR30.
D. Rapid Decompression Panels
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.
Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels
are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape, (Material No.05-066) .

EFF :

ALL 25-54-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
NOTE : When it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to
____
Chp.250000.
E. Divider Net and Door Net
There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The
divider net divides the cargo compartments into sections. The door net
prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and the
divider net are attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.
F. Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
- the attachment of the door and divider net

- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.
G. Loading Area Light
The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling

panel at the FWD cargo compartment door. The intensity of the loading
area light permits to read labels on equipment near the cargo compartment
door.
H. Cargo Compartment Lighting
The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is
installed in the center of the ceiling panel. Toggle switches installed
at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR24 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-11-000-001
Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific warning notice
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
(3) Put a warning notice in position on the control panel of the FWD
cargo-compartment loading-system to tell persons not to use it.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 401
May 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-54-11-020-050
A. Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
(1) Loosen the studs (1) of the cover assies (2) and remove them.
(2) Loosen the studs (3) of the cover strip assies (4) and remove them.
(3) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (6), (7), (8).
(4) Remove the partition panels (6), (7), (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 402
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR24
R Figure 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-54-11-400-001
Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 404
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo-compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo-compartment loading system to tell persons not to
use it.
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-54-11-910-050
(2) If necessary, remove the damaged seal (9) from the partition panels
(6), (7), (8).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
(4) Replace the damaged seal (9) on the partition panels (6), (7), (8).
Subtask 25-54-11-420-050
B. Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each partition panel.
(2) Install the partition panels (6), (7), (8).
(3) Install the cover strip assies (4).
(4) Install the cover assies (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 405
May 01/07

AIJ
(5) Attach the partition panels (6), (7), (8) with the studs (1), (3),
(5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-11-410-050
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
items.
R
Subtask 25-54-11-942-050
R B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002)

EFF :

ALL 25-54-11

Page 406
May 01/07

AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR34 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-12-000-001
Removal of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR34
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-050
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
R (3) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001)
Subtask 25-54-12-020-050
A. Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
NOTE : The removal of each partition panel is the same.

____
(1) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1),(2),(3).
(2) Remove the partition panels (1),(2),(3).
(3) Loosen the studs (8) of the valve (4).
R (4) Remove the valve (4) and the cover assembly (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 402
Aug 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-54-12

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-54-12-400-001
Installation of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR34
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
25-54-12-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
R
R (2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
R (3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001)

R
Subtask 25-54-12-420-050
R A. Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
(1) Put the valve (4) and the cover assy (7) in the correct position on
R the partition panel (3). Install them with the studs (8).
R (2) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
R seals around each partition panel (1), (2) and (3).
R (3) Put the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) in position.
R (4) Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the
R structure.
R
R (5) Put all studs (5) and (8) in the correct position in the holes of the
R structure.
R (6) Install the partition panels (1), (2), (3) with the studs (5) and
R (8).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 407
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (7) Tighten the studs (5) and (8).
R NOTE : It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or
____
R three times until the stud is locked. You can hear a click
R when the self-locking mechanism engages.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-050
items.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-54-12-000-002
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-12-991-004 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-051
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
R the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
R 860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 409
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004)
Subtask 25-54-12-020-051
NOTE : The removal of each ceiling panel is the same.

____
(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).
(2) Support the ceiling panels (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-54-12-400-002
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-005 USA L-T-100 TYPE I
R SEALING TAPE OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A ,B,C,
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
R CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 412
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 11-00-00-400-010 Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material

R No. 05-136) (Marking with Reactivable Transfer Label)
R 25-54-12-300-001 Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD
R Cargo Compartment
25-54-12-991-004 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-051
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safety
R lock is installed on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment door
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 413
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004)
Subtask 25-54-12-910-051

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the ceiling panels (2).
R (2) If necessary, repair the panels (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001).
R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) of the ceiling panels (2).
R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (1) are not missing.
R (5) Replace damaged sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 414
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (6) If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (1) of the related
R panels.
R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips with CLEANING AGENTS
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-005) in position.
R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips are installed without clearance.
R (10) Make sure that all studs (3), (4) and (7) are correctly installed in
R their retainer washers.
R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener

R inspection/repair (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-001).
R (12) Do an inspection of the structure for integrity and good condition.
R (13) If the structure is damaged, repair it.
R (14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the structure are
R plane. Close open gaps or holes with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016)
R and make them plane.
R (15) Make sure that that the contact surfaces continue to be plane when
R the sealant is applied and dry. Make them plane, if necessary.
R (16) Make sure that placards on replaced or repaired components are in

R correct positions and in good condition.
R (17) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010).
R (18) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
R - All the fasteners are fully thightened
R - There is no clearance between the panels and the structure.
R (19) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.
R (20) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. CLEANING
R (21) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-54-12-420-051
R B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels of the FWD Cargo Compartment
NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____
R seals around each ceiling panel (2).
R (2) Put the ceiling panels (2) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.
R structure.
R (4) Put all stud (3), (4) and (7) in the correct position in the holes of
R the structure.
R (5) Install the ceiling panels (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).
R (6) Tighten the studs (3), (4) and (7).
____
R (7) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-051
items.
Subtask 25-54-12-942-057
B. Close Access
R (1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-54-12-000-003
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-54-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-052
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
R the actuator of the FWD cargo conpartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
R 860-001) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 417
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003)
Subtask 25-54-12-020-052
A. Removal of the Sidewall Panels
NOTE : The removal of each sidewall panel is the same.

____
(1) Support the sidewall panels (41).
(2) Loosen the studs (47) of the sidewall panels (41).
(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 418
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 419
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-54-12-400-003
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 420
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-54-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-052
R (1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and the
R safety lock is installed on the actuator of the FWD cargo compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 421
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003)
Subtask 25-54-12-910-052

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the FWD cargo

R compartment.
R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels

R (41) for damage.
R (5) Replace damaged sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 422
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R panels.
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-005) in position.
R (10) Make sure that all studs (47) are correctly installed in their
R retainer washers.

R (15) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be plane when the
R sealant is applied and dry. Make them plane, if necessary.

R correct positions and in good condition.
R (18) After installation of the sidewall panels (41) make sure that:

R area.
R (20) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING

R

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 423
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-54-12-420-052
B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels
NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____
R seals around each sidewall panel (41).
R (2) Put the sidewall panel (41) in position.
R structure.
R
R (4) Put the studs (47) in the correct position in the holes of the
R structure.
R (5) Install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).
R (6) Tighten the studs (47).
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-052
items.
Subtask 25-54-12-942-058
B. Close Access
R (1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 424
Aug 01/09

AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR34 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-54-12-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Highspeed Tape

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-50-00-200-002 General Visual Inspection of Cargo Compartment

Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels
R 25-54-12-991-006 Fig. 801
R 25-54-12-991-007 Fig. 802

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 801
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-055
A. Get Access
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-210-051
A. Inspection
(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the FWD cargo-compartment

for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-002).
(2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
partition lining panels if:
- there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
panels
- not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
panel.
Subtask 25-54-12-350-050
B. Repair
(1) If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer

and lock washer).
(2) If it is not possible to install the fastener(s) in the time

necessary, seal the stud hole(s) (3) as follows:
- seal the hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is missing
with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-060) (4).
NOTE : The edge where the fastener is missing must be sealed.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 802
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-54-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Missing Fastener Repair

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 804
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 805
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:
(a) If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the

missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the secondary structure (5)
- do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
- the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
sealed hole (3).
(b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
the next panel
- the tape length must extend to the primary or secondary
structure (5) at both ends of the edge with the missing
fastener (3).
(c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
the adjacent panel through the cover strip (6)
sealed hole (3).
NOTE : Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of

____
the repair area is necessary once a week. From 100 Flight
Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), you must do a visual
inspection of the repair area every day. A new fastener
assembly must be installed within 500 flight hours after
the installation of the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 806
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-055
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-12

Page 807
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
R TASK 25-54-17-000-001
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-54-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-010-050
A. Get Access
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
FWD cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Net Stanchions

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.
(2) Remove the stanchions (2).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(a) Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the

stanchion from the tiedown point (4).
(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Stanchion - Door Net - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-54-17-400-001
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-54-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-860-050
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
opening of the FWD cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-17-910-050
A. Preparation for Installation:
Subtask 25-54-17-420-050
B. Installation of the Net Stanchions.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001)
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.
(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger (2) in the upper ceiling
fitting (1).
(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).
(4) Carefully lower the stanchion (2).
(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).
(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).
(7) Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.
(8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-17-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-17

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
R TASK 25-54-41-000-001
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-54-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-54-41-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-010-050
A. Get Access
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Subtask 25-54-41-865-053
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C/B NOT APPLICABLE
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001)
(1) Remove the cargo net(s) (6), if installed:
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (7) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (6).
(2) Remove the tie-down points (2):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
(3) Remove the seat-track section (5):
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the seat-track section (5).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (5) from the structure (3).
____

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
R Figure 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the plug housing (10).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (10) from the structure
(3).
(5) Remove the tie-down fittings (12):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (12) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (11) from the tie-down fitting (12).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
(6) Remove the tie-down fitting (14):
____
Subtask 25-54-41-020-051
B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the tie-down and net
areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Remove the stanchion fitting (2):
(a) Remove the screws (3) from the stanchion fitting (2).
(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (2) from the structure (1).
____
____
(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the spacer (8).
(c) If necessary, remove the spacer (8):
1
_ Remove the screws (11) from the spacer (8).
2
_ Remove the spacer (8) from the structure (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-54-41-400-001
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific non-metal scraper

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 407
Feb 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-54-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-54-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-54-41-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-860-050
the FWD cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-41-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) Use a non-metal scraper to remove the old sealant from the component
interface and the adjacent area.
(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-54-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001)
(1) Install the tie-down points (2):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
(b) Install the screws (1) in the tie-down point (2).
(2) Install the seat-track section (5):
(a) Put the seat-track section (5) in position at the structure (3).
(b) Install the screws (4) in the seat-track section (5).
____
(a) If removed, put the plug housing (10) in position at the

structure (3).
(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the plug housing (10).
(c) Install the screws (8) in the tie-down point (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Install the tie-down fittings (12):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
(b) Install the screws (11) in the tie-down fitting (12).
(5) Install the tie-down fitting (14):
____
(7) Install the cargo net(s) (6), if removed:
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (6) in position at the applicable net
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (7) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-54-41-420-051
C. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002)
(1) Install the stanchion fitting (2):
(a) Put the stanchion fitting (2) in position at the structure (1).
(b) Install the screws (3) in the stanchion fitting (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
____
____
(a) Install the spacer (8), if removed:
1
_ Put the spacer (8) in position at the structure (1).
2
_ Install the screws (11) in the spacer (8).
(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the spacer (8).
areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-54-41-390-050
D. Application of Sealants
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).
(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Application of Sealants
R Figure 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-41-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-54-41

Page 414
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into seperate compartments. They are known as cargo compartments
R 3, 4 and 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo
R compartment. The total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3
R (28.005 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the
R cargo compartments 3 and 4. The BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60
R and FR62, gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Access panels
R - Smoke detector panel
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - AFT door net
R - BULK door net
R - Divider net
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Air conditioning inlets
R - Air conditioning outlets.
R
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR47 151/ 826/ 25-55-11
152 827
FIXED PARTITION FR65 161/ 826/ 25-55-12
162 827
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 161DW 161 827
LOADING AREA LIGHT 151CC 151 826 33-34-00
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 26-16-00
161BC 161 827

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 2
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEILING PANEL 151/ 826/
161 827
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 33-34-00
151CC/ 161 827
161AZ
RH SIDEWALL LINING 152/ 826/
162 827
2607MM DOOR NET FR52A 150 826
2608MM DOOR NET FR56 150 826
2613MM DOOR NET FR62 160 827
2614MM DOOR NET FR60 160 827
2606MM DIVIDER NET FR50 150 826
2610MM DIVIDER NET FR59 150/ 826
LH SIDEWALL LINING 151/ 826/
161 827
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 151/ 826/
161 827
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS 151/ 826/
161 827
ACCESS PANELS 151CW/ 151/ 826
152CW 152
AIR CONDITIONING INLETS 151CW/ 151 827 21-00-00
151DW/
151EW
AIR CONDITIONING OUTLETS 161DW/ 161/ 827 21-00-00
162DW 162
3. _________________________
Description and Operation
A. Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings
and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
- the support struts

- the cross beams
- the cargo compartment brackets.
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 4
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
B. Air Conditioning Inlets and Outlets
The sidewall linings and the fixed partition FR65 have cutouts (inlets
and outlets) for the air conditioning of the AFT cargo hold. The air
conditioning system moves air into the AFT and the BULK cargo compartment
and keeps it at specified temperatures.
C. Bulk Loading Placards
Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
AFT and BULK cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance
allowed between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The
clearance between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept
to prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.
D. Smoke Detector Panels
The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke
detection system. The ceiling panels have therefore two cutouts for the
smoke detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling
panels between FR52 and FR53 and between FR62 and FR63.
E. Access Panels
The sidewall linings installed on the left and right side of the cargo
compartment have cutouts. The cutouts are between the FR47 and FR48. The
cutouts are covered with access panels. The access panels are attached to
the sidewall linings with quick-release fasteners.
The access panels gives access to the compress air bottles and to the
pressure gauges of the escape slide system.
F. Rapid Decompression Panels
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in cutouts of the ceiling panels
and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch assemblies
hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are sealed to
the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive tape
(Material No.05-066).
NOTE : If it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to

____
Chp.250000.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 5
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
G. Divider Net and Door Net
There are two types of nets installed in the AFT cargo hold. The divider
net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartment. The divider net at FR50 divides the AFT cargo compartment in
two sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo compartment door.
The door net and the divider net are attached to the tie-down and net
attachment points.
H. Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
- the attachment of the door and divider nets

- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.
J. Loading Area Light
The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling

panel at the FWD cargo compartment door. The intensity of the loading
area light permit persons to read labels on equipment near the cargo
compartment door.
K. Cargo Compartment Lighting
The AFT cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed
in the center of the ceiling panels . Toggle switches installed at the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR47 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-11-000-001
Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-050
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on
R the (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) actuator of the AFT cargo
R compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door. (3)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-55-11-020-050
A. Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47
(1) Support the partion panels (1), (2) and (3).
(2) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1),(2),(3).
(3) Remove the partition panels (1),(2),(3).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-55-11

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-55-11-400-001
Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR47
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Install the safety lock on the actuator of the AFT cargo compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001).
R (3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 407
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001)
Subtask 25-55-11-910-050

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR47.
R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (4) on the partition panels

R (1), (2) and (3) at FR47 for damage.
R (5) Replace damaged sealing strips (4) on the partition panels (1), (2)
R and (3) at FR47 with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 005).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R panels.
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-005) in position.
R retainer washers.


R their correct positions and in good condition.
R (18) After installation of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) make sure
R that:

R area.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 409
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-11-420-050
B. Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47
R (1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011)on the
R seals around each partition panel (1), (2) and (3).
R (2) Put the partion panels (1), (2), and (3) in position.
R structure.
R (4) Put all studs (5) in the holes of the structure.
R (5) Install the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) with the studs (5).
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-050
items.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-057
B. Close Access
R (1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 410
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-11-000-002
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-55-11-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-051
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) on the actuator of the AFT cargo
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
R cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 411
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002)
Subtask 25-55-11-020-051

____
(2) Support the ceiling panels.
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) from the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 412
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 413
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-55-11-400-002
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment -FR47/FR59
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 414
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-11-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-051
R (1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and the
R safety lock is installed on the actuator of the AFT cargo compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002)
Subtask 25-55-11-910-051

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2)
R for damage.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R panels.
R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener


R (19) Examine the decompression panels as follows:
R (a) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R position.
R (b) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 417
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (c) Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the
R (20) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s)

R (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

R area.

R
Subtask 25-55-11-420-051
B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels
NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____
R (2) Put the ceiling panel (2) in position.
R structure.
R (4) Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) in the holes of the structure.
R (5) Install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 418
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-051
items.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-058
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 419
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-11-000-003
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-55-11-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-052
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) on the actuator of the AFT cargo
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
R cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 420
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003)
Subtask 25-55-11-020-052

____
(2) Remove the sidewall panels (41).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 421
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 422
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-11-400-003
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR47/FR59
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 423
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-11-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-052
R (1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and the
R safety lock is installed on the actuator of the AFT cargo compartment

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 424
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003)
Subtask 25-55-11-910-052

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the AFT cargo

R compartment.

R (41) for damage.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 425
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R panels.
R retainer washers.

R (16) Make sure that placards on the replaced or repaired components are in

R area.

R

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 426
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-11-420-052
R B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels
R NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____
R structure.
R (4) Put the studs (47) in the holes of the structure.
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-052
items.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-059
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 427
Aug 01/09

AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR47 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-55-11-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-55-11-991-005 Fig. 801
R 25-55-11-991-006 Fig. 802

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 801
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-11-210-051
A. Inspection
(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the AFT cargo-compartment

panels
panel.
Subtask 25-55-11-350-050
B. Repair

and lock washer).

(Material No. 08-060) (4).

____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 802
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Figure 801/TASK 25-55-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 804
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 805
Feb 01/07

AIJ

missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
sealed hole (3).
the next panel
fastener (3).
sealed hole (3).

____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 806
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-11

Page 807
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR65 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-12-000-001
Removal of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-55-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Open the BULK cargo compartment door.
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK cargo
compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001)
Subtask 25-55-12-020-051
A. Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65.
R (1) Loosen the studs (3) of the partition panels (1), (2).
R (2) Remove the partition panels (1), (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (5) of the grills (6).
R (4) Remove the grills (6) from the partition panels (1), (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Loosen the studs (10) of the valve (8).
R (6) Remove the valve (8) from the partition panels (1), (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 404
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-12-400-001
Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Partition FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the BULK cargo compartment door is opened
(2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001)
Subtask 25-55-12-910-050

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 406
Aug 01/09

AIJ
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65.
R (3) Do an inspection for damage of the sealing strips (4),(7) and (9) on:
R - the partition panels (1) and (2)
R - the valve (8)
R - the grills (6).
R (4) Make sure that the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are not missing.
R (5) Replace damaged sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) on:
R - the partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65
R - the valve (8)
R - the grills (6).

R (Material No. 08-005) from the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9).
R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) in position.
R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are installed
R without clearance.


EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 407
Aug 01/09

AIJ

R (18) After installation of the partition panels (1) and (2) make sure
R that:

R area.

R
Subtask 25-55-12-420-050
B. Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65.
R (1) Install the valve (8) in the correct position on the partition panel
R (2) with the studs (10).
R (2) Put the grills/cover assemblies (6) in the correct position on the
R partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (5).
R (3) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011)on the
R seals around each partition panel (1) and (2).
R (4) Put the partition panels (1) and (2) in position.
R structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (6) Put all studs (3) in the correct position in the holes of the
R structure.
R (7) Install the partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (3).
____
R when the sef-locking mechanism engages.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-050
items.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-054
B. Close Access
(1) Close the BULK cargo compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 409
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-12-000-002
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-55-12-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-053
A. Get Access
compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002)
Subtask 25-55-12-020-052

____
(2) Support the ceiling panels (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 410
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 411
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-55-12-400-002
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 412
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-12-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-051
door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002)
Subtask 25-55-12-910-051

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 413
Aug 01/09

AIJ
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (3) Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2)
R for damage.

R panels.
R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (1) with CLEANING
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (1) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips (1) are installed without
R clearance.
R (11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener


EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 414
Aug 01/09

AIJ

R (19) Examine the decompression panels as follows:
R (a) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R position.
R (b) Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct

R condition.
R (c) Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the
R (20) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s)

R (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).

R area.

R
Subtask 25-55-12-420-051
R B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels at FR59 thru FR65
R NOTE : The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (2) Put the ceiling panel (2) in position.
R (3) Make sure that all the other attachment holes align with the holes of
R the structure.
R (4) Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) in the correct position in the holes
R of the structure.
R (5) Install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).
____
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-051
items.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-056
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-12-000-003
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-55-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-054
A. Get Access
compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003)
Subtask 25-55-12-020-053

____
(1) Support the sidewall panels (41).
(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 417
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 418
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-55-12-400-003
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the AFT Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 419
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Cargo Compartment
25-55-12-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-052
door.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003)
Subtask 25-55-12-910-052

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 420
Aug 01/09

AIJ
_______
_______
R - SIDEWALL PANELS
R - CEILING PANELS
R (1) Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the BULK cargo

R compartment.

R (41) for damage.

R panels.
R (7) Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (48) with CLEANING
R (8) Bond the new sealing strips (48) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (9) Make sure that all sealing strips (48) are installed without
R clearance.
R retainer washers.


EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 421
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (16) Make sure that placards on the replaced or repaired components are in

R area.

R
Subtask 25-55-12-420-052
R B. Installation of the Sidewall Panels
R NOTE : The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.

____
R structure.
R (4) Put the studs (47) in the holes of the structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 422
Aug 01/09

AIJ
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-052
items.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-057
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 423
Aug 01/09

AIJ
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR65 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-55-12-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R 25-55-12-991-005 Fig. 801
R 25-55-12-991-006 Fig. 802

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 801
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-12-210-052
A. Inspection
(1) Do an inspection of the lining panels of the BULK cargo-compartment

panels
panel.
Subtask 25-55-12-350-050
B. Repair

and lock washer).

(Material No. 08-060) (4).

____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 802
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Figure 801/TASK 25-55-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 804
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 805
Feb 01/07

AIJ

sealed hole (3).
the next panel
fastener (3).
sealed hole (3).

____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 806
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the BULK cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-12

Page 807
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
R TASK 25-55-17-000-001
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-55-17-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-55-17-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-010-050
A. Get Access
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
AFT cargo-compartment door.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
BULK cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Net Stanchions

(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.
(2) Remove the stanchions (2).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(a) Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the

stanchion from the tiedown point (4).
(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Stanchion - Door Net - AFT Cargo Compartment
R Figure 401/TASK 25-55-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment
R Figure 402/TASK 25-55-17-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-55-17-400-001
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-55-17-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-55-17-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-860-050
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
opening of the AFT cargo-compartment door.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the BULK cargo-compartment door.
(4) Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-17-910-050
Subtask 25-55-17-420-050
B. Installation of the Net Stanchions.

NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.
(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger in the upper ceiling fitting
(1).
(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).
(4) Carefully lower the stanchion (2).
(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).
(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).
(7) Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-17-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-17

Page 407
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
R TASK 25-55-41-000-001
R Removal of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK Cargo-
Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-55-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-55-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-55-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-55-41-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-010-050
A. Get Access
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Put the access platform in position at the BULK cargo-compartment
door.
(4) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001)
areas.
____
(a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
point (2).
____
point (8).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Remove the seat-track sections (12):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (12) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
seat-track section (12).
____
tie-down fitting (15).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
____
____
Subtask 25-55-41-020-051
B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002)
areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
____
1
2
____
(4) Remove the stanchion fittings (10).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-41-020-052
C. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003)
areas.
____
point (2).
____
point (8).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(5) Remove the seat-track sections (15):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (15) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (15) only is given here.
seat-track section (15).
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-41-020-053
D. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004)
areas.
____
1
2
____
(4) Remove the stanchion fittings (10).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 413
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 414
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 415
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-55-41-400-001
Installation of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK
Cargo-Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific non-metal scraper

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 416
Feb 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-55-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R 25-55-41-991-002 Fig. 402
R 25-55-41-991-003 Fig. 403
R 25-55-41-991-004 Fig. 404
R 25-55-41-991-005 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the BULK
(4) Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 417
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-41-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(2) Use a non-metal scraper to remove the old sealant from the component
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001)
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 418
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Install the screws (1) and the nuts (4).
____
(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.
(c) Install the screws (7) and the nuts (10).
(3) Install the seat-track sections (12):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections

____
(12) is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for
one seat-track section (12) only is given here.
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 419
Feb 01/07

AIJ
____
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 420
Feb 01/07

AIJ
areas.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-051
C. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002)
____
1
2
____
(3) Install the stanchion fitting (10):

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 421
Feb 01/07

AIJ
areas.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-052
D. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor

Area of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003)
____
____
(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.
(c) Install the screws (7) and the nuts (10).
____

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 422
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Install the seat-track sections (15):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections

____
(15) is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for
one seat-track section (15) only is given here.
____
areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 423
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-41-420-053
E. Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling

Area of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004)
____
1
2
____
(3) Install the stanchion fittings (10):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10)
____
stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 424
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-55-41-390-050
F. Application of Sealants
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-55-41-991-005)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).
(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 425
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Application of Sealants
R Figure 405/TASK 25-55-41-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 426
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-41-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-55-41

Page 427
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
The emergency equipment is installed for the safety of the crew and the
passengers in an emergency.
For information about portable fire-extinguishers and portable

oxygen-equipment:
- Portable fire-extinguishers (Ref. 26-24-00).
- Portable oxygen-devices for flight crew (Ref. 35-31-00).
- Portable oxygen-devices for cabin attendants (Ref. 35-32-00).
2. __________________
System Description
The emergency equipment includes:
- Escape facilities - cockpit (Ref. 25-61-00)

- Escape facilities - cabin (Ref. 25-62-00)
- Evacuation signalling equipment - WP (Ref. 25-63-00)
- First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00)
- Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00)
- Floatation and survival equipment (Ref. 25-66-00)
- Supplementary medical equipment (Ref. 25-67-00)
- A rapid-decompression safety system (Ref. 25-68-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-60-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
In case of emergency evacuation,the occupants can evacuate the cockpit by
opening the sliding windows and using the escape ropes located above the
sliding windows.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, CAPT 211 831 25-61-41
2MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, F/O 212 831 25-61-41
3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a
continuous two-phase control. The control is located at the rear section of
the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an
open-position locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the
open windows enable crew evacuation after a crash.
A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows
on either side of the overhead panel. The cover plate of each stowage is
held closed by spring clips which enables quick opening. These stowages are
identified by red labels.

EFF :

ALL 25-61-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Escape Rope - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-61-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-61-00

Page 3/4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-61-41-000-001
Removal of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001)
Subtask 25-61-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device
(3) Remove the lining (2).
(5) Hold the attachment (5).
(6) Remove the emergency descent device (6).

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
R Figure 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-61-41-400-001
Installation of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001)
Subtask 25-61-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain anf F/O Emergency Descent Device
(1) Engage the loop of the emergency descent device (6) in the attachment
(5).
(2) Put the attachment (5) and the screws (4) in the correct position and
then TORQUE the screws to between 0.35 and 0.40 m.daN (30.97 and
35.39 lbf.in).
(3) Install the emergency descent device (6) in its stowage compartment.
(4) Put the lining (2) in the correct position.

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(6) Install the cover (3).
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-61-41-942-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________
R TASK 25-61-41-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-61-41-991-002 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set Up
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-61-41-991-002)
Subtask 25-61-41-020-051
A. Removal of the Ceiling Panel on the Emergency Descent Device
(3) Remove the lining panel (2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-61-41-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device
(1) Make sure that the fitting (4) of the emergency descent device and
the 2 screws that attach it to the airframe (frame 11), shows no
signs of corrosion or damage.
(2) Make sure that the loop of the emergency descent device shows no
signs of wear.

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
R Figure 601/TASK 25-61-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 602
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing. Make sure that
it is in the correct condition.
5. ________
Close Up
Subtask 25-61-41-420-051
A. Installation of the Ceiling Panel of the Emergency Descent Device
(1) Install the emergency descent device in its housing.
(2) Put the lining (2) in position.
(4) Install the cover (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-61-41

Page 603
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The cabin escape facilities are installed at all aircraft exits, and
function as dual-lane or single-lane escape-slides. They permit quick
evacuation for the passengers and the crew in an emergency.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7500MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L 831 831 25-62-44
7501MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R 841 841 25-62-44
7502MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L 832 832 25-62-44
7503MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R 842 842 25-62-44
7504MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L 193 193AT 25-62-42
7505MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R 194 194AT 25-62-42
7506MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L 151 862 25-62-46
7507MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R 152 862 25-62-46
3. __________________
System Description
A. Door Escape Facilities

Dual lane escape slide rafts are installed at all cabin doors.
Inflation is automatic if the door is opened with the Emergency Control
Handle (ECH) in the ARMED mode.
Manual inflation is possible after the door is opened.
The slide raft has a special move function that permits quick release
from a damaged door, for subsequent inflation at a different door.
B. Offwing Escape Facilities

Dual lane offwing escape slides are installed above the wings in the left
and right wing-to-fuselage fairings.
Inflation is automatic if the emergency exit hatch is opened in the ARMED
mode.
A mannual inflation handle is installed at each emergency exit. You get
access to the handle after the emergency exit hatch is removed.
C. Warning Systems
Escape facility warning systems (Ref. 52-70-00) are installed at all
cabin exits.
A warning light operates immediatly an exit is opened in the ARMED mode.
An audible warning sound operates in the cockpit.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
D. Directional Guidance Lights
Directional guidance lights are installed on all escape facilities. They
are attached to the longitudinal supports and across the bottom of each
inflatable assembly.
E. Inflation Reservoir - Low Pressure Indication (Optional)
Pressure sensors are installed on all inflation reservoirs, and are

connected to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). Monitoring
of the pressure is an optional function (Ref. 23-73-00).
4. Interface
_________
The cabin escape facilities have interfaces with:

- The CIDS (optional) (Ref. 23-73-00).
- The cabin emergency lighting system (Ref. 33-51-00).
- The door warning system (Ref. 52-70-00).
5. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006)

The escape slide raft is made of two inflatable chambers, an upper and
lower. The chambers are attached together and each chamber inflates
independently from the same inflation reservoir.
The slide rafts have seating for:
- Rated capacity 4 x 44 persons = 176 persons,

- Overload capacity 3 x 55 persons = 165 persons (this result accepts
that 1 slide raft will not inflate because of damage).
For customers with a seat layout capacity of more than 165 persons,
supplemental life rafts (Ref. 25-66-00) are installed in the cabin.
A survival kit (Ref. 25-66-00) is supplied for each slide raft. They are
kept in stowage compartments in the cabin.
NOTE : The survival kit for the supplemental life raft is kept in the
____
supplemental life raft pack.
Each escape facility has:

- a two chamber inflatable assembly,
- an inflation system,
- a pack asembly,
- a decorative cover.
(1) The two chamber inflatable assembly is made of urethane-coated nylon,

which is flame resistant. The material is cut into panels and bonded
together to make the pneumatic tube assemblies and slipway areas.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Inflated Escape Slide/Raft - Component Location
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) The inflation system has:
- an inflation reservoir (Nitrogen/Carbon Dioxide),
- a valve/regulator assembly,
- two aspirators.
(a) The inflation reservoir is made of seamless aluminum. A gage

shows the inflation reservoir pressure through a window in the
decorative cover.
(b) The valve/regulator assembly controls the gas flow from the
inflation reservoir to the aspirator.
(c) The aspirator is made of fiber-reinforced plastic and has:

- an inlet assembly,
- a flexible hose assembly,
- a flapper valve assembly.
1
_ The inflation reservoir supplies gas to the inflatable
assembly through the aspirator inlet assembly when the
inflation system is activated.
2
_ The flexible hose assembly connects the inflation reservoir to
the inlet assembly.
3
_ Flapper valves installed in the aspirator operate as a one-way
check valve for inlet air. The fast expansion of gas in the
aspirator when the inflation system is activated causes the
flapper valves to open. They open because of the induction
effect from gas movement into the inflatable assembly and let
ambient air into the aspirator. System inflation is faster
when the air and gas mix and decreases the size (capacity)
necessary for the reservoir.
(3) The pack assembly holds the inflatable assembly and the inflation
system in position on the door.
(4) The decorative cover protects the pack assembly when it is installed
on the door. It has a color scheme that agrees with the cabin
interior.
(1) The offwing escape slides are made of the the same materials as the
door escape-slides. The slide pack is held in a stowage compartment
and the stowage compartment attach-panel completes the
wing-to-fuselage fairing assembly, left and right. Access to the
offwing escape slides is through the emergency exits. Each assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07

AIJ
has a ramp platform and a dual-lane slide. The ramp platform has an
inflatable ramp rail to guide the passengers and crew onto the slide.
(2) The inflation reservoirs are installed in the AFT cargo compartment,
behind the sidewall panels 151CW and 152CW. Each inflation reservoir
includes a pressure gage and valve/regulator assembly. The
valve/regulator assembly is connected to the release mechanism of an
emergency exit with release cables. The release mechanism is operated
when one of the emergency exits is opened.
(3) The inflation procedures for the offwing escape slides are similar to
the door escape-slides.
6. ________________________________
(1) When the emergency control handle (ECH) is set to ARMED the girt bar
connects the inflatable assembly to the floor attach fittings.
As the door opens the outboard movement of the door pulls the
inflatable assembly from the packboard assembly. As the inflatable
assembly is released its starts to fall and a lanyard pulls the
reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) to open. The
reservoir gas supply starts to flow through the flexible hose and the
aspirator inlet assembly.
The inflation procedure takes approximately 4s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate, the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle.
The manual inflation handle is installed on the girt assembly, and is
identified with a RED label, with the word PULL.
(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the

inflation procedure. Electrical power for the lights is supplied from
the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref 33-51-00).
(4) If an over-water emergency exists, the survival kits (Ref. 25-66-00)

must be removed from their stowages and attached to each slide raft.
They are connected with a snap-hook to the survival kit attach-loop
on the slide raft girt. The snap-hook is installed on the survival
kit pack.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(1) The offwing escape slide inflates when you remove one of the
emergency exit hatches. As the exit hatch is removed the hatch
latch-pin engages a release lever installed in the exit fuselage
frame. Movement of the release lever causes a tension in the release
cable which opens the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator
assembly). The initial gas supply releases the blow-out door
installed in the stowage compartment attach-panel. It then inflates
the offwing escape slide through the flexible hose and aspirator
inlet assembly. The inflation procedure takes approximately 5s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle. The manual inflation handle is red in color and can
be seen when the emergency exit hatch is removed.
(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the

inflation procedure. Electrical power for the lights is supplied from
the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref 33-51-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________
R TASK 25-62-00-481-001
Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Installation of the lock pin in the inflation reservoir of the offwing

escape-slide.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-62-00-820-001 Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock pin in the
Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir -
Offwing Escape-Slide
R 25-62-00-991-003 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-00-010-063
B. Access to the Inflation Reservoir (2)

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put an access platform in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo-compartment exit.
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(4) FOR 7506MM
(a) Remove the access panel 151KW.
(5) FOR 7507MM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-481-050
A. Installation of the Lock Pin

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
(1) Safety the inflation reservoir (2):
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
- DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
- DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the lock pin (3) from the pocket (1).
(b) Install the lock pin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (4).
(c) If you cannot install the lock pin (3) in the regulator valve
assembly (4) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly
R Figure 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-62-00-081-001
Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Removal of the lockpin assembly from the inflation reservoir of the offwing
escape-slide
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-62-00-991-003 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-051

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
(1) Make sure the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-
001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Make sure the access platform is in position adjacent to the AFT
(4) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.
(5) FOR 7506MM
(a) Make sure the access panel 151KW is removed.
(6) FOR 7507MM
(a) Make sure the access panel 152KW is removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-081-050
A. Removal of the Lockpin Assembly (3)

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
(1) Remove the lockpin assembly (3) from the valve/regulator assembly
(4).
(2) Put the lockpin assembly (3) in the pocket (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-063
A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
items.
(2) FOR 7506MM
(a) Install the access panel 151KW.
(3) FOR 7507MM
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-62-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 206
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-820-001
Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock pin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of
the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic sheet

No specific safety barriers
No specific 1 ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN
R 98D27803000000 2 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 7507MM
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-069

TACKY TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 207
Feb 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

25-62-00-991-004 Fig. 202
FOR FIN 7507MM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-941-059
A. Safety Precautions and Wing Protection
NOTE : During this adjustment procedure an unwanted deployment can occur.

____
The safety precautions are necessary to prevent injury to
R personnel and damage to equipment, if an unwanted deployment
R occurs.
NOTE : We recommend that only personnel who know the system do this
____
procedure.
(1) Wing Protection Procedure:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER

_______
SURFACE OF THE WING.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THIS AREA.
(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.
NOTE : The protection is a laminate of fiberglass-reinforced

____
polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which
has a minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin,
impact resistant and applies the load equally to prevent
damage to the wing.
(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position

adjacent to the wing, to help you attach the protection.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 208
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(c) Attach the protection in position:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED

_______
WITH TAPE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
THIS PREVENTS THE SUCTION OF LOOSE MATERIAL INTO THE
ASPIRATOR DURING DEPLOYMENT.
LOOSE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASPIRATOR.
(d) Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and position
of the protection.
(e) Use tacky tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) and attach
the protection on to the upper surface of the wing.
(2) Ground safety procedure:
WARNING : PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF

_______
THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(a) Below the related offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.
(b) Put the safety barriers in position.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.
(d) Put WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into the
area behind the safety barriers.
(3) Cockpit safety procedure:
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) Set the slat/flap control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
R (b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) on the slat/flap control lever when working near
the slats/flaps.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 209
Feb 01/08

AIJ
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever to tell
persons not to operate the flaps.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-820-050
A. Adjustment Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004)
(1) FOR 7507MM

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED
_______
BEFORE THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
- THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
- THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.
(a) Remove the access platform(s).
(b) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-

002).
NOTE : You must close the AFT cargo-compartment door to prevent

____
damage to the offwing escape-slide if an accidental
inflation occurs.
(c) Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pulley
stop-pin (6) on the right regulator valve assembly (5).
(2) Remove the lock pin (3) from the pocket (1).
(3) Adjustment procedure of the regulator valve assembly:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN ONLY IN THE
_______
DIRECTION OF THE BLACK MARK (CLOSED POSITION).
IF YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION,
YOU WILL START AN UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT SEQUENCE.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (8) into the hexagonal socket (9).
(b) Turn the Allen key (8) in the SAFE direction, to move the pulley
stop-pin (6) in the direction of the BLACK mark (7) (closed
position).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 210
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin Assembly
R Figure 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 211
Feb 01/07

AIJ
NOTE : When the pulley stop-pin (6) is in the fully closed
____
position, the internal hole aligns with the installation
hole (4).
(4) Install the lock pin (3) in the installation hole (4).
(5) FOR 7507MM
(a) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE back in position
adjacent to the AFT cargo-compartment exit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-942-062
A. Removal of the Safety Precautions and Wing Protection
R (1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.
(3) Remove the safety barriers.
(4) Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.
(5) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 212
Feb 01/08

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - SERVICING
_____________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-640-001
Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CAN - OIL

No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-027

RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 301
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-991-017 Fig. 301
FOR FIN 5001WM
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-077
B. Get Access
(1) Do the special precautions before work on the offwing escape-slide

system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(a) Do not close the access panel(s):

FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 302
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(3) In the passenger compartment:
(a) Remove the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(b) Remove the emergency exit-frame linings:

FOR 5000WM
remove 241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-010-078
A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection of the Flexible Control

Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN

_______
THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017)
(1) In the aft cargo compartment at FR47:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (16).
(b) Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (16) and remove the
collets from the cable joint.
(c) Disconnect the flexible control assembly (8) from the release
cable assembly (14).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).
(b) Remove the pin (2) and the washers (3) and disconnect the
flexible control assembly (8) from the bellcrank (1).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust
nuts (7) and (6).
(d) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 303
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Flexible Control Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 304
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Flexible Control Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 305
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(e) Remove the bolt (10) and the nut (12) and the flange (11).
(f) Remove the old sealant from the flange (11), the bolts (9) and
(10) and the nuts (4) and (12).
Subtask 25-62-00-640-050
B. Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly
(a) Connect a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the lower end
of the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM).
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) into the upper end
of the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM) with a CAN -
OIL.
(b) Operate the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM) several

times with your hand to support the lubricant flow.
(c) If necessary add more lubricant.
(a) Remove the vacuum equipment.
Subtask 25-62-00-410-071
C. Install the Connections of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 25-62-00-991-017)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 306
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(a) Apply the new sealant.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018B) to the flange attach

bolts (9) and (10) and the nuts (4) and (12).
(b) Put the flange (11) in position and install and tighten the bolt
(10) and the nut (12).
(c) Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).
(d) Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (6).
(e) Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the bellcrank (1)
and install the pin (2) and the washers (3) and safety with a new
cotter pin (3) (13).
(a) Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the release cable
assembly (14). Install the two collets and tighten the knurled
sleeve nut (16).
NOTE : When you install the collets, the slots in the collets
____
should point to you. This lets you do a visual check, that
the inner cable stays connected while you tighten the
knurled sleeve nut (16).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 307
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-072
A. Close Access
(a) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
(b) Install the emergency exit-frame linings:

FOR 5000WM
install 241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
install 242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002).
(2) Do the special Precautios after work on the offwing escape slide
system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
Subtask 25-62-00-862-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 308
Aug 01/09

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-040-001
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R EMERGENCY SLIDE PRESS LOW
R message on Programming and Test Panel
R (PTP) STATUS Page
Emergency Exit
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 7506MM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-62-00-991-002 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 401
Nov 01/08

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-064
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
(2) Put an access platform in position adjacent to the AFT cargo

compartment exit.
(4) FOR 7506MM
(5) FOR 7507MM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-063
A. Visual Check of the Pressure Gage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
R (1) Make sure that the pressure gage (2) (referred to as gage) shows the
R correct pressure.
R NOTE : There are two different types of gage (2) (MODEL A and MODEL
____
R B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature sensitive.
R MODEL B has a needle with an internal mechanism, which is
R temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure
R indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a
R cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to
R changes in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the
R inflation reservoir.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 402
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (2) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
R - AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted
R indication, because of sudden temperature changes.
R (3) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

R - The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
R - AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
R (4) FOR 7506MM

- Use an MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pressure
gage (2) on the left inflation reservoir (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-059
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
items.
(2) FOR 7506MM
(3) FOR 7507MM
Subtask 25-62-00-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 403
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Pressure Gage - Location

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 404
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Pressure Gage - Location

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 405
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-040-005
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on FAP) - Pressure Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-05-B)b)

R EMERGENCY CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE
R message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R Emergency Exit
R
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 7506MM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-62-00-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 406
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-00-010-069
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo compartment exit.
(4) FOR 7506MM

- Remove the access panel 151KW.
(5) FOR 7507MM

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-067
A. Visual Check of the Pressure Gage

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
R correct pressure.
____
R (2) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

R (3) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:


EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 407
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R (4) FOR 7506MM
- Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pressure
gage (2) on the left inflation reservoir (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-065
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
items.
(2) FOR 7506MM
(3) FOR 7507MM
Subtask 25-62-00-862-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 408
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-040-009
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on FAP) - Pressure Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-60-05-B)a)

R EMERGENCY CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE
R message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R Passenger Door
R
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-069
(1) At the escape-slides/escape-slide rafts at the passenger doors

examine the pressure gages.
NOTE : You can see the pressure gage through the inspection window in
____
the decorative cover.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 409
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Make sure that the pressure gage (referred to as gage) shows the
R correct pressure.
R NOTE : There are two different types of gage (MODEL A and MODEL B).
____
R MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature sensitive.
R (a) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

R (b) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

(c) If the gage shows an incorrect indication:
1
_ Let the temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
gage again.
2
_ If the gage continues to show an incorrect indication:
- Stop the operation of the applicable door.
- Refer to the associated MMEL item.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 410
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-040-006
Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
Overwing Emergency Exit
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking

Tool (98D27803000000)
25-62-00-991-014 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-064

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014)
_______

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 411
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Installation of the Enclosure Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 412
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
NOTE : The lock pin (3) and the pressure blanking-plug (7) are kept in a
____
pocket, which attaches to the inflation reservoir (1).
(1) If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lock pin (3)
in the regulator valve assembly (2).
(2) Safety the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flaps, during the installation procedure.
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to

the related enclosure (4).
(5) Install the blanking plug (7) on the enclosure connection (8).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-040-052
A. Installation Procedure of the Enclosure Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-014)
(1) Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (5) in the groove in the
bottom of the enclosure (4).
(2) Close the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (6).
(3) Push the head of the lock pin (10) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS
HEAD, then:
- Apply force to the enclosure door (5) adjacent to the lock pin (9).
- Remove the screwdriver.
- Continue to push the enclosure door (5) until the lock pin (9)
moves quickly back to a flush position with the surface of the
enclosure door (5).
(4) Do this procedure with each lock pin (9).
(5) Make an entry in the logbook to record the procedure.
Subtask 25-62-00-869-054
B. System Consequences
(1) The message SLIDE PRESSURE LOW shows on the programming and test
panel (PTP).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 413
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-065
items.
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 414
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-440-005
Reactivation of the Enclosure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Emergency - Escape Slide/Slide Raft
Overwing Emergency Exit
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-62-42-000-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal

25-62-42-400-001 Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
Installation
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-073
A. Get Access
(1) There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-440-052
A. Reactivation Procedure
(1) Replace the related inflation reservoir, if discharged (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001).
(2) Replace the related escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-

001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001).
(3) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 415
Aug 01/08

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________
R TASK 25-62-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific video cameras (optional)
No specific 1 STOPWATCH
98D52103500000 2 SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-069


EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-62-44-000-010 Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide
25-62-44-000-011 Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide Raft
33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of Emergency Lights
R
52-10-00-610-001 Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion
Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-614-001 Discharging/Charging of the Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001 CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING
25-62-00-991-010 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-056

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010)
NOTE : We recommend that you do the operational test in a maintenance

____
hanger.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is energized from external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the
R TEST EMER LIGHT SYS pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).
R (3) Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) in the
R emergency control-handle (9).
(4) Make sure that the emergency control-handle is set to the

DISARMED/MANUAL position.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 502
Aug 01/08

AIJ
(5) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001)
from the passenger compartment.
(6) Prevent damage to the fuselage:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE

_______
FUSELAGE BELOW THE DOOR SILL.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS
AREA.
(a) The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced polyester

SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which has a minimum
thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, resistant and applies
the load equally to prevent damage to the fuselage.
(b) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.
(c) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to help

you attach the protection.
(d) Attach the protection material in position:

_______
1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the
protection.
2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection on to the surface of the fuselage below
the door sill.
(e) If you do a deployment test on the right aft door:

- Make sure that you do not attach the protection on the outflow
valve.
(7) Ground safety procedure:

_______
THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR.
IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 503
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 504
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 505
Aug 01/08

AIJ
(a) Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with
approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the escape-slide hits the
ground.
(d) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into

the area behind the safety barrier.
R (8) Push the pushbutton (2), and pull the support arm (3) to get access
R to the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder:
(a) Record the pressure value shown on the gage to control if the
correct pressure is shown. Refer to the values given in the
charging procedure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).
(b) Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

are armed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(9) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
R (10) Do a visual check of the pressure gage (11) of the escape-slide:
R (a) Make sure that the pressure gage (11) (referred to as gage) shows
R the correct pressure.
R NOTE : There are two different types of gage (11) (MODEL A and
____
R MODEL B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature
R sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
R mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give
R temporar pressure indications when there are sudden
R temperature changes (from a col a warm environment). The
R cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature fas than the
R gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.
R 1
_ The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
R - AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a
R permitted indication, because of sudden temperature changes.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R 2
_ The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:
(11) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
R LT switch (10) to the ARM position.
NOTE : The position of the swicht is important for a satisfactory

____
test of the escape slide. Refer also to the illustration
R Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table (Ref. AMM 33-51-
R 00 P.Block 001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010)
NOTE : We recommend that you use 2 video cameras (optional) and a

____
STOPWATCH to record and measure the time of the deployment
sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to
use video cameras to record the deployment sequence.
(1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers; one
opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.
R (2) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) and set the
R emergency control-handle (9) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
(3) Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.
NOTE : You must not use the auto-focus function.

____
(4) Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:
(a) Start the stopwatch while the door starts to move up in the door
cut-out.
(b) Stop the stopwatch when the escape-slide is fully extended and
hangs below the horizontal position. The escape-slide then
continues to lower to the ground.
NOTE : In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence

____
must not be more than 10 seconds. This complies with JAA
25.809 (f) (1) (ii).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 507
Aug 01/08

AIJ
(5) Open the door:
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR CONTROL HANDLE TO OPEN.
_______
THE DOOR OPENS WITH SUDDEN FORCE. YOU MUST RELEASE THE DOOR
CONTROL HANDLE TO PREVENT INJURY.
WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT:
- NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA,
AND
- THE DOOR IS IN ITS FULLY OPEN AND LOCKED POSITION, AND
- THE SLIDE IS FULLY RELEASED OUTSIDE THE CABIN,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.
R (a) Hold on to the assist handle (4) on the door-frame lining.
R (b) Lift the door control-handle (5) and quickly release it.
NOTE : The door opens automatically and locks in the open

____
position. At the same time:
- The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence
starts.
- The light harness on the escape-slide comes on
automatically.
(6) Put the safety barrier strap (1) in position across the exit.
(7) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.
(8) Disconnect the light harness from the cabin emergency lighting:
NOTE : This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is

____
installed on the emergency-power supply-unit (EPSU).
R (a) Carefully pull the electrical cable (7) to disconnect the

R quick-release connector (6).
R NOTE : The quick-release connector (6) is kept below the

____
R burr-strip (Velcro).
(b) The light harness on the escape-slide goes off.
(c) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(9) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed escape-slide after it is removed for restoration.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 508
Aug 01/08

AIJ
(10) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
R LT switch (10) to the OFF position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-057
(1) Remove the deployed escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-010) or

escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-011).
(2) Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper

and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).
(3) Install a serviceable escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
items.
(8) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific video cameras (optional)
No specific 1 STOPWATCH
98D27803000000 2 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 7506MM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-069

Material No. 08-074

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 510
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-62-42-000-002 Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal after Inflation
Installation
R
R AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001 CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING
25-62-00-991-008 Fig. 502
25-62-00-991-009 Fig. 503
FOR FIN 7507MM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-060

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-62-00-991-008)
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you do the operational test in a

____
maintenance hanger.
42-00-861-001).
R (2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the
R TEST EMER LIGHT SYS pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 511
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
Figure 502/TASK 25-62-00-991-008

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 512
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(3) Do a visual check of the inflation reservoir (3):
(a) Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below

the aft cargo-compartment exit.
(c) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(d) FOR 7506MM
1
_ Remove the access panel 151KW.
2
_ Examine the pressure gage (6) of the inflation reservoir (3)
with a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE.
(e) FOR 7507MM
1
_ Remove the access panel 152KW.
(f) Record the pressure value shown on the gage (6) to control if the
value is correct.
(g) Make sure that the lock pin (4) is not installed in the regulator
valve assembly (5).
(4) Install the wing protection:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER

_______
SURFACE OF THE WING.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THIS AREA.
NOTE : The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced

____
polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109), which has a
minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, impact
resistant and applies the load equally to prevent damage to
the wing.
(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.
(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position

adjacent to the wing to attach the protection.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 513
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(c) Attach the protection material in position:

_______
1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and
position of the protection.
2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection to the upper surface of the wing.
(5) Do the ground safety procedure:

_______
THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(a) Below the applicable offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with a radius of 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) is clear of all other
equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.
(d) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into

the area behind the safety barrier.
(e) FOR 7507MM

At the aft cargo-compartment door:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED

_______
BEFORE THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
- THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
- THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.
1
_ Close the aft cargo-compartment door, if you do a test of the
right offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 514
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(6) Do the cockpit safety procedure:
_______
(a) Set the slat/flap control-lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the slat/flap control-lever when you work
near the slats/flaps.
(c) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control-lever to tell

persons not to operate the flaps.
(d) On the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that the EMER EXIT
LT switch (1) is set to the ARM position.
NOTE : The position of the switch is important for a satisfactory

____
test of the offwing escape slide. Refer also to the
illustration Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table
R (Ref. AMM 33-51-00 P.Block 001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009)
NOTE : We recommend that you use 2 video cameras (optional) and a

____
STOPWATCH to record and measure the time of the deployment
sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to
use video cameras to record the deployment sequence.
(1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers, one
opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.
(2) Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.
NOTE : You must not use the auto-focus function.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 515
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation
Figure 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 516
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(3) Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:
(a) Start the stopwatch as the emergency exit-hatch (4) (referred to

as hatch) starts to move inboard.
(b) Stop the stopwatch when the offwing escape-slide is fully

extended and hangs below the horizontal position. The offwing
escape-slide then continues to lower to the ground.
NOTE : In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence

____
must not be more than 10 seconds. This complies with JAA
25.807 (a) (7) (ix).
(4) Pull down the cover flap (2) from the hatch (4) and remove it.
WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT:
- NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA,
AND
- THE ESCAPE HATCH IS REMOVED,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.
(5) Pull down the lever (1) and hold it in this position, then carefully
pull the top of the hatch (4) inboard.
NOTE : The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence

____
starts, and the light harness on the escape-slide comes on
automatically.
(6) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.
(7) Hold the lower handle (3) with your other hand, and lift the hatch
(4) away from the opening.
(8) Keep the hatch (4) in the cabin.
(9) Stop the power supply to the light harness:
NOTE : This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is

____
installed on the emergency power supply unit (EPSU).
(a) Use masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) and attach a coin to the proximity switch (5).
(b) The light harness on the offwing escape-slide goes off.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 517
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
(10) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed offwing escape-slide after it is removed for
restoration.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-061

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009)
(1) Remove the deployed offwing escape-slide and enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-
62-42-000-002).
(2) Remove the discharged inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-

001).
(3) Make sure that you remove the coin from the proximity switch (5)
before you install the hatch.
(4) Install the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
(5) Install a serviceable offwing escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-

62-42-400-001).
(6) Install a serviceable inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-

001).
items.
(8) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.
(12) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 518
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-780-001
Gage System Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R CMMV 256517
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-074
A. Remove the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the

Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-780-050
R A. Do the pressure test of the gage system (Ref. CMMV 256517).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-068
A. Install the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 519
Aug 01/08

AIJ
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
R TASK 25-62-00-210-001
Check Pressure at Door Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Pressure Gage (if not connected
to CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 7506MM
No specific inspection mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-62-00-991-001 Fig. 601
FOR FIN 7506MM
Installation

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-061
R B. Access to the Inflation Reservoir (2)

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)

(4) FOR 7506MM
(5) FOR 7507MM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-050
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)
R (1) Examine the pressure gages (3):

- At the door escape-slides/slide rafts
R NOTE : You can see the pressure gage (3) through the inspection
____
R window in the decorative-cover (1).
- In the aft cargo-compartment:

FOR 7506MM
R Use an inspection mirror to let you see the gage (3) on the LH
R inflation reservoir (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 602
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R correct pressure.
____
R (a) The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

R (b) The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

R (c) If the gage (3) shows an incorrect indication:
R 1
_ Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
R gage (3) again.
R 2
_ If the gage (3) continues to show an incorrect indication,
R replace the escape-slide/slide raft pack-assembly and/or
R inflation reservoir (2).
a
_ At the doors, replace the escape-slide/slide raft
pack-assembly:
- Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-000-002) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
- Install a new escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
62-44-400-006) or escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
R b
_ In the aft cargo-compartment, replace the inflation
R reservoir (2):
R - Remove the inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-
000-001).
R - Install a new inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
46-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 603
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 604
Aug 01/08

AIJ
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 605
Aug 01/08

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)
items.
(2) FOR 7506MM
(3) FOR 7507MM
Subtask 25-62-00-862-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 606
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-750-001
Hydrostatic Test of the Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Inflation-Reservoir
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 256517
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-052
A. Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-002) or the

escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-750-050
A. Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir (Ref. CMM 256517).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-420-052
A. Install the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-006) or

the escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 607
Aug 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-00-750-002
Hydrostatic Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Inflation Reservoir
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Installation
CMM 256517
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-053
A. Remove the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-750-051
A. Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape

slide (Ref. CMM 256517).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-420-053
A. Install the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-00

Page 608
Aug 01/08

AIJ
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING (7504MM,7505MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-42-000-002
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal after Inflation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notce
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Installation
R 53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
R 53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
R IPC 533503
25-62-42-991-004 Fig. 401
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 401
Aug 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-481-051
A. Safety Precautions before Removal
(1) In the cockpit:
_______
(a) set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009),
R (b) install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever when you work
near the flaps,
(c) put a warning notce in position on the flap/slat control lever to

tell persons not to operate the flaps.
Subtask 25-62-42-941-054
B. Access to the Inflated Offwing Escape Slide
(1) Put the access platform in position:
(a) FOR 7504MM

- at the escape slide enclosure 193AT,
(b) FOR 7505MM

- at the escape slide enclosure 194AT,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-020-051
R A. Removal of the Offwing Escape Slide Assembly 7504MM (7507MM)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004)
CAUTION : KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(1) Deflate the offwing escape slide (15):
(a) Push in the flapper valves (1) of the aspirator (2) and release
the pressure from the offwing escape slide (15).
(2) Disconnect the offwing escape slide (15):
(a) Disconnect the inflation hose (3) from the stowage compartment
assembly (4).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) at the emergency

lighting supply-cable.
NOTE : Hold the two ends of each connector with a finger and a
____
thumb. Turn one half of the connector a quarter turn (90
degrees) and pull the connector apart.
(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (e) Loosen the tie-off cord which holds the electrical light
R cable-assembly to the grommet of the girt.
R 1
_ Make sure that you do not cut the tie-off cord.
R If you cut it, replace the electrical light cable.
R (3) Loosen the girt assemblies:
(a) Support the slide and release the LOWER girt assembly (6).
(b) Open the girt flap (9) and find the girt release handle (10).
(c) Remove the girt release handle (10) from the attach velcro (11).
(d) Pull the girt release handle (10) to remove the release pin (12).
(e) Let the lace-up joint (13) open to release the offwing
escape-slide girt (14).
(f) Do step A.(3) again with the FWD girt assembly (7) and the TOP
girt assembly (8).
(4) Remove the deflated offwing escape slide:
NOTE : The ground area, where the offwing escape slide (15) is
____
lowered, must be clean and free from sharp objects.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 403
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(a) Carefully lower the offwing escape slide (15) to the ground.
(b) Remove the broken frangible links.
NOTE : The exposed wire of the frangible link can cause damage to
____
the slide inflatable material when the slide is packed.
(c) Roll up the deflated offwing escape slide (15).
NOTE : When you roll up a deflated escape slide (15), start from
____
the bottom end of the slide.
(5) Remove the escape slide enclosure, 193AT (194AT):

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(a) Remove and retain the seal attach-plate screws (10) and the
countersunk washers (11).
(b) Remove and retain the seal attach-plate (12) and the seal strips
(9).
(c) Loosen the escape slide enclosure studs (17).
(d) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an
angle and hold it.
(e) Disconnect the emergency-lighting electrical connector (14).
(f) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage (15), and
remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.
(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(h) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(i) Make sure that all components are kept together which were
removed with the escape slide enclosure (7) and attached
enclosure door (8):
- Seal attach plate (12)
- Seal strips (9)
- Screws (10)
- Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 406
Nov 01/07
R
AIJ
NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the
____
components as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-
000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. IPC
533503).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-860-052
(1) Remove the discharged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM)

(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001).
(2) Install the charged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM) (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).
(3) Install the offwing escape slide/s, 7504MM (7505MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
42-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
AIJ
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 408
Feb 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 409
Feb 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 410
Feb 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-62-42-000-001
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 7504MM
FOR FIN 7505MM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
R 53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
IPC 533503
R
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 7505MM

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 411
Nov 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-42-010-060
B. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT

cargo compartment exit.
(4) FOR 7504MM

(5) FOR 7505MM

(6) Safety the applicable inflation reservoir (2):

_______
(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the pocket (1).
(b) Install the lockpin assembly (4) in the valve/regulator assembly

(3).
NOTE : If you cannot install the lockpin assembly (4) in the

____
valve/regulator assembly (3) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
820-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 412
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(7) Safety precautions in the cockpit:
_______
(a) Set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009).
(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever when you work
near the flaps.
(c) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position on the flap/slat control lever

to tell persons not to operate the flaps.
(8) FOR 7504MM

- Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the panel 193AT.
(9) FOR 7505MM

- Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the panel 194AT.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-020-050
R A. Removal of the Offwing Escape Slide Enclosure

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(1) Remove and keep the seal attach plate screws (10) and the countersunk
washers (11).
(2) Remove and keep the seal attach plate (12) and the seal strips (9).
(3) Loosen the escape slide enclosure studs (17).
(4) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.
(5) Disconnect the emergency lighting electrical connector (14).
(6) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage union (15).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 413
Nov 01/07

AIJ
(9) Remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.
(10) Make sure that all components are kept together which were removed
with the escape slide enclosure (7):
- Seal attach plate (12)
- Seal strips (9)
- Screws (10)
- Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.
NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the components

____
R as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001),
R (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. IPC 533503).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 414
Nov 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-62-42-920-001
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for Restoration
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-62-46-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
R 25-62-46-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide -
R Installation
R CMMV 256056
R CMMV 256120
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-010-058
A. Get Access
R (1) Remove the offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001) and the
R inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-
R 000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-920-051
A. Workshop Procedure
R (1) Do the restoration of the offwing escape-slide/escape-slide raft, and

R refer to the manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) for
R the correct procedures:
R - For the escape-slide (Ref. CMMV 256056)
R - For the escape-slide raft (Ref. CMMV 256120).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-057
A. Close Access
R (1) Install a serviceable or replacement offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK

R 25-62-42-400-001) and the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape
R slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-62-42-400-001
Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
FOR FIN 7504MM
FOR FIN 7505MM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
IPC 533503
25-62-42-991-005 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 7505MM

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 417
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Installation
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-860-050

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(1) Make sure that the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-
861-001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent
to the AFT cargo compartment exit.
(4) Make sure that the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.
(5) FOR 7504MM

- Make sure that the access panel 151KW is removed.
(6) FOR 7505MM

- Make sure that the access panel 152KW is removed.
(7) Make sure that the applicable inflation reservoir (2) is installed
(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001) and safetied:

_______
(a) Make sure that the lockpin assembly (4) is installed in the
valve/regulator assembly (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 418
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(8) If the inflation reservoir (2) is removed, make sure that the
pressure seal cap (5) is installed:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that the pressure seal cap (5) is installed on the
bulkhead union (6).
(9) Make sure that in the cockpit:
_______
(a) The flap/slat control lever is set to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009).
(b) The LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000)

is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(c) A WARNING NOTICE is in position on the flap/slat control lever to

tell persons not to operate the flaps.
(10) FOR 7504MM
(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 193AT.
(11) FOR 7505MM
(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 194AT.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 419
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-210-055
A. Detailed Visual Inspection before Installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the enclosure door (8) and the
ball locking mechanisms (13).
(2) Make sure:

- the enclosure door (8) has a flush surface with the outside surface
of its escape slide enclosure (7).
- that all 3 ball lock pins (18) are flush with the outside surface
of each ball lock mechanism (13).
- Make sure that the slide enclosure ball locks are clean and free of
paint.
NOTE : If the enclosure door (8) and the ball lockpins (18) are not
____
in the correct position, you must replace the escape slide
enclosure (7).
Subtask 25-62-42-420-052
B. Installation of the Escape Slide Enclosure

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
NOTE : The enclosure doors for the offing escape-slides are delivered
____
with black conductive paint. They must be painted before
installation. For the paint in that area you can refer to the
customized external painting drawing. The SRM also specifies the
type of materials you must use for different fuselage sections.
(1) Put the escape slide enclosure (7) in position.
(2) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.
(4) Connect the inflation hose (16) to the fuselage union (15) and torque
to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
The elbow fitting of the inflation hose must have a specified
orientation for the correct installation: 5 degree angle to the top
side of the enclosure.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 420
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(6) Connect the emergency lighting electrical connector (14).
(7) Close the escape slide enclosure (7) and tighten the studs (17).
(8) Put the seal strips (9) and the seal attach plate (12) in position
and install the countersunk washers (11) and the screws (10).
NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the components

____
as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. IPC 533503).
Subtask 25-62-42-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the emergency lighting system (Ref. TASK 33-
51-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) In the cockpit:
(a) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the flap/slat control lever.
(b) Remove the warning notice(s).
(3) At the applicable inflation reservoir (2):
(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the valve/regulator assembly
(3).
(b) Put the lockpin assembly (4) in the pocket (1).
(4) FOR 7504MM
(5) FOR 7505MM

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 421
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-62-42-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 422
Aug 01/09

AIJ
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING (7504MM,7505MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-42-210-002
Detailed Inspection of Offwing Escape Slide Container for Cracks and

Delamination (from Outside)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 601
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-62-42-991-006 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-42-010-056
B. Get Access
_______
(1) Set the slat/flap control lever to position 0 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-009).
(2) Intstall the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the slat/flap control lever when working near the
FLaps/slats.
(3) Put the warning notice on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flaps.
(4) Put the warning notice on the inside of the emergency hatches to tell
persons not to open the hatches.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 602
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(5) Put the access platform in position at the escape slide
stowage-compartment:
- 193AT on the left side,
- 194AT on the right side.
Subtask 25-62-42-110-050
C. Cleaning Procedure

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint free cloth , if necessary. Make sure the area is dry
before you continue.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-210-053
A. Detailed Visual Inspection Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-42-991-006)
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the offwing escape slide

container, from the outside for cracks and/or delamination.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 603
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside)
Figure 601/TASK 25-62-42-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 604
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) If cracks and/or delamination are found in the inspection area, refer
to the permitted damage limits as follows:
(a) Delamination:
- one area of damage must be less than 50 cm2 (7.75 in.2),
- two or more areas of damage must not be greater than 100 cm2
(15.50 in.2),
(b) Cracks:
- in AREA 1, one or more cracks must be less than 75.0 mm (3.0

in.),
- in AREA 2, one or more cracks must not be greater than 177.8 mm

(7.0 in.),
- in AREA 3, one or more cracks must not be greater than 177.8 mm

(7.0 in.).
(3) If cracks and/or delamination are less than the permitted limits
given, the offwing slide container assembly can stay installed until
the next scheduled maintenance check.
NOTE : The slide manufacturer recommends all areas of damage should

____
be repaired when the offwing escape slide container is in the
workshop for scheduled maintenance.
(4) If cracks and/or delamination are more than the permitted limits
given, the offwing escape slide container must be replaced.
(5) Do the subsequent steps:
(a) Remove the escape slide assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001),
(b) Install a new escape slide assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 605
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the flap/slat control lever.
Subtask 25-62-42-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-42

Page 606
Aug 01/09

AIJ
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-62-43-000-001
Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-62-43-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 5001WM
21-20-00-010-001 Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-43-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) In the AFT cargo compartment:
(a) Do the special precautions before work on the offwing

escape-slide system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(b) Do not close the access panel(s):

FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW
(a) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits as
(b) Remove the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(c) Remove the cove light panels:

FOR 5000WM
remove 241DW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241WW.
FOR 5001WM
remove 242DW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW. (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-
000-001).
(d) Remove the Upper sidewall panel(s):

FOR 5000WM
remove 241VW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(e) Remove the lower sidewall panel(s):

FOR 5000WM
remove 241UW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(f) Remove the emergency exit-frame linings:

FOR 5000WM
remove 241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 402
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
(g) Remove the air conditioning duct(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 21-
20-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-020-053
A. Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

_______
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001)
(1) In the AFT cargo compartment at FR47:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).
(b) Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2) and remove the
collets from the cable joint.
(c) Disconnect the flexible control assembly (1) from the release
cable assembly (21).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).
(b) Remove the pin (4) and the washers (5) and disconnect the
flexible control assembly (1) from the bellcrank (6).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust
nuts (7) and (8).
(d) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).
(e) Remove the bolt (12) and the nut (13) and the flange (14).
(f) Remove the old sealant from the flange (14), the bolts (9) and
(12) and the nuts (11) and (13).
(g) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the bracket attach
nuts (15) and (16).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Flexible Control Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Flexible Control Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(h) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18), the nuts (19) and the
clamps (20).
(3) Remove the flexible control assembly (1) from the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-62-43-400-001
Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TLW101 1 TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 407
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-20-00-410-001 Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution

Ducts
Panels)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-62-43-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 5001WM
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-051
(1) In the AFT cargo compartment:
(a) Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safetied

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 408
May 01/07

AIJ
(b) Make sure that the related access panel is removed:
FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW
(a) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency
exits are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-000-001).
(c) Make sure that the cove light panels are removed:
FOR 5000WM
241DW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241WW
FOR 5001WM
242DW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(d) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel is removed:

FOR 5000WM
241VW
FOR 5001WM
241VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(e) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel is removed:

FOR 5000WM
241UW
FOR 5001WM
242UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(f) Make sure that the emergency exit-frame linings are removed:
FOR 5000WM
241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(g) Make sure that the air conditioning ducts are removed as

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 409
May 01/07
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001)
Subtask 25-62-43-420-050
A. Install the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

_______
(1) Put the flexible control assembly (1) in position.
(2) Apply the new sealant.
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the flange attach bolts
(9) and (12) and the nuts (11) and (13).
(3) Put the flange (14) in position and install and tighten the bolt (12)
and the nut (13).
(4) Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).
(5) Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8).
(6) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the bellcrank (6) and
install the pin (4) and the washers (5) and safety with a new cotter
pin (3) (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 410
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(7) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) with your fingers.
(8) Put the clamps (20) in position and install and tighten the screws
(17), the washers (18) and the nuts (19) with your fingers.
NOTE : Make sure that the conduit of the flexible control assembly at
____
FR47 has a minimum bend radius of 180.0 mm (7.1 in.).
(9) At FR47, loosen the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and make an
adjustment of the conduit-housing to get these dimensions:
(a) Set the release cable protrusion from the conduit housing end
face to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm (0.45 +0.07 -0.07 in.).
(b) Set the distance between the conduit housing end face and the
attach bracket upper-face to 67.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (2.64 +0.08 -0.08
in.).
R (10) Tighten the screws (17) with 2, 8-3, 7 Nm.
(11) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and safety them with
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 25-62-43-410-054
B. Preparation for Adjustment:

_______
(a) Install the emergency exit hatches and put them in the
DISARMED/MANUAL position (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
(2) In the cargo compartment:
(a) Remove the cap and connect the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE
SLIDE (TLW101) adapter to the flexible control assembly.
(3) Set the test tool cursor to zero.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 411
May 01/08

AIJ
(4) Put the forward emergency exit hatch in the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position
and remove the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
NOTE : During the removal of the hatch the flexible control assembly
____
is operated when the latch pin moves the release lever.
(5) Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum
indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).
(6) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:
Subtask 25-62-43-820-050
C. Adjustment:
(1) Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum
indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).
(2) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:
(a) Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001)
(b) Adjust the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8) on the flexible
control assembly to make an adjustment of the conduit length,
(c) Do steps 5.A.(3) and (4) and 5.B.(1) again.
(3) Do steps 5.A (3) and (4) and 5.B.(1) and (2) with the rear emergency
exit hatch.
(4) Safety the flange attach bolt (9) to the conduit adjust nut (7) with
(5) Safety the flange attach nut (11) to the conduit adjust nut (8) with
(6) Remove the test tool from the flexible control assembly (1).
(7) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the release cable
assembly (21). Install the two collets and tighten the knurled sleeve
nut (2).
NOTE : When you install the collets, the slots in the collets should
____
point to you. This lets you do a visual check, that the inner

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 412
May 01/07
R
AIJ
cable stays connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut
(2).
Subtask 25-62-43-710-050
D. Do this test:

_______
(1) At the lower end of the release lever, try to lift the lever up with
one finger. A strong resistance to lever movement shows that the
joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and release cable
assembly (21) is satisfactory.
(2) A low resistance to lever movement shows that the cable joint is not
correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2), remove the two collets
and make the cable joint again. Do step A again.
(3) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (2) with lockwirwe MISCELLANEOUS
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001).
(3) Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-

002).
(4) Install the lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
(5) Install the upper sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
(6) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 413
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(8) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).
(9) Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(10) FOR 7506MM
(a) Install the access panel 151KW
(11) FOR 7507MM

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 414
May 01/07
R
AIJ
R TASK 25-62-43-000-002
Removal of the Rigid Control Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
R 25-62-43-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Do the special precaution before work on the off-wing escape-slide

system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(2) If necessary remove the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)

in the area of the emergency exits.
(3) Remove the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 415
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Remove the emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(5) Remove the air conditioning duct if necessary to get access to the
rigid control assembly (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002)
Subtask 25-62-43-020-054
A. Removal of the Rigid Control Assembly
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1).
(2) Remove the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and disconnect
the rigid control assembly (4) from the latch lever (5).
(3) Remove the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
(4) Remove the nuts (13) and the bolts (12) and release the handle (11)
from the burr-strip (9).
(5) Remove the bolts (14), the nuts (15) and the clamps (16) and the
rigid control assembly (4).
(6) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7)
and (13).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 416
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Rigid Control Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 417
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-62-43-400-002
Installation of the Rigid Control Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-20-00-410-001 Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution
Ducts
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 418
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-43-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-052
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the off-wing escape-slide system is safetied

(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(2) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits
are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(4) Make sure that emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(5) Make sure that the air conditioning duct is removed as necessary
(Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 419
May 01/07
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002)
Subtask 25-62-43-420-051
A. Install the Rigid Control Assembly
(1) Put the rigid control assembly (4) in position.
(2) Apply the new sealant.
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the bolts (6) and (12),
the nuts (7) and (13) and the mating surface of the bracket (10).
(3) Install and tighten the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7) and (13).
(4) Put the clamps (16) in position and install and tighten the bolts
(5) Attach the handles (11) to the aircraft structure with the burr-strip
(9).
(6) Connect the rigid control assembly (4) to the latch lever (5) with
the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and safety with a new
cotter pin (1) (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 420
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-62-43-820-051
B. Adjust the Release Mechanism
(1) Move the latch lever (5) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
bracket (21) at point A.
(2) Move the bellcrank (17) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt at point B.
(3) Remove the lockwire from the spring strut adjust-nut (18).
(4) Adjust the over-center spring strut (19) until the full dimension
between the flanges of both end bushes (26) is 53.00 +0.5 -0.5 (2.09
+0.02 -0.02 in.).
(5) Safety the spring strut adjust-nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(6) If necessary, adjust the rubber ice-protection bellows (25). Make

sure that the bellows are correctly installed over the end bushes
(26).
(7) Remove the lockwire and turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) until you
get a clearance of 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) at point A. Measure the
clearance between the lip of the latch lever (5) and the top of the
latch lever bracket (21).
(8) Turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) 5 full turns more in the direction
to loosen the linkage of the rigid control assembly (4).
(9) Safety the sleeve adjust nuts (20) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(10) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod
(22) until the release levers (23) touch the stops (24).
(11) Measure the clearance between the latch lever stop-bolt and the
bellcrank (17) at point B. You must have a clearance of 0.3 +0.1
-0.1 mm (0.012 +0.004 -0.004 in.).
(12) If the clearance is not in these limits, do steps (10) and (11)
again.
(13) Safety the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) with lockwire

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 421
May 01/07
R
AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001).
(3) Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-

002).
(4) Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(6) Do the special precautions after work on the offwing escape-slide

system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 422
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-43-000-003
Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
52-73-11-000-003 Removal of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the
FWD Emergency Exits
Aft Emergency Exits
25-62-43-991-009 Fig. 403
25-62-43-991-003 Fig. 404
25-62-43-991-004 Fig. 405
25-62-43-991-005 Fig. 406
25-62-43-991-006 Fig. 407
25-62-43-991-007 Fig. 408

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 423
May 01/07
R
AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the AFT cargo-compartment

door.
(3) Put the warning notice on the AFT cargo-compartment door to tell
persons not to close the door.
(4) Do the special precautions before you work on the offwing

escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(5) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency
exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(6) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatches

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(7) Remove the access panels:
NOTE : Access panel numbers for the RH emergency escape-slide

____
release-mechanism assembly are given in the brackets.
(a) Remove the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(b) Remove the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241LW (242LW),

214CW (242CW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(8) Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
(9) Remove the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 424
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(10) Remove the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-020-056
A. Disconnection of the Release Cable-Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (4) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5).
(2) Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut (5) fully to get access to the two
collets (7).
(3) Remove and keep the two collets (7).
(4) Disconnect the release cable-assembly from the flexible

control-assembly:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Carefully remove the end of the release cable-assembly (2) from
the related slot of the flexible control-cable (1).
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
release cable-assembly (2).
(5) Remove the protective plug (6) from the pocket (3).
(6) Put the two collets (7) in their position on the end of the release
cable-assembly (2).
(7) Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install the protective plug
(6).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 425
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Cable Connection
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 426
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-62-43-020-055
B. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003, 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004, 406/TASK

25-62-43-991-005, 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006, 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)
(1) Disconnect the flexible control-cable and the rigid control-cable(s):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)
(a) Remove the cotter pin (7) and the washer (8).
(b) Discard the cotter pin (7).
(c) Remove the clevis-pin (9) and the flexible control-cable (11)
together with the washers (10).
(d) Remove the cotter pin (6) and the washer (5).
(e) Discard the cotter pin (6).
(f) Record the position of the spacers (2) and (3).
(g) Remove the clevis-pin (4) and the rigid control-cable(s) (1)
together with the spacers (2) and (3).
(2) Remove the release-mechanism proximity-detector assembly(ies)

(referred to as the proximity-detector assembly):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004)
(a) Remove the nut(s) (37) and the pin(s) (38).
(b) Remove the nuts (33), the bolts (35), the washers (34) and the
proximity-detector assembly (20).
(c) Disassemble the proximity-detector assembly:
1
_ Remove the nut (32) and the serrated-washer (31) from the
actuating-rod (22).
2
_ Remove the target assembly (30), the rod-guide (29) and the
washer (28).
3
_ Remove the nut (24) and the washer (23) from the bush (21).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 427
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 428
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
Figure 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 429
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Figure 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 430
May 01/07
R
AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-62-43

Page 431
May 01/07

AIJ
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 432
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 433
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 434
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 435
May 01/07
R
AIJ
4
_ Remove the bush (21).
5
_ Carefully remove the actuating-rod (22) from the
switch-bracket (36).
6
_ Remove the spring (26), the bush (27), the nut (24) and the
washer (23) and (25) from the switch-bracket (36).
(3) Remove the release-mechanism tie-rod assemblies:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).
(b) Remove the castellated nuts (46) and the washers (47).
(c) Record the location of the bushes (52) and (53).
(d) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54), and remove the bolt (50) and the
washer (48).
(e) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (52) and (53).
(f) Record the location of the bushes (61) and (62).
(g) Hold the over-center spring-rod assembly (63) (referred to as the

spring-rod assembly) and remove the bolt (51) and the washer
(49).
(h) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the lever assembly and
(i) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).
(j) Remove the castellated nut (56) and the washer (57).
(k) Record the location of the bushes (59) and (60).
(l) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54) and remove the bolt (58).
(m) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the camshaft assembly and
(n) Remove and discard the cotter pin (64).
(o) Remove the castellated nut (65) and the washer (66)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 436
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(p) Record the location of the bushes (69) and (70).
(q) Hold the spring-rod assembly (63) and remove the bolt (68) and
the washer (67).
(r) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the bracket (75) and
(s) Disassemble the spring-rod assembly:
1
_ Remove the eye-end fittings (42) and (44) from the bellows
(40).
2
_ Remove the bushes (41) and the spring (43) from the bellows
(40).
(t) Remove the nut (72) and the bolt (71).
(u) Remove the nuts (74) and the bolts (73), and the bracket (75)
from the frame structure.
(4) Remove the release-mechanism lever assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006)
(a) Remove the nuts (81), the bolts (80) and the release-mechanism
lever assembly (82).
(b) Remove the lever assembly from the lever bracket:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (85).
2
_ Remove the castellated nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt
(88).
3
_ Remove the lever assembly (83) together with the washers (84)
from the lever bracket (94).
4
_ Record the location of the bushes (89) and (90).
5
_ Remove the bushes (89) and (90).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the setscrew (93) and the
locking device (92).
(d) Remove the nut (91), the locking device (92) and the setscrew
(93).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 437
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(e) Disassemble the lever assembly (83):
1
_ Carefully remove the double lever (105) together with the
bushes (104) and the washers (103).
2
_ Remove the bushes (104) from the double lever (105).
3
_ Remove the nuts (99).
4
_ Remove the lever (101), the bushes (98) and the washers (97).
5
_ Remove the bolts (95) and the washers (96) from the lever
(100).
6
_ Remove the bushes (102) from the levers (100) and (101).
(5) Remove the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)
(a) Remove the nut (120) and the bolt (119).
(c) Remove the castellated nut (111) and the washer (112).
(d) Remove the release lever (113) and the spacer (114).
(e) Remove the stop screw (115).
(f) Remove the nuts (117), the bolts (116) and the bearing flange
(118) from the frame structure.
(g) Remove and discard the lock-wire from the screws (125) and (128).
(h) Remove the screw (125), the washer (126) and the release lever
(127).
(i) Disassemble the release lever:
1
_ Remove the screw (128) and the washer (129).
2
_ Remove the lever (130) from the release lever (127).
(j) Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (123) and the bearing flange
(124) from the frame structure.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 438
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(k) Remove the camshaft assembly (121) together with the bearing
flanges (118) and (124).
(l) Remove the bearing flanges (118) and (124) from the shaft ends of
the camshaft assembly (121).
(m) Disassemble the camshaft assembly:
1
_ Remove the bush (144).
2
_ Carefully pull the shaft (130) out of the camshaft (135).
3
_ Remove the nut (143) and the bolt (141).
4
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft:
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE LEVER FROM THE

_______
CAMSHAFT.
THE LEVER IS CONNECTED TO THE TORSION-SPRING, AND
THE TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING WILL CAUSE SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE LEVER. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
a
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft (135).
5
_ Remove the torsion spring (140) and the washers (139) from the
camshaft (135).
6
_ Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (131).
7
_ Remove the levers (132) and (137) together with the bush (134)
from the camshaft (135).
8
_ Remove the washers (133) and (136) from the camshaft (135).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 439
May 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-43-400-003
Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean cloth

No specific feeler gage
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific slide gage
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
TLW101 1 TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 440
Nov 01/08

AIJ
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A

R 7 cotter pin 25-62-04 10 -070A
55 cotter pin 25-62-04 13 -170
84 washers 25-62-04 12 -040
85 cotter pin 25-62-04 12 -070
103 washers 25-62-04 12 -040
110 cotter pin 25-62-04 14 -080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
Power
the External Power
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets
FWD Emergency Exits

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 441
May 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aft Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-003 Installation of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2)
of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-004 Installation of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2)
of the Aft Emergency Exits
25-62-43-991-009 Fig. 403
25-62-43-991-003 Fig. 404
25-62-43-991-004 Fig. 405
25-62-43-991-005 Fig. 406
25-62-43-991-006 Fig. 407
25-62-43-991-007 Fig. 408
25-62-43-991-008 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the AFT
(4) Make sure that the warning notice, to tell persons not to close the
door, is in position on the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Make sure that the special precautions for the offwing escape-slide
system(s) have been obeyed (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(6) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the applicable
emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 442
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(8) Make sure that the access panels are removed:

____
(a) Make sure that the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW

(242CW) and 214LW (242LW) are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(9) Make sure that the insulation blankets, in the area that you are
working, are removed (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003).
(11) Make sure that the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-210-054
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area:
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.

_______

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 443
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a clean cloth and a nonmetallic
scraper.
Subtask 25-62-43-420-054
B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003, 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004, 406/TASK

25-62-43-991-005, 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006, 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007,
409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(1) Install the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007)
(a) Assemble the camshaft assembly:
NOTE : You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the
____
shaft (130) and on the lever (142) to make the assembly
easier.
1
_ Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft
(135).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 444
May 01/07
R
AIJ
2
_ Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in
position on the shaft (135).
3
_ Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).
4
_ Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).
5
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the torsion
spring (140).
6
_ Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)
7
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is
engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (137).
8
_ Install the lever (142):
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE LEVER ON THE

_______
CAMSHAFT AND CONNECT IT TO THE TORSION-SPRING.
THE TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING CAN CAUSE SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE LEVER.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the camshaft (135) and the lever (142).
b
_ Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
and adjust a pre-tension to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN
(77.43 and 92.83 lbf.in)
c
_ Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).
NOTE : The punch mark G on the lever (142) must align
____
with the punch mark H on the camshaft (135).
d
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
is engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (142).
e
_ If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in
the limits to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN (77.43 and
92.83 lbf.in) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).
NOTE : It is permitted to install the lever (142) one

____
spline next to the related punch marks G and H.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 445
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Adjustments

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 446
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Adjustments

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 447
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Adjustments

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 448
May 01/07
R
AIJ
Adjustments

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 449
May 01/07
R
AIJ
f
_ Install the bolt (141) and the nut (143).
9
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner splines
of the camshaft (135) and on the splines in the middle of the
shaft (130).
10
__ Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the
camshaft (135) until you can align the two punch marks E and
F.
11
__ Align the two punch marks E and F and continue to push the
shaft (130) into the camshaft (135).
12
__ Install the bush (144).
(b) Install the camshaft assembly:
NOTE : You will find punch marks on the shaft-ends of the

____
camshaft assembly (121), and on the levers (113) and (127)
to make the assembly easier.
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end
splines of the camshaft assembly (121).
2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of
the bearing flanges (118) and (124).
3
_ Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the
shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121).
4
_ Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.
5
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (116) and (123), and on the thread of the
stop-screw (115).
6
_ Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame
structure.
7
_ Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).
8
_ Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame
structure.
9
_ Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts
(117).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 450
May 01/07
R
AIJ
10
__ Install the bolt (119) and the nut (120).
11
__ Install the release-lever (127):
a
_ Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).
b
_ Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten
the screw by hand only.
NOTE : The adjustment of the release-lever (127) is done

____
after the complete installation of the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism assembly.
c
the release-lever (127).
d
_ Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
NOTE : The punch mark C on the release-lever (127) must

____
align with the punch mark D on the shaft-end of
e
_ Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).
12
__ Install the release-lever (113):
a
the release-lever (113).
b
_ Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the
c
_ Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the
NOTE : The punch mark A on the release-lever (113) must

____
align with the punch mark B on the shaft-end of
d
_ Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).
e
_ Install the new cotter pin (110).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 451
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(2) Install the release-mechanism lever assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006)
(a) Assemble the lever assembly (83):
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (102).
2
_ Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and
(101).
3
_ Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the
washers (97) and the bushes (98) in position on the lever
(100).
4
_ Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but
do not tighten the nuts at this time.
5
_ Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and
tighten the nuts (99).
6
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (104).
7
_ Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).
8
_ Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers
(100) and (101).
9
_ Adjust the lever assembly (83):
a
_ Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the
levers (100) and (101) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (103).
(b) Assemble the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):
1
_ Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut
(91).
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (89)
and (90).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 452
May 01/07
R
AIJ
3
_ Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket
(94) as recorded in the removal procedure.
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (88).
5
_ Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket
(94) and install the bolt (88).
6
_ Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):
a
_ Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and
the lever bracket (94) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (84).
d
_ Remove the bolt (88) and install the washers (84) as
necessary.
7
_ Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut
(86).
8
_ TORQUE the castellated nut (86) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in) and install the new cotter pin (85).
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
release-mechanism lever assembly (82).
(d) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the bolts (80).
(e) Put the release-mechanism lever assembly (82) in position and

install the bolts (80) and the nuts (81).
(3) Install the release-mechanism tie-rod assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
bracket (75).
(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the bolts (71) and (73).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 453
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(c) Put the bracket (75) in position and install the bolts (71) and
(73), and the nuts (72) and (74).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (59) and
(60).
(e) Put the bushes (59) and (60), together with the tie-rod assembly
(54), in position on the camshaft-assembly as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(f) Install the bolt (58), the washer (57) and the castellated nut
(56).
(g) Install the new cotter pin (55).
(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (52) and
(53).
(i) Put the bushes (52) and (53), together with the other end of the
tie-rod assembly (54), in position on the lever-assembly as
(j) Install the bolt (50) and the washer (48) to hold the tie-rod
assembly (54) in position.
(k) Assemble the over-center spring-rod assembly (63)

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (43)
and on the inside surface of the bellows (40).
2
_ Put the spring (43) in position in the bellows (40).
3
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft of the
tie-rod end (44).
4
_ Put the tie-rod ends (42) and (44) together with the bushes
(41) in position.
5
_ Make sure that the tie-rod ends are correctly installed in the
spring (43).
(l) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (69) and
(70).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 454
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(m) Put the bushes (69) and (70), together with the spring-rod
assembly (63), in position on the bracket (75) as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(n) Install the bolt (68), the washers (67) and (66), and the
castellated nut (65).
(o) Install the new cotter pin (64).
(p) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (61) and
(62).
(q) Put the bushes (61) and (62), together with the other end of the
spring-rod assembly (63), in position on the lever assembly as
(r) Install the bolt (51) and the washer (49) to hold the spring-rod
(s) Install the washers (47) and the castellated nuts (46).
(t) Install the new cotter pins (45).
(4) Install the release-mechanism proximity-detector assemblies

(referred to as the proximity-detector assemblies):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004)
(a) Assemble the proximity-detector assemblies:
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the actuating rod
(22).
2
_ Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the
switch-bracket (36).
3
_ Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in
position on the actuating rod (22).
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (26).
5
_ Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the
switch-bracket (36) and push the actuating rod (22) in
position.
6
_ Put the bush (21) in position and install the washers (23) and
the nut (24).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 455
May 01/07
R
AIJ
7
_ Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target
8
_ Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut
(32).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of

the proximity-detector assemblies (20).
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the bolts (35).
(d) Put the proximity-detector assemblies (20) in position on the

frame structure, and install the bolts (35), the washers (34) and
the nuts (33).
(e) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of

the pins (38).
(f) Put the pins (38) in position in the frame structure and install
the nuts (37).
(5) Adjust the over-center spring-rod assembly

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of
the eye-end fitting.
(b) Loosen the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.
(c) Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket
at POINT A.
(d) Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt (2) at POINT B.
(e) Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to
53.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.0866 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(f) Tighten the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.
(g) Safety the lock-nut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 456
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(h) Make sure that the rubber bellows of the over-center spring rod
is in its correct position after you have done the adjustment.
(6) Install the rigid control-cables:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the clevis-pin (4).
(b) Put the rigid control-cables (1) together with the spacers (2)
and (3), as recorded in the removal procedure, in position and
install the clevis-pin (4).
(c) Put the washer (5) in position and install the new cotter pin
(6).
(7) Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) and adjust the distance between
the latch lever and the lever bracket at POINT A to between 0.5
+0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket
____
and the lip of the latch lever with a feeler gage.
(d) Loosen the sleeve adjust nuts (6) FIVE FULL TURNS.
(e) Tighten the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(8) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of
the tie-rod (8).
(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 457
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(c) Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15)
at POINT D (see DETAIL C)
(d) Turn the tie-rod (8) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the

distance between the double lever and the latch lever at POINT
B.
(e) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever
at POINT B to 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the double lever and the
____
latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a feeler gage.
(f) Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.
NOTE : If you cannot push a needle or equivalent through the

____
inspection holes, the eye-ends are in safety.
(g) Tighten the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).
(h) Safety the lock-nuts (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(9) Adjust the clearence between the release levers and the release pins
of the emergency-exit hatches:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Adjust the release lever of the AFT emergency-exit hatch:
1
_ Put the AFT emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10)
of the setscrew (9).
3
_ Loosen the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
4
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
5
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
6
_ Move the emergency-exit hatch until you can measure the
distance between the release lever (14) and the release pin
(16).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 458
May 01/07
R
AIJ
7
_ Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the
release lever (14) and the release pin (16) to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5
mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance with a feeler gage.

____
8
_ Tighten the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
9
_ Safety the lock-nut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
10
__ Remove the AFT emergency-exit hatch.
(b) Adjust the release lever of the FWD emergency-exit hatch:
1
_ Put the FWD emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ If necessary loosen the bolt (19).
3
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
4
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
5
_ Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance
between the release lever (17) and the release pin (21).
6
_ Move the lever (20) to adjust the distance between the lever
(17) and the release pin (21) with a feeler gage
to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
7
_ Tighten the bolt (19).
8
_ Safety the bolts (18) and (19) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
9
_ Remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
(10) Connect the flexible control-cable:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003)
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 459
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(b) Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers
(10) in position and install the clevis-pin (9).
(c) Put the washer (8) in position and install the new cotter pin
(7).
(11) Adjust the flexible control-cable:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (12) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(b) Loosen the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the
end of the flexible control-cable (13) to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance at the outer end of the flexible

____
control-cable (13) (see DETAIL K) with a slide gage.
(d) Do a check of the adjusted distance at the end of the flexible

control-cable (13):
1
_ Pull the end of the flexible control-assembly (13) three
times.
2
_ Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) with a slide gage.
3
_ If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) thru (e) again.
(e) Tighten the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(12) Adjust the cable-travel of the flexible control-cable:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Put the emergency-exit hatches in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 460
May 01/07
R
AIJ
(b) Install the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on
the flexible control assembly (see DETAIL L):
1
_ Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test
tool.
2
_ Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control-assembly.
4
_ Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly.
(c) Set the test tool cursor to zero.
(d) Make sure that the release pin (16) of the FWD emergency-exit
hatch is in the ARMED position (see DETAIL D).
(e) Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the INACTIVATED
position (see DETAIL C).
(f) Open and remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
NOTE : During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (16)
____
moves the release lever (14) and the flexible
control-cable (13) is operated.
(g) Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum
R cable-travel of 45.0 mm (1.7716 in.).
(h) If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel
R of 45.0 mm (1.7716 in.), you must adjust the flexible
control-assembly.
(i) Adjust the flexible control-assembly:
1
_ Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts
(22) and (23) of the flexible control-assembly.
3
_ Loosen the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
4
_ Turn the adjust nuts (22) and (23) to adjust the cable-travel.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 461
Aug 01/08

AIJ
5
_ Tighten the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
(j) Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru
(h) again
(k) Safety the adjust nuts (22) and (23) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(l) Remove the test tool from the flexible control-assembly.
1
_ Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two
collets.
2
_ Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the
knurled sleeve-nut up and install the plug.
Subtask 25-62-43-420-055
C. Connection of the Release Cable-Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009)
(1) Remove the protective plug:
_______
(a) Remove the protective plug (6) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5) to
get access to the two collets (7).
(b) Remove and keep the two collets (7).
(c) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
release cable-assembly (2).
(d) Put the protective plug (6) back in the pocket (3).
(2) Carefully engage the end of the release cable-assembly (2) into the
related slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).
(3) Put the two collets (7) in their position, on the connection of the
release cable-assembly (2) and the flexible control-assembly (1).
(4) Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 462
May 01/07

AIJ
(5) Safety the knurled sleeve-nut (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Install the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-003).
(2) Install the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-004).
(3) Do the special precautions after you have worked on the offwing
escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(4) Remove the warning notice from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Remove the access platform from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(7) Install the insulation blankets (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001).
(8) Install the access panels:

____
(a) Install the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(b) Install the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW (242CW)

and 214LW (242LW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002).
Subtask 25-62-43-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-43

Page 463
May 01/07

AIJ
_________________________________________________________
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT (7500MM,7501MM,7502MM,7503MM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
R TASK 25-62-44-000-012
Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific allen key 0.156 in. (3.9623 mm)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 25-62-44-991-030 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-066

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-030)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the passenger/crew door (referred to as door) is

safetied:
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

is DISARMED (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position, with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.
(4) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-083
A. Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-030)
(1) Remove the decorative-cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):
NOTE : There are three different types of decorative-cover (20)

____
attachment:
- Type 1, burr-strip (Velcro)
- Type 2, dual-lock re-closable fastener-strip
- Type 3, spring loaded latches.
The three different types are not interchangeable.
It is necessary to use more force, to pull apart dual-lock
re-closable fastener-strips, than for burr-strips. You hear a
continuous click sound as the two halves are pulled apart.
(a) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(b) Hold the door in this position and do not let the door open
fully.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(c) Under the pack-assembly (9) disengage the straps (21), between
the decorative-cover (20) and the girt assembly (11).
(d) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(e) Types 1 and 2:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative-cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.
(f) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative-cover (20).
(g) Keep the decorative-cover (20) with the aircraft.
(2) Safety the inflation reservoir of the escape-slide raft:

_______
(a) Install the lock pin (18) in the regulator valve assembly (19).
NOTE : The lock pin (18) is kept in a pocket (75) on the

____
soft-cover (12) of the pack-assembly (9).
(3) Get access to the girt bar (10) and the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(c) Hold the door in this position, to prevent it to open fully.
(d) Remove the girt bar (10):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
1
_ Push the spring pawls (29), to release the girt bar (10).
2
_ Pull the girt bar (10) inboard from the floor fittings (26).
3
_ Put the girt bar (10) on the cabin floor, inboard of the floor
fittings (26).
(e) Carefully lower, and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(f) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED/MANUAL

position, and install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4).
(4) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:
(a) Remove the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of
the two procedures:
(b) Procedure 1:
1
_ Hold the pack-assembly (9).
2
_ Pull the PULL handles (44), to disengage the quick-release
latches (43) from the mounting pins (42).
(c) Or.
(d) Procedure 2:
1
_ Loosen the link nut (46).
2
_ Remove the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47), from the
stud assembly (45).
3
_ Keep the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47), with the
pack-assembly (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4
5
_ Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key (49) from
the door.
NOTE : Make sure the allen key (49) goes through the wire loop
____
(50).
6
_ Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).
(e) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14), and
continue to hold it.
(f) Disconnect the electrical connector (15):

- FOR 7500MM
2871VC-A.
- FOR 7501MM
2870VC-A.
- FOR 7502MM
2873VC-A.
- FOR 7503MM
2872VC-A.
(g) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(h) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14) and put it on
the cabin floor.
NOTE : The pack-assembly (9) weighs approximately 50.0 kg (110.23

____
lb).
(5) Remove the girt bar (10) from the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.
(a) Pull open the burr-strips of the girt assembly (11).
(b) Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36),
from the trigger lever (37).
(c) Pull open the blue (38) and the green (39) burr-strips.
(d) Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the trigger lever
(37).
(e) Pull the HANDLE (31), and open the lace-up joint (34).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 410
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(f) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(g) Remove the girt bar (10) from the open girt assembly (11).
(h) Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.
(6) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the aircraft.
(7) Make sure that these removed components are kept together with the
pack-assembly (9):
- Attach-link (46) and PULL handle (47)
- Stud assemblies (45).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 411
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-62-44-400-006
R Installation of the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS)
R 33-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of Emergency Lights
R 25-62-44-991-026 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-62-44-710-059
R A. Operational Test of the Escape-Facilities

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-026)
R (1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK

R 23-73-00-861-001).
R (2) Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-
R 710-001).
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on each door to tell persons not to open the
R door during the CIDS test.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 412
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Monitoring, through CIDS
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-026

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 413
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (4) Do the operational test of the inflation reservoir (slide-bottle)
R monitoring through the CIDS.
R NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module

____
R (CAM) is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the Flight Attendant Panel At the FAP 120RH:

R (FAP) 120RH:
R - If the display screen is blank, - The CABIN STATUS page shows.

R touch the screen surface.
R - Select the Doors/Slides key - The DOORS/SLIDES page shows the

R (1). related EMER EXIT (L, R,) green.
R 5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 414
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-62-44-000-011
Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide Raft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
CMM 256120
R 25-62-44-991-029 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-063

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-029)
(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

- Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF
position.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 415
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 417
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 418
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 419
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-082
A. Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide Raft

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-029)
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DOOR IS SAFETIED.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Safety the related open passenger/crew door with the safety-barrier
strap (8).
(2) Remove the inflated escape-slide raft (7):
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE FALL TO THE GROUND. IF

_______
YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE:
- TO THE INFLATION RESERVOIR, WHICH IS KEPT BELOW THE
ESCAPE-SLIDE,
- OR TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
(a) Carefully pull the electrical harness (22) to disconnect the

quick-release connector (23).
NOTE : The quick-release connector (23) is held below the

____
burr-strip (velcro) on the pack-assembly soft-cover (12).
(b) Release the inflated escape-slide raft (7) from the aircraft:
1
_ Make sure that the ground area, where the escape-slide raft
(7) is lowered, is clean and clear from sharp objects.
(c) Pull open the burr-strips of the girt assembly (11).
(d) Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36)
from the release trigger (37).
(e) Pull open the blue (38) and green (39) burr-strips.
(f) Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the release trigger
(37).
(g) Pull the mooring line (32) from the girt pocket (33).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 420
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(h) Hold the escape slide raft (7) with the mooring line (32).
(i) Pull the handle (31).
(j) Slowly release the mooring line (32):

- The girt lace-up joint (34) opens.
- The girt assembly (11) releases from the girt bar (10).
(k) Carefully lower the escape-slide raft (7) to the ground.
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to hold the escape-slide raft

____
(7) and lower it to the ground.
(3) Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26):
(a) Pull the release trigger (37) with your fingers.
(b) Hold the release trigger (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting
(41) in the direction shown in Detail G.
(c) Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26).
(d) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(e) Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.
(4) Release the safety-barrier strap (8).
(5) Lift the pack-assembly soft-cover (12).
(6) Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):
NOTE : There are three different types of decorative cover (20)

____
attachment:
- Type 1: burr-strip (velcro)
- Type 2: dual-lock recloseable fastener-strip
- Type 3: spring loaded latches.
More force is necessayry to pull apart dual-lock recloseable
fastener-strips than for burr-strips. You hear a continual
click sound as the two halves are pulled apart.
(a) Disengage the straps (21) from the straps on the lower inside
edge of the decorative cover (20).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 421
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(b) Types 1 and 2:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.
(c) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative cover (20).
(d) Keep the straps (21) with the pack-assembly (9).
(e) Keep the decorative cover (20) with the aircraft.
(7) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:
(a) Remove the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of
the two procedures:
1
_ Procedure 1:
a
b
_ Pull the PULL handles (44) to disengage the quick-release
latches (43) from the mounting pins (42).
2
_ Procedure 2:
a
_ Loosen the link nut (46).
b
_ Remove the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47) from the
stud assembly (45).
c
_ Keep the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47) with the
pack-assembly (9).
d
e
_ Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key (49)
from the door.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 422
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
NOTE : The allen key (49) must go through the wire loop
____
(50).
f
_ Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).
(b) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and
hold it.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connectors (15):

- For 7500MM disconnect 2871VC-A
(e) Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the aircraft.

____
lb).
NOTE : The removed components must be kept together with the

____
pack-assembly (9):
- Straps (21)
- Attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47)
- Stud assemblies (45)
(8) Procedure out of the aircraft:
CAUTION : KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU

_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
(a) Open the flapper valves (5) of the aspirator (6) to release the
pressure from the escape-slide raft (7).
(b) Remove the broken frangible links.
NOTE : The exposed wire of the broken frangible link can cause
____
damage to the slide inflatable material when the slide is
packed.
(c) Roll up the deflated escape-slide raft (7).

Start from the bottom end of the deflated escape-slide raft (7).
(d) Carefully put the escape-slide raft (7), the pack-assembly (9)
and related components in a clean box without sharp objects.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 423
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(e) Return them to one of the two locations for servicing:
- The workshop (Ref. CMM 256120)
- The manufacturer
Subtask 25-62-44-860-064
(1) Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper

and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).
(2) Install a serviceable escape-slide raft on the door.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 424
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-44-400-007
Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
Power
25-62-44-991-003 Preparation of the Pack-Assembly
25-62-44-991-021 Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
33-51-00-710-010 Operational Test of the Emergency Lights via MCDU
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
AMM 11-32-52 P.Block 001 DOORS

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 425
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-62-44-991-030 Fig. 401

R 25-62-44-991-026 Fig. 402
R 25-62-44-991-016 Fig. 404
R 25-62-44-991-031 Fig. 405
R 25-62-44-991-003 Fig. 406
R 25-62-44-991-017 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-065

(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-991-021)
42-00-861-001).
(2) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

- Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is in the OFF position.
(3) If you install the pack-assembly (9) at a passenger/crew door where

the escape-slide raft has fired during:
- An accident
- An operational test.
(a) Make sure that the diaphragm is replaced in the percussion

mechanism of the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001).
(4) Make sure that the door is safetied:
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder

is DISARMED (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 426
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.
(5) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-560-052
A. Inspection and Preparation of components for installation

(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-991-003)
(1) Examine the pack-assembly (9):
(a) Do a check of the general condition of the slide raft

pack-assembly.
(b) Make sure that the inflation reservoir is safetied:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY

_______
INSTALLED IN THE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE
INFLATION RESERVOIR.
1
_ Make sure that the lockpin assembly (18) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly (19).
NOTE : The lockpin assembly (18) is kept in a stowage pocket

____
on the soft-cover of the pack-assembly (9).
(c) Make sure that the routing of the inflation cable (51) is
correct.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT
_______
FROM THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT
IT BACK, BUT REPLACE THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE
INFLATION CABLE IS PUT BACK INCORRECTLY, IT CAN PREVENT
THE INFLATION OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE RAFT.
1
_ An incorrect routing is given, if:
- The inflation cable is pulled out of the pack-assembly.
- The inflation cable is caught below the inflation reservoir.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 427
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
- The inflation cable is winded round the inflation reservoir.
(d) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
(e) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(f) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(g) Make sure that the connector (61) between the pull-handle cable
(62) and the inflation cable is connected.
(h) Make sure that the connector (58) between the cable and loop
assembly (57) and the cover release-cable (59) is disconnected.
If you must disconnect the connector (58):
1
_ Carefully loosen the sleeve nut until you can remove the
ball-end of the cable and loop assembly (57) from the body.
(i) Make sure that the pressure gage (53) (referred to as gage) shows
the correct pressure.
NOTE : There are two different types of gage (53) (MODEL A and
____
MODEL B). MODEL A has a green cursor which is temperature
sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give
temporary low pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a cold to a warm environment).
The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster
than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.
1
_ The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:
- AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
- AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a
permitted indication, because of sudden temperature changes.
2
_ The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:
- The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
- AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted
indication, because of sudden temperature changes.
(j) If the gage (53) shows an incorrect indication:

- Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the gage
(53) again.
- If the gage needle continues to show an incorrect indication,
replace the pack-assembly (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 428
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(2) Install the electrical harness (22) on the correct side of the
pack-assembly (9):
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRIC HARNESS IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED

_______
ON THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS IS NOT
CORRECTLY INSTALLED, IT CAN PREVENT THE CORRECT INFLATION
AND/OR DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE/SLIDE RAFT.
NOTE : The pack-assembly (9) can be installed on a left or a right

____
door.
The electrical harness must come out of the side of the girt
assembly in flight direction.
(a) Put the pack-assembly (9) in front of the related door.

____
lb).
(b) Pull the electrical harness (22) out from between the
girt-assembly halves in the direction of the door support-arm.
NOTE : The electrical harness (22) must come out of the side of
____
the girt assembly in flight direction.
(c) Discard the rubber band.
(d) Pull open the burr-strips (Velcro) (54), (55) and (56).
(e) Connect the quick-release connector (23).
(f) Install the electrical harness (22) as shown:

- See DETAIL C for the right door.
- See DETAIL F for the left door.
1
_ Refer to the instructions on the soft-cover of the
pack-assembly (9).
Make sure that the quick-release connector (22) is installed
next to the STOW PLUG HERE mark/placard.
(g) Close the burr-strips (54), (55) and (56).

R

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 429
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-44-710-060
B. Operational Test Procedure before Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-016)
(1) Do an operational test of the girt bar (10) before installation in

the girt assembly:
(a) Hold the girt bar (10) and pull the trigger lever (37) in the
direction shown.
(b) Hold the trigger lever (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting
(41) in and out of the girt bar (10).
(c) Make sure that the telescopic end-fitting (41) can move freely in
the girt bar (10).
(2) Do a visual inspection of the pin (69). Make sure that there is no
corrosion.
Subtask 25-62-44-420-065
C. Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-030)
(1) Install the girt bar (10) in the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.
(a) Pull open the burr-strips of the girt-assembly (11).
(b) Pull the handle (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
(c) Install the girt bar (10).

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-031)
NOTE : Safety the parachute pin with nylon cord, that has a
____
minimum breaking strain of 9.0 lb (4.0823 kg). The nylon
cord has to agree with specification V-T-295, type II,
class A, size E (p/n M11944-4 Vendor Air
Cruisers/Aerazur).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 430
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-016

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 431
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 432
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 433
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 434
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Connect the connector (58) between the cable and loop assembly (57)
and the cover release-cable (59):
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-003)
(a) Put the ball-end of the cable and loop assembly (57) into the
body.
(b) Tighten the sleeve nut.
(3) Install the pack-assembly (9) on the door:
correct condition.
(c) Lift the pack-assembly (9) on the supports (14).
NOTE : The pack-assembly weighs approximately 50.0 kg (110.23

____
lb).
(d) Hold the pack-assembly (9) at an angle inboard on the supports

(14).
(e) Connect the electrical connector:

- For 7500MM connect 2871VC-A
(f) Install the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one
of the two procedures:
(g) Procedure 1:
1
_ Make sure that the head of each mounting pin (42) extends a
minimum of 25.0 mm (0.98 in.) from the door.
2
_ Make sure that the quick-release latches (43) are in a good
condition and retracted to the disengaged position.
NOTE : The quick-release latches can be retracted to the

____
disengaged position:
- With your hand
- When you carefully pull the pull handles.
3
_ Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 435
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 436
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 437
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 438
Aug 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 439
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4
_ Engage the quick-release latches (43):
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A TOOL OR A METAL OBJECT TO ENGAGE THE

_______
QUICK- RELEASE LATCHES. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
a
_ Use your fingers to engage the quick-release latches (43)
with the mounting pins (42).
5
_ Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.
6
_ If there is play, carefully tighten the mounting pins (42)
until the movement stops.
- If you must tighten the mounting pins (42), make sure that
you do not cause the quick-release latches (43) to
disengage.
(h) Procedure 2:
1
_ Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.
2
_ Install the stud assemblies (45) in the door.
3
_ Carefully tighten the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key
(49) and torque to 53.09 lbf.in (0.59 m.daN).
NOTE : The allen key must go through the wire loop.

____
4
_ Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.
5
_ Connect the PULL handles (47) to the wire loops (50) with the
attach links (48).
NOTE : The PULL handles are attached to the soft-cover of the

____
pack-assembly. It is not necessary to remove the PULL
handles when you connect them to the stud assemblies.
6
_ Tighten the link nut (46).
(4) Install the girt bar (10) in the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 440
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(c) Hold the door in this position to prevent it to open fully.
(d) Install the girt bar (10):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
1
_ Push the girt bar (10) into the floor fittings (26) until the
spring pawls (29) click into position.
2
_ Make sure that the girt assembly (11) is folded outboard,
immediately over the girt bar (10). See DETAIL SECTION T-T.
(e) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(f) Make sure that the control-shaft levers (28) have engaged
correctly in the holes in the girt bar (10).
(g) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position.
(h) Carefully lift the door with the control-handle.
(i) Hold the door to prevent it to open fully.
(j) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly with the
telescopic forks (27) of the door structure.
(k) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(l) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(m) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(n) Hold the door to prevent it to open fully.
(o) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly in the
floor fittings (26).
(p) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 441
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(q) Make sure that the girt bar (10) can move freely:
1
_ Move the emergence control-handle (3) from the ARMED to the
DISARMED position four times.
(r) Set the emergency control-handle to the DISARMED position and

install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
(5) Examine the side of the pack-assembly (9) in flight direction:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT FROM
_______
THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT IT BACK,
BUT REPLACE THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE INFLATION CABLE IS
PUT BACK INCORRECTLY, IT CAN PREVENT THE INFLATION OF THE
ESCAPE-SLIDE RAFT.
(a) Make sure that the inflation cable (51) has not pulled out of the
pocket (52). See Detail N.
(6) Remove the lockpin assembly (18) from the valve/regulator assembly
(19).
(7) Put the lockpin assembly (18) in the stowage pocket of the soft-cover
(12) of the pack-assembly (9).
(8) Install the decorative cover (20) on the pack-assembly (9):
NOTE : There are three different types of decorative cover

____
attachments:
- Type 1: burr-strips
- Type 2: dual-lock recloseable fastener-strips
- Type 3: spring loaded latches.
More force is necessary to attach the dual-lock recloseable
fastener-strips than for burr-strips. You hear a continual
click sound as the two halves are pushed together.
(a) Types 1 and 2:
1
_ Align the tongues on the bottom side of the top edge of the
decorative cover (20) with the slots (17) on the packboard
(13).
2
_ Press the top edge of the decorative cover (20) on to the
attach-strips (16).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 442
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
3
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(b) Type 3:
1
_ Engage the spring loaded bolts (73).
2
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(c) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(d) Hold the door to prevent it to open fully.
(e) Under the pack-assembly (9) engage the straps (21) between the
decorative cover (20) and the girt assembly (11).
(f) Pull the straps (21) tight and put the loose ends between the
straps (21) and the pack-assembly (9).
(g) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(h) Make sure that you can see the gage through the hole in the
decorative cover (20).
(9) Do a visual inspection of the visual indicator (30) and its related
ARMED indication:
R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-62-44-991-017)
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b) Make sure that the self-adhesive placards are in a good

condition, if installed.
1
_ If necessary, install new self-adhesive placards (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-52 P.Block 001).
2
_ Make sure that the point of the self-adhesive arrow (67)
aligns with the RED mark.
3
_ If not, re-position the self-adhesive arrow (67).
NOTE : It is not necessary to make adjustments on aircraft

____
where an ARMED placard (68) is installed on the cabin
floor.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 443
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Visual Indicator - Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 444
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Visual Indicator - Adjustment

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 445
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(c) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and
install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Subtask 25-62-44-710-061
D. Operational Test of the Escape-Facilities

(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK

23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-
710-001) or (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on each door to tell persons not to open the
door during the CIDS test.
(4) Do the operational test of the inflation reservoir (slide-bottle)

monitoring through the CIDS.
NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module

____
(CAM) is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the PTP 110RH: At the PTP 110RH:
- Open the access door.
NOTE : You can ignore other

____
maintenance messages, if
they are shown.
- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.

switch.
- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.
NOTE : If the message SLIDES PRESS OK

____
does not show, push the CONT
line selection-key until the
message shows.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 446
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.
switch.
NOTE : The screen sets to off
____
automatically after 10 minutes.
- Close the access door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-410-072
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Put the door back to a serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-
002).
Subtask 25-62-44-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 447
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-62-44-920-001
Remove the Pack-Assembly for Restoration
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-010-067
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-

012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-280-050
(1) Do the restoration of the escape-slide raft pack-assembly, and refer

to the manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-410-069
A. Close Access
(1) Install a serviceable or replacement escape-slide raft pack-assembly

(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-44

Page 448
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R ___________________________________________________________
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE (7506MM,7507MM)
R ____________________
TASK 25-62-46-000-001
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific punch 0.125 in. (3.1749 mm)
No specific 1 ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-62-46-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 401
May 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-46-010-050
B. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)

(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to ON.
(4) FOR 7506MM
(a) Remove the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.
(5) FOR 7507MM
(a) Remove the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.
Subtask 25-62-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-46-020-050
A. Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM) - Charged

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
(1) Safety the inflation reservoir (5):

_______
(a) Remove the lock pin (12) from the pocket (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) Install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve assembly (6).
(c) If you cannot install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve
assembly (6) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(3) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
(4) Remove and keep the two clips (31).
(5) Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible

control-assembly (1):
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
_______
(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).
(6) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(7) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).
(8) Disconnect the electrical connector (21):

- FOR 7506MM
7555VC-A.
- FOR 7507MM
7556VC-A.
(9) Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).
(11) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 404
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 406
Nov 01/08

AIJ
(13) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):
_______
INSTALLED.
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).
(14) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).
(15) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS.

_______
THE RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS
BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
Subtask 25-62-46-020-052
B. Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507) - Discharged

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(2) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
(3) Remove the two clips (31).
NOTE : Keep the clips (31), until you have removed the inflation
____
reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible
_______
(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (21):

- FOR 7506MM
7555VC-A.
- FOR 7507MM
7556VC-A.
(6) Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).
(8) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9):
(a) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(9) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):
_______
INSTALLED.
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).
(10) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(11) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS.

_______
THE RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS
BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BOTTLE OR TO THE EXTERNAL
MATERIAL, YOU MUST REPLACE THE RESERVOIR.
(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
(c) Put the inflation reservoir (5) on the cabin floor.
(12) Before you remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the aircraft do
these steps:
(a) Hold the sleeve nut (18) and do as follows:
NOTE : These steps prevent accidental damage to the end of the

____
wire (25).
- Use your thumb and carefully push the end of the wire (25) back
into the wire-control assembly (2) until it stops.
- Keep a light pressure on the end of the wire (25).
- Put a punch (26) through the hole in the regulator valve
assembly (6), to release the internal pulley.
- Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (29) into the hexagonal socket (27).
- Slowly turn the Allen key (29) until the stop pin (28) is
adjacent to the BLACK mark (30) (closed position).
NOTE : When you turn the Allen key (29) the end of the wire (25)
____
is pulled back into the wire-control assembly (2).
(b) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(c) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 409
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-62-46-400-001
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cargo-compartment exit. 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R 98D52207507000 1 PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

(CIDS)
Power
the External Power

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 410
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing

R Escape-Slide Systems
R 52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R 52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
25-62-46-991-001 Fig. 401
25-62-46-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-860-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).
R (2) In the AFT cargo compartment:

R
R (a) Make sure the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
R
R (b) Make sure the cargo-compartment exit. access platform is in

R position adjacent to the AFT
R
R (c) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
R position.
R (d) Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safetied

R (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
R
R (e) FOR 7506MM

R - Make sure that the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX is
R removed.
R

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 411
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R (f) FOR 7507MM
R - Make sure that the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX is
R removed.
R (g) Make sure tha the related access panel is removed:

R - FOR 5000WM
R 151KW
R - FOR 5001WM
R 152KW
R (3) In the passenger compartment:

R
R (a) Make sure that the emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK
R 52-21-11-000-001)
R
Subtask 25-62-46-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-46-560-050
A. Preparation and Inspection of Component for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
EXPLOSION.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 412
Feb 01/09

AIJ
(1) Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5) is safetied:

_______
(a) Make sure that the lock pin (12) is installed in the regulator
valve assembly (6).
(2) If you install a new inflation reservoir (5), do these steps:
(a) Loosen the nut (39) and turn the hose assembly (10) 180 deg.
(b) Torque the nut (39) to between 3.00 and 3.20 m.daN (22.12 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
(3) Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5), the hose assembly (10)
and the wire-control assembly (2) are in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the pressure gage (11) (referred to as gage) shows the
correct pressure.
NOTE : The gage (11) has a GREEN cursor which is temperature

____
sensitive. It can give temporary incorrect indications when
there are sudden temperature changes (from a cold to a warm
environment). The GREEN cursor moves to changes in temperature
faster than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir (5).
(a) A correct indication is shown when the needle is in the GREEN

cursor, or to the right of the GREEN cursor.
(b) An incorrect indication is shown when the needle is to the left

of the GREEN cursor.
(c) If the gage (11) shows an incorrect indication:

- When the temperature conditions become stable, examine the gage
(11) again.
- If the gage (11) continues to show an incorrect indication,
replace the inflation reservoir (5).
(5) Pulley assembly (4) and (7) adjustment procedure:
NOTE : If there are no RED index-marks, pulley assembly adjustment is

____
not necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 413
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(a) If you can see RED index-marks (38) on the pulley assemblies (4)
and (7), do these steps:
(b) Make sure that the RED index-marks (38) are opposite each other,
or in the permitted tolerance. A tolerance of 1.00 mm (0.039 in.)
is permitted between the center lines of each index-mark.
(c) If the RED index-marks (38) are not opposite each other, or in
the permitted tolerance, do these steps:
1
_ Loosen the bolt (36) and the nut (37).
2
_ Turn the two shells (35) until the RED index-marks (38) align,
or are in the permitted tolerance.
3
_ Tighten the bolt (36) and the nut (37) and torque the nut (37)
to between 0.95 and 1.05 m.daN (84.07 and 92.92 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-62-46-420-050
B. Installation of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
EXPLOSION.
(1) Install the inflation reservoir (5) in the support bracket (8). Make
sure that it touches the back of the support bracket (8).
(2) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the bulkhead connection (9).
(3) Put the pressure seal cap (20) in the pocket (3).
(5) Connect the hose assembly (10) to the bulkhead connection (9) and
torque it to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(6) Carefully put the hose assembly (10) adjacent to the support bracket
(8).
(7) Make sure that there are no kinks in the hose assembly (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 414
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(8) Install and tighten the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16)
and the spacer (17).
(9) Tighten the clamps (13).
condition.
(12) Remove the blanking plug (22) from the socket (24) and connect it to
the dummy socket (23).
(13) Connect the electrical connector (21) to the socket (24):

- FOR 7506MM
7555VC-A
- FOR 7507MM
7556VC-A.
(14) Connect the wire-control assembly (2) to the flexible

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
_______
NOTE : To prevent incorrect operation of the offwing slide, the wire

____
control assembly must be twisted. This prevents an unwanted
movement of the twisting to the wire control assembly in the
fwd pulley.
NOTE : To prevent incorrect adjustment, the end of the wire and the
____
wire-control assembly must be clean and free of dirt.
(a) Remove the protection plug (32) from the sleeve nut (18) to get
access to the two clips (31).
(c) Remove and keep the two clips (31).
(d) Put the protection plug (32) in the pocket (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 415
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
(e) Carefully push the end of the wire (25) into the slot of the
(f) Put the two clips (31) around the connection of the two control
assemblies and tighten the sleeve nut (18).
NOTE : When you install the clips (31), the slots in the clips
____
must point to you. Through the slot, you can do a visual
check that the wire (25) stays connected while you tighten
the sleeve nut (18).
(g) Safety the sleeve nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (19).
(15) Do these steps if there is tension and/or torsion in the wire-control

assembly (2):
(a) To release tension:
1
_ Loosen the nuts (40) and (41) to adjust the support bracket
(8).
2
_ Move the support bracket (8) in FWD or AFT direction until
there is no tension.
3
_ Tighten the nuts (40) and (41).
(b) To release torsion:
1
_ At the pulley assembly (4) remove the lockwire (34) and loosen
the nut (33).
NOTE : When you loosen the nut (33), the torsion is released
____
automatically. The nut (33) at the pulley assembly (7)
is installed with loctite.
2
_ Torque the nut (33) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).
3
_ Safety the nut (33) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (34).
R

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 416
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-62-46-720-050
C. Functional Test:

_______
R (1) Remove the PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS from the release
R lever.
R (2) At the bottom end of the release lever, try to lift the lever with
R one finger. If there is a strong resistance to lever movement, the
R joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and the release
R wire-control assembly (2) is satisfactory.
R (3) If there is a low resistance to lever movement, the cable joint is

R not correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve nut (18), remove the two
R collets and make the cable joint again. Do step A again.
R (4) Install the PINS - EMERGENCY SLIDE, EMERGENCY EXITS on the release
R lever to prevent an accidental operation of the escape-slide release
R mechanism.
R (5) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
Subtask 25-62-46-865-051
breaker(s):
153RH, 162RH
R Subtask 25-62-46-710-052-A
R E. Operational Test of the Inflation Reservoir (Slide-Bottle) monitoring,

R through the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
____
R is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 417
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Operational Test - Monitoring
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-46-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 418
Feb 01/09
R
AIJ
R (1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
R NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do the test.

____
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the Flight Attendant Panel At the FAP 120RH:

R (FAP) 120RH:
R - If the display screen is blank, - The CABIN STATUS page shows.

R touch the screen surface.
R - Select the Doors/Slides key - The DOORS/SLIDES page shows the

R (1). related EMER EXIT (L, R,) green.
R 2. At the applicable inflation

R reservoir (5):
R - Disconnect the related

R electrical connector (21)
R FOR 7506MM
R 7555VC-A,
R FOR 7507MM
R 7556VC-A.
R 3. At the FAP 120RH:
R - Select the Doors/Slides key - After approximately 3 minutes the

R (1). DOORS/SLIDES page shows the related
R EMER EXIT (L, R) amber, and the
R message CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE.
R 4. At the applicable inflation

R reservoir (5):
R - Connect the related electrical

R connector (21)
R FOR 7506MM
R 7555VC-A,
R FOR 7507MM
R 7556VC-A.
R 5. At the FAP 120RH:

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 419
Aug 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Select the Doors/Slides key - After approximately 3 minutes the
R (1). DOORS/SLIDES page shows the related
R EMER EXIT (L, R,) green.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001)
items.
(2) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001)
(3) Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001)
(4) FOR 7506MM
(a) Install the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.
(b) Install the access panel 151KW
(5) FOR 7507MM
(a) Install the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.
(b) Install the access panel 152KW.
Subtask 25-62-46-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-62-46

Page 420
Aug 01/09

AIJ
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The evacuation signaling equipment is operated by the captain or purser in
an emergency (on the ground or on water) if the aircraft has to be
evacuated. The system gives a signal to the cabin crew to start the
evacuation of the passengers and crew. The essential busbar supplies
electrical power to the system.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2WP CAPT & PURS 21VU 211
3WP COMMAND 21VU 211
5WP WARNING HORN 48VU 210
7WP HORN SHUT OFF 21VU 211
3. __________________
System Description
A. Evacuation Signaling Components - Cockpit

(Ref. Fig. 001)
(1) The evacuation signaling components and signal sources installed on

the overhead panel in the cockpit include:
- A warning horn 5WP on panel 48VU.
- A COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP on panel 21VU, with EVAC and ON
indicator lights included in the switch unit.
- A CAPT & PURS and CAPT, two-position selector switch 2WP, installed
on panel 21VU.
- A HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP on panel 21VU.
B. Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources

include:
(a) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH:

- An EVAC CMD button and an EVAC RESET button. They each have an
internal indicator light, and are on the hardkey panel.

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08

AIJ
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(b) In the FWD utility area,
- On the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP), an EVAC button and an
EVAC RESET button. They each have an internal indicator light.
- On the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP), an EVACUATION ALERT
message is shown with an indicator light.
- On the Area Call Panel (ACP), an EVAC ALERT indicator light is
installed.
(2) The components of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. 23-73-00) installed in the FWD utility area, that have an
interface with the EVAC system include:
- Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), types A and B located in the overhead
area. The DEU-A type has two amplifiers that function
independently.
- A FAP which contains a Cabin Assignment Module (CAM), installed
adjacent to the FWD door 1, has the cabin configuration.
- Cabin loudspeakers.
C. Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources

installed in the AFT utility area include:
- On the AAP, an EVAC button and an EVAC RESET button. They each have
an internal indicator light.
- On the AIP, an EVACUATION ALERT message is shown with an indicator
light.
- On the ACP, an EVAC ALERT indicator light is installed.
(2) The components of the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) installed in the AFT
utility area that have an interface with the EVAC system include:
- Decoder/Encoder Units type DEU A and DEU B, located in the overhead
area.
- Cabin loudspeakers.
D. CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components - Avionics Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) The CIDS components that have an interface with the EVAC system
installed in the avionics compartment include:
- Two CIDS directors. No. 1 (Active) is installed on panel 87VU and
No. 2 (Hot-standby) is installed on panel 88VU in equipment rack
137MCU. Each director contains an Onboard Reprogrammable-Memory
(OBRM).

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. _________
Interface
The evacuation and signaling equipment has interfaces with:
- the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
5. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 005)
A. Evacuation Signaling Equipment Control
(1) Discrete input signals, supplied to the No. 1 CIDS director (active)
from the cockpit, control the evacuation signaling equipment. If the
No. 1 CIDS director becomes unserviceable, the No. 2 CIDS director
(hot-standby) keeps the system in operation. Facilities to supply
other input signals to the CIDS director from the AFT utility area or
the FAP are optional.
B. Cockpit Controls and Indications
(1) The COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP supplies the electrical ground
connection for the evacuation command signals of the system.
Operation of the COMMAND pushbutton switch to the ON position causes:
- The ON indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
- Transmission of a signal from the CIDS director to the warning horn
5WP.
- The EVAC indicator light (part of the COMMAND switch) to come on.
- A flashed indication for a general alert.
(2) The CAPT & PURS and CAPT (only) selector switch 2WP, selects who is
able to activate an EVAC ALERT.
The selection sequence of the switch is:
Switch set to CAPT & PURS position
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
I I-------------------------------------------------
I I OFF I ON I
-----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Switch set to CAPT position

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
I I-------------------------------------------------
I I OFF I ON I
-----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
I I I cockpit only I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Operation of the HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP cancels the
evacuation tone transmission to the warning horn 5WP in the cockpit.
C. Controls and Indications in the Cabin
(1) FAP:
(a) Operation of the EVAC CMD pushbutton switch causes:

- The CMD indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
- The transmission of evacuation tone from the CIDS director to
specified loudspeakers in the cabin.
- The EVAC indicator light on the FAP to come on.
- A flashed indication for a general alert.
(b) If the COMMAND switch 3WP (on the overhead panel in the cockpit)
is selected ON, a visual EVAC ALERT indication comes on steady or
flashes (optional).
(c) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation

tone transmission to the respective loudspeakers in the cabin.
(2) Left AFT ATTENDANT Panel:
(a) A visual EVAC indication comes on steady or flashed.
(b) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation

tone transmission to the respective loudspeakers.
(c) Facilities for other EVAC CMD and EVAC indications (optional) are
installed at the AFT ATTENDANT stations and AREA CALL panels (in
the AFT utility area).

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________
TASK 25-63-00-710-001
Operational Check of EVAC Function. NOTE: If installed.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-710-004 Operational test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC)

Signaling System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-63-00-010-053
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-63-00-710-054
A. Operational Test
(1) Do the operational test of the emergency evacuation (EVAC) signaling

system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-004).

EFF :

ALL 25-63-00

Page 501
May 01/07

AIJ
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The first aid equipment is installed in the aircraft at different
locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas). It is easy
to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if
an on-board emergency occurs.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41MM KIT-FIRST AID 211 25-10-00
7588MM DEFIBRILLATOR 200 25-10-00
7589MM RESUSCITATOR KIT 200 25-64-00
7596MM ASPIRATOR 200 25-10-00
7600MM FIRST AID KIT 200 25-64-00
7603MM FIRST AID EQUIP 200 25-10-00
7610MM DOCTORS KIT 200 25-64-00
7732MM RESPIRATOR 200 25-64-00
7737MM BOTTLE, EYEWASH 200 25-10-00
R **ON A/C ALL
3. _____________________

EFF :

ALL 25-64-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-006, 25-64-00

Page 2
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R **ON A/C 001-006,
A. First Aid Kit
First aid kits are kept at various locations in the aircraft. The kits
contain medication to give aid to passengers or crew members who become
ill, or suffer light injury. The contents of each kit is kept in a
hermetically-sealed waterproof container. An in service life, usually
of five years, is given to each first aid kit. The life expired date is
printed on the front of the waterproof container. To avoid damage to the
kit equipment, remove the first aid kit from the parked aircraft if the
cabin temperature is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F), or above 40 deg.C
(104.00 deg.F).
Keep the first aid kit in a place with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C
(33.80 deg.F) and 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
Pillows, blankets and thermal blankets are kept in the aircraft to give
to passengers who feel cold during low cabin temperatures. An
air-sickness bag is also kept in the seat pocket.

EFF :

001-006, 25-64-00

Page 3
Nov 01/08

AIJ
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________
TASK 25-64-00-200-001
Visual Inspection of the First Aid Equipment (7600MM/7602MM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-64-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the necessary stowage compartment(s).
(2) Remove the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM from the stowage
compartment(s).
For the locations of the first aid kit(s) refer to the paragraph
Component Location of the Description and Operation.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-64-00-210-050
A. Inspection
(1) Examine the hermetic seal of the first aid kits for condition.
(2) Read the label on the first aid kits to make sure that their use-life
has not expired.
NOTE : Replace the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM with new items if
____
the use-life has expired or the kit(s) are damaged/used.

R

EFF :

001-006, 25-64-00

Page 601
Nov 01/08

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-64-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM in the stowage

compartment(s).
(2) Close the stowage compartment(s).
items.

R

EFF :

001-006, 25-64-00

Page 602
Nov 01/08

AIJ
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The miscellaneous emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft at
different locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas).
It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for
immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
A. Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System

R (Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The ELT system transmits on 3 frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz
(Military) homing-signals and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite
system. The battery-pack, installed in the ELT housing, supplies the
power to operate the system.
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving range is
a radius of approximately 2.500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT is not in
receiving range, the satellite system stores the distress signal until
transmission is possible. The LUT automatically processes the distress
signal to identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to
a Mission Control Center (MCC). The MCC sends the data to an applicable
Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search And Rescue (SAR)
operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz signals are used to
find the aircraft in the final stage of SAR operation.
The ELT system has:

- An ELT (110MX).
- An adapter cable (141MX) and programming-dongle (110MX-A).
- A remote-control panel (RCP) (111MX).
- An antenna (112MX).
- A Mounting bracket (140MX)
4. _________
Interface
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
The ELT system has interfaces with:

- The cockpit to ground-crew call-system (WC) (Ground horn).
- The annunciator-light test and dimming system (LP).
- The instrument and panel integral-lighting system (LF).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
R Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
R ELT System - Component Location
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 3
May 01/07

AIJ
R ELT System - Schematic Diagram
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 4
May 01/07

AIJ
5. _____________________
R A. Megaphone (7570MM)
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The megaphone is held in position in a bracket with a strap/clamp. It is

hand-operated, and used to amplify voice communication in an emergency.
The megaphone is powered by batteries, which are installed loosely in the
handle/housing, or in a cartridge. The polarity indication for the
batteries is shown on the housing/cartridge.
If available, installed on the handle/housing are:

- A volume control knob.
- A siren/fog horn function.
- A strap.
R B. Flashlight (7640MM)
Hand-held flashlights are installed at different locations in the cabin,

for easy use by crew members. You use them if bad light occurs during an
on-board emergency. The flashlights are battery operated and you can
easily replace the batteries.
An automatic ON/OFF switch is installed on the flashlights.
The light will go on when you take it out of the support and the light
will go off when you put it in the support.
C. Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), (Cabin - 7620MM)
The crash axe is used to cut through light structures, panels and windows
to get access or exit in an emergency. The insulated handle is resistant
to high voltages.
R D. Emergency Locator Transmitter ELT (7559MM, 7560MM)

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The ELT is kept in a stowage compartment, and is installed with the

interface in flight direction. The bracket has a label which shows flight
direction (arrow) and part number. The ELT has a rectangular shaped
housing made of molded plastic, which is YELLOW. The housing has two
compartments with access through a top cover and a bottom cover. The
covers are attached with screws and O-rings. The ELT has these
components:
- Labels attached to the housing (Identification, Instruction, and
Battery-Pack).
- An electronic board.
- A three cell battery-pack.
- An interface.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 5
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Megaphone - Component Description
R Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 6
May 01/07

AIJ
R ELT - Component Description
R Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 7
May 01/07

AIJ
R - An auxiliary-antenna (referred to as antenna).
R - A float.
R - A lanyard.
R
R The two compartments are divided by a partition, with a hole for the
R electrical cable connection between the battery-pack and the electronic
R board. The electronic board is installed in one half of the housing, and
R the battery-pack in the other half. The electronic board has electrical
R cable connections to the interface, which is on the front face of the
R housing. The battery-pack is filled in a heat-shrink sleeve and installed
R between foam wedges for protection. The interface includes:
R - A RC 12 PIN connector.
R - An ANT BNC connector.
R - A RED LED indicator.
R - A TST/OFF/ON three-position switch.
R
R The RC connector can be used to connect test and programming and
R equipment, a remote control or a programming-dongle (option).
R
R The antenna is connected to the ANT connector, folded back on itself and
R pushed through a hole in the float. During operation, the antenna will
R move quickly back to a straight position, when you remove it from the
R float. The antenna is safetied by a nylon cord, which is attached to the
R housing. The lanyard is approximately 3.0 m (9.84 ft.) long and is
R attached to the housing. The free end is connected to a snap-hook, which
R you can attach to a life raft.
R
R The ELT transmits on three frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz
R (Military) homing-signals, and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite
R system. The battery-pack supplies the power to operate the ELT, for a
R minimum time of 48 hours at -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F).
R
R The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
R User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving range is
R a radius of approximately 2,500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT is not in
R receiving range, the satellite system keeps the distress signal until
R transmission is possible. The LUT automatically processes the signal to
R identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
R approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to
R a Mission Control Center (MCC). The MCC sends the data to an applicable
R Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search and Rescue (SAR)
R operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and the 243 MHz signals are used to
R find the aircraft in the final stage of SAR operation.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 8
May 01/07

AIJ
R E. Protective Gloves (Cockpit - 32MM), (Cabin - 7700MM)
R
R Protective gloves are made of materials that are resistant to heat. They
R are supplied for use if a fire occurs and to handle overheated equipment.
R F. Safety On Board Card
A safety on board card is put in the rear pocket of each passenger seat.
The card shows the passenger, with the aid of illustrations:
- Take-off and landing procedures.
- Emergency exit and escape-slide locations.
- Emergency landing procedures.
- How to use an oxygen mask.
- Floor-level escape-path markings.
- How to use a life vest.
R G. ELT System
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) ELT (110MX)

R (Ref. Fig. 006)
The ELT is installed in a bracket, held in position with two buckles

and straps, with the interface in flight direction. The bracket is
installed above a ceiling panel 261BC in the AFT utility area. The
bracket has three location holes, two straps and placards
(Identification and Flight direction). The ELT has an aluminum-alloy
casing which is orange-colored. The casing has two parts (base plate
and housing) that are attached together by screws, washers and an
O-ring, and includes these components:
- Placards attached to the casing (Identification, Strap,
Instruction, Type and Battery).
- An electronic board.
- A three cell battery-pack.
- A two cell battery-pack.
- An interface.
- An auxiliary-antenna (referred to as antenna).
- A tether.
The base plate is divided into two compartments by a partition, with

a hole for the electrical cable connection between the battery-packs
and the electronic board. The bottom face of the base plate has three
locking pins. The electronic board is installed in the front half
(flight direction) by screws and washers. The battery-packs are
installed in the rear half on a foam wedge, and covered by a
heat-shrink sheath.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 9
May 01/07

AIJ
R ELT - Component Description
R Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 10
May 01/07

AIJ
The housing is divided into two compartments by a partition. The
front half (flight direction) has the electrical cables that connect
the interface to the electronic board. The rear half has a foam wedge
to prevent damage to the battery-packs. The interface, on the front
face of the housing includes
- A RCP connector.
- An ANT connector.
- A RED indicator.and
- An ON/OFF/ARMED switch.
The RCP connector is used to connect:

- A RCP.
- Programming and test equipment.
- An adapter cable (141MX) and programming-dongle connector (110MX-A)
(if installed).
- Maintenance-dongle.
The maintenance-dongle has a maintenance identification data (ID)

code programmed in its memory. When you replace the ELT, the removed
ELT keeps its ID, which is necessary in portable mode. To prevent two
ELTs with the same ID, you must program the removed ELT with the
maintenance-dongle. A RED Remove before flight streamer is attached
to the maintenance-dongle. If you accidentally operate an ELT with a
maintenance ID, the signal will be ignored by the satellite system,
and SAR operations are not started.
The antenna is folded back on itself and kept in loops on the straps,
when the ELT is installed in the aircraft. When you remove the
antenna it will spring quickly back to a straight position. The
antenna is attached to the housing by a stainless-steel cord. The
tether is attached to a strap, and together with the antenna is used
in portable mode.
(2) Adapter cable (141MX) and Programming-dongle connector (110MX-A)

R (Ref. Fig. 006)
The adapter cable is attached to the bracket, which is installed

above the ceiling panel 261BC in the AFT utility area. The ELT is
installed in the bracket and the programming-dongle connector is
connected directly to the ELT RCP connector. The connector at the
other end of the adapter cable is connected to the connector from the
RCP. The adapter cable is approximately 200 mm (7.87 in.) long.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 11
May 01/07

AIJ
(3) RCP (111MX)
R (Ref. Fig. 007)
The RCP is installed on the cockpit overhead-panel and held in

position with two captive screws. It is an enclosed box with a
lighted front panel. The front panel has an ON/TEST indicator and an
ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch. The back panel has an identification
placard and a connector to connect the RCP to the RCP connector on
the ELT.
(4) Antenna (112MX)

R (Ref. Fig. 008)
The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage between FR64

and FR65 and held in position with six screws. It transmits
three-frequency omni-directional signals when the ELT operates. It
has a radiating element placed in a printed circuit which is enclosed
in a fiberglass radome on a aluminum-alloy base plate. The base plate
has a BNC connector on the lower side, which is sealed with an
O-ring. The BNC connector is connected by coaxial cable to the ANT
connection on the ELT. The coaxial cable is covered in a fire
resistant hose/tape.
R H. Antenna (112MX)
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage between FR64 and
FR65 and held in position with six screws. It transmits three-frequency
omni-directional signals, if an emergency locator transmitter (ELT) is
installed and operates. It has a radiating element placed in a printed
circuit which is enclosed in a fiberglass radome on a aluminum-alloy base
plate. The base plate has a BNC connector on the lower side, which is
sealed with an O-ring. The BNC connector is connected by coaxial cable to
the ANT connection on the ELT (if installed). The coaxial cable is
covered in a fire resistant hose/tape.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 12
May 01/07

AIJ
RCP - Component Description
R Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 13
May 01/07

AIJ
Antenna - Component Description
R Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 14
May 01/07

AIJ
Antenna - Component Description
R Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 15
May 01/07

AIJ
6. ________________________________
A. ELT System
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) ELT (110MX)

R (Ref. Fig. 006)
The ELT transmits distress signals, installed in the aircraft, or

used in portable mode. When the ELT is installed, it can be operated
automatically or manually. When you use the ELT in portable mode it
is operated manually. In portable mode you connect the antenna to the
ANT connection on the ELT. You must remove the antenna carefully from
the loops on the straps, because it is folded, and will spring
quickly back to a straight position. In an emergency over water you
remove the tether from the strap and attach it to a life raft.
The two battery-packs supply the power to operate the ELT, installed
in the aircraft, or used in portable mode. The 3 cell battery-pack
supplies power to the electronic board which includes the G-switch,
and the 2 cell battery-pack supplies power to the G-switch.
The 121,5/243 MHz transmitter transmits a sweep distress signal for

more than 48 hours at -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) in automatic or
manual operation. The distress signal transmits continuously with an
output power of 100 mW on each frequency. The transmission starts
immediately after the BITE test sequence is completed.
The 406 MHz transmitter transmits a digital signal for 24 hours at

-20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) in automatic or manual operation. The
digital signal is a message of 122 bits (aircraft identification)
transmitted every 50 seconds for 440 msec. The first transmission
starts after 50 seconds.
(a) Operation Modes
Automatic operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and
the G-switch detects an impact sufficient to start
transmission.
Manual operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and the
G-switch is not triggered, but a signal must be transmitted
(aircraft out of operation, injured passengers/crew members).
- When the ELT is conected to its system in the aircraft and you
do a self-test (BITE).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 16
May 01/07

AIJ
- When the ELT is disconnected from its system, removed from the
aircraft and used in portable mode.
Accidental operation occurs:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and
the G-switch starts transmission without a real emergency (hard
landing).
(b) Controls and Indications
The RED indicator and buzzer operate when the ELT operates, or to
indicate the BITE test result. When the ELT operates:
- The RED indicator flashes two times per second during 121,5 MHz
- 243 MHz transmission and one long flash during 406 MHz
transmission.
- The buzzer sounds two beeps per second during 121,5 MHz - 243
MHz transmission and is silent during 406 MHz transmission.
The ON/OFF/ARM switch has these functions:
Set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. When you
set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ON position, the BITE test
operates automatically before transmission starts.
Set to the OFF position:

- When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and
requires maintenance, or is parked for a long time.
- When the ELT is disconnected from its system and removed from
the aircraft.
- To stop transmission.
Set to the ARM position for automatic operation of the ELT. When
you set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ARM position from the OFF
position the BITE test operates automatically.
(2) Adapter cable (141MX) and Programming-dongle connector (110MX-A)

R (Ref. Fig. 006)
The programming-dongle programs the ELT with the correct aircraft

identification and country code. You connect the programming-dongle
to the RCP connector on the ELT, and set the ELT ON/OFF/ARM switch to
the ARM position. The ELT memory is automatically updated with the
data stored in the programming-dongle memory.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 17
May 01/07

AIJ
(3) RCP (111MX)
R (Ref. Fig. 007)
The RCP operates the ELT from a different location in the aircraft,
and is connected to the RCP connector on the ELT. The RCP only
operates when the ELT ON/OFF/ARM switch is set to the ARM position.
The RCP controls and indication have these functions:
The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch:

- Is set to the ARMED position for automatic operation of the ELT.
The switch is kept in the ARMED position by a stop, which is part
of the switch assembly.
- Is set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. You must
pull the switch to clear the stop, and then set it to the ON
position.
- Is set to the TEST/RESET position to stop accidental operation, or
to do a BITE test. The switch goes back automatically to the ARMED
position after you have set it to the TEST/RESET position.
The ON/TEST indicator comes on when the ELT operates, or to indicate

the BITE test result. When the ELT operates the ON/TEST indicator:
- Flashes two times per second during 121.5 MHz - 243 MHz
transmission
- And, one long flash during 406 MHz transmission.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 18
May 01/07

AIJ
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-65-00-840-001
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To program the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) after the aircraft has
changed its ICAO registration code.
NOTE : The procedure is also applicable for these items of equipment, if

____
they are installed:
- A Programming Box Assembly (PBA).
- An Aircraft Identification Module (AIM).
- A programming dongle.
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-00-861-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-057
R B. There is no special job set-up for this task.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-840-050
A. ICAO code change procedure
(1) Ask the local Flight Authorities if it is necessary to change the

programmed code.
NOTE : Some ELTs have been programmed e.g. with a serial code, that
____
is not dependant on the ICAO registration code.
(2) There are different codes used, make sure that the correct code is
programmed.
(3) If you need to program the ELT, do one of the steps that follow:
(a) Use the manufacturers programming tool and user handbook, if

available, to program the ELT.
(b) If the programming tool is not available contact the ELT

manufacturer for the correct procedure.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-65-00-862-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07

AIJ
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________
R TASK 25-65-00-740-001
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-65-00-991-006 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-051
B. Get access to the ELT 110MX
(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 501
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-00-860-050
R A. Preparation for the BITE Test

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)
R (1) In the cockpit prevent damage to the ELT electronics:
R CAUTION : DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

_______
R EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
R IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE
R ELT.
R (a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
R to the TEST position during the BITE test.
R (b) On the radio-management panel (RMP1) 1RG1, set the frequency to

R 121.5 MHz as follows:
R 1
_ Set the ON/OFF switch (3) to the ON position.
R 2
_ Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch (4). The green LED on the VHF1
R pushbutton switch (4) comes on.
R 3
_ Turn the dual selector-knob (2) until you can see the number
R 121.5 on the STBY/CRS display (7).
R 4
_ Push the double-arrow pushbutton switch (6).
R 5
_ The number 121.5 moves to the ACTIVE display (5).
R (c) On the audio-control panel (ACP) 2RN1, adjust the volume of the
R cockpit loudspeaker as follows:
R 1
_ Push the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8).
R 2
_ Turn the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8) clockwise to its
R maximum position.
R (d) Make sure that there are no unwanted signals transmitted from the
R ELT during the BITE test.
R (e) On the remote-control panel (RCP) 111MX, make sure that the
R ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch (19) is set to the ARMED position.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 502
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(2) In the cabin:
(a) On the ELT 110MX, make sure that:

- The ON/OFF/ARM switch (11) is set to the ARM positiion.
- The connector from the RCP 111MX, or the programming-dongle
connector (25) 110MX-A (if installed) is connected to the RCP
connector (14).
- The antenna connector is connected to the ANT connector (13),
and the connection is locked with adhesive (16) and identified
with paint (15).
Subtask 25-65-00-740-051
B. BITE Test
CAUTION : DO THE TEST DURING THE FIRST FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE HOUR UTC
_______
(UNIVERSAL CO-ORDINATED TIME), BETWEEN XX:00 HOURS AND XX:05
HOURS.
THIS IS TO PREVENT UNWANTED RESCUE OPERATIONS.
R CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ELT FOR LONGER THAN 30 SECONDS AFTER THE
_______
R BITE TEST. AFTER 30 SECONDS, THE ELT WILL TRANSMIT DISTRESS
R SIGNALS, WHICH WILL START SEARCH AND RESCUE OPERATIONS.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to complete the BITE test.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RCP 111MX:
- Set the ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET On the RCP 111MX:

switch (19) to the TEST/RESET - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one
position. time.
- After 3 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
NOTE : The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET
____ (18) comes on for approximately 3
switch (19) goes back seconds.
automatically to the ARMED
position, and a self-test
mode is set automatically
for 5 seconds.
On the ELT 110MX:

- The RED indicator flashes one time,
and the buzzer operates for 5
seconds.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 503
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R BITE Test - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 504
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R BITE Test - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 505
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - After 3 seconds the RED indicator
R (12) comes on for approximately 3
R seconds.
R On the panel 108VU:

R - The ELT indicator 113MX comes on for
R 5 seconds.
R In the nose-landing-gear well:

R - The mechanic call-horn 15WC operates
R for 5 seconds.
R 2. On the ELT 110MX:
R - Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (11)

R to the OFF position.
R - Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (11) On the ELT 110MX:

R to the ARM position. - The RED indicator flashes one time,
R and the buzzer operates for 5
R NOTE : A self-test mode is set
____ seconds.
R automatically for 5 - After 3 seconds the RED indicator
R seconds. (12) comes on for approximately 3
R seconds.
R On the RCP 111MX:

R - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one
R time.
R - After 3 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
R (18) comes on for approximately 3
R seconds.
R On the panel 108VU:

R - The ELT indicator 113MX comes on for
R 5 seconds.
R In the nose-landing-gear well:

R - The mechanic call-horn 15WC operates
R for 5 seconds.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 506
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
Subtask 25-65-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 507
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-65-00-710-001
Operational Check of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System by Manual

Activation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-65-00-991-009 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-710-050
A. Operational Test
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009)
CAUTION : DO THE TEST DURING THE FIRST FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE HOUR UTC
_______
(UNIVERSAL CO-ORDINATED TIME), BETWEEN XX:00 HOURS AND XX:05
HOURS.
THIS IS TO PREVENT UNWANTED RESCUE OPERATIONS.
R CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ELT FOR LONGER THAN 30 SECONDS AFTER THE
_______
R BITE TEST. AFTER 30 SECONDS, THE ELT WILL TRANSMIT DISTRESS
R SIGNALS, WHICH WILL START SEARCH AND RESCUE OPERATIONS.
(1) In the cockpit prevent damage to the ELT electronics:
CAUTION : DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

_______
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE
ELT.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 508
Aug 01/09

AIJ
Operational Test - Component Location
Figure 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 509
Feb 01/08
R
AIJ
(a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
to the TEST position during the operational test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the remote-control panel (RCP) On the RCP 111MX:

111MX:
- Set the ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET - The ON/TEST indicator flashes one

switch (4) to the TEST/RESET time.
position. - After 3 seconds the ON/TEST indicator
(3) comes on for approximately 3
NOTE : The ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET
____ seconds.
switch (4) goes back
automatically to the ARMED NOTE : You can ignore the indications
____
position. A self-test mode and the sounds that occur at
is set automatically for 5 these other locations:
seconds. - At the ELT 110MX (RED
indicator and buzzer).
- On the panel 108VU (ELT
indicator 113MX).
- In the nose-landing-gear well
(mechanic call-horn 15WC).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 510
Feb 01/08

AIJ
TASK 25-65-00-720-001
Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter for Workshop Test (Battery Check and
Functional Check)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R CMMV 256301
25-65-00-991-007 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-053
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 25-65-00-991-007)
(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).
NOTE : The location of the ELT(s) are shown with placards, which are
____
bonded on the outside of the stowage compartment(s).
(2) If necessary release/open the strap/clamp.
(3) Remove the ELT(s) from the stowage compartment(s).
R (4) If a programming dongle is available, make sure that it stays in the

R aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 511
Aug 01/09

AIJ
ELT - Component Location
Figure 503/TASK 25-65-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 512
Aug 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-00-720-050-A
R A. Workshop Procedure
R CAUTION : DO THE TEST IN THE SCREENED ROOM.

_______
R IF THE SCREENED ROOM IS NOT AVAILABLE, DO THE TEST DURING THE
R FIRST FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE HOUR.
R (BETWEEN XX.00 HRS AND XX:05 HRS) IF YOU MUST DO THE TEST AT A
R DIFFERENT TIME, FIRST TELL THE NEAREST AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
R FACILITY TO IGNORE THE SIGNAL DURING THE TEST. MAKE SURE THAT
R THE TEST SIGNAL IS NOT LONGER THAN THREE TONES.
R THIS IS TO PREVENT UNWANTED RESCUE OPERATIONS.
R NOTE : If a programming dongle is available, it must stay in the A/C when

____
R you remove the ELT for maintenance.
R (1) Do a visual inspection, a battery check and a functional test of the

R ELT. Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM)
R (Ref. CMMV 256301) for the correct procedures.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Install a serviceable or replacement ELT(s).
R (2) Connect the dongle for 5 seconds to make sure that the ELT has the
R correct aircraft identification.
R (3) After 5 seconds disconnect the dongle and put it in its storage.
R (4) Attach/close the strap/clamp.
R (5) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).
items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 513
Aug 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-65-00

Page 514
Aug 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-65-00-720-004
Remove ELT for Battery Replacement and a subsequent BITE Test including
Automatic Activation in Shop then Reinstall ELT and do the BITE Test Again
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-65-00-840-001 Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration
Number
25-65-35-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
110MX
25-65-35-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter
(ELT) 110MX
R CMMV 256301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-010-054
A. Aircraft Procedure
(1) Remove the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 515
Aug 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-65-00-960-050-A
B. Workshop Procedure
NOTE : If the aircraft is equipped with a programming dongle (141MX),

____
R where the aircraft code is permanently stored, it is not necessary
R to change that code.
(1) Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) for the
correct (Ref. CMMV 256301) for the correct procedures.
R (2) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) has changed, or the

R programming equipment is not available, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-
840-001).
R
Subtask 25-65-00-410-055
C. Aircraft Procedure
(1) Install the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 516
Feb 01/09

AIJ
R TASK 25-65-00-720-006
R Functional Test of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) Antenna (112MX)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
R No specific 1 TEST UNIT-VSWR METER,FREQUENCY RANGE 25 TO 3300 MHZ
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 07-009 D DA-4-653-90

R SEALING COAT (COLOR AS REQUIRED) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 517
May 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-65-00-740-001 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE
Test
25-65-00-991-006 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-059
B. Get access to the ELT 110MX
R (2) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-010-060
A. Disconnection of the External Antenna Connection

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006)
(1) On the ELT, set the ARM/OFF/ON switch (11) to the OFF position.
(2) If necessary, remove the material from the antenna connector and the
ANT connector with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Disconnect the antenna connector from the ANT connector (13).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 518
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Subtask 25-65-00-720-052
R B. Functional Test
R (1) Connect the TEST UNIT-VSWR METER,FREQUENCY RANGE 25 TO 3300 MHZ with
R an applicable adapter to the external antenna connector.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Test Unit: On the Test Unit:

R - Push the ON/OFF key. - The Test Unit is on.
R - Push the RUN/HOLD key. - The display shows these frequencies:

R - 121.50 MHz
R - 243.00 MHz
R - 406.00 MHz
R - Push the ON/OFF key. - The Test Unit is off.
R (2) Disconnect the Test Unit from the external antenna connector.
R Subtask 25-65-00-410-059
R C. Connection of the External Antenna Connection
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE METHANOL OR ENGINE TITANIUM PARTS COULD BE DAMAGED.

_______
R CAUTION : USE ONLY ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL AS AN ANTI-FREEZE MIXTURE.

_______
R METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION OF THE TITANIUM PARTS OF THE
R ENGINE.
R (a) Remove unwanted material from the antenna connector and the ANT
R connector with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (b) Clean the antenna connector and the ANT connector with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).
R (3) Make sure that the ON/OFF/AUTO switch is set to the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 519
May 01/09

AIJ
R condition.
R (5) Connect the antenna connector to the ANT connector.
R (6) Safety the connection between the antenna connector and the ANT
R connector:
R CAUTION : SOME PLASTICS AND RUBBER-BASE MATERIALS ARE ATTACKED BY

_______
R HYDROCARBON SOLVENTS.
R (a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
R 07-009) or as an alternative PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND
R EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020) to the connection.
R (7) Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch to the AUTO position.
R Subtask 25-65-00-740-053
R D. Do the BITE test of the ELT System (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-65-00-410-060
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
R standard tools and all other items.
R Subtask 25-65-00-862-057
R B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-00

Page 520
May 01/09

AIJ
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (112MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-65-14-000-001
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 25-65-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-941-050
A. Get access to the Antenna 112MX
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-14-020-051
A. Removal of the Antenna 112MX

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)
(1) Remove the sealants from the heads / of the screws (1) with a SCRAPER
- NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Antenna 112MX
R Figure 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(3) Lift the antenna (2) carefully away from the fuselage outer skin, and
disconnect the connector (3) from the antenna (2).
(4) Remove the antenna (2).
(6) Remove and retain the O-ring seal (4).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-65-14-400-001
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 6 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 404
Feb 01/09

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

R 25-65-00-720-006 Functional Test of the Emergency Locator Transmitter
R (ELT) Antenna (112MX)
25-65-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-860-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-14-160-050
A. Cleaning Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove old material from the antenna (2) interface and the outer
surface of the fuselage (5) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
(2) Clean the area:

_______
(a) Clean the antenna (2) interface and the outer surface of the
fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
(b) Make sure that the area is dry before you continue.
(4) Make sure that there is no paint, corrosion or sealants in the screw
holes of the antenna (2).
NOTE : This is necessary because the antenna electrical bonding is

____
made through the antenna screws (1).
(5) Mask these areas with masking tape:

- On the outer surface of the fuselage (5), around the area that
interfaces with the antenna (2).
- On the screw holes and the hole for the connector, in the fuselage
structure.
- Around the edge of the antenna (2) where sealants are not
necessary.
Subtask 25-65-14-420-051
B. Installation of the Antenna 112MX

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 406
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(1) Apply materials:

_______
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the interface of

the antenna (2).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the outer surface of the
fuselage (5), that interfaces with the antenna (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from the screw holes and the hole for the
connector.
condition.
(5) Install the O-ring seal (4):
(a) Make sure that the O-ring seal (4) (RAYAN P/N 2909) is in a
correct and serviceable condition.
(6) Connect the connector (3) to the antenna (2).
(7) Put the antenna (2) on the outer surface of the fuselage, and install
the screws (1).
(8) Tighten the screws (1) and TORQUE to between 0.40 and 0.50 m.daN
(35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
(9) Remove unwanted sealant with a nonmetallic scraper.
(10) Remove unwanted masking tape.
(11) Clean the area:

_______
(a) Clean with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), and a lint-free

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 407
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
(12) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (2), and
the surface of the fuselage is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-005).
R Subtask 25-65-14-720-050
R C. Do the functional test of the emergency locator transmitter antenna

R (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-720-006).
Subtask 25-65-14-370-050
R D. Application and Curing of Sealants

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Apply materials:

_______
(a) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the bottom
edge of the antenna (2) and on the heads of the screws (1).
(b) Make a smooth contour of the sealant around the bottom edge of
the antenna (2) and the heads of the screws (1).
(c) Let the sealants get hard.
(d) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) on the sealant

around the bottom edge of the antenna (2).
(e) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) on the sealant on the heads of the screws (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 408
Aug 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-14-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-14

Page 409
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
__________________________________________________________
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY LOCATOR (111MX)
____________________
R TASK 25-65-18-000-001
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-65-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-18

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-18-020-050
A. Removal of the RCP 111MX

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001)
(1) Hold the front face of the RCP (1) and loosen the captive screws (3).
(2) Carefully remove the RCP (1) until you can get access to the
electrical connector (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) and remove the RCP (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-18

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R RCP 111MX
R Figure 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-18

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-65-18-400-001
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Test
R 25-65-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-860-050
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-18-420-050
R A. Installation of the RCP 111MX

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-65-18

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R condition.
R (5) Put the RCP (1) in position and connect the electrical connector (4).
R (6) Carefully install the RCP (1) and tighten the captive screws (3).
Subtask 25-65-18-740-050
B. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-18-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-65-18-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-18

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (110MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-65-35-000-001
Removal of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-65-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-35-010-051
R B. Get access to the ELT 110MX

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-35-020-050
R A. Removal of the ELT 110MX

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001)
R (1) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) to the OFF position.
R (2) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the material (14) from:
R - The electrical connector (8), or the programming dongle (19) (if
R installed).
R - The RCP connector (12).
R (3) Disconnect the antenna connector (9) from the ANT connector (11).
R (4) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) or programming-dongle (19)

R (if installed) from the RCP connector (12).
R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (6) Remove the ELT (5):
R (a) Only do these steps if a programming dongle (19) is installed in

R the aircraft:
R 1
_ Connect a maintenance dongle to the RCP connector (12).
R 2
_ Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (10) to the ARM position for a short
R time.
R NOTE : This programs the ELT (5) with a maintenance

____
R identification-data (ID). If you disconnect the
R maintenance dongle, without programming the ELT (5)
R with a maintenance ID, the ELT (5) retains its aircraft
R ID.
R 3
_ Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (10) back to the OFF position.
R 4
_ Disconnect the maintenance dongle from the RCP connector (12).
R (b) Hold the ELT (5) and release the burr-strips (velcro) on the
R straps (3).
R (c) Pull the auxiliary-antenna (4) out of the loops (25) on the
R straps (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 402
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R ELT 110MX
R Figure 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (d) Be careful with the auxiliary-antenna (4), it is held in the
R loops (25) folded back on itself. When you remove the
R auxiliary-antenna (4) it will move quickly back to a straight
R position.
R The auxiliary-antenna is (4) attached to the ELT (5) with the
R safety strap (17).
R (e) Carefully remove the ELT (5) and the auxiliary-antenna (4) from
R the bracket (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 404
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-65-35-400-001
Installation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Power
the External Power
Test

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 405
Feb 01/07

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number
R 25-65-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-860-050
(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).
(2) Make sure the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-
002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-35-560-050
(1) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) is changed refer to

(Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001).
R Subtask 25-65-35-420-050
R B. Installation of the ELT 110MX

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001)
_______
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R MINUTES.
R HEAT.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 406
Feb 01/07

AIJ

_______
R (a) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove unwanted material (14)

R from:
R - The electrical connector (8), or the progamming-dongle (19) (if
R installed).
R (b) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) with a MISCELLANEOUS

R (Material No. 19-003) and clean:
R - The electrical connector (8), or the programming-dongle (19)
R (if installed).
R (c) Make sure that they are dry before you continue.
R (3) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) is set to the OFF position.
R (4) Install the ELT (5):
R (a) Carefully hold the ELT (5) and the auxiliary-antenna (4) in
R position on the bracket (1).
R (b) Be careful with the auxiliary-antenna (4), it is attached to the

R ELT (5) with the safety strap (17).
R (c) Bend the auxiliary-antenna (4) back on itself, and push it

R through the loops (25) on the straps (3).
R (d) Push the straps (3) through the buckles (2).
R (e) Pull the straps (3) tight and fasten the burr-strips.
R condition.
R (7) Connect the electrical connector (8), or the programming-dongle (19)

R (if installed) to the RCP connector (12).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 407
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R (8) Connect the antenna connector (9) to the ANT connection (11).
R (9) Safety the connection between the electrical connector (8), or the
R programming-dongle (19) (if installed), to the RCP connector (12).

_______
R (a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
R 07-020) (14) to the connection.
R (10) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) to the ARM position.
Subtask 25-65-35-740-050
C. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-35-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-65-35-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 408
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-65-35-000-003
Removal of the Programming Dongle 141MX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 25-65-35-991-004 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-35-010-053
B. Get access to the Programming Dongle 141MX

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 409
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-35-020-052
A. Removal of the Programming Dongle 141MX

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004)
(1) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) to the OFF position.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) or programming-dongle (2)

from the connector (7) of the ELT (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the bracket (5).
(a) Connect a maintenance dongle to the RCP connector (7).
(b) Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (6) to the ARM position for a short
time.
NOTE : This programs the ELT (4) with a maintenance

____
identification-data (ID). If you disconnect the
maintenance dongle without programming the ELT (4) with a
maintenance ID, the ELT (4) retains its aircraft ID.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 410
Nov 01/08

AIJ
DONGLE (141 MX)
Figure 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 411
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
TASK 25-65-35-400-003
Installation of the Programming Dongle 141MX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Test
Number
R 25-65-35-991-004 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-860-052
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 412
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-35-560-053
(1) If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) is changed refer to

(Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001).
Subtask 25-65-35-420-053
B. Installation of the Programming Dongle 141MX

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004)
(1) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) is in the OFF position.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (1) with the bracket (5).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (3) or the programming-dongle (2) to

the connector (7) of the ELT (4).
(8) Set the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) to the ARM position.
Subtask 25-65-35-740-052
C. Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-35-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 413
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-65-35-862-052
B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-35

Page 414
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
R TASK 25-65-41-000-001
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal
NOTE : The procedures are given for the removal of a safety barrier strap from
____
one door; the procedures for the removal of the safety barrier straps
from all doors (left and right) are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-65-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform adjacent to the passenger/crew door you will
work from.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Remove the door frame linings as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Loosen the thermal and acoustical insulation (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-
001) adajcent the drum unit (9).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-41-991-001)
Subtask 25-65-41-020-050
A. Removal:
(1) Remove the attach screws (14) and the washers (15) from the strap
guide support (7).
(2) Hold the loop end (4) and remove the strap guide support (7).
(3) Let the safety barrier strap (8) slowly retract into the drum unit
(9).
(4) Support the drum unit (9) and remove the screws (12) and the washers
(13).
(5) Remove the drum unit (9).
R (6) If you replace the drum unit (9):
(a) Remove the screws (10).
(b) Remove and keep the base plate (11) from the drum unit (9).
R (7) If you remove the latch hook (3):
(b) Remove the latch hook (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 402
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Safety Barrier Strap
R Figure 401/TASK 25-65-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 403
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-65-41-400-001
Safety Barrier Strap - Installation
NOTE : The procedures are given for the installation of a safety barrier strap
____
at one door; the procedures for the installation of the safety barrier
straps at all doors (left and right) are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-41-420-050
A. Installation:
R (1) If you install a replacement drum unit:
(a) Put the drum unit (9) in position on the base plate (11).
(b) Install and tighten the screws (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 404
Aug 01/07

AIJ
(2) Put the drum unit (9) in position at the passenger/crew door.
R (3) Make sure that the loop end (4) points inboard.
R
R (4) Install and tighten the screws (12) and the washers (13).
R (5) Pull the loop end (4), but do not fully extend the safety barrier
strap (8), and hold it.
R (6) Put the safety barrier strap (8) around the guide pin (5) and put the
R loop end (4) through the guide support bracket (6).
R (7) Put the strap guide support (7) in position and release the loop end
(4).
R (8) Install and tighten the screws (14) and the washers (15).
R (9) If you install the latch hook:
(a) Put the latch hook (3) in position.
(b) Install and tighten the screws (1) and the washers (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-41-720-050
A. Do this test:
(1) Pull the loop end (4) and fully extend the safety barrier strap (8)
from its retracted position.
(2) Install the loop end (4) on the latch hook (3).
(3) Do a visual check of the safety barrier strap (8), loop end (4) and
latch hook (3). Make sure that they are clean and in a satisfactory
condition.
(4) Lift the loop end (4) off the latch hook (3) and let the safety
barrier strap (8) slowly retract into the drum unit (9).
(5) Make sure that the loop end (4) retracts fully into its stowage and
is held in position (under spring tension from the drum unit) against
the guide support (7).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 405
Aug 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-65-41-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the thermal and acoustical insulation. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-
400-001).
(3) Install the door frame linings.
(4) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-41

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
MEGAPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________
TASK 25-65-51-920-001
Replacement of the Megaphone Batteries
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
A. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 batteries 25-65-51 99 -001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-65-51-710-002 Operational Test of the Megaphone
R 25-65-51-991-001-A Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 201
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-65-51-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
NOTE : Megaphone locations are shown with placards, which are bonded
____
on the outside of the stowage compartments.
(2) Release/open the strap/clamp.
(3) Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-51-960-050
A. Battery Replacement
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A)
(1) Remove the batteries (4):
(a) Press the bottom of the cartridge (3), and remove the screw (5).
(b) Remove the cartridge (3) from the handle (2).
(c) Remove and discard the batteries (4).
(2) Install the batteries (4):
(a) Put the batteries (4) in the cartridge (3).
NOTE : The polarity indication is shown on the cartridge (3).

____
(b) Install the cartridge (3) in the handle (2).
(c) Press the bottom of the cartridge (3), install and tighten the
screw (5).
Subtask 25-65-51-710-050
B. Do the operational test of the megaphone (Ref. TASK 25-65-51-710-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 202
May 01/07

AIJ
R Megaphone - Component Location
R Figure 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 203
May 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-51-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the megaphone in the compartment.
(2) Attach/close the strap/clamp.
(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
items.
Subtask 25-65-51-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 204
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-65-51-710-002
Operational Test of the Megaphone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-65-51-991-001-A Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-65-51-020-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
NOTE : Megaphone locations are shown with placards, which are bonded
____
on the outside of the stowage compartments.
(2) Release/open the strap/clamp.
(3) Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 205
May 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-51-710-051
A. Operational Test
WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE MEGAPHONE NEAR A PERSONS EARS. AMPLIFIED

_______
SOUND OR HOWLING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INNER EAR.
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Hold the handle (2) of the From the megaphone:

megaphone, and put the microphone
against your mouth:
- Push the switch-button (6), and - You hear a click sound.

speak into the mouthpiece. - The volume of your voice increases.
Make sure your voice is clear (no
feedback).
NOTE : If you operate the megaphone in

____
a small space, you can hear a
light ringing. Sound
reverberation causes this.
- Release the switch-button (6). - You hear a click sound.

- The increased volume of your voice
stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-51-420-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the megaphone in the compartment.
(2) Attach/close the strap/clamp.
(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 206
May 01/07

AIJ
Subtask 25-65-51-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-51

Page 207
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-65-52-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-65-52-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-52-860-050
R A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001)
Subtask 25-65-52-020-050
A. Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight
(1) For the flashlight (8) (28MM, 29MM):
(b) Remove the reinforcing strips (10) and the shield (9) from the
bracket (5).
(c) Remove the flashlight (8).
(d) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (6) and the screws (7).
(e) Remove the bracket (5) from the support (3).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-52

Page 401
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R Cockpit Flashlight
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-65-52

Page 402
May 01/07

AIJ
(f) Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the support (3).
(2) For the flashlight (15) (44MM):
(b) Remove the reinforcing strips (17) and the shield (16) from the
bracket (12).
(c) Remove the flashlight (15).
(d) Remove the screws (14) and the washers (13).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-52

Page 403
Aug 01/09
R
AIJ
TASK 25-65-52-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit Flashlight
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-65-52-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-52-860-051
R A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-65-52-991-001)
CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE FLASHLIGHT IN THE BRACKET, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
FIN OF THE FLASHLIGHT IS ALIGNED WITH THE RECESS OF THE BRACKET.
IF NOT, THE FLASHLIGHT WILL STAY ON AND OVERHEAT CAN OCCUR. THIS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.
R Subtask 25-65-52-420-050-A
R A. Installation of the Cockpit Flashlight
R (1) Install the support (3) on the panel with the washers (1) and the
R screws (2).
R (2) Put the bracket (5) in position on its support (3).
R (3) Install the screws (7) and (12), the washers (6) and the nuts (4).
R (4) Install the flashlight (8) on the bracket (5).
R (5) Install the shield (9) with the reinforcing strips (10).

EFF :

ALL 25-65-52

Page 404
Aug 01/09

AIJ
R (6) Install the screws (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-65-52-860-052
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R items.

EFF :

ALL 25-65-52

Page 405
Aug 01/09

AIJ
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The floatation and survival equipment is installed in the aircraft at
different locations. It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is
kept prepared for immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 7580MM LIFE VEST,PAX 200 25-66-52
R 7582MM LIFE VEST,DEMO 200 25-65-52
R 7583MM LIFE VEST,FLIGHT CREW 200 25-66-52
R 7584MM LIFE VEST,CABIN CREW 200 25-66-52
R 7710MM LIFELINE 200 25-66-00
R 7518MM SURVIVAL KIT 200 25-66-00
3. _____________________
A. Slide Raft Installation
Slide rafts are installed at the FWD and AFT passenger/crew doors. The
slide rafts give flotation aid for passengers and crew members during
extended over-water operation (Ref. 25-62-00). When you open a
passenger/crew door in the emergency mode, the slide raft inflates
automatically. When the passengers and crew have boarded a raft, you must
cut the raft mooring line to release it from the aircraft girt bar.
B. Survival Kit
A survival kit is supplied for each escape-slide raft and is kept in a

container. The containers are kept in stowage compartments in the cabin,
because there is not sufficient space on the FWD/AFT passenger/crew
doors. The location of the containers are shown with placards, which are
bonded on the outside of the stowage compartments.
The survival kit has:

- A container which includes a canopy.
- Canopy support masts.
- A hand pump.
- A basic module.
- An age-limited module.
- A maintenance release record.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 1
May 01/07

AIJ
R Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 2
May 01/07

AIJ
Life Vests - Component Location
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 3
May 01/07

AIJ
R Life-Lines - Location and Components
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 4
May 01/07

AIJ
- Glucose toffee tablets (if installed).
- A distress signal (if installed).
- An osmosis pump (if installed).
- Two paddles (if installed).
The canopy gives the passenger/crew members protection against different

weather conditions. The canopy is installed manually on the escape-slide
raft after it is disengaged from the aircraft. The canopy has a hole to
collect rain water, and has a bright orange/yellow color that you can see
easily.
The hand pump lets you add more pressure to the inflatable chambers on
the escape-slide raft and through the topping-off valves. The topping-off
valves are attached to the aspirator assemblies.
The basic module has:

- Four band-aids (1x3).
- Six compress bandages.
- Three triangular bandages.
- A sponge.
- A bailing bucket.
- A whistle.
- A sea dye marker.
- A signaling mirror.
- Two water canteens, packaged.
- Two repair kits, packaged.
- A utility knife.
- Two flashlights with batteries.
- A survival manual.
The age-limited module has:

- Two day/night flares.
- Water purification tablet(s).
- Twelve ammonia inhalants.
- Four burn ointments.
- Twenty antiseptic swabs.
C. Life Vest
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
NOTE : A small quantity of nonfunctional life vests are kept in the

____
aircraft for cabin crew to give visual instructions to passengers.
To prevent errors, the nonfunctional life vests are identified
with DEMO in large letters.
Each life vest has a buoyancy chamber with a waistbelt harness. The
harness has attach clips and adjustable buckles.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 5
May 01/07

AIJ
Life vest components include:
- a CO2 gas inflation system,
- an oral inflation tube,
- a lamp for survivor location in poor visibility or night conditions,
- a water activated cell (battery) to bring the lamp on,
- a whistle to attract attention.
The life vests are kept below the passenger seats, in the cabin
attendants seats and on the rear of each cockpit seat.
D. Life Lines
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
Life lines assist passengers evacuating the aircraft to remain on the

wings after ditching. The life lines are installed in the hatracks
adjacent the emergency exits (FR 38) left and right. Life line
installation points are yellow in color for easy identification and
located as follows:
- Inside each emergency exit hatch recess (top forward corner of the FWD
exit; top rear corner of the AFT exit) and accessible only after the
exit hatch is removed.
- On the upper surface of each wing, approximately above the outer limit
of the engine nacelle.
4. ________________________________
A. Survival kits
The survival kits are removed from the stowages and connected to each
escape slide raft. They are connected with a snap hook to the survival
kit lanyard attach loop. The survival kit lanyard attach loop is attached
to the telescopic end fitting of the girt bar. The snap hook is installed
on the survival kit container.
B. Life Vests
The Instructions for Use are clearly printed on each life vest. When
you pull the JERK TO INFLATE handle, you release the gas in the CO2
cylinder and the bouyancy chamber inflates. If the primary system (CO2
gas cylinder) fails, you can inflate the bouyancy chamber with the oral
inflation tube (or if additional pressure in the life vest becomes
necessary).

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 6
May 01/07

AIJ
C. Life Lines
If an emergency occurs and the aircraft ditches, you must remove the exit
hatches and install the life lines. Snap hooks connect the lines to the
installation points, they are located at each end of the life lines. You
can tighten the life lines after installation when you pull on the tabs
at the two sliding buckles.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 7
May 01/07

AIJ
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-66-00-210-001
Inspection/Check of the Floatation and Survival Equipment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the packs that contain the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM,
7584MM, 7585MM, 7586MM) from:
- below the passenger seats,
- the cabin attendant seats,
- the rear of the cockpit seats.
(2) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the DEMO life vests
(7582MM).
R (3) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the escape-slide
R raft survival-kits.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-00-210-051
A. Inspection:
(1) Visually examine the life-vest transparent packs. Make sure that they
are in a satisfactory condition.
NOTE : Do not remove the life vests from the packs.

____

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 601
Feb 01/08

AIJ
R (2) Visually examine the SPARE life vests:
(a) Make sure that they are in a satisfactory condition.
NOTE : The servicing data is found on the life-vest or on a

____
service record card (both of which you can see through the
transparent pack) or printed on the pack.
(b) Replace life vests that are damaged, and those that are in an
unsatisfactory condition.
(3) Make an inspection of each escape-slide raft survival-kit (referred

to as kit) as follows:
(a) Make a check of the pack container for damage. Make sure that the
lead safety seal and lockwire that hold the zip fastener closed
is not broken.
(b) Make sure the operating instructions placard is clean and that
you can easily read it. The placard is installed on the side of
the kit.
(c) Examine the snap-hook that attaches the pack to the kit
attach-loop on the escape-slide raft girt.
Make sure that the snap-hook is not damaged or corroded and
operates correctly.
NOTE : If you think that the kit or its attach items are in an
____
unsatisfactory condition, you must replace the kit.
(d) Remove the service history card from the kit pocket. Make sure
that the expiration date of the age-limited module has not
expired.
NOTE : The kits have a service cycle because some of the items
____
have life limits. If the service cycle has expired, you
must remove the kit from the aircraft and install a
serviceable kit.
(e) Put the service history card back into the kit pocket.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 602
Aug 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Install the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM,
7586MM). Make sure that life vests are installed in all the required
positions.
(2) Install the DEMO life vests (7582MM) in the overhead-stowage

compartments and close the doors.
(3) Install the escape-slide raft survival-kits in the overhead-stowage

compartments and close the doors.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
LIFE VEST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
R TASK 25-66-52-920-001
Remove Life Vests for Restoration
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-52-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-66-52-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to all life vests found at these locations:

- Below the passenger seats.
- In the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
- Behind the flight crew seats.
- In stowage compartments identified with placards.
(2) Remove all life vests from the aircraft for restoration.

EFF :

ALL 25-66-52

Page 401
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-52-280-050
(1) Do the restoration of the life vests. Refer to the applicable

Component Maintenance Manuals (CMM) for the correct procedure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-52-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install serviceable/replacement life vests at these locations:

- Below the passenger seats.
- In the CASs.
- Behind the flight crew seats.
- In stowage compartments identified with placards.
Subtask 25-66-52-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-66-52

Page 402
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
A rapid-decompression safety-system is installed in the aircraft.
2. __________________
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005)
3. __________________
System Description
The rapid-decompression safety-system prevents a pressure difference between

different closed areas in the aircraft (for example; cockpit/cabin,
cabin/cargo compartment) if a rapid decompression occurs. This prevents
structural damage to the fuselage and damage to the equipment and
furnishings, installed in these areas.
The rapid-decompression safety-system has:

- Rapid-decompression panels (cargo compartments).
- Dado panels (cabin) (Ref. 25-23-00).
- Air grills (stowages and lavatories).
- Cockpit door (Ref. 52-51-00).
4. _____________________
A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The rapid-decompression panel has these components:

- Decompression panels.
- Decompression frames.
- Latch assemblies.
- Fasteners.
(1) Decompression Panel
The panels have a composite structure made of a honeycomb-core and a

flame-retardant laminated-skin. On one side of the panel the
laminated-skin is extended and makes a border around the
honeycomb-filling. This side of the panel completes the lining of the
cargo compartment on the inner side.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Details
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Component Location and Component Details
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Air Grills - Location
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
The border is cut at each corner. The cut starts at the edge of the
border and continues diagonally to the corner of the
honeycomb-filling. Sealing tape is bonded to the side of the border
that touches the inner lining of the cargo compartment. The cuts in
the border are sealed with this tape.
(2) Frame
The frame is covered with flame-retardant material, attached with

adhesive tape. The frame is installed on the decompression panel, on
the side that faces out from the cargo compartment.
(3) Latch Assembly
The latch assembly has a housing, which includes a latch and a

spring. The latch has a shaped end and is always in the closed
position. To open the latch assembly you push the latch back into its
housing, against the spring tension. The latch assemblies are
installed on the decompression panel on the side that faces out from
the cargo compartment.
(4) Installation Description and Pressure Values
The rapid-decompression panels are installed in cut-outs in the

linings of the cargo compartments. The sealing tape on the border
makes a seal between the panel and the lining of the cargo
compartment. The flame-retardant material fits tightly in the
cut-outs of the linings and helps to seal the cargo compartment.
The rapid-decompression panels are installed from inside of the cargo

compartment into the cut-outs as follows:
- Push the panel into the cut-out.
- The shaped end of the latches adjust the position of the panel
automatically to the center of the cut-out.
- The latches are moved into their housings to the open position.
- The panel is continually pushed over the full surface until the
laminated-skin border is flush with the inner side of the linings.
- The latches snap back to the closed position and engage with the
outer edges of the cut-outs.
The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the ceiling

panels of the cargo compartments are kept free. A maximum height to
load bulk cargo, is marked on the wall linings of the cargo
compartment 2 in. (50.80 mm) below the ceiling.
The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the FWD wall

lining of the FWD cargo compartment are protected. A protection panel

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
is installed on the inner side of the lining in front of the
rapid-decompression panels. The panel is attached with brackets, to
make a space between the two panels. When bulk cargo is transported,
the protection panel keeps the rapid-decompression panels free.
The pressure difference-values between the cabin and the cargo

compartment, necessary to release the decompression-panel from the
lining, are:
- 30 hPa (0.886 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-IN) in the
cargo compartment occurs.
- 90 hPa (2.658 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-OUT) in the
cabin occurs.
B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The dado panel has a decorative panel with a cover assembly, and a
support assembly. The decorative panel is seen from inboard and finishes
the interior lining of the cabin from the upper sidewall-panels to the
floor. It attaches the dado panel to the fuselage structure. The cover
assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative panel.
The support assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative

panel and attaches the dado panel to the floor. Decompression plates are
installed in cut-outs in the back wall of the support assembly. The top
edge of the plate is attached with half-hinges to the back wall and can
move inboard and outboard. The bottom edge of the plate is held in the
cut-out with stop-plates attached on both sides of the back wall.
Insulation material is bonded on to the inboard side of the back wall and
the inboard side of the decompression plates.
The pressure difference-value between the cabin and the cargo

compartment, necessary to release the decompression panel in the support
assembly, is 0.05 hPa (0.0014 in.Hg)
C. Air Grills
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The air grills are installed in some closed modules, for example stowages
and lavatories.
D. Cockpit Door
The cockpit door is installed in the fixed partition between FR13 and
FR14. It has an electrically operated locking mechanism. The locking
mechanism is connected to a control unit, which is located on the
overhead panel. Pressure sensing channels are located on the control

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
unit, and measure sufficient fall in pressure to release the locking
mechanism (rapid decompression). The sensing channels are independent
from software and/or microprocessor failures.
5. ________________________________
A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 006)
In usual operation the rapid-decompression panels form part of the cargo

compartment linings.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air

pressure pushes on the rapid-decompression panels. The shaped end of the
latch pushes against the edge of the cut-out and causes the latch to move
into the open position. The released rapid-decompression panels are blown
rapidly into the cargo compartments (BLOW-IN). The higher air pressure
can flow from the cabin to the cargo compartment.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure

pushes on the rapid-decompression panels. The laminated-skin border folds
away at the place where the honeycomb filling starts. The cuts in the
corners help to accelerate this process. The panels are released and
blown rapidly out from the cargo compartments (BLOW-OUT). The higher air
pressure can flow from the cargo compartment to the cabin.
B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 007)
In usual operation the dado panels let the air flow between the Cargo
compartments and the cabin.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air

pressure flows under the decorative panels. The covers channel the flow
to the decompression plates and pushes them in the outboard direction.
The higher air pressure can flow rapidly from the cabin to the cargo
compartment.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure

pushes the decompression plates in the inboard direction. The covers
channel the flow under the decorative panel. The higher air pressure can
flow rapidly from the cargo compartment to the cabin.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Dado Panels - Operation
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07

AIJ
C. Air Grills
In usual operation the air grills let the air move freely to and from the
housings (stowages and lavatories).
If a rapid-decompression occurs, the air will flow rapidly through the

air grills into the cabin.
D. Cockpit Door
In usual operation the cockpit door permits access to and from the
cockpit to the cabin. During flight the cockpit door is closed and
locked.
If a rapid-decompression in the cabin occurs, the cockpit door stays

closed and locked. The higher air pressure in the cockpit flows through
various ventilation paths, into the cabin and avionics compartment. The
door frame, frame attachments and lavatory wall are strengthened to
resist the initial high pressure, until the higher air pressure has
decreased.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cockpit, the avionics compartment

or the FWD Cargo compartment, the sensing channel measures the rapid fall
in pressure. The control unit immediately releases (5 ms) the cockpit
door locking mechanism. The higher air pressure, pushes the cockpit door
open to the cockpit, and flows rapidly from the cabin into the cockpit.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
Cockpit Door - Operation

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Cockpit Door - Operation

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 15
Feb 01/07

AIJ
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-68-00-400-001
Installation of a Rapid Decompression Panel in the Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R 25-68-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-68-00-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) If you need to install a panel assembly in the FWD cargo-compartment:
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Install the actuator safety locks.
(c) Set the light switch 6LU to the ON position.
(d) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the control panel to tell persons not to
use the cargo-loading system.
(3) If you need to install a panel assembly in the AFT or the bulk
cargo-compartment:
(a) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001)

.
(b) Install the actuator safety locks.
(c) In the AFT cargo-compartment, at the service panel 2024VU, set

the light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(d) In the bulk cargo-compartment set the light switch 8LU to the ON
position.
(e) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the control panel to tell persons not to
use the cargo-loading system.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-68-00-420-050
A. Installation Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-68-00-991-001)
WARNING : WEAR GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY TO HANDS.

_______
NOTE : The panel assembly (1) includes a frame (2), a panel (3) and
____
fasteners (4).
(1) Removal procedure:
(a) Push the disengaged part of the panel (3) and put your fingers
behind the frame (2).
(b) Carefully pull the frame (2) and the panel (3) out from the
ceiling panel (5) into the cargo-compartment.
(c) Put the frame (2) on a flat surface with the panel (3) on the
top.
(d) Push each latch (8) back to disconnect the catch (9) from the
panel (3).
(2) Inspection procedure:
(a) Do a check of the panel (2), the foam-tape (7) and the
flame-retardant strip (6).
(b) If the panel (3) is damaged, do a repair (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-

001).
(c) If the foam-tape (7) or the flame-retardant strip (6) is damaged,

replace the panel assembly (1) (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001).
(3) Set procedure for the fasteners (4):
(a) Put the frame (2) on a flat surface with the fasteners (4) on the
top side.
(b) Push all catches (9) that are in the disengaged position to the
closed position.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Rapid Decompression Panel - Location and Procedure

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Rapid Decompression Panel - Location and Procedure

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

AIJ
(4) Assembly procedure:
(a) Put the panel (3) on the center of the catches (9) on the frame
(2).
(b) Carefully push the panel (3) until each catch (9) engages.
NOTE : You can hear a click sound when each catch (9) engages
____
correctly.
(c) Make sure that the edge of the frame (2) makes a seal with the
foam-tape (7).
(5) Installation procedure:
(a) Put the panel assembly (1) on the center of the catches (9) in
the ceiling panel (5).
(b) Carefully push the panel assembly (1) until each catch (9)
engages.
NOTE : You can hear a click sound when each catch (9) engages
____
correctly.
(c) Make sure that the edge of the frame (2) makes a seal with the
foam-tape (7).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-68-00-860-051
items.
(2) If you have installed a panel assembly in the FWD cargo-compartment:
(a) Remove the warning notice(s).
(b) Set the light switch 6LU to the OFF position.
(c) Remove the safety lock from the actuator.
(d) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 206
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
(3) If you have installed a panel assembly in the AFT or the bulk
cargo-compartment:
(a) Remove the warning notice(s).
(b) In the bulk cargo-compartment, set the light switch 8LU to the
OFF position.
(c) In the AFT cargo-compartment, set the light switch 8LU to the OFF
position.
(d) Remove the safety lock from the actuator.
(e) Close the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
(5) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-00

Page 207
Feb 01/07

AIJ
DECOMPRESSION PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 25-68-41-960-001
Replacement of the Decompression Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Active Fire-Blocking Strip ABS5027C 15-06

Material No. 05-066
X (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-017 GB S27-8006
R BONDING METAL/METAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-079 D DAN 382, DAN 1297-01
DOUBLE-SIDED PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
R ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 401
Nov 01/08

AIJ
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panels)
FR24
Compartment
Compartment
R 25-68-41-991-009 Fig. 401
R 25-68-41-991-001 Fig. 402
R 25-68-41-991-002 Fig. 403
R 25-68-41-991-006 Fig. 404
R 25-68-41-991-007 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-68-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the panels in the area where you want to replace the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 402
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-68-41-910-050
R A. Preperation for Replacement of the Decompression Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-68-41-991-009)

_______
R MATERIAL/S.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R (1) Make sure, that the decompression panel (1) is in correct condition.
R (2) Make sure, that the drill holes (3) are with the correct diameter on
R the panel latch (2).
R (3) Cut the new h-profile (5) to the finished length.
R (4) Clean contact surfaces of linings and inside of chanel of the

R h-profile with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).
R (5) Put the panel latch (2) on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER.
R (6) Apply adhesive (4) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 017) to inside of channel of the h-profile (5) of the honeycomb panel
R (6).
R NOTE : Apply adhesive generously to the edges of the panel where

____
R honeycomb is explosed.
R (7) Install the honeycomb panel (6) let the advesive cure.
R (8) Install the panel laches (2).
R NOTE : If adhesive tape is detached at the corners of the

____
R decompression panel, clean areas and renew adhesive tape.
R (9) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 403
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Decompression Panels
R Figure 401/TASK 25-68-41-991-009

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 404
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Subtask 25-68-41-920-050
R B. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Passenger Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-68-41-991-001)
(1) Remove the decompression-panel assembly:
(b) Carefully remove the decompression-panel assembly (1) from the

dado panel (7).
(c) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the covers (6) from
the dado panel (7).
(2) Install the decompression-panel assembly:
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are

area.
(d) Put the covers (6) in position on the dado panel (7), and install
(e) Put the decompression-panel assembly (1) in position on the dado

panel (7).
(f) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2).
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051
R C. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment

Ceiling-Panels
(1) Remove the decompression panel:
(a) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (6).
(b) Remove the sheet-assemblies (4) and the decompression-fasteners

(5).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 405
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panel
R Figure 402/TASK 25-68-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 406
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
R Figure 403/TASK 25-68-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 407
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 408
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 409
Nov 01/08

AIJ
(c) Carefully remove the decompression-frame (3) and the
decompression-panel (2) from the ceiling-panel (1).
(2) Install the decompression-panel:
_______

area.
(d) If necessary, install new flame-retardant material

(referred to as the strips):
1
_ Remove the remaining strips (8) and the foam-tape (9) from the
ceiling-panel (1) and from the decompression-panel (2).
2
_ Clean the area where you removed the strips and the foam-tape:
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER

_______
SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
a
_ Clean the area where you removed the strips and the
foam-tape with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
3
_ Cut the new foam-tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-066)
(9) to the necessary length.
4
_ Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (9).
5
_ Carefully install the foam-tape (9) in the applicable areas of
the ceiling-panel (1) and the decompression-panel (2).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 410
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
NOTE : The joints of the foam-tape should not be in the
____
corners of the installation area, when you install the
new foam-tape (9).
6
_ Cut the new Active Fire-Blocking Strip ABS5027C 15-06 (8) to
the necessary length.
7
_ Remove the protective foil from the strips (8).
8
_ Carefully install the strips (8) in the applicable areas of
the ceiling-panel (1) and the decompression-panel (2).
NOTE : When you install the new strips (8), the joints of the
____
strips:
- Should not be in the corners of the installation area
- Should not be parallel to each other.
9
_ Install adhesive tape on each joint of the strips:
a
_ Measure a distance of a minimum of 10 mm (0.3937 in.) on
each end of the strips (8) and make a mark.
b
_ Install BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
079) (10) on each joint of the strips (8) in the area you
have made the marks.
(e) Put the decompression-panel (2) together with the

decompression-frame (3) in position in the ceiling-panel (1).
(f) Put the sheet-assemblies (4) and the decompression-fasteners (5)

in position.
(g) Make sure that the locating-pin of the fastener (5) is correctly
installed in the related locating-hole of the frame (3) (see
DETAIL E).
(h) Install the washers (6) and the nuts (7) but do not tighten the
nuts at this time.
(i) Make sure that the position of the decompression-panel (2) in the
ceiling-panel (1) is symmetrical.
(j) Tighten and TORQUE the nuts (7) (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 411
Nov 01/08
R
AIJ
Subtask 25-68-41-920-052
R D. Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-68-41-991-007)
(1) Remove the screws (2) and the protective panel (1) from the partition
(3).
(2) Remove the decompression panel:
(a) Push the latches (4) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.
(b) Carefully remove the decompression-panel (5) together with the

seal (10) from the partition (3).
(3) Disassemble the decompression panel:
(b) Remove the clamps (8) and the latch assemblies (9) from the
decompression panel (5).
(4) Assemble the decompression panel:

area.
(d) Put the latch assemblies (9) in position on the decompression

panel (5).
(e) Put the clamp (8) in position, and install the washers (7) and
the screws (6).
(5) Install the decompression-panel:
(a) Make sure that the decompression-panel (5) is clean and in the
correct condition.

area.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 412
Nov 01/08

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

25-68-41

Page 413
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 414
Nov 01/08

AIJ
Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 415
Nov 01/08

AIJ
(c) Put the seal (10) in position on the decompression panel (5).
(d) Put the decompression-panel (5) in position in the partition (3)

and install it.
NOTE : Use a stable force over the full surface of the

____
decompression panel (1) when you push the decompression
panel in the related opening of the ceiling panel (6).
(6) Put the protective panel (1) in position on the partition (3) and
install the screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-68-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the panels in the area where you have replaced the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-68-41

Page 416
Nov 01/08

AIJ
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The accessory compartments are located on the inner or on the outer areas of
the pressurized fuselage. The avionics compartments are in the pressurized
area below the cockpit (above the nose landing-gear well). They are
identified as the FWD, the lateral and the AFT avionics compartments.
The compartments have:
- heat and sound insulation,
- maintenance lighting,
- air-cooled racks for the electrical and electronic equipment and their
related units.
The nose landing-gear well is below the avionics compartment and stair bay,
in the areas of Zones 123/124. The main landing-gear well is between the FWD
and AFT cargo compartments, in the areas of Zones 147/148.
Equipment compartments are located in the rear of the aircraft, between FR65
and FR80, in the areas of Zones 171/172, 311/312 and 313/314.
2. __________________
Component Location
A. Avionics Compartments
(1) Compartment Locations

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(a) The FWD avionics compartment is between FR1 and FR9, in the areas
of Zones 121/122. Access to the compartment is through the FWD
avionics compartment door 811 and through the floor access panels
in the cockpit.
(b) The lateral avionics compartment is between FR9 and FR20, in the
areas of Zones 125/126. Access to the lateral avionics
compartment is through:
- the left hand door 812 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the right hand door 822 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the cockpit,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area.
(c) The AFT avionics compartment is between FR20 and FR24A, in the
areas of Zones 127/128. Access to the AFT avionics compartment is
through:
- the right hand door 824 of the AFT avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area,
- the floor access panels in the FWD cabin area.

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Accessory Compartments - Locations
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
B. Landing Gear
(1) Landing Gear Wells
(a) The nose landing-gear well is between FR9 and FR20.
(b) The main landing-gear well is between FR42 and FR46.
C. Equipment Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
(1) Compartment Locations
(a) The AFT cabin underfloor-compartment is between FR65 and FR70, in

the areas of Zones 171/172, (AFT of the bulk cargo compartment).
The compartment is in the pressurized area and has insulation
blankets. Access to the compartment is through the access panels
161DW and 162DW. A catwalk is installed in the compartment for
maintenance and access to the equipment rack.
The compartment contains:
- the air outflow valve 10HL (Ref. 21-31-00),
- system service lines for the air conditioning, lavatory, galley
ventilation, and waste water.
- fuel lines for the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
(b) The horizontal and vertical-stabilizer attachment area is between

FR70 and FR78, in the areas of Zones 311/312. It is external to
the pressurized area. Access to the compartment is through the
access panels 311AL and 312AR. A catwalk is installed in the
compartment for maintenance access. The compartment contains:
- attachments for the horizontal and vertical stabilizer (Ref.
53-56-00),
- components for the flight control trim system (Ref. 27-40-00),
- the Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) and the underwater
locator beacon (attached to the DFDR) (Ref. 31-33-00),
- the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71-00).
(c) The tail-cone APU air-intake area is between FR78 and FR80, in
the areas of Zones 313/314. It is external to the pressurized
area. Access to the compartment is through the access panel
314AR. The compartment contains the APU system components (Ref.
49-00-00).

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Equipment Compartment - Zones 171/172
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Equipment Compartment - Zones 311/312 and 313/314
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-70-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The avionics compartment is located in the underfloor nose section between
Frames 1 and 24.
Its structure is as follows:
- Frames 1 to 9: the avionics compartment forward part, forward of the nose
landing gear well, under the cockpit.
- Frames 0 to 20, R side and L side: the avionics compartment lateral left
and lateral right parts, on each side of the nose gear well, under the
cockpit and the forward passenger compartment.
- Frames 20 to 24: the avionics compartment aft part, aft of the nose gear
well, under the forward passenger compartment.
The total capacity of the ventilated racks is 415 MCU.
Each part is fitted with a door allowing access from the outside.
An access panel in the aft part of the avionics compartment allows
communication with the passenger compartment.
2. ____________________________________
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH MISSING

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70VU ANN LT TEST UNIT
80VU AFT ELECTRONICS RACK
90VU FWD ELECTRONICS RACK
103VU RELAY BOX
106VU POWER CENTER-AC/DC EMERGENCY
107VU CONTACTOR BOX
109VU SHELF-WEATHER RADAR
4. ____________________________________
TITLE OF GENERATED PARAGRAPH MISSING

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Avionics Compartment - Component Location.
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Description
___________
A. Avionics Compartment - Forward Part

(Ref. Fig. 002)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
- Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Between Frames 2 and 4, L side, there is a 16 MCU capacity rack for
Weather Radar installation.
- FWD Electronics Rack 90VU
Between Frames 7 and 8, there is a 95 MCU capacity transversal rack
fitted with five shelves.
Space is provided for installation of non-Arinc miscellaneous items

(window heat computers, probe heat computers, contactors, relays,
miscellaneous equipment, etc...).
There is also a ground power receptacle forward of the nose gear

between Frames 7 and 8.
All the rack shelves are removable. An underfuselage access door is

provided at Frame 4.
B. Avionics Compartment - Lateral Right Part

(Ref. Fig. 003)
- Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, between Frames 10 and 12.
- Relay Box 103VU, between Frames 9 and 10.
- Contactor Box 107VU, between Frames 15 and 16.
- It is also fitted with two batteries, 2 transformer rectifiers, 1
static inverter and 2 battery charge limiters.
An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame 13.
C. Avionics Compartment - Lateral Left Part.

(Ref. Fig. 004)
- AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU, between Frames 13 and 15.
- the associated generator control unit, transformer rectifier and
transformer.
An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame

14.

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Fwd Electronics Rack 90VU & Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, Relay Box 103VU & Contactor Box 107VU
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

AIJ
D. Avionics Compartment - Aft Part.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
- A 30 MCU capacity rack with an adjustable shelf for ADIRS installation,
located under the air cooling pack for the ventilated equipment,
between Frames 21 and 22.
- Aft Electronics Rack 80VU
Between Frames 23A and 24 there is a 274 MCU capacity transversal rack
heaving four levels.
An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame

22.
An access panel allows communication with the passenger compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Aft Electronics Rack 80VU & Access Ladder
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

AIJ
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 25-71-00-290-001
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BORESCOPE SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

Power
the External Power
25-71-00-991-001 Fig. 601
25-71-00-991-002 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-71-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824
in zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 601
May 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-71-00-861-050
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-71-00-020-050
C. Preparation for Inspection
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-869-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001, 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)
Subtask 25-71-00-290-050
A. Inspection of Lower Lateral Fittings With a Borescope
(1) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of fasteners, brackets

and/or holes for lower lateral fittings
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001)
(sheet 2).
- If you find cracks, replace the defective fasteners, brakets or
holes, before the next flight and send the inspection reports to
airbus
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)
(sheet1).
(2) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of bush migrated and/or

material burred for lower lateral fittings
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-71-00-991-001)
(sheet 3).
- If you find bush migrated and/or material burred, contact airbus
before the next flight and send the inspection reports to airbus
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 25-71-00-991-002)
(sheet2).

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 602
May 01/09

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-71-00-210-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-71-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 603
May 01/09

AIJ
80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 604
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 605
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 606
May 01/09

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-71-00

Page 607
May 01/09

AIJ
Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 608
May 01/09

AIJ
Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 609
May 01/09

AIJ
TASK 25-71-00-290-002
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Central Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BORESCOPE SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

Power
the External Power
25-71-00-991-003 Fig. 603
25-71-00-991-004 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-71-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824
in zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 610
May 01/09

AIJ
Subtask 25-71-00-861-051
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-71-00-020-051
C. Preparation for Inspection
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-869-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003, 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004)
Subtask 25-71-00-290-051
A. Inspection of Lower Central Fittings With a Borescope
(1) With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of cracks, for lower

central fittings.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 25-71-00-991-003)
- If you find cracks, send the inspection reports to airbus.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-71-00-210-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 25-71-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 611
May 01/09

AIJ
80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 612
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 613
May 01/09

AIJ

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 614
May 01/09

AIJ
Inspection Report for Center Lateral Fittings
Figure 604/TASK 25-71-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-71-00

Page 615
May 01/09

AIJ
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The thermal insulation does the following:

- minimizes the loss of heat from the fuselage,
- stops the formation of condensation,
- reduces the noise level in the fuselage.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The thermal insulation is a material and not a component. This material is

distributed through the pressurized fuselage, and is of different thickness,
and installed in different ways.
3. __________________
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Fuselage Primary Insulation
The fuselage is insulated with glasswool blankets that have a density of

0.42 lb/ft3 (6.73 kg/m3), except for the cockpit area. The cockpit area
is insulated with glasswool blankets that have a density of 0.6 lb/ft3
(9.63 kg/m3). In both places the insulation blanket is covered with a
foil material with seams that are either sewn or thermal inpact bonded.
The foil material at one side of each blanket has ventilation holes.
These face inboard of the aircraft skin to stop condensation entering the
blankets, except under the aircrafts floor.
Under the aircraft floor the holes in the foil material face outboard
(aft of frame 24), to stop condensation entering. The passenger/emergency
doors and door frames are insulated with glasswool cushions and/or
polyethylene foam plates.
B. Cabin Secondary Insulation
Secondary insulation is fitted to, or integrated with, the following

interior panels:
- the rear side of the hatracks (when necessary for acoustic reasons),
- the rear side of the upper sidewall panel,
- the rear side of the lower sidewall panels (dado panels).
This insulation has a minimum thickness of 6 mm.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Area of Insulation - Example
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

25-80-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

AIJ
Insulation under the floor of the forward and aft cargo compartment
reduce heat-loss of the cargo heating system. This helps to meet
specified cargo compartment temperatures, and reduces the quantity of
condensation. The insulation used is foam panels with a thickness of 30
mm. These are bonded with adhesive to the underside of the floor of each
cargo compartment.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

AIJ
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________
R TASK 25-80-00-000-001
Removal of the Insulation Blankets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Removal for access to the fuselage structure (skin panels, frames, stringers
etc.).
Removal for the maintenance of the air conditioning ducts etc.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform(s) 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passenger/Crew Door
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
R 25-80-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the FWD passenger/crew door.
(2) Put the access platform(s) in position at the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door(s).
(3) Open the appropriate access door.
(4) Remove the parts given subsequently only where necessary to remove
the insulation blankets:
- the upper and lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-001),
- the cargo compartment linings
- the circuit breaker panels,
- the air conditioning ducts
- the electrical cable fasteners,
- the bonding straps,
- the screwed brackets.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001)
Subtask 25-80-00-020-050
A. Removal of the Insulation Blankets
NOTE : The blankets which are installed in the top of the fuselage
____
between STRG5 - STRG5 must not be cut or damaged. This prevents
condensed water to enter the cabin.
(1) If necessary, make match marks on the components that you remove to
record their positions.
(2) Remove the washers (4) from the studs (5).
(3) Remove the cable brackets (2) and the rings (3), if the rings (3) are
installed.
(4) Remove the insulation blanket (1).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R Typical Removal/Installation of an Insulation Blanket
R Figure 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-80-00-400-001
Installation of the Insulation Blankets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-80-00-200-001 General Repair Information

25-80-00-210-001 Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the
Insulation and the Junction Panel
R 25-80-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-210-052
items.

(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-210-001)
(3) If necessary, do a repair. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)
(4) If necessary, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-

005A) to the fuselage components.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-80-00-991-001)
Subtask 25-80-00-420-050
A. Installation of the Insulation Blankets
NOTE : The blankets which are installed in the top of the fuselage
____
between STRG5 - STRG5 must not be cut or damaged. This prevents
condensed water to enter the cabin.
(1) When you install the components, refer to the match marks made during
(2) Put the insulation blankets (1) in the installation position.
(3) Install the insulation blankets (1) with an overlap so that condensed
water flows to the outer skin.
(4) Install the washers (4) on the studs (5).
(5) Install the cable brackets (2) and, if removed before, install the
rings (3). Tighten the cable brackets (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the parts which you removed to replace the insulation
blankets.
(2) Close the appropriate access door.
items.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

AIJ
R TASK 25-80-00-210-001
Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the Insulation and the Junction
Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door and install the
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD and/or
(3) Remove the equipment, the linings and the sidewall panels as
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 206
Feb 01/07

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-80-00-210-051
A. Inspection of the Insulation Blankets
(1) Make sure that the insulation blankets are clean, dry and not
damaged.
(2) Make sure that the Velcro tape on the attachment fittings are
installed correctly.
(3) Make sure that the attachement studs are in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the nylon threads support the insulation blankets
correctly
(5) Make sure that the insulation blankets is in the correct condition.
(6) Make sure that the drain holes of the insulation blankets are clean.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the parts wich you removed to replace the insulation
blankets.
(4) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 207
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-80-00-200-001
General Repair Information
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER

No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-80-00-350-001 Repair of the Wrapper
25-80-00-350-002 Repair with Blanket Insert
25-80-00-350-003 Replacement/Local Manufacturing
R
25-80-00-991-003 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 801
Nov 01/08

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-80-00-210-053
A. General Information
(1) Identify the damage type

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-80-00-991-003)
Subtask 25-80-00-010-056
B. Removal of the Insulation Blanket
(1) If you must remove a contaminated blanket put on GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE

and GLOVES - RUBBER.
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE.
WARNING : AVOID BREATHING OF VAPORS.

_______
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______
(a) Remove the damaged insulation blanket if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-
80-00-000-001).
Subtask 25-80-00-350-050
C. Repair of the Damaged Insulation
R (1) Refer to the (Ref. SIL 25-135).
(2) Do the repair of the damaged insulation blanket:

- Repair of the wrapper
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-001)
- Repair with an insert
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-002).
(3) Replace the damaged insulation blanket:

- Make a new (replacement) insulation blanket
R (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-003) and (Ref. PMS 01-05-61).
or
- Replace the insulation blanket with an FAR25.856(a) compliant
insulation blanket
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 802
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R General Identification Chart
R Figure 801/TASK 25-80-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-055
A. Installation of the Insulation Blanket
(1) Install the repaired insulation blanket if removed to do the repair

procedure (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001).
Subtask 25-80-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-80-00-350-001
Repair of the Wrapper
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with FAR25.856(a))

No specific wrapper foil DAN 379B (non-compliant with FAR25.856
(a))
No specific wrapper foil Terul 18 (compliant with FAR25.856(a))
ADHESIVE TAPE (INSULATION BLANKET REPAIR)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-991-004 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-057
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 805
May 01/09

AIJ
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-80-00-350-051
A. Repair of the Wrapper

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 25-80-00-991-004)
(2) Repair of damage type 1 (tears)
(a) Bond the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073) or
the adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with FAR25.856(a)) over the
tear(s).
NOTE : The adhesive tape should overlap the edge of the tear 25
____
mm (0.98 in.) in all directions.
(3) Repair of damage type 2 (missing wrapper material):
(a) Attach a patch of wrapper foil DAN 379B (non-compliant with

FAR25.856 (a)) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-073).
Or:
(b) Attach a patch of wrapper foil Terul 18 (compliant with

FAR25.856(a)) with adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with
FAR25.856(a)) over the damaged area.
NOTE : The adhesive tape should overlap the edge of the patch 25
____
mm (0.98 in.) in all directions.
(4) Repair of damage type 3 (tears or missing wrapper material at the

edge of the blanket).
NOTE : This repair is limited for adhesive tape maximum available

____
width
(a) Bond the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073) or
adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with FAR25.856(a)) over the damage.
NOTE : The adhesive tape should overlap the edge of the damage 25
____
mm (0.98 in.). The length of the tape should cover the
other side of the blanket as shown in section B-B.

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 806
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Repair of the Wrapper
R Figure 802/TASK 25-80-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

AIJ
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-056
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07
R
AIJ
TASK 25-80-00-350-002
Repair with Blanket Insert
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific glass wool ABS5630B
No specific glass wool DAN 88B20
No specific wrapper foil DAN 379B (non-compliant with
FAR25.856(a))
No specific wrapper foil Terul 18 (compliant with FAR25.856(a))
ADHESIVE TAPE (INSULATION BLANKET REPAIR)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-80-00-991-005 Fig. 803

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 809
May 01/09

AIJ
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-058
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-80-00-350-052
A. Repair with Blanket Insert

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-80-00-991-005)
(2) Cut the damaged area (wrapper on each side and the glass wool) out of
the insulation blanket in a rectangular shape.
(3) Seal the edges of the cut-out correctly with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073) or adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with
FAR25.856(a)) .
(4) Accurately to the cut-out of the insulation blanket:
R (a) (Ref. PMS 01-05-61): Make a blanket insert of glass wool DAN
R 88B20 , wrapper foil DAN 379B (non-compliant with FAR25.856(a))
R and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-073).
(b) (Ref. AIPS 03-07-004): Make a blanket insert of glass wool

ABS5630B , wrapper foil Terul 18 (compliant with FAR25.856(a))
and adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with FAR25.856(a)).
(5) Install the blanket insert into the cut-out of the insulation blanket
and attach it with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
073) or adhesive tape KB42 (compliant with FAR25.856(a)).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-057
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 810
Nov 01/08

AIJ
R Repair with Blanket Insert
R Figure 803/TASK 25-80-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

AIJ
TASK 25-80-00-350-003
Replacement/Local Manufacturing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
PMS 01-05-61
R PMS 01-05-64
R PMS 01-10-01
R SIL 25-135
25-80-00-991-006 Fig. 804
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-059
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-80-00-350-053
A. Local Manufacturing of a Replacement Insulation blanket

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 25-80-00-991-006)
(1) In the work shop:
R (a) Make a new insulation blanket (Ref. PMS 01-05-61) non compliant
R with FAR 25.856(a),
R or (Ref. PMS 01-05-64) compliant with FAR 25.856(a).
R
R - Use the cross-reference-table available in (Ref. PMS 01-10-01)
to find the material compliant with FAR 25.856(a).

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 812
Aug 01/07

AIJ
R Insulation Blanket - General Information
Figure 804/TASK 25-80-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 813
Aug 01/07

AIJ
NOTE : If the locally manufactured part is compliant to FAR
____
R 25.856(a), you can show this with a placard or a stamp
R (Ref. SIL 25-135).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-80-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001)

EFF :

ALL 25-80-00

Page 814
Aug 01/07

AIJ

ata25NAMMAIJA 000016

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ata25NAMMAIJA 000016

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

__________

REVISION NO. 11 Aug 01/09

L.E.P. 1-14 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

25-21-34 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

25-21-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-22-42 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-23-44 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-23-46 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-25-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-30-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

25-31-42 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

25-33-45 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

25-35-34 MOD.37065K11325 REMOVED ALL

25-43-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-45-22 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-50-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-54-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-55-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-55-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-62-00 MOD.20019K0008 INCORPORATED ALL

25-62-42 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-62-42 MOD.20019K0008 INCORPORATED ALL

MOD.24850K3999 INCORPORATED ALL

25-62-44 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

25-62-46 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

25-65-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

25-65-14 MOD.35436K10143 INCORPORATED ALL

25-65-52 MOD.25351P4084 INCORPORATED ALL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD T. of C. R 38 Aug01/09 25-00-00 839 Feb01/09

25-00-00 R 881 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A832 Aug01/09 25-00-00 R A883 Aug01/09

25-11-00 401 Nov01/07 25-11-63 401 Feb01/07 25-13-00 1 Feb01/07

25-13-41 414 Feb01/07 25-20-00 2 Feb01/07 25-21-00 5 May01/08

25-22-00 5 May01/07 25-22-43 405 May01/07 25-23-42 409 Feb01/07

25-23-45 404 Feb01/07 25-23-46 411 Feb01/07 25-24-00 503 Feb01/07

25-26-00 1 Nov01/07 25-28-00 2 Feb01/07 25-28-42 434 May01/09

25-30-00 601 Feb01/07 25-33-45 408 May01/09 25-35-19 407 Feb01/07

25-41-00 1 Feb01/07 25-43-41 411 May01/08 25-44-00 2 Feb01/07

25-45-18 401 Feb01/07 25-45-25 404 Feb01/07 25-50-00 804 Feb01/07

25-54-12 R 416 Aug01/09 25-55-11 R 409 Aug01/09 25-55-12 803 Feb01/07

25-61-41 602 Feb01/07 25-62-00 415 Aug01/08 25-62-42 N 602 Aug01/09

25-62-43 447 May01/07 25-62-44 R 435 Aug01/09 25-64-00 602 Nov01/08

25-65-18 401 Feb01/07 25-68-00 1 Feb01/07 25-71-00 6 Feb01/07

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

COCKPIT SEATS 25-11-00

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

LINING AND FURNISHINGS 25-13-00

COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS 25-14-00

COCKPIT ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 25-18-00

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS 25-21-00

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS 25-22-00

LININGS AND FURNISHINGS 25-23-00

OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS 25-24-00

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE